Document:

Exhibit 10.1

 Exhibit 10.1 
  
  
 

 
 Period Covered by Contract: 
 October 3, 2006 – October 3, 2011 
  
 The Analysis Corporation 
 1501 Farm Credit Drive, Suite
2300 
 McLean, Virginia 22102-5000 
 www.theanalysiscorp.com 
 

 
  
  

 GSA Schedule GS-35F-0344L, effective October 3, 2006 
  
  

 Authorized Federal Supply Service 
 Information Technology Schedule Pricelist 
 General Purpose Commercial Information Technology 
 Equipment,
Software & Services 
 SIN 132-51 - Information Technology (It) Professional Services 
  

			
	FPDS Code D301	  	IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
		
	FPDS Code D302	  	IT Systems Development Services
		
	FPDS Code D306	  	IT Systems Analysis Services
		
	FPDS Code D307	  	Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
		
	FPDS Code D308-1	  	Programming Services
		
	FPDS Code D308-2	  	Millenium Conversion Services (Y2K)
		
	FPDS Code D310	  	IT Backup and Security Services
		
	FPDS Code D311	  	IT Data Conversion Services
		
	FPDS Code D316	  	IT Network Management Services
		
	FPDS Code D399	  	Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 SIN 132-32 - Term Software License – SUBJECT TO COOPERATIVE PURCHASING 
  

			
	FSC CLASS 7030	  	Information Technology

 NAICS Codes: 541511, 541512, 514210, 514513, 514519, 519130, 541611, 541618, 541690, 541990,
561920, 928110 
  

					
		 	Note 1	  	 All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be
purchased separately. 

		 	Note 2	  	 Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 – Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure
services, which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6
distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

		 	Note 3	  	 This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance,
integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances, the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

  
 The Analysis Corporation 
 1501 Farm Credit Drive, Suite 2300 
 McLean, Virginia 22102-5000 
 http://www.theanalysiscorp.com 
  

  

					
	 The Analysis Corporation
	  		  	Page 2 of 90  

 GSA Schedule GS-35F-0344L, effective October 3, 2006 
  
  

 CONTRACT NUMBER: GS-35F-0344L 
 PERIOD COVERED BY CONTRACT: OCTOBER 3, 2006 –
OCTOBER 3, 2011 
 General Services Administration 
 Federal Supply Service 
 Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service’s Home Page
via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov 
 Table of Contents 
  

							
	 I.
	  	Information For Ordering Offices Applicable To All Special Item Numbers	  	8
		  		  	SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation	  	8
		  	    1.	  	      Geographic Scope of Contract:	  	8
		  	    2.	  	      Contractor’s Ordering Address and Payment Information:	  	8
		  	    3.	  	      Liability For Injury Or Damage	  	9
		  	    4.	  	      Statistical Data For Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279	  	9
		  	    5.	  	      FOB Destination	  	9
		  	    6.	  	      Delivery Schedule	  	9
		  	    7.	  	      Discounts	  	9
		  	    8.	  	      Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended	  	10
		  	    9.	  	      Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: None	  	10
		  	    10.	  	      Small Requirements	  	10
		  	    11.	  	      Maximum Order	  	10
		  	    12.	  	      Use Of Federal Supply Service Information Technology Schedule Contracts	  	10
		  	    13.	  	      Federal Information Technology/Telecommunication Standards Requirements	  	11
		  		  	13.1    Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (Fips Pubs):	  	12
		  		  	13.2    Federal Telecommunication Standards (Fed-Stds):	  	12
		  	    14.	  	      Contractor Tasks / Special Requirements (C-FSS-370) (Nov 2001)	  	12
		  	    15.	  	      Contract Administration For Ordering Offices	  	13
		  	    16.	  	      GSA Advantage!	  	13
		  	    17.	  	      Purchase Of Open Market Items	  	13
		  	    18.	  	      Contractor Commitments, Warranties And Representations	  	14
		  	    19.	  	      Overseas Activities	  	14
		  	    20.	  	      Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs)	  	14
		  	    21.	  	      Contractor Team Arrangements	  	15
		  	    22.	  	      Installation, Deinstallation, Reinstallation	  	15
		  	    23.	  	      Section 508 Compliance	  	15
		  	    24.	  	      Prime Contractor Ordering From Federal Supply Schedules	  	15
		  	    25.	  	      Insurance - Work On A Government Installation (Jan 1997)(Far 52.228- 5)	  	16
			
	 II.
	  	Terms And Conditions Applicable To Term Software Licenses (Special Item Number 132-32)	  	17
		  	    1.	  	      Inspection/Acceptance	  	17

  

  

					
	 The Analysis Corporation
	  		  	Page 3 of 90  

 GSA Schedule GS-35F-0344L, effective October 3, 2006 
  
  

							
		  	    2.	  	      Guarantee/Warranty	  	17
		  	    3.	  	      Technical Services	  	17
		  	    4.	  	      Periods Of Term Licenses (132-32)	  	17
		  	    5.	  	      Term License Cessation	  	18
		  	    6.	  	      Utilization Limitations - (132- 32)	  	18
		  	    7.	  	      Software Conversions - (132-32)	  	19
		  	    8.	  	      Descriptions And Equipment Compatibility	  	19
		  	    9.	  	      Right-To-Copy Pricing	  	19
			
	 III.
	  	Terms And Conditions Applicable To Information Technology (It) Professional Services (Special Item Number 132- 51)	  	20
		  	    1.	  	      Scope	  	20
		  	    2.	  	      Performance Incentives	  	20
		  	    3.	  	      Ordering Procedures For Services (Requiring A Statement Of Work) (G-Fci-920) (Mar 2003)	  	20
		  	    4.	  	      Order	  	22
		  	    5.	  	      Performance Of Services	  	23
		  	    6.	  	      Inspection Of Services	  	23
		  	    7.	  	      Responsibilities Of The Contractor	  	23
		  	    8.	  	      Responsibilities Of The Government	  	23
		  	    9.	  	      Independent Contractor	  	23
		  	    10.	  	      Organizational Conflicts Of Interest	  	23
		  	    11.	  	      Invoices	  	24
		  	    12.	  	      Payments	  	24
		  	    13.	  	      Resumes	  	24
		  	    14.	  	      Incidental Support Costs	  	24
		  	    15.	  	      Approval Of Subcontracts	  	24
		  	    16.	  	      Description Of It Services And Pricing	  	24
			
	 IV.
	  	Labor Categories	  	25
		  	    1.	  	      Administrative Staff II	  	25
		  	    2.	  	      Administrative Staff III	  	25
		  	    3.	  	      Administrative Staff IV	  	25
		  	    4.	  	      Applications Programmer I	  	26
		  	    5.	  	      Application Programmer II	  	26
		  	    6.	  	      Analyst I	  	26
		  	    7.	  	      Analyst II	  	27
		  	    8.	  	      Analyst III	  	27
		  	    9.	  	      Analyst IV	  	27
		  	    10.	  	      Analyst V	  	28
		  	    11.	  	      Business Architect II	  	28
		  	    12.	  	      Business Architect III	  	28
		  	    13.	  	      Business Architect IV	  	29
		  	    14.	  	      Configuration Management Specialist II	  	30
		  	    15.	  	      Consultant	  	30

  

  

					
	 The Analysis Corporation
	  		  	Page 4 of 90  

 GSA Schedule GS-35F-0344L, effective October 3, 2006 
  
  

							
		  	    16.	  	      Data Entry Clerk I	  	30
		  	    17.	  	      Data Handler I	  	30
		  	    18.	  	      Data Handler II	  	31
		  	    19.	  	      Database Administrator I	  	31
		  	    20.	  	      Database Management Specialist II	  	31
		  	    21.	  	      Database Management Specialist III	  	31
		  	    22.	  	      Database Manager IV	  	32
		  	    23.	  	      Database Manager V	  	32
		  	    24.	  	      Enterprise Architect I	  	32
		  	    25.	  	      Enterprise Architect II	  	32
		  	    26.	  	      Enterprise Architect III	  	33
		  	    27.	  	      Enterprise Architect IV	  	33
		  	    28.	  	      Facility Security Officer	  	33
		  	    29.	  	      Graphics Specialist I	  	34
		  	    30.	  	      Graphics Specialist II	  	34
		  	    31.	  	      Graphics Specialist III	  	34
		  	    32.	  	      Graphics Specialist IV	  	35
		  	    33.	  	      Graphics Specialist V	  	35
		  	    34.	  	      Information Engineer I	  	35
		  	    35.	  	      Information Engineer II	  	35
		  	    36.	  	      Information Engineer III	  	36
		  	    37.	  	      Network Administrator / Technician I	  	36
		  	    38.	  	      Program Manager I	  	37
		  	    39.	  	      Program Manager II	  	37
		  	    40.	  	      Program Manager III	  	37
		  	    41.	  	      Program Manager IV	  	38
		  	    42.	  	      Programmer / Analyst II	  	38
		  	    43.	  	      Programmer / Analyst III	  	38
		  	    44.	  	      Project Control Specialist II	  	38
		  	    45.	  	      Project Control Specialist III	  	39
		  	    46.	  	      Project Manager I	  	39
		  	    47.	  	      Project Manger II	  	39
		  	    48.	  	      Project Manager III	  	40
		  	    49.	  	      Project Manager IV	  	40
		  	    50.	  	      Quality Assurance Analyst I	  	40
		  	    51.	  	      Quality Assurance Manager II	  	41
		  	    52.	  	      Quality Assurance Manager III	  	41
		  	    53.	  	      Quality Assurance Manager IV	  	41
		  	    54.	  	      Quality Assurance Manager V	  	42
		  	    55.	  	      Software Engineer I	  	42
		  	    56.	  	      Software Engineer II	  	42
		  	    57.	  	      Software Engineer III	  	43
		  	    58.	  	      Software Engineer V	  	43
		  	    59.	  	      Software Engineer VI	  	44

  

  

					
	 The Analysis Corporation
	  		  	Page 5 of 90  

 GSA Schedule GS-35F-0344L, effective October 3, 2006 
  
  

							
		  	    60.	  	      Subject Matter Expert (SME) I	  	44
		  	    61.	  	      Subject Matter Expert (SME) II	  	44
		  	    62.	  	      Subject Matter Expert (SME) III	  	45
		  	    63.	  	      Subject Matter Expert (SME) IV	  	45
		  	    64.	  	      Subject Matter Expert (SME) V	  	45
		  	    65.	  	      Systems Security Engineer I	  	46
		  	    66.	  	      Systems Security Engineer II	  	46
		  	    67.	  	      Systems Security Engineer III	  	46
		  	    68.	  	      Systems Security Engineer IV	  	47
		  	    69.	  	      Systems Security Engineer V	  	47
		  	    70.	  	      Systems Security Engineer VI	  	48
		  	    71.	  	      Systems Administrator I	  	48
		  	    72.	  	      Systems Administrator II	  	48
		  	    73.	  	      Systems Administrator III	  	49
		  	    74.	  	      Systems Analyst I	  	49
		  	    75.	  	      Systems Analyst II	  	49
		  	    76.	  	      Systems Analyst III	  	50
		  	    77.	  	      Systems Architect II	  	50
		  	    78.	  	      Systems Architect III	  	51
		  	    79.	  	      Systems Architect IV	  	51
		  	    80.	  	      Systems Architect V	  	52
		  	    81.	  	      Systems Engineer I	  	52
		  	    82.	  	      Systems Engineer II	  	52
		  	    83.	  	      Systems Engineer III	  	53
		  	    84.	  	      Systems Engineer IV	  	53
		  	    85.	  	      Systems Engineer VI	  	54
		  	    86.	  	      Systems Environment/Tools Expert I	  	54
		  	    87.	  	      Systems Environment/Tools Expert II	  	54
		  	    88.	  	      Systems Environment/Tools Expert III	  	55
		  	    89.	  	      Technical Writer I	  	55
		  	    90.	  	      Technical Writer II	  	55
		  	    91.	  	      Technical Writer III	  	55
		  	    92.	  	      Technical Writer V	  	56
		  	    93.	  	      Test Engineer I	  	56
		  	    94.	  	      Test Engineer II	  	56
		  	    95.	  	      Test Engineer III	  	57
		  	    96.	  	      Training Specialist I	  	57
		  	    97.	  	      Training Specialist II	  	57
		  	    98.	  	      Training Specialist III	  	57
		  	    99.	  	      Training Specialist IV	  	58
		  	    Allowable Substitutions of Education & Experience	  	59
		  	    Project Management Institute (PMI) Certification Requirements	  	60
			
	 V.
	  	GSA Schedule Price Lists	  	61

  

  

					
	 The Analysis Corporation
	  		  	Page 6 of 90  

 GSA Schedule GS-35F-0344L, effective October 3, 2006 
  
  

							
		  	    TAC Labor Pricelists	  	61
			
	 VI.
	  	term software license - cogility	  	81
			
	 VII.
	  	Cogility Software Corporation License And Services Agreement	  	83
		  	    1.	  	      License	  	83
		  	    2.	  	      License Fees	  	83
		  	    3.	  	      Restrictions on Use	  	83
		  	    4.	  	      Ownership	  	83
		  	    5.	  	      Termination	  	84
		  	    6.	  	      Infringement Claims	  	84
		  	    7.	  	      Limited Warranty	  	84
		  	    8.	  	      Services	  	85
		  	    9.	  	      Limitation Of Liability	  	85
		  	    10.	  	      Government End Users	  	85
		  	    11.	  	      Governing Law	  	86
			
	 VIII.
	  	USA Commitment To Promote Small Business Participation Procurement Programs	  	87
		  	    Preamble	  	87
		  	    Commitment	  	87
			
	 IX.
	  	Best Value Blanket Purchase Agreement	  	88
		  	    (Customer Name) Blanket Purchase Agreement	  	89
			
	 X.
	  	Basic Guidelines For Using “Contractor Team Arrangements”	  	90

  

  

					
	 The Analysis Corporation
	  		  	Page 7 of 90  

 GSA Schedule GS-35F-0344L, effective October 3, 2006 
  
  

			
	 I.      
	 	INFORMATION FOR
ORDERING OFFICES APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS
		 	  
   SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business
Participation
  
 SBA strongly supports the participation of small
business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation, SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal
Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.
  
 For
orders exceeding the micro purchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage!TM on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage!TM and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and
services offered by small business concerns.
  
 This information should be
used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when
selecting pricelists for a best value determination.
  
 For orders exceeding
the micro-purchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

  

	 	 1.	GEOGRAPHIC SCOPE OF CONTRACT: 

 The geographic scope of this contract covers the 48 contiguous states and the District of Columbia, plus other worldwide locations on an
individual order basis. 
  

	 	 2.	CONTRACTOR’S ORDERING ADDRESS AND PAYMENT INFORMATION:

  

			
	Ordering Address:	  	The Analysis Corporation
		  	1501 Farm Credit Drive, Suite 2300
		  	McLean, Virginia 22102
	Payment Address:	  	Electronic Fund Transfer (ACH)
		  	The Analysis Corporation
		  	ABA #061000104
		  	Account #1000004906607
	Mailing Address:	  	The Analysis Corporation
		  	P.O. Box 791314
		  	Baltimore, MD 21279-1314

 Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than
the micro-purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

 The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering agencies to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

  

							
	Ordering Assistance	  	Technical Assistance
	Contract Administrator	  	 Vice President Contracts and Administration
 Jim Flynn

	Elaine T. Schlegel	  
	Main:	 	(703) 738-2850	  	Main:	 	(703) 738-2876
	Fax:	 	(703) 883-4037	  	Fax:	 	(703) 883- 4037

  

  

					
	 The Analysis Corporation
	  		  	Page 8 of 90  

 GSA Schedule GS-35F-0344L, effective October 3, 2006 
  
  

	 	3.	LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE 

 The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to Government personnel or damage to Government property arising from the use of equipment
maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor. 
  

	 	4.	STATISTICAL DATA FOR GOVERNMENT ORDERING OFFICE COMPLETION
OF STANDARD FORM 279 

  

			
	Block 9: G.	  	Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
	Block 16:	  	Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 60-966- 0451
	Block 30:	  	Type of Contractor – Large
	Block 31:	  	Large Business
	Block 36:	  	Contractor’s Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 62 -1421208
	4a.	  	CAGE Code: Please contact Russ Hierl to receive 703-738-2846
	4b.	  	Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

  

	 	5.	FOB DESTINATION 

  

	 	6.	DELIVERY SCHEDULE 

  

	 	a.	Time of Delivery 

 The
Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below: 
  

			
	SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER	  	DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)
	132-51	  	As negotiated.
	132-32	  	As negotiated.

  

	 	b.	Urgent Requirements 

 When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering agency, agencies are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining
accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Con tractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering
agency, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract. 
  

	 	7.	DISCOUNTS. 

 Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted. 
  

	 	a.	Prompt Payment. 1% - 15 days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later. 

	 	b.	Quantity. None. 

	 	c.	Dollar Volume. None. 

	 	d.	Government Educational Institutions. 

 Government Educational Institutes are offered the same discounts as all other Government Customers 

	 	e.	Other: None 

  

  

					
	 The Analysis Corporation
	  		  	Page 9 of 90  

 GSA Schedule GS-35F-0344L, effective October 3, 2006 
  
  

	 	8.	TRADE AGREEMENTS ACT OF 1979, AS AMENDED 

 All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or
Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended. 
  

	 	9.	STATEMENT CONCERNING AVAILABILITY OF EXPORT PACKING: None

  

	 	10.	SMALL REQUIREMENTS 

 The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $1,000. 
  

	 	11.	MAXIMUM ORDER 

 (All dollar amounts are exclusive of any discount for prompt payment.) 
  

	 	a.	The Maximum Order value for the following Special Item Numbers (SINs) is $500,000: Special Item Number 132-51 and 132-32 

  

	 	12.	USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
SCHEDULE CONTRACTS 

 In accordance with FAR 8.404: 

			
	Note	  	Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132 -51 IT Professional
Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.

 Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in
FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering offices need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination
of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using
the procedures outlined below, the ordering office has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the
Government’s needs. 

	 	a.	Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. Ordering offices can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply
Schedule Contractor. 

	 	b.	Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can
provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering offices should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the “GSA Advantage!”
on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the agency’s needs. In selecting the supply or service
representing the best value, the ordering office may consider— 

	 	(1)	Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

	 	(2)	Trade-in considerations; 

	 	(3)	Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item; 

	 	(4)	Warranty considerations; 

	 	(5)	Maintenance availability; 

	 	(6)	Past performance; and 

  

  

					
	 The Analysis Corporation
	  		  	Page 10 of 90  

 GSA Schedule GS-35F-0344L, effective October 3, 2006 
  
  

	 	(7)	Environmental and energy efficiency considerations. 

	 	c.	Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where
it is advantageous for the ordering office to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering offices shall—

 Review additional Schedule Contractors’ 

	 	(1)	Catalogs/pricelists or use the “GSA Advantage!” on-line shopping service; 

	 	(2)	Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and
other factors); and 

	 	(3)	After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost
alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering office determines that it is appropriate. 

			
	Note	  	For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:
		  	(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order
Limitations)
		  	(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or;
	 	  	(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

	 	d.	Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404.
All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. Ordering offices may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and
times. 

	 	e.	Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering offices will find it advantageous
to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering office finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous.
The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering office the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users
a price reduction extended only to an individual agency for a specific order. 

	 	f.	Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering offices should give preference to the items of small business concerns when
two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement. 

	 	g.	Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount
paid. If an agency requirement in excess of the micro-purchase threshold is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured
by another company, the ordering office shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the agency’s needs. 

  

	 	13.	FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS

 Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal
Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunications Standards
(FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor. 
  

  

					
	 The Analysis Corporation
	  		  	Page 11 of 90  

 GSA Schedule GS-35F-0344L, effective October 3, 2006 
  
  

	 	13.1	Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (Fips Pubs): 

 Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the
applicable “FIPS Publication.” Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act.
Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted
for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number
(703) 487-4650. 
  

	 	13.2	Federal Telecommunication Standards (Fed-Stds): 

 Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the
applicable “FED-STD.” Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information
concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L’Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a
self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD
20899, telephone number (301) 975-2833. 
  

	 	14.	CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

  

	 	a.	Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this
contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule. 

	 	b.	Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed
by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

	 	c.	Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications,
licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award
Schedule program. 

	 	d.	Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications
offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program. 

  

  

					
	 The Analysis Corporation
	  		  	Page 12 of 90  

 GSA Schedule GS-35F-0344L, effective October 3, 2006 
  
  

	 	e.	Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this
contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel. 

	 	f.	Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the
Contractor’s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5. 

	 	g.	Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and
documentation as specified by the agency’s order. 

	 	h.	Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency’s order.

	 	i.	Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency’s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as
necessary. 

	 	j.	Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies’ operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available
for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government’s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No
legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer. 

  

	 	15.	CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING OFFICES 

 Any ordering office, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of
termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the Government’s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.) 
  

	 	16.	GSA ADVANTAGE! 

 GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors’ schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches
across all contracts including, but not limited to: 
  

	 	(1)	Manufacturer; 

	 	(2)	Manufacturer’s Part Number; and 

	 	(3)	Product categories. 

 Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: Netscape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov. 
  

	 	17.	PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS 

			
	Note	  	Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not
on a Federal Supply Schedule contract.

 For administrative convenience, an ordering office contracting officer may add items
not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) – referred to as open market items – to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if- 

	 	(1)	All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5),
competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19); 

  

  

					
	 The Analysis Corporation
	  		  	Page 13 of 90  

 GSA Schedule GS-35F-0344L, effective October 3, 2006 
  
  

	 	(2)	The ordering office contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable; 

	 	(3)	The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and 

	 	(4)	All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order. 

  

	 	18.	CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS 

  

	 	a.	For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

  

	 	(1)	Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;  

	 	(2)	Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional
characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract. 

	 	(3)	Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

  

	 	b.	The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract. 

  

	 	19.	OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES 

 The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance and repair of equipment in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 48 contiguous states and the District
of Columbia, except as indicated below: 
         None         
 Upon request of the Contractor, the Government may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable Government regulations. Such Government support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and
will only be provided to the Contractor’s technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract. 
  

	 	20.	BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAS) 

 Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as “...a simplified method of filling
anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing ‘charge accounts’ with qualified sources of supply.” The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance
with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows: 
 “BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule
Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.” 
 Federal Supply Schedule contracts
contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up “accounts” with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts
establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the
contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract
based on the aggregate

  

  

					
	 The Analysis Corporation
	  		  	Page 14 of 90  

 GSA Schedule GS-35F-0344L, effective October 3, 2006 
  
  

 
volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach
certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool. 
  

	 	21.	CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS 

 Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This
includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Contractor’s Reports of Sales and 552.238-76, Industrial Funding Fee, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its
individual contract. 
  

	 	22.	INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION 

 The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of
Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the
work shall receive less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For
example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is
segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies. 
 The ordering activity issuing the task
order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a
request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8. 
  

	 	23.	SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 

 If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at the following:
http://www.theanalysiscorp.com/. 
 The EIT standard can be found at: http://www.section508.gov. 
  

	 	24.	PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

 Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on
behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order – 

	 	a.	A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply
Schedule contractor); and 

	 	b.	The following statement: 

 This order is placed under written authorization from              dated             . In the event of any
inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern. 
  

  

					
	 The Analysis Corporation
	  		  	Page 15 of 90  

 GSA Schedule GS-35F-0344L, effective October 3, 2006 
  
  

	 	25.	INSURANCE - WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR
52.228-5) 

  

	 	a.	The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance
required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. 

	 	b.	Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies
evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government’s interest shall not be effective— 

	 	(1)	For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or 

	 	(2)	Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer. 

	 	c.	The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government
installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors’ proofs of required insurance, and shall make
copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request. 

  

  

					
	 The Analysis Corporation
	  		  	Page 16 of 90  

 GSA Schedule GS-35F-0344L, effective October 3, 2006 
  
  

			
	II.	 	TERMS AND
CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO TERM SOFTWARE LICENSES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-32)

  

	 	1.	INSPECTION/ACCEPTANCE 

 The Contractor shall only tender for acceptance those items that conform to the requirements of this contract. The ordering activity reserves the right to inspect or test any software that has been
tendered for acceptance. The ordering activity may require repair or replacement of nonconforming software at no increase in contract price. The ordering activity must exercise its post acceptance rights (1) within a reasonable time after the
defect was discovered or should have been discovered; and (2) before any substantial change occurs in the condition of the software, unless the change is due to the defect in the software. 
  

	 	2.	GUARANTEE/WARRANTY 

  

	 	a.	Unless specified otherwise in this contract, the Contractor’s standard commercial guarantee/warranty as stated in the contract’s commercial pricelist will
apply to this contract. 

 * The Security License Agreement containing warranty clauses is
included in this pricelist. 

	 	b.	The Contractor warrants and implies that the items delivered hereunder are merchantable and fit for use for the particular purpose described in this contract.

	 	c.	Limitation of Liability. Except as otherwise provided by an express or implied warranty, the Contractor will not be liable to the ordering activity for
consequential damages resulting from any defect or deficiencies in accepted items. 

  

	 	3.	TECHNICAL SERVICES 

 The Contractor, without additional charge to the ordering activity, shall provide a hot line technical support number See Below for the purpose of providing user assistance and guidance in
the implementation of the software. The technical support number is available from See Below to See Below. 
 Cogility Software Support Contact Information 
 Monday to Friday, 8 am to 5 pm,
PST 
 Email: support@cogility.com 
 Fax: 1-949-752-4694 
  

	 	4.	PERIODS OF TERM LICENSES (132-32) 

  

	 	a.	The Contractor shall honor orders for periods for the duration of the contract period or a lesser period of time. 

	 	b.	Term licenses and/or maintenance may be discontinued by the ordering activity on thirty (30) calendar days written notice to the Contractor.

	 	c.	Annual Funding. When annually appropriated funds are cited on an order for term licenses and/or maintenance, the period of the term licenses and/or maintenance shall
automatically expire on September 30 of the contract period, or at the end of the contract period, whichever occurs first. Renewal of the term licenses and/or maintenance orders citing the new appropriation shall be required, if the term
licenses and/or maintenance is to be continued during any remainder of the contract period. 

  

  

					
	 The Analysis Corporation
	  		  	Page 17 of 90  

 GSA Schedule GS-35F-0344L, effective October 3, 2006 
  
  

	 	d.	Cross-Year Funding Within Contract Period. Where an ordering activity’s specific appropriation authority provides for funds in excess of a 12 month (fiscal year)
period, the ordering activity may place an order under this schedule contract for a period up to the expiration of the contract period, notwithstanding the intervening fiscal years. 

	 	e.	Ordering activities should notify the Contractor in writing thirty (30) calendar days prior to the expiration of an order, if the term licenses and/or maintenance
is to be terminated at that time. Orders for the continuation of term licenses and/or maintenance will be required if the term licenses and/or maintenance is to be continued during the subsequent period. 

  

	 	5.	TERM LICENSE CESSATION 

  

	 	a.	After a software product has been on a continuous term license for a period of N/A * months, a fully paid-up, non- exclusive, perpetual license for the software
product shall automatically accrue to the ordering activity. The period of continuous term license for automatic accrual of a fully paid- up perpetual license does not have to be achieved during a particular fiscal year; it is a written Contractor
commitment which continues to be available for software that is initially ordered under this contract, until a fully paid- up perpetual license accrues to the ordering activity. However, should the term license of the software be discontinued before
the specified period of the continuous term license has been satisfied, the perpetual license accrual shall be forfeited. 

	 	b.	The Contractor agrees to provide updates and maintenance service for the software after a perpetual license has accrued, at the prices and terms of Special Item Number
l32-34, if the licensee elects to order such services. Title to the software shall remain with the Contractor. 

  

	 	6.	UTILIZATION LIMITATIONS - (132-32) 

  

	 	a.	Software acquisition is limited to commercial computer software defined in FAR Part 2.101. 

	 	b.	When acquired by the ordering activity, commercial computer software and related documentation so legend shall be subject to the following: 

	 	(1)	Title to and ownership of the software and documentation shall remain with the Contractor, unless otherwise specified. 

	 	(2)	Software licenses are by site and by ordering activity. An ordering activity is defined as a cabinet level or independent ordering activity. The software may be used by
any subdivision of the ordering activity (service, bureau, division, command, etc.) that has access to the site the software is placed at, even if the subdivision did not participate in the acquisition of the software. Further, the software may be
used on a sharing basis where multiple agencies have joint projects that can be satisfied by the use of the software placed at one ordering activity’s site. This would allow other agencies access to one ordering activity’s database. For
ordering activity public domain databases, user agencies and third parties may use the computer program to enter, retrieve, analyze and present data. The user ordering activity will take appropriate action by instruction, agreement, or otherwise, to
protect the Contractor’s proprietary property with any third parties that are permitted access to the computer programs and documentation in connection with the user ordering activity’s permitted use of the computer programs and
documentation. For purposes of this section, all such permitted third parties shall be deemed agents of the user ordering activity. 

	 	(3)	 Except as is provided in paragraph 8.b(2) above, the ordering activity shall not provide or otherwise make available the software or documentation, or
any portion

  

  

					
	 The Analysis Corporation
	  		  	Page 18 of 90  

 GSA Schedule GS-35F-0344L, effective October 3, 2006 
  
  

	 	 
thereof, in any form, to any third party without the prior written approval of the Contractor. Third parties do not include prime Contractors, subcontractors and agents of the ordering activity
who have the ordering activity’s permission to use the licensed software and documentation at the facility, and who have agreed to use the licensed software and documentation only in accordance with these restrictions. This provision does not
limit the right of the ordering activity to use software, documentation, or information therein, which the ordering activity may already have or obtains without restrictions. 

	 	(4)	The ordering activity shall have the right to use the computer software and documentation with the computer for which it is acquired at any other facility to which that
computer may be transferred, or in cases of disaster recovery, the ordering activity has the right to transfer the software to another site if the ordering activity site for which it is acquired is deemed to be unsafe for ordering activity
personnel; to use the computer software and documentation with a backup computer when the primary computer is inoperative; to copy computer programs for safekeeping (archives) or backup purposes; to transfer a copy of the software to another site
for purposes of benchmarking new hardware and/or software; and to modify the software and documentation or combine it with other software, provided that the unmodified portions shall remain subject to these restrictions. 

	 	(5)	“Commercial Computer Software” may be marked with the Contractor’s standard commercial restricted rights legend, but the schedule contract and schedule
pricelist, including this clause, “Utilization Limitations” are the only governing terms and conditions, and shall take precedence and supersede any different or additional terms and conditions included in the standard commercial legend.

  

	 	7.	SOFTWARE CONVERSIONS - (132-32) 

 Full monetary credit will be allowed to the ordering activity when conversion from one version of the software to another is made as the result of a change in operating system, or from one computer system
to another. Under a perpetual license (132-33), the purchase price of the new software shall be reduced by the amount that was paid to purchase the earlier version. Under a term license (132-32), conversion credits which accrued while the earlier
version was under a term license shall carry forward and remain available as conversion credits which may be applied towards the perpetual license price of the new version. 
  

	 	8.	DESCRIPTIONS AND EQUIPMENT COMPATIBILITY 

 The Contractor shall include, in the schedule pricelist, a complete description of each software product and a list of equipment on which
the software can be used. Also, included shall be a brief, introductory explanation of the modules and documentation which are offered. 
  

	 	9.	RIGHT-TO-COPY PRICING 

 The Contractor shall insert the discounted pricing for right-to-copy licenses. 
  

  

					
	 The Analysis Corporation
	  		  	Page 19 of 90  

 GSA Schedule GS-35F-0344L, effective October 3, 2006 
  
  

			
	III.	 	TERMS AND
CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM
NUMBER 132-51)

  

	 	1.	SCOPE 

  

	 	a.	The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the
scope of this Information Technology Schedule.  

	 	b.	The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor’s facility and/or at the Government location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering
office. 

  

	 	2.	PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES 

  

	 	a.	Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under
this contract in accordance with this clause.  

	 	b.	The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase
Agreements.  

	 	c.	Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall
consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity’s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks. 

  

	 	3.	ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF
WORK) (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 

 FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA
may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require
a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3). 
 When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement
(DFARS) 208.404-70 – Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS
208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor’s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract
is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.  

	 	a.	When ordering services, ordering activities shall— 

	 	(1)	Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool): 

	 	(i)	A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance,
deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared. 

  

  

					
	 The Analysis Corporation
	  		  	Page 20 of 90  

 GSA Schedule GS-35F-0344L, effective October 3, 2006 
  
  

	 	(ii)	The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in
the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to
anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. 

 When such a determination is made, a labor hour or
time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of
work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal
Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders. 

	 	(iii)	The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor’s
experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks. 

	 	(iv)	The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for
determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be
limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case. 

	 	(2)	Transmit the Request to Contractors: Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to
offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors’ locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows: 

					
		 	Note	  	 When buying IT professional services under SIN 132—51 ONLY, the ordering
office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132- 51. The limitation may
only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency’s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

	 	(i)	The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed
the maximum order threshold. 

	 	(ii)	For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering
activity’s needs. 

	 	(iii)	In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order. 

	 	(iv)	Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors’ costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be
tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible. 

	 	(3)	Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order: 

 After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404) 
  

  

					
	 The Analysis Corporation
	  		  	Page 21 of 90  

 GSA Schedule GS-35F-0344L, effective October 3, 2006 
  
  

	 	b.	The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are
followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual
orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall— 

	 	(1)	Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity’s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the
basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs. 

	 	(i)	SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed
price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value
should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404) 

	 	(ii)	MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors
can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must
transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value. 

	 	(2)	Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best
value. (See FAR 8.404) 

	 	c.	The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or
ceiling price. 

	 	d.	When the ordering activity’s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity
should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404) 

	 	e.	The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the
amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time- and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase
threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors’ quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

  

	 	4.	ORDER 

  

	 	a.	 Agencies may use written orders, EDI orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under
this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for
tasks that extend beyond the fiscal

  

  

					
	 The Analysis Corporation
	  		  	Page 22 of 90  

 GSA Schedule GS-35F-0344L, effective October 3, 2006 
  
  

	 	 
year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232- 19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which
funds are available. 

	 	b.	All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take
precedence. 

  

	 	5.	PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES 

  

	 	a.	The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering office. 

	 	b.	The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering office.

	 	c.	The Agency should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a
good and workmanlike manner. 

	 	d.	Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in
effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts. 

  

	 	6.	INSPECTION OF SERVICES 

 The Inspection of Services–Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246- 4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection–Time-and-Materials and Labor- Hour (JAN
1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time-and-materials and labor-hour orders placed under this contract. 
  

	 	7.	RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR 

 The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character.
If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227- 14 Rights in Data – General, may apply. 
  

	 	8.	RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE GOVERNMENT 

 Subject to security regulations, the ordering office shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT
Services. 
  

	 	9.	INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR 

 All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity. 
  

	 	10.	ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST 

  

	 	a.	Definitions. 

 “Contractor” means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract. 
 “Contractor and its affiliates” and “Contractor or its affiliates” refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any
tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor. 
 An “Organizational conflict of interest” exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed Government contract,
without some restriction on activities

  

  

					
	 The Analysis Corporation
	  		  	Page 23 of 90  

 GSA Schedule GS-35F-0344L, effective October 3, 2006 
  
  

 
by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor’s or its
affiliates’ objectivity in performing contract work. 

	 	b.	Restrictions: To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the Government, ordering offices may
place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be
designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are
provided at FAR 9.508. 

  

	 	11.	INVOICES 

 The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering office on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of
defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month. 
  

	 	12.	PAYMENTS 

 For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when
authorized by the order. For time-and-materials orders, the Payments under Time-and-Materials and Labor-Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time-and-materials orders placed under this contract. For labor-hour
orders, the Payment under Time-and-Materials and Labor-Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232- 7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002 2002) applies to labor-hour orders placed under this contract. 
  

	 	13.	RESUMES 

 Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user agency upon request. 
  

	 	14.	INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS 

 Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering agency
in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR. 
  

	 	15.	APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS 

 The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity’s Contracting Officer, written consent before
placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order. 
  

	 	16.	DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING 

  

  

					
	 The Analysis Corporation
	  		  	Page 24 of 90  

 GSA Schedule GS-35F-0344L, effective October 3, 2006 
  
  

			
	IV.	 	LABOR
CATEGORIES

  

	 	1.	Administrative Staff II 

 Minimum/General Experience: Two or more years of experience including office administration and development of graphic/artistic presentations for publications and technical documents using commercial automated word processing,
graphics systems, and desktop publishing systems. 
 Functional Responsibility: Services of the Administrative Staff are
only available through this schedule in a support role to the principal information technology positions. Directly supports Program Manager or Project Manager by maintaining personnel and other files; preparing correspondence; and scheduling and
coordinating travel. Assists in the preparation of presentation graphics and supports the development of contract deliverables and reports by developing and updating graphic presentations to improve the quality and enhance the usability of these
documents. Types and proofreads correspondence, reports, and documentation. Maintains filing system. The position solves routine problems of limited scope and complexity. 
 Minimum Education: High school diploma required. Associate’s Degree preferred. 
  

	 	2.	Administrative Staff III 

 Minimum/General Experience : Five to Eight years of experience including office administration and development of graphic/artistic presentations for publications and technical documents using commercial automated word processing,
graphics systems, and desktop publishing systems. 
 Functional Responsibility: Services of the Administrative Staff are
only available through this schedule in a support role to the principal information technology positions. Directly supports Program Manager or Project Manager by maintaining personnel and other files; preparing correspondence; and scheduling and
coordinating travel. Assists in the preparation of presentation graphics and supports the development of contract deliverables and reports by developing and updating graphic presentations to improve the quality and enhance the usability of these
documents. 
 Types and proofreads correspondence, reports, and documentation. The Administrative Staff III also supports
project scheduling, prepare statistical reports, procure equipment, and support the program manager with administrative functions. The position develops solutions to a variety of problems of moderate scope and complexity. Works with minimum general
supervision and results are monitored. 
 Minimum Education: Associate’s Degree preferred. 
  

	 	3.	Administrative Staff IV 

 Minimum/General Experience: Eight to ten years of experience including office administration and development of graphic/artistic presentations for publications and technical documents using commercial automated word processing,
graphics systems, and desktop publishing systems. 
 Functional Responsibility: Services of the Administrative Staff are
only available through this schedule in a support role to the principal information technology positions. Directly supports Program Manager or Project Manager by maintaining personnel and other files; preparing correspondence; support project
scheduling, prepare statistical reports, and support the program manager with administrative functions. Performs high -level secretarial work under the general supervision of manager. The Administrative Staff IV position performs in business
operations functional areas such as finance, contracts, subcontracts, and purchasing or administrative positions.

  

  

					
	 The Analysis Corporation
	  		  	Page 25 of 90  

 GSA Schedule GS-35F-0344L, effective October 3, 2006 
  
  

 
The Senior Admin position is a mid-level position whose skills are used to support business related activities and supervises other admin personnel. The position develops solutions to a variety
of complex problems. 
 Minimum Education: Associate’s Degree preferred. 
  

	 	4.	Applications Programmer I 

 Minimum/General Experience: This position is for recent college graduates and requires no experience. 
 Functional Responsibility: Participates in the design of software tools and subsystems to support reuse and domain analysis. Assists Applications Engineer and Applications Programmer to interpret software requirements and design
specifications to code, and integrates and tests software components. 
 Minimum Education: Bachelor’s Degree in
computer science, information systems, engineering, business, or other related scientific or technical discipline. 
  

	 	5.	Application Programmer II 

 Minimum/General Experience: Experienced in the development of applications with data base management systems (design and internals). Demonstrates knowledge of computer equipment and ability to develop complex software to satisfy
design. 
 Functional Responsibility: Analyzes functional business applications and design specifications for functional
activities. Develops block diagrams and logic flow charts. Translates detailed design into computer software. Tests, debugs, and refines the computer software to produce the required product. Prepares required documentation, including both
program-level and user-level documentation. Enhances software to reduce operating time or improve efficiency. 
 Minimum
Education: Bachelor’s Degree and 3 years experience or Master’s Degree with 1-year experience. Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related scientific/IT field. 
  

	 	6.	Analyst I 

 Minimum/General Experience: Experience in use of commercial software packages such as Microsoft Office, SQL based query and retrieval languages, and graphics packages and functional knowledge related to the customer business area.
Individual must possess an understanding of functional analysis standards, be detail oriented, demonstrate good analytical, language and organizational skills, and be able to use information and database systems. Prior participation in a small team
is desired. Demonstrates familiarity with queuing and internal document handling procedures, and basic knowledge of procedures and quality assurance controls. 
 Functional Responsibility: Performs research, search, and retrieval of data in multiple databases with multi-media formats, and generates complex reports for senior management in a variety of
formats. Maintains integrity and content of complex databases including indexing of multi-media data. Works with supervision on team of analysts using systems, queuing, and internal document handling procedures; works with customer counterparts on
analysis requirements and reporting. 
  

  

					
	 The Analysis Corporation
	  		  	Page 26 of 90  

 GSA Schedule GS-35F-0344L, effective October 3, 2006 
  
  

 Minimum Education: High School Diploma and 3 years minimum experience in a
relevant field of analysis. (i.e. political science, imagery, military science, business ). 
  

	 	7.	Analyst II 

 Minimum/General Experience: Experience in use of commercial software packages such as Microsoft Office, SQL based query and retrieval languages, and graphics packages and functional knowledge related to the customer business area.
Sufficient experience to demonstrate intermediate knowledge of the field of analysis, and an understanding of functional analysis standards. Demonstrates knowledge of relevant agency policies, and institutional culture. Displays excellent analytical
and language skills, and organizational skills and attention to detail. Uses information systems and database systems and has prior participation in a small team. Demonstrates familiarity with queuing and internal document handling procedures, and
basic knowledge of procedures and quality assurance controls.  
 Functional Responsibility: Performs research,
search, and retrieval of data in multiple databases with multi-media formats, and generates complex reports for senior management in a variety of formats. Works as part of a team of analysts using systems, queuing, and internal document handling
procedures; works with customer counterparts on analysis requirements and reporting. Maintains integrity and content of complex databases including indexing of multi-media data. 
 Minimum Education: A High School Diploma and 5 years experience in a relevant field of analysis (e.g., political science, imagery,
military science, business). 
  

	 	8.	Analyst III 

 Minimum/General Experience: Experience in use of commercial software packages such as Microsoft Office, SQL based query and retrieval languages, and graphics packages and functional knowledge related to the customer business area.
Sufficient experience to demonstrate excellent knowledge of the field of analysis and comprehensive understanding of analysis standards. Possesses excellent analytical and language skills, and organizational shills and attention to detail.
Demonstrates excellent use of information systems and database systems, and has clear potential to lead a small team, or has done so. Demonstrates basic project management skills. 
 Functional Responsibility: Performs research, search, and retrieval of data in multiple databases with multi-media formats, and
generates complex analytical reports for senior management in a variety of formats. Performs on team or as sole analyst that perform analysis using systems, queuing, and internal document handling procedures. Works with customer counterparts on
analysis requirements and reporting. May perform duties as shift lead. 
 Minimum Education: Bachelor’s degree and 8
years experience in a relevant field of analysis (e.g., political science, imagery, military science, business). 
  

	 	9.	Analyst IV 

 Minimum/General Experience: Experience in use of commercial software packages such as Microsoft Office, SQL based query and retrieval languages, and graphics packages and functional knowledge related to the customer business area.
Sufficient experience to demonstrate excellent knowledge of the field of analysis and comprehensive understanding of analysis standards. Possesses excellent analytical and language skills, and organizational shills and attention to detail.
Demonstrates excellent use of information systems and database systems, and has clear potential to lead a small team, or has done so. Demonstrates basic project management skills. 
  

  

					
	 The Analysis Corporation
	  		  	Page 27 of 90  

 GSA Schedule GS-35F-0344L, effective October 3, 2006 
  
  

 Functional Responsibility: Performs research, search, and retrieval of data in
multiple databases with multi-media formats, and generates complex analytical reports for senior management in a variety of formats. Performs on team or as sole analyst that perform analysis using systems, queuing, and internal document handling
procedures. Works with customer counterparts on analysis requirements and reporting. 
 Minimum Education:
Bachelor’s degree and 10 years experience in a relevant field of analysis (e.g., political science, imagery, military science, business). 
  

	 	10.	Analyst V 

 Minimum/General Experience: Experience in use of commercial software packages such as Microsoft Office, SQL based query and retrieval languages, and graphics packages and functional knowledge related to the customer business area.
Sufficient experience to demonstrate excellent knowledge of the field of analysis and comprehensive understanding of analysis standards. Possesses excellent analytical and language skills, and organizational shills and attention to detail.
Demonstrates basic project management skills.  
 Functional Responsibility: Performs research, search, and
retrieval of data in multiple databases with multi-media formats, and generates complex analytical reports for senior management in a variety of formats. Performs on team or as sole analyst that perform analysis using systems, queuing, and internal
document handling procedures. Works with customer counterparts on analysis requirements and reporting. Formulates and enforces standards, directs and supervises staff, reviewing work, resolving discrepancies, and communicating procedures. Assures
consistency of overall effort. 
 Minimum Education: Bachelor’s degree and 15 years experience in a relevant field
of analysis (e.g., political science, imagery, military science, business). 
  

	 	11.	Business Architect II 

 Minimum/General Experience: Five years’ experience in the functional business areas of Human Resource Management, Financial Management, Manufacturing Management, or Logistics Management. This includes three years of direct
experience in the design and development of integrated enterprise-wide Commercial- Off- the- Shelf (COTS) and Government- Off- the- Shelf (GOTS) software and hardware solutions in the private or public sector. 
 Functional Responsibility: Responsible for supporting the delivery of technical and business solutions based upon enterprise
applications (ERP products based), and working independently to develop enterprise-based programs of medium to high complexity. Activities include the development, integration and deployment of enterprise solutions. Support ERP Analysts, Designers,
Business Specialist and Architectural Experts with enterprise applications programming, workshops, documentation, training and user support. Efforts will produce business solution models, technical work products, unit-tested code, instructional
courseware, data structures, user interfaces, documentation and enhanced logical processes that will effectively utilize enterprise applications. 
 Minimum Education: Bachelor’s degree. 
  

	 	12.	Business Architect III 

 Minimum/General Experience: Seven years’ experience in the functional business areas of Human Resource Management, Financial Management, Manufacturing Management, or Logistics Management. This includes over five years of direct
experience in the design and development of integrated enterprise-wide Commercial- Off- the- Shelf (COTS) and Government- Off- the- Shelf (GOTS) software and hardware solutions in the private or public sector. 
  

  

					
	 The Analysis Corporation
	  		  	Page 28 of 90  

 GSA Schedule GS-35F-0344L, effective October 3, 2006 
  
  

 Functional Responsibility: Performs enterprise application team lead
responsibilities, including planning tasks, assigning resources to the task, monitoring and tracking progress, and informing project management on all project activities. Perform business and technical analyst functions, including workshop
facilitation, business process data validation, enterprise application (ERP product) testing from a functional business area perspective, program development, unit testing of the application code (ERP product) from a technical perspective, work
group/work session participation, and delivery of technical and business solutions. Implements data bases that are the results of business systems planning and data requirements planning. Provides for systems development and data base administration
groups the future business strategies as seen from a data point of view. Assists with the analysis of enterprise information system baseline and perform a “gap analysis” between the baseline, the user operational requirements and the
operating capability of enterprise application product sets. Also perform business and technical designer functions, including making contribution to both the business and technical architecture components of the enterprise solution, supporting
industry/functional area/business process specialists and experts, supporting architecture/product/technology specialists and experts, and review/assess enterprise solution products for accuracy and consistency. Provides work direction and guidance
to other personnel; ensures accuracy of the work of other personnel, operates under deadlines, able to work on multiple tasks. 
 Minimum Education: Master’s degree. 
  

	 	13.	Business Architect IV 

 Minimum/General Experience: Ten years’ experience in the functional business areas of Human Resource Management, Financial Management, Manufacturing Management, or Logistics Management. This includes seven years of direct
experience in the design and development of integrated enterprise-wide Commercial- Off- the- Shelf (COTS) and Government- Off- the- Shelf (GOTS) software and hardware solutions in the private or public sector. 
 Functional Responsibility: Recognized for business and/or architectural expertise with regard to effectively adapting functional
business requirements and processes to technical solutions based upon comprehensive enterprise application solution sets. Work with senior managers and executives to provide vision and strategic direction for those functional areas that support the
defined business disciplines within the enterprise, and to provide insight into selecting the enterprise applications (such as ERP products) that set the direction and establish an approach for a technical solution. Analyzes ERP gap analysis and
architecture for full-scale implementation. Designs ERP application interfaces and the solution infrastructure baseline across the functional areas of interest. Manages ERP development, implementation, integration, testing and follow on support.
While considering the needs of specific business areas, as well as those of the enterprise, provide expertise on technology and industry trends that will affect enterprise solution sets, including technical platforms and network architectures. Lead
technical design reviews, validate enterprise approaches, define application systems that support redesigned or improved business processes, recommend technical architectures that lead to comprehensive business solutions, and assess work products.
Updates and debugs system problems to ensure functionality. Also responsible for developing and educating others with regard to the solution set for business and/or architecture-specific best practices. Provides guidance and direction to other
professionals, acts in a consulting and/or advisory capacity; coordinates resolution of highly complex problems and tasks, possesses ability to meet and operate under deadlines. 
 Minimum Education: Master’s degree. 
  

  

					
	 The Analysis Corporation
	  		  	Page 29 of 90  

 GSA Schedule GS-35F-0344L, effective October 3, 2006 
  
  

	 	14.	Configuration Management Specialist II 

 Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 2 years’ experience. 
 Functional Responsibility: Supports the development and maintenance of configuration management plans, and scheduling and documenting configuration management reviews. Is capable of monitoring the
configuration control process and ensuring that procedures comply with client and/or applicable specifications. Reports to a Project Lead and requires minimal supervision. Knowledgeable of software development techniques, change control processes,
configuration audits or client/government regulations, manuals, technical orders, standards and industry publications related to configuration and data management is desirable. 
 Work independently, performs a wide range of duties that may include cataloging, classifying, storing, or issuing data items. May perform
job duties in a technical library. 
 Minimum Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent in a related
field. 
  

	 	15.	Consultant 

 Minimum/General Experience: Ten or more years of experience. Should be considered an expert in his or her field and be well respected in the professional community. Individual should possess the ability to solve complex problems in
an efficient and effective manner, and have a unique expertise not readily available from other sources and/or specific to a system or application. This individual will support highly technical endeavors. 
 Functional Responsibility: Provides specialized and unique expertise to solve complex technical problems. 
 Minimum Education: Master’s Degree and 10 years experience. 
  

	 	16.	Data Entry Clerk I 

 Minimum/General Experience: Experienced in data entry and verification. 
 Functional Responsibility:
Performs data entry via online data terminal, key-to-tape, key-to-disk or similar device. Verifies data entered, where applicable. Typically required to work under close supervision and direction. 
 Minimum Education: High School diploma and one-year experience. 
 Note: All professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support software and/or professional services, and cannot
be purchased separately. 
  

	 	17.	Data Handler I 

 Minimum/General Experience: Experienced in use of commercial software packages such as Microsoft Office, SQL based query and retrieval languages, and graphics packages and functional knowledge related to the customer business area.

 Functional Responsibility: Maintains integrity and content of complex databases including indexing of multi-media
data. Performs research, search, and retrieval of data in multiple databases with multi-media formats, and generates complex reports for senior management in a variety of formats; works with supervision. 
 Minimum Education: Bachelor’s Degree with 2 years experience, or 4 years related experience. Degree and experience related to
data entry and production of technical documentation. 
  

  

					
	 The Analysis Corporation
	  		  	Page 30 of 90  

 GSA Schedule GS-35F-0344L, effective October 3, 2006 
  
  

	 	18.	Data Handler II 

 Minimum/General Experience: Experienced in commercial software packages such as Microsoft Office, SQL based query and retrieval languages, and graphics packages and functional knowledge related to the customer business area.

 Functional Responsibility: Maintains integrity and content of complex databases including indexing of multi-media
data. Performs research, search, and retrieval of data in multiple databases with multi-media formats, and generates complex reports for senior management in a variety of formats; works with some supervision. 
 Minimum Education: Bachelor’s Degree with 4 years experience, or 6 years related experience. Degree and experience related to
data entry and production of technical documentation. 
  

	 	19.	Database Administrator I 

 Minimum/General Experience: Entry-level position. 
 Functional Responsibility: Provide access controls
for the design and use of databases. Maintain and manage the global view of databases; ensure database security from accidental or intentional damage or loss; monitor database use; and develop standards, procedures, and conventions for use.

 Minimum Education: Bachelor’s Degree. 
  

	 	20.	Database Management Specialist II 

 Minimum/General Experience: Two years experience. 
 Functional
Responsibility: Guide the development and management of database system development projects. Provide technical expertise and guidance in the logical and physical database design, development, transition, operation, and maintenance of database
management systems. Conduct management studies and define data requirements. Evaluate the data processing techniques, database management, and management information system concepts and applications as they relate to customer information needs and
goals. Define all required database administration policies, procedures, standards, and guidelines; works with some supervision. 
 Minimum Education: Bachelor’s Degree with two years experience. 
  

	 	21.	Database Management Specialist III 

 Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of five years experience, of which at least two years must be specialized. Specialized experience includes demonstrated experience with
database design and system analysis, current operating systems software internals and data manipulation languages. General experience includes increasing responsibilities in the development and maintenance of database systems. 
 Functional Responsibility: Manages the development of database projects; plans and budgets staff and database resources and
reallocates resources to maximize benefits when necessary. Prepares and delivers presentations on database management systems (DBMS) concepts. Works with minimal supervision, and may provide daily supervision and direction to support staff.

 Minimum Education: Bachelor’s Degree in computer science, information systems, engineering, business or other
related scientific or technical discipline, with a minimum of five years experience. 
  

  

					
	 The Analysis Corporation
	  		  	Page 31 of 90  

 GSA Schedule GS-35F-0344L, effective October 3, 2006 
  
  

	 	22.	Database Manager IV 

 Minimum/General Experience: See Education. 
 Functional Responsibility: Performs as the primary
database expert. Formulate and implement policies and procedures pertaining to database management, security, maintenance, and utilization. Work directly with database users, providing advice as to procedures, technical problems, priorities, and
methodologies. Directs efforts of Senior Database Administrators and Database Administrators in all activities related to administration, planning and development of computerized Database management systems. 
 Minimum Education: Master’s Degree in computer science, information systems, engineering, business or other related scientific
or technical discipline and two years experience. 
  

	 	23.	Database Manager V 

 Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of seven years experience, of which at least two years must be specialized. 
 Functional Responsibility: Manages the development of data base projects. Plans and budgets staff and data base resources. When necessary, reallocates resources to maximize benefits. Prepares and
delivers presentations on data base management systems (DBMS) concepts. Provides daily supervision and direction to support staff. 
 Minimum Education: Master’s degree in computer science, information systems, engineering, business or other related scientific or technical discipline. 
  

	 	24.	Enterprise Architect I 

 Minimum/General Experience: At least two years of progressive experience in selecting and implementing Commercial-Off -the -Shelf (COTS) enterprise solution applications. Completed comprehensive training in the implementation of at
least one major Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP), Supply Chain, Customer Relationship Management (CRM) or Knowledge Management (KM) software application. Two years’ experience with the design, execution, and oversight of large-scale
information technology (IT) projects 
 Functional Responsibility: Provides functional knowledge and perspective to the
enterprise-wide IT solution team. May be called upon to facilitate participation of the client’s functional specialists. Also provides functional knowledge for business process re-engineering and implementation of best IT and business
practices. Supports functional lead for requirements definition to the IT system development project and supports fit/gap analyses of GOTS and COTS software. Participates in business case development by supporting identification of functional
impacts for alternative solutions. 
 Minimum Education: BA/BS degree or higher in Information Systems, Computer Science,
Engineering, Business, or related field. 
  

	 	25.	Enterprise Architect II 

 Minimum/General Experience: Four years’ experience with the design, execution, and oversight of large-scale information technology (IT) projects At least two years of progressive experience in selecting and implementing
Commercial- Off- the- Shelf (COTS) enterprise solution applications.

  

  

					
	 The Analysis Corporation
	  		  	Page 32 of 90  

 GSA Schedule GS-35F-0344L, effective October 3, 2006 
  
  

 
Completed comprehensive training in the implementation of at least one major Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP), Supply Chain, Customer Relationship Management (CRM) or Knowledge Management (KM)
software application. 
 Functional Responsibility: Leads the design, configuration, and implementation of enterprise-
wide COTS hardware and software solutions at the functional module level. Supports development of cultural change management materials and customer training. Provides technical input into business case analyses and supports analysis of technical
alternatives. 
 Minimum Education: BA/BS degree or higher in Information Systems, Computer Science, Engineering,
Business, or related field. 
  

	 	26.	Enterprise Architect III 

 Minimum/General Experience: Six years’ experience with the design, execution, and oversight of large-scale information technology (IT) projects. This includes over three years of direct experience in the design and development
of integrated enterprise-wide Commercial -Off -the -Shelf (COTS) and Government- Off -the- Shelf (GOTS) software and hardware solutions in the private or public sector. 
 Functional Responsibility: Supports the design, configuration, and implementation of enterprise- wide COTS hardware and software solutions at the functional module level. Supports development of
cultural change management materials and customer training. Provides technical input into business case analyses and supports analysis of technical alternatives. 
 Minimum Education: Master’s degree or higher in Information Systems, Computer Science, Engineering, Business, or related field. 
  

	 	27.	Enterprise Architect IV 

 Minimum/General Experience: Eight years’ experience with the design, execution, and oversight of large-scale information technology (IT) projects. This includes over three years of direct experience in the design and development
of integrated enterprise-wide Commercial -Off -the- Shelf (COTS) and Government-Off -the -Shelf (GOTS) software and hardware solutions in the private or public sector. 
 Functional Responsibility: Leads the design of complete enterprise-wide IT solutions which incorporate technical infrastructure, hardware, and software. Identifies necessary interfaces between
enterprise solution applications and legacy IT environment. Supports all program/project planning and milestone development. Supports business case analysis and identification of alternative solutions and resulting business impacts. 
 Minimum Education: Master’s degree or higher in Information Systems, Computer Science, Engineering, Business, or related field.

  

	 	28.	Facility Security Officer 

 Minimum/General Experience: Bachelor’s degree in computer science or a related field and at least 1 qualifying networking or security certification. At least 10 years of experience in computer network security for systems and
subsystems in an area such as security architecture design, security policies and procedures documentation development, security device/software implementation and configuration, security-based research, security assessments, or security
configuration analysis. 
  

  

					
	 The Analysis Corporation
	  		  	Page 33 of 90  

 GSA Schedule GS-35F-0344L, effective October 3, 2006 
  
  

 Functional Responsibility: Performs a variety of enterprise-level network
management security functions in support of MIS services related to operation, performance or availability of data communications networks. Recommends security adjustments to wide variety of complex network management functions with responsibility
for overall security and availability of enterprise networks. LAN/WAN security consultant skilled in network vulnerability analysis, invasion protection and contingency planning. Has knowledge of Ethernet, FDDI and high speed WANs and routers.
Ability to analyze client LANs/WANs, isolate sources of potential problems, and recommend reconfiguration and implementation of new network hardware to increase protection and performance. Working knowledge of network operating systems. May serve as
task leader on one or more projects. 
 Minimum Education: Bachelor’s degree in computer science or a related field
and at least 1 qualifying networking or security certification. 
  

	 	29.	Graphics Specialist I 

 Minimum/General Experience: Experienced in using commercial automated word processing, graphics systems and desktop publishing systems. 
 Functional Responsibility: Assists in the preparation of presentation graphics, and supports the development of contract deliverables and reports by developing and updating graphic presentations to
improve the quality, and enhance the usability of these documents. Responsible for integrating the graphics generated with automated tools and the deliverable documents. 
 Minimum Education: High School Diploma and one year of experience. 
  

	 	30.	Graphics Specialist II 

 Minimum/General Experience: Minimum of two years experience in development of graphic/artistic presentations for publications and documents (preferably technical documentation). Demonstrated ability to work independently or under
general direction. 
 Functional Responsibility: Conceive design lay out, and coordinate editorial illustrations
and creative artwork for publications such as magazines, brochures, handbooks, and poster, translating facts and features of subject material into graphic terms. Create graphic presentations that communicated mood, emphasis, insight, and viewpoint.
Advise on graphic technology. Support development of all contract deliverables and reports by developing and updating graphics presentations to improve their quality and enhance their usability. Integrate graphics generated with automated tools and
the deliverable documents. 
 Minimum Education: Bachelor’s Degree and two years experience. 
  

	 	31.	Graphics Specialist III 

 Minimum/General Experience: Minimum of four years experience in development of graphic/artistic presentations for publications and documents (preferably technical documentation). Demonstrated ability to work independently or under
general direction. 
 Functional Responsibility: Works on complex graphics projects and assists in coordination of
graphic/imaging production scheduling, and coordinates production support with outside vendors, as needed. Ensures that graphic/imaging projects are completed on time, within budget and to the requirement specifications. Interfaces with users to
determine scope of project and best graphic medium. Works on complex projects independently and has thorough knowledge of graphics systems and graphics application packages which may include: desktop publishing, CAD, GIS, design packages, HTML,
multimedia or other graphics applications. 
  

  

					
	 The Analysis Corporation
	  		  	Page 34 of 90  

 GSA Schedule GS-35F-0344L, effective October 3, 2006 
  
  

 Minimum Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent. 
  

	 	32.	Graphics Specialist IV 

 Minimum/General Experience: Minimum of six years experience in development of graphic/artistic presentations for publications and documents (preferably technical documentation). Demonstrated ability to work independently or under
general direction. 
 Functional Responsibility: Works on complex graphics projects and assists in coordination of
graphic/imaging production scheduling, and coordinates production support with outside vendors, as needed. Ensures that graphic/imaging projects are completed on time, within budget and to the requirement specifications. Interfaces with users to
determine scope of project and best graphic medium. Works on complex projects independently and has thorough knowledge of graphics systems and graphics application packages which may include: desktop publishing, CAD, GIS, design packages, HTML,
multimedia or other graphics applications. 
 Minimum Education: Bachelor’s degree. 
  

	 	33.	Graphics Specialist V 

 Minimum/General Experience: Minimum of eight years experience in development of graphic/artistic presentations for publications and documents (preferably technical documentation). Demonstrated ability to work independently or under
general direction. 
 Functional Responsibility: Conceive design lay out, and coordinate editorial illustrations and
creative artwork for publications such as magazines, brochures, handbooks, and poster, translating facts and features of subject material into graphic terms. Create graphic presentations that communicated mood, emphasis, insight, and viewpoint.
Advise on graphic technology. Support development of all contract deliverables and reports by developing and updating graphics presentations to improve their quality and enhance their usability. Integrate graphics generated with automated tools and
the deliverable documents. 
 Minimum Education: Bachelor’s degree 
  

	 	34.	Information Engineer I 

 Minimum/General Experience: Minimum two years experience in planning, analysis, design, and construction of automated information systems. 
 Functional Responsibility: Apply function-wide disciplines for the planning, analysis, design, and construction of automated information systems across a major sector of the business. Perform
business strategic systems planning, information planning, business analysis, and design. Perform process and data modeling using both manual and automated tools, such as Integrated Computer- Aided Software Engineering (I- CASE) tools. Apply reverse
engineering and reengineering disciplines to develop migration, strategic, and tactical automated information system planning documents. 
 Minimum Education: Bachelor’s Degree in a related field and 2 years experience. 
  

	 	35.	Information Engineer II 

 Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of five years experience in information systems development, functional and data requirements analysis, systems analysis and design, programming, program design and
documentation preparation. The following experience is also required: demonstrated experience in the implementation of information engineering projects; systems analysis; design and programming; systems planning; business information planning and
business analysis. Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general direction. 
  

  

					
	 The Analysis Corporation
	  		  	Page 35 of 90  

 GSA Schedule GS-35F-0344L, effective October 3, 2006 
  
  

 Functional Responsibility: Applies business process improvement practices to
re-engineer methodologies/principles and business process modernization projects. Applies, as appropriate, activity and data modeling, transaction flow analysis, internal control and risk analysis, and modern business methods and performance
measurement techniques. Assists in establishing standards for information systems procedures. Develops and applies organization-wide information models for use in designing and building integrated, shared software and database management systems.
Constructs sound, logical business improvement opportunities consistent with corporate information management guiding principles, cost savings and open system architecture objectives. Provides daily supervision and direction to staff. 
 Minimum Education: Bachelor’s Degree in computer science, information systems, engineering, business or other related scientific
or technical discipline, with five years experience. 
  

	 	36.	Information Engineer III 

 Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience in information systems development, functional and data requirements analysis, systems analysis and design, programming, program design and
documentation preparation. Individual must have experience in managing the implementation of information engineering projects, and systems analysis, design and programming. In addition, individual must demonstrate experience in the client/server
environment, have proven managerial and supervisory skills as well as exceptional written and oral communications skills, including giving formal presentations to different audiences. Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only
general direction. 
 Functional Responsibility: Applies an enterprise wide set of disciplines for the planning,
analysis, design and construction of information systems on an enterprise wide basis or across a major sector of the enterprise. Develops analytical and computational techniques, and methodology for problem solutions. Performs enterprise wide
strategic systems planning, business information planning, business and analysis. Performs process and data modeling in support of the planning and analysis efforts using both manual and automated tools, such as Integrated Computer-Aided Software
Engineering (I-CASE) tools. Applies reverse engineering and reengineering disciplines to develop migration strategic and planning documents. Has experience with such methodologies as IDEF 0 process modeling and IDEF 1x data modeling. Provides
technical guidance in software engineering techniques and automated support tools. 
 Minimum Education: Master’s
Degree in computer science, information systems, engineering, or other related scientific or technical discipline, with two years related experience. 
  

	 	37.	Network Administrator / Technician I 

 Minimum/General Experience: Two or more years of experience, with expertise in a variety of software programs and hardware applications. Experienced in a network environment that uses routers,
bridges, switches, and FDDI. 
 Functional Responsibility: Maintains and supports network software and hardware.  

 Minimum Education: High school diploma and two years experience. 
  

  

					
	 The Analysis Corporation
	  		  	Page 36 of 90  

 GSA Schedule GS-35F-0344L, effective October 3, 2006 
  
  

	 	38.	Program Manager I 

 Minimum/General Experience: See Education. 
 Functional Responsibility: Experienced in the
program/project management field. Responsible for establishing and implementing work standards and processes, delegating contractor/subcontractor assignments, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, purposes, and goals to
subordinates, and overall surveillance and operational success of assigned tasks. 
 Minimum Education: Bachelor’s
Degree and two years experience. 
  

	 	39.	Program Manager II 

 Minimum/General Experience: Experienced in project/program management. Ability to plan, direct, and coordinate administrative activities, program control, and supervision of personnel involved in support provided under tasking.
Knowledge of and experience in requirements definition, work planning, budget control, and communication methods and procedures required. Must be able to understand requirements of the type for tasks to be performed, review and evaluate all work
performed, provide direction, and ensure compliance with all customer requirements and policies. 
 Functional
Responsibility: Performs management support, provides guidance and direction, and ensures that all effort is successfully completed in accordance with task requirements. 
 Minimum Education: Bachelor’s Degree and five years experience in project/program management. 
  

	 	40.	Program Manager III 

 Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of seven years. Experience should include previous experience as a Program Manager for complex programs, project management, financial management, and coordination with
COTR, COR and other program officials. Experience in related IT fields, with increasing responsibilities in information systems design and management. 
 Functional Responsibility: Serves as Project Manager for a large, complex task order (or a group of task orders). Responsible for the overall management of the specific task order(s) and ensures
the technical solutions and schedules in the task order are implemented in a timely manner. Directs completion of tasks within estimated timeframes and budget constraints. Schedules and assigns duties to subordinates and subcontractors and ensures
assignments are completed as directed. Enforces work standards and reviews/resolves work discrepancies to ensure compliance with contract requirements. Reports in writing and orally to contractor management and Government representatives. Provides
competent leadership and responsible program direction through successful performance of a variety of detailed, diverse elements of project transitioning. Plans and directs technological improvements and project management implementation. Manages a
diverse group of functional activities, subordinate groups of technical and administrative personnel. Provides business, technical, and personnel management across multiple projects, such as engineering studies, computer applications, and systems
development. 
 Minimum Education: Bachelor’s Degree in Business, Computer Science, Information Systems,
Engineering, Accounting, or related business or technical discipline and eight years experience. Advanced degree or training is desired. 
  

  

					
	 The Analysis Corporation
	  		  	Page 37 of 90  

 GSA Schedule GS-35F-0344L, effective October 3, 2006 
  
  

	 	41.	Program Manager IV 

 Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of fifteen years experience, of which at least ten years must be specialized. Specialized experience includes: project development from inception to deployment, expertise
in the management and control of funds and resources using complex reporting mechanisms, demonstrated capability in managing multi-task contracts and/or subcontracts of various types and complexity. General experience includes increasing
responsibilities in information systems design and/or management. 
 Functional Responsibility: Serves as the
contractor’s single contract manager, and shall be the contractor’s authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract level Contracting Officer’s Representative (COR), government management personnel and
customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, purposes, and goals of the
organization to subordinates. Shall be responsible for the overall contract performance and shall not serve in any other capacity under this contract. 
 Minimum Education: Bachelor’s degree in Business, Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Accounting, or related business or technical discipline. Advanced degree or training is
desired. 
  

	 	42.	Programmer / Analyst II 

 Minimum/General Experience: Two or more years of experience. Familiarity with and knowledge of current system software and equipment technology. Ability to recognize potential developments that might be applicable to the proposed
application. 
 Functional Responsibility: Designs, codes, maintains and documents software for computers, networks, and
associated equipment. Conducts analysis of system requirements and develops methods for problem solution. Utilizes standard programming and analysis methods and techniques in developing and modifying software and/or systems. 
 Minimum Education: Bachelor’s Degree in a related field with 2 years experience. 
  

	 	43.	Programmer / Analyst III 

 Minimum/General Experience: Five or more years of experience. Knowledge of applications programming and analysis techniques combining extensive knowledge of networking, system software, and equipment technology to recognize
developments potentially applicable to the proposed application. Analyzes, reviews and recommends changes/enhancements to current systems and networks. 
 Functional Responsibility: Utilizes advanced programming and analytical methods and techniques to develop, enhance, and modify software, networks, and systems. Supervises lower level
Programmers/Analysts. 
 Minimum Education: Bachelor’s Degree in a related field with 5 years experience.

  

	 	44.	Project Control Specialist II 

 Minimum/General Experience: See Education. 
 Functional Responsibility: Determine, monitor, and review
costs, operational budgets and schedules, and staffing requirements for new or existing programs. Support and participate in negotiations with customer. Analyze effects of projects on various areas such as engineering, facilities, and the labor pool
to determine the most practical and cost- efficient methods to obtain the required resources. Resolve proposal preparation problems and

  

  

					
	 The Analysis Corporation
	  		  	Page 38 of 90  

 GSA Schedule GS-35F-0344L, effective October 3, 2006 
  
  

 
assess progress against established plans and parameters. Formulate and recommend corrective measures such as schedule revisions, staffing adjustments, fund allocations, and work requirements.

 Minimum Education: High School Diploma with five years experience. 
  

	 	45.	Project Control Specialist III 

 Minimum/General Experience: Seven years experience. 
 Functional Responsibility: Directs all financial
management and administrative activities, such as budgeting, manpower and resource planning and financial reporting. Performs complex evaluations of existing procedures, processes, techniques, models, and/or systems related to management problems or
contractual issues, which would require a report and recommend solutions. Develops work breakdown structures, prepare charts, tables, graphs, and diagrams to assist in analyzing problems. Provides daily supervision and direction to staff.

 Minimum Education: Bachelor’s degree. 
  

	 	46.	Project Manager I 

 Minimum/General Experience: Five years experience performing complex functional activities by providing management and supervision of multiple projects in systems engineering or the design of or field service of military command and
control, communications systems, or systems engineering. Must be familiar with the principles of regularly exercising independent judgment, as well as a high level of analytic skill, in solving complex technical, administrative, and managerial
problems. Provides overall direction for all project level activities. 
 Functional Responsibility: Under minimal
supervision, responsible for all aspects of project performance (i.e., technical, contractual, administrative, financial). Manages and supervises personnel involved in all aspects of project activity, organizes and assigns responsibilities to
subordinates, and oversees the successful completion of all assigned tasks. 
 Minimum Education: Bachelor’s Degree
with five years experience in Engineering, Engineering Management, or Business Management. 
  

	 	47.	Project Manager II 

 Minimum/General Experience: Seven years of experience performing complex functional project activities by providing management and supervision of multiple projects in systems engineering or the design of or field service of military
command and control, communications systems, or systems engineering. Demonstrated experience in handling government contracts. Must be familiar with the principles of exercising independent judgment, as well as a high level of analytical skill, in
solving complex and unusual technical, administrative, and managerial problems. 
 Functional Responsibility: Under
limited supervision, responsible for all aspects of project performance (i.e., technical, contractual, administrative, financial). Provides overall direction of project activities within a DOD or government acquisition program structure. Have
comprehensive knowledge in interpreting requirements. Must have the ability and experience to manage varied complex projects from inception through completion. Should have hands-on experience in field management as well as in-house work. This
includes coordination of subcontractors, vendors, and in-house work to meet the requirements of the buyer on a timely basis. Proven experience in the management of funds, time, and other resources. 
  

  

					
	 The Analysis Corporation
	  		  	Page 39 of 90  

 GSA Schedule GS-35F-0344L, effective October 3, 2006 
  
  

 Minimum Education: Bachelor’s Degree and seven years experience in
Engineering, Engineering Management, Business Management, or equivalent PMI Certification. 
  

	 	48.	Project Manager III 

 Minimum/General Experience: Ten years of experience performing complex functional project activities by providing management and supervision of multiple projects in systems engineering or the design of or field service of military
command and control, communications systems, or systems engineering. Demonstrated experience in handling government contracts. Must be familiar with the principles of exercising independent judgment, as well as a high level of analytical skill, in
solving complex and unusual technical, administrative, and managerial problems. 
 Functional Responsibility: Serves as
the project manager for a large, complex task order (or a group of task orders affecting the same common/standard/migration system) and shall assist the Program Manager in working with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level
Contracting Officer’s Representative (COR), the task order-level COR(s), government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Under the guidance of the Program Manager, responsible for the overall management of the specific task
order(s) and insuring that the technical solutions and schedules in the task order are implemented in a timely manner. Performs enterprise wide horizontal integration planning and interfaces to other functional systems. 
 Minimum Education: Bachelor’s degree in Engineering, Engineering Management, Business Management, or equivalent PMI
Certification. 
  

	 	49.	Project Manager IV 

 Minimum/General Experience: Twelve years of experience performing complex functional project activities by providing management and supervision of multiple projects in systems engineering or the design of or field service of military
command and control, communications systems, or systems engineering. Demonstrated experience in handling government contracts. Must be familiar with the principles of exercising independent judgment, as well as a high level of analytical skill, in
solving complex and unusual technical, administrative, and managerial problems. 
 Functional Responsibility: Serves as
the project manager for a large, complex task order (or a group of task orders affecting the same common/standard/migration system) and shall assist the Program Manager in working with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level
Contracting Officer’s Representative (COR), the task order-level COR(s), government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Under the guidance of the Program Manager, responsible for the overall management of the specific task
order(s) and insuring that the technical solutions and schedules in the task order are implemented in a timely manner. Performs enterprise wide horizontal integration planning and interfaces to other functional systems. 
 Minimum Education: A Bachelor’s degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related
discipline. 
  

	 	50.	Quality Assurance Analyst I 

 Minimum/General Experience: Entry-level position. 
 Functional Responsibility: Executes the QA/QC
process by reviewing work products for correctness, and adherence to the design concept and standards, and reviewing program documentation to ensure adherence to standards and requirements. Coordinates with the project manager and/or QA manager to
ensure problem resolution and user satisfaction. 
  

  

					
	 The Analysis Corporation
	  		  	Page 40 of 90  

 GSA Schedule GS-35F-0344L, effective October 3, 2006 
  
  

 Minimum Education: Bachelor’s Degree in a related field. 
  

	 	51.	Quality Assurance Manager II 

 Minimum/General Experience: Minimum 2 years experience. 
 Functional Responsibility: Develop, modify,
apply, and maintain standards for quality operating methods and procedures. Provide coordination and guidance in preparing engineering-level technical appraisals of programming systems and numerical and computing techniques, and in integrating
computers into the overall functions of scientific computation, and data acquisition, transmission, and processing. Ensure that corrective measures meet acceptable reliability standards. Develop overall operating criteria to ensure implementation of
the software quality program according to project and contract requirements. Ensure that project control documentation complies with the contract. Review software design, change specifications, and related plans against contractual requirements.
Perform or direct verification of software requirement allocations, traceability, and testability. 
 Minimum
Education: Bachelor’s Degree and two years of related experience. 
  

	 	52.	Quality Assurance Manager III 

 Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of five years ADP experience, of which at least two years specialized experience in QA areas such as the following: Configuration Management, verification and validation,
software testing and integration, software metrics and their application to software quality assessment. Experience includes increasing responsibilities in quality assurance, quality control, and team leader responsibilities. 
 Functional Responsibility: Establishes and maintains a process for evaluating software and associated documentation. Determines the
resources required for quality control. Maintains the level of quality throughout the software life cycle. Conducts formal and informal reviews at pre-determined points throughout the development life cycle. Provides daily supervision and direction
to support staff. 
 Minimum Education: A Bachelor’s Degree in computer science, information systems, engineering,
business, or other related scientific or technical discipline with a minimum of five years ADP experience. 
  

	 	53.	Quality Assurance Manager IV 

 Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of seven years ADP experience, of which at least two years specialized experience in QA areas such as the following: Configuration Management, verification and validation,
software testing and integration, software metrics and their application to software quality assessment. Experience includes increasing responsibilities in quality assurance, quality control, and team leader responsibilities. 
 Functional Responsibility: Provides technical and administrative direction for personnel performing software development tasks,
including the review of work products for correctness, adherence to the design concept and to user standards, review of program documentation to assure government standards/requirements are adhered to, and for progress in accordance with schedules.
Coordinates with the Project Manager and/or Quality Assurance Manager to ensure problem solution and user satisfaction. Make recommendations, if needed, for approval of major systems installations. Prepares milestone status reports and
deliveries/presentations on the system concept to colleagues, subordinates, and end user representatives. 
  

  

					
	 The Analysis Corporation
	  		  	Page 41 of 90  

 GSA Schedule GS-35F-0344L, effective October 3, 2006 
  
  

 Minimum Education: A Bachelor’s degree in computer science, information
systems, engineering, business, or other related scientific or technical discipline. 
  

	 	54.	Quality Assurance Manager V 

 Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of ten years ADP experience, of which at least two years specialized experience in QA areas such as the following: Configuration Management, verification and validation,
software testing and integration, software metrics and their application to software quality assessment. Experience includes increasing responsibilities in quality assurance, quality control, and team leader responsibilities. 
 Functional Responsibility: Establishes and maintains a process for evaluating software and associated documentation. Determines the
resources required for quality control. Maintains the level of quality throughout the software life cycle. Conducts formal and informal reviews at predetermined points throughout the development life cycle. Provides daily supervision and direction
to support staff. 
 Minimum Education: A Bachelor’s degree in computer science, information systems, engineering,
business, or other related scientific or technical discipline. 
  

	 	55.	Software Engineer I 

 Minimum General Experience: Minimum 2 years of experience in applications software development or real time system software engineering in the analysis, design, development, implementation, testing, maintenance, quality assurance,
troubleshooting and/or upgrade of software systems. Experience should include the development of software for embedded systems, dedicated processing systems, data acquisition systems, telemetry systems and operating system programming and/or the
development of specifications and design of systems using a variety of computer languages, database management systems, operating systems, architectures, and peripheral devices to meet project needs. 
 Functional Responsibility: Accepts limited assignments under close supervision performing necessary sets of related tasks, gathering,
organizing and analyzing data, and producing required documentation. Problem solving limited to narrowly defined applications. Typical tasks will apply formal software development methodologies and off the shelf development tools (e.g. CASE tools),
and may include the design and development of other tools as needed. Assignments may include the use of machine languages working within tight constraints on module size, data storage, system latency and responsiveness/throughput or tasks that
involve engineering, scientific, mathematical, computer science, multimedia, or business applications. 
 Minimum Education:
Bachelor’s Degree with 2 years experience. 
  

	 	56.	Software Engineer II 

 Minimum General Experience: Minimum three of years of experience in applications software development or real time system software engineering in the analysis, design, development, implementation, testing, maintenance, quality
assurance, troubleshooting and/or upgrade of software systems. Experience should include the development of software for embedded systems, dedicated processing systems, data acquisition systems, telemetry systems and operating system programming
and/or the development of specifications and design of systems using a variety of computer languages, database management systems, operating systems, architectures, and peripheral devices to meet project needs. 
  

  

					
	 The Analysis Corporation
	  		  	Page 42 of 90  

 GSA Schedule GS-35F-0344L, effective October 3, 2006 
  
  

 Functional Responsibility: Accepts moderate assignments under general
supervision as a team leader performing related tasks, balancing resources and schedules, responding to unusual situations, organizing, and analyzing data, producing reports and documentation. Typical tasks will apply formal software development
methodologies and off the shelf development tools (e.g. CASE tools), and may include the design and development of other tools as needed. Assignments may include the use of machine languages working within tight constraints on module size, data
storage, system latency and responsiveness/throughput or tasks that involve engineering, scientific, mathematical, computer science, multimedia, or business applications. 
 Minimum Education: Bachelor’s Degree with three years experience. 
  

	 	57.	Software Engineer III 

 Minimum General Experience: Minimum five years of experience in applications software development or real time system software engineering in the analysis, design, development, implementation, testing, maintenance, quality assurance,
troubleshooting and/or upgrade of software systems. Experience should include the development of software for embedded systems, dedicated processing systems, data acquisition systems, telemetry systems and operating system programming and/or the
development of specifications and design of systems using a variety of computer languages, database management systems, operating systems, architectures, and peripheral devices to meet project needs. 
 Functional Responsibility: Independently performs assignments with instruction from supervisor as to the general results expected.
Receives technical guidance on complex problems and needs supervisory approval for projects. May supervise a small number of lower level personnel. Works with broad assignments under general guidance marshaling resources to accomplish objectives,
identifying needs and problems, generating alternatives, and implementing as appropriate. Documents and communicates results at all levels. Typical tasks will apply formal software development methodologies and off the shelf development tools (e.g.
CASE tools), and may include the design and development of other tools as needed. Assignments may include the use of machine languages working within tight constraints on module size, data storage, system latency and responsiveness/throughput or
tasks that involve engineering, scientific, mathematical, computer science, multimedia, or business applications. 
 Minimum
Education: Bachelor’s Degree with 5 years experience. 
  

	 	58.	Software Engineer V 

 Minimum General Experience: Minimum ten years of experience in applications software development or real time system software engineering in the analysis, design, development, implementation, testing, maintenance, quality assurance,
troubleshooting and/or upgrade of software systems. Experience should include the development of software for embedded systems, dedicated processing systems, data acquisition systems, telemetry systems and operating system programming and/or the
development of specifications and design of systems using a variety of computer languages, database management systems, operating systems, architectures, and peripheral devices to meet project needs. 
 Functional Responsibility: Analyzes and studies complex system requirements. Designs software tools and subsystems to support
software reuse and domain analyses and manages their implementation. Manages software development and support using formal specifications, data flow diagrams, other accepted design techniques and Computer Aided Software Engineering (CASE)

  

  

					
	 The Analysis Corporation
	  		  	Page 43 of 90  

 GSA Schedule GS-35F-0344L, effective October 3, 2006 
  
  

 
tools. Estimates software development costs and schedule. Reviews’ existing programs and assists in making refinements, reducing operating time, and improving current techniques. Supervises
software configuration management. 
 Minimum Education: Bachelor’s degree. 
  

	 	59.	Software Engineer VI 

 Minimum General Experience: Minimum twelve years of experience in applications software development or real time system software engineering in the analysis, design, development, implementation, testing, maintenance, quality
assurance, troubleshooting and/or upgrade of software systems. Experience should include the development of software for embedded systems, dedicated processing systems, data acquisition systems, telemetry systems and operating system programming
and/or the development of specifications and design of systems using a variety of computer languages, database management systems, operating systems, architectures, and peripheral devices to meet project needs. 
 Functional Responsibility: Independently performs assignments with instruction from supervisor as to the general results expected.
Receives technical guidance on complex problems and needs supervisory approval for projects. May supervise a small number of lower level personnel. Works with broad assignments under general guidance marshaling resources to accomplish objectives,
identifying needs and problems, generating alternatives, and implementing as appropriate. Documents and communicates results at all levels. Typical tasks will apply formal software development methodologies and off the shelf development tools (e.g.
CASE tools), and may include the design and development of other tools as needed. Assignments may include the use of machine languages working within tight constraints on module size, data storage, system latency and responsiveness/throughput or
tasks that involve engineering, scientific, mathematical, computer science, multimedia, or business applications. 
 Minimum
Education: Master’s degree. 
  

	 	60.	Subject Matter Expert (SME) I 

 Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of seven years experience with at least two years of that experience in leadership positions such as direction of significant research and development efforts or managing
programs requiring comprehensive and innovative technical solutions. 
 Functional Responsibility: Performs as a
consultant in highly specialized subject areas such as human factors engineering, logistics, personnel, training, patents and trademarks, financial systems, and business process reengineering. Provide highly technical and/or specialized guidance
concerning automation solutions to complex information processing problems related to the subject matter field. Perform analyses and studies, prepare reports, and give presentations 
 Minimum Education: Master’s Degree in a related technical field with seven years experience. 
  

	 	61.	Subject Matter Expert (SME) II 

 Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of ten years experience with at least two years of that experience in leadership positions such as direction of significant research and development efforts or managing
programs requiring comprehensive and innovative technical solutions. 
  

  

					
	 The Analysis Corporation
	  		  	Page 44 of 90  

 GSA Schedule GS-35F-0344L, effective October 3, 2006 
  
  

 Functional Responsibility: Analyzes user needs to determine functional
requirements. Performs functional allocation to identify required tasks and their interrelationships. Identifies resources required for each task. Possesses requisite knowledge and expertise so recognized in the professional community that the
Government is able to qualify the individual as an expert in the field for an actual TO. Demonstrates exceptional oral and written communication skills. 
 Minimum Education: Master’s degree in a related technical field. 
  

	 	62.	Subject Matter Expert (SME) III 

 Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of eleven years experience. At least three years of that experience shall have been in leadership positions such as direction of significant research and development
efforts or managing programs requiring comprehensive and innovative technical solutions 
 Functional Responsibility:
Perform as a consultant in highly specialized subject areas such as human factors engineering, logistics, personnel, training, patents and trademarks, financial systems, and business process reengineering. Provide highly technical and/or specialized
guidance concerning automation solutions to complex information processing problems related to the subject matter field. Perform analyses and studies, prepare reports, and give presentations. 
 Minimum Education: Master’s Degree with 11 years experience. 
  

	 	63.	Subject Matter Expert (SME) IV 

 Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of fourteen years experience. At least three years of that experience shall have been in leadership positions such as direction of significant research and development
efforts or managing programs requiring comprehensive and innovative technical solutions 
 Functional Responsibility:
Perform as a consultant in highly specialized subject areas such as human factors engineering, logistics, personnel, training, patents and trademarks, financial systems, and business process reengineering. Provide highly technical and/or specialized
guidance concerning automation solutions to complex information processing problems related to the subject matter field. Perform analyses and studies, prepare reports, and give presentations. 
 Minimum Education: Master’s degree. 
  

	 	64.	Subject Matter Expert (SME) V 

 Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of sixteen years experience. At least three years of that experience shall have been in leadership positions such as direction of significant research and development
efforts or managing programs requiring comprehensive and innovative technical solutions 
 Functional Responsibility:
Perform as a consultant in highly specialized subject areas such as human factors engineering, logistics, personnel, training, patents and trademarks, financial systems, and business process reengineering. Provide highly technical and/or specialized
guidance concerning automation solutions to complex information processing problems related to the subject matter field. Perform analyses and studies, prepare reports, and give presentations. 
 Minimum Education: Master’s degree. 
  

  

					
	 The Analysis Corporation
	  		  	Page 45 of 90  

 GSA Schedule GS-35F-0344L, effective October 3, 2006 
  
  

	 	65.	Systems Security Engineer I 

 Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years’ experience, of which at least one must be specialized experience including system security analysis and implementation; secure system
engineering and/or design, design assurance or testing for INFOSEC products and systems computer networking technology and work in protocol and/or interface standards. General experience includes software engineering; program design and
implementation; configuration management; or maintenance, integration or testing, and information system engineering, analyst or software experience. 
 Functional Responsibility: Analyzes and defines security requirements for Multilevel Security (MLS) issues. Designs, develops, engineers, and implements solutions to MLS requirements. Gathers and
organizes technical information about an organization’s mission goals and needs, existing security products, and ongoing programs in the MLS arena. Performs risk analyses which also includes risk assessment. 
 Minimum Education: Bachelor’s degree in electrical, electronic or computer engineering; computer science; or, a related field

  

	 	66.	Systems Security Engineer II 

 Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of five years’ experience, of which at least three must be specialized experience including system security analysis and implementation; secure system engineering
and/or design, design assurance or testing for INFOSEC products and systems computer networking technology and work in protocol and/or interface standards. General experience includes software engineering; program design and implementation;
configuration management; or maintenance, integration or testing, and information system engineering, analyst or software experience. 
 Functional Responsibility: Provides customer support in solving all phases of complex INFOSEC -related technical problems. Reviews and recommends INFOSEC solutions to customer problems based on an understanding of
products/systems test results. Conducts systems security analysis and implementation, system engineering, electrical design, design assurance, testing, software engineering, program design, configuration management, integration and testing of
INFOSEC products and techniques. Solutions are based on a firm understanding of government/industry policy, practices, procedures, and customer requirements. Particular attention placed on Guard, Firewall, Secure Network Server, PCMCIA format
security solutions, “Smart Cards”, and emerging security technologies and future trends in support of information system and network security. Insures that INFOSEC solutions are fully compatible with or engineered into the customer’s
network design. Provides work direction and guidance to other personnel; ensures accuracy of the work of other personnel, operates under deadlines, able to work on multiple tasks. 
 Minimum Education: Bachelor’s degree Electrical, electronic, or computer engineering or related field. 
  

	 	67.	Systems Security Engineer III 

 Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of seven years’ experience, of which at least three must be specialized experience including system security analysis and implementation; secure system engineering
and/or design, design assurance or testing for INFOSEC products and systems computer networking technology and work in protocol and/or interface standards. General experience includes software engineering; program design and implementation;
configuration management; or maintenance, integration or testing, and information system engineering, analyst or software experience. 
  

  

					
	 The Analysis Corporation
	  		  	Page 46 of 90  

 GSA Schedule GS-35F-0344L, effective October 3, 2006 
  
  

 Functional Responsibility: Analyzes and defines security requirements for
Multilevel Security (MLS) issues. Designs, develops, engineers, and implements solutions to MLS requirements. Responsible for the implementation and development of the MLS. Gathers and organizes technical information about an organization’s
mission goals and needs, existing security products, and ongoing programs in the MLS arena. Performs risk analyses which also includes risk assessment. Provides daily supervision and direction to staff. 
 Minimum Education: Bachelor’s degree Electrical, electronic, or computer engineering or related field. 
  

	 	68.	Systems Security Engineer IV 

 Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of ten years’ experience, of which at least five years must be specialized experience including the design and development of SECURE command/control/ communications
and intelligence (C3I) and/or SECURE control/communications/computer and intelligence (C4I) systems or experience in providing information system security support for such systems. General experience includes information system requirements
analysis, system design, implementation, and testing. 
 Functional Responsibility: Develops and recommends
technical solutions to support clients requirements in solving moderately complex network, platform and system security problems. Typical focus areas include analytical and engineering solutions based on federal and industry INFOSEC policy, doctrine
and regulations. Responsibilities include secure system engineering and development, including system/security requirements analysis and secure system definition and specification development of INFOSEC policies and procedures utilizing technical
and analytical skills. Also designs test beds for the DT&E of advanced INFOSEC hardware and software solutions. 
 Minimum Education: Bachelor’s degree Electrical, electronic, or computer engineering or related field. 
  

	 	69.	Systems Security Engineer V 

 Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 15 years’ experience, of which 10 years must be specialized experience including INFOSEC technology, policy and procedure development and implementation on
major industry and Government programs/efforts. Also includes a strong understanding of security policy advocated by the U.S. Government including Department of Defense and appropriate civil agencies, e.g., NIST. General experience includes
development of both common user and special purpose command and control/ information systems with increasing responsibilities in the scope and magnitude of the systems for which solutions have been implemented. 
 Functional Responsibility: Establishes and satisfies system-wide information security requirements based upon the analysis of
user, policy, regulatory, and resource demands. Supports customers at the highest levels in the development and implementation of doctrine and policies. Provides leadership and guidance in the development, design and application of solutions
implemented by more junior staff members. May have management responsibilities when assigned. Coordinates with senior representatives within the customer organizations to address program goals, milestones, resources and risks. Applies expertise to
common user information systems, as well as to dedicated special purpose systems requiring specialized security Features and procedures. Examples could include classified intelligence and command and control – related networks. Provides work
direction and guidance to other personnel; ensures accuracy of the work of other personnel, operates under deadlines, able to work on multiple tasks. 
  

  

					
	 The Analysis Corporation
	  		  	Page 47 of 90  

 GSA Schedule GS-35F-0344L, effective October 3, 2006 
  
  

 Minimum Education: Bachelor’s degree computer science, information systems,
engineering, business or other related scientific or technical disciplines. 
  

	 	70.	Systems Security Engineer VI 

 Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 18 years’ experience, of which 12 years must be specialized experience including leadership roles in developing and implementing INFOSEC technology, programs and
policy for major industry and Government programs/efforts. Also requires an expert understanding of security policy advocated by the U.S. Government including Department of Defense and appropriate civil agencies, e.g., NIST, as well as commercial
“best practices”. General experience includes development of both common user and special purpose command and control/ information systems with increasing responsibilities in the scope and magnitude of the systems for which solutions have
been implemented. 
 Functional Responsibility: Establishes and satisfies highly challenging and complex
system-wide information security requirements based upon the analysis of user, policy, regulatory, and resource demands. Supports customers at the highest levels in the development and implementation of doctrine and policies. Provides leadership and
guidance in the development, design and application of solutions implemented by more junior staff members. May have top level management responsibilities. Coordinates with senior representatives within the customer organizations to establish and
define programs, resources and risks. Applies expertise to government and commercial common user systems, as well as to dedicated special purpose systems requiring specialized security features and procedures. Examples could include classified
intelligence and command and control - related networks. Provides guidance and direction to other professionals, acts in a consulting and/or advisory capacity; coordinates resolution of highly complex problems and tasks, possesses ability to meet
and operate under deadlines. 
 Minimum Education: M.S. computer science, information systems, engineering, business or
other related scientific or technical disciplines. 
  

	 	71.	Systems Administrator I 

 Minimum/General Experience: Entry-level position. 
 Functional Responsibility: Optimizes system
operation and resource utilization, and performs system capacity analysis and planning. Assists users in accessing and using business systems; works under direct supervision. 
 Minimum Education: Bachelor’s Degree in related technical field. 
  

	 	72.	Systems Administrator II 

 Minimum/General Experience: Two years experience directly related to systems administration. 
 Functional
Responsibility: Optimizes system operation and resource utilization, and performs system capacity analysis and planning. Sets up servers and network to meet the project’s needs. Ensures that the project environment is secure, stable and
configured to optimally support development and a migration to production. Installs and operates operating systems software, keeps the system environment functional, monitors and tunes systems software, peripherals, and networks. Shall be skilled in
installing new users, creating batch administration scripts, running systems backups, and resolving systems problems. Assists users in accessing and using business systems; works with some supervision. 
  

  

					
	 The Analysis Corporation
	  		  	Page 48 of 90  

 GSA Schedule GS-35F-0344L, effective October 3, 2006 
  
  

 Minimum Education: Bachelor’s Degree and two years experience. 

 

	 	73.	Systems Administrator III 

 Minimum/General Experience: Five years experience directly related to systems administration. 
 Functional
Responsibility: Optimizes system operation and resource utilization, and performs system capacity analysis and planning. Assists users in accessing and using business systems; works with minimal supervision, and may direct other personnel in
this area. Tracks resource usage and capacity of existing systems to identify bottlenecks. Create system availability reports to meet standards set for the project or organization. Resolve performance problems with the server and network. Supervises
the monitoring of network facilities. Ensures high quality transmission on network. Directs testing and analysis of all elements of the network facility (including hardware, software, power, communications, lines, modems and terminals). Supervises
testing and analysis of all elements of the network facilities (including software, power, communications machinery, lines, modems and terminals). Serves as key contact for remote locations and customers to obtain clarification of problems and
provides resolution of system failures and degradations. 
 Minimum Education: Bachelor’s Degree and five years
experience. 
  

	 	74.	Systems Analyst I 

 Minimum/General Experience: One (1) to two (2) years experience applying analytical, statistical or simulation methodologies to analyze scientific, engineering, or other problems related to the design and operation of
information technology systems and equipment in one or more of the following technology and system/subsystem specialty areas including, but not limited to: simulations and mathematical modeling, Kalman filtering and modern estimation, statistics and
stochastic modeling, digital signal processing, underwater acoustics, instrumentation, test evaluation, navigation/guidance and control, radar, optics, space mission analysis, space mission operations, flight dynamics, aerodynamics, numerical
methods, finite element analysis, information processing, weapons, sonar, underwater measurement, missile navigation, optical tracking, computer/data processing, spacecraft/ground stations, communications, sensors and transportation. Working
knowledge and/or familiarity with the government systems acquisition process, including pertinent technical Standards. 
 Functional Responsibility: Accepts limited assignments under close supervision performing necessary sets of related tasks, gathering, organizing and analyzing data, and producing required documentation. Problem solving limited to
narrowly defined applications. Analysis will typically cover a range of subsystems, including the analysis of interfaces between subsystems or between the system and human operators. Methodologies include development, validation, and application of
mathematical models and implementation of those models in computer-based simulations. Rapid prototyping may also be required. 
 Minimum Education: Bachelor’s Degree. 
  

	 	75.	Systems Analyst II 

 Minimum/General Experience: Experience should include analysis and design of business applications on complex systems, and use of programming languages such as C/C++, Ada; database design and development (with an emphasis on
Oracle products); formulation of program specifications; use of client/server architecture; data warehousing for large scale interactive databases with rapid activity by large numbers of simultaneous clients; and experience with CASE tools.

  

  

					
	 The Analysis Corporation
	  		  	Page 49 of 90  

 GSA Schedule GS-35F-0344L, effective October 3, 2006 
  
  

 Functional Responsibility: Defines specifications for proposed software.
Develops plans for automated information systems from project inception to conclusion. Evaluates user interfaces; performs hardware and software performance tuning analysis; performs workload and computer usage analysis; monitors external system
interfaces; performs failure analysis; evaluates proposed system modifications, upgrades and insertion of new technology. Develops system requirements and program specifications to answer functional needs. Ensures proper implementation of program
and system specifications. 
 Minimum Education: Bachelor’s Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems,
Engineering, Business, or other related scientific/IT discipline and 5 years experience. 
  

	 	76.	Systems Analyst III 

 Minimum/General Experience: Experience should include analysis and design of business applications on complex systems, and use of programming languages such as C/C++, Ada; database design and development; formulation of
program specifications; use of client/server architecture; data warehousing for large scale interactive databases with rapid activity by large numbers of simultaneous clients. Must have experience managing technical functions. 
 Functional Responsibility: Provides daily technical and administrative direction for personnel performing software
development, including quality review of work products, adherence to design concept and user standards, and progress against schedules. Coordinates with appropriate levels to ensure problem solution and user satisfaction. Prepares recommendations
for approval of major system concepts and installations. Reviews task requirements, analyzes data, prepares project synopses, compares alternatives, prepares specifications for programs, resolves processing problems, coordinates work with
subordinates. Prepares milestone status reports and deliveries/presentations on the system concept. Analyzes, develops, and/or reviews computer software possessing a wide range of capabilities, including numerous engineering, business, and records
management functions. Oversees automated data processing system development. Defines and analyzes problems and develops system requirements and program specifications, from which detailed flow charts, programs, and tests are prepared. Coordinates
closely with programmers to ensure proper implementation of program and system specifications. Develops, in conjunction with functional users, system alternative solutions. 
 Minimum Education: Bachelor’s Degree and 7 years experience, or Master’s Degree and 5 years of experience. Degree in
Computer Science, In formation Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related scientific or technical discipline. 
  

	 	77.	Systems Architect II 

 Minimum/General Experience: The individual shall clearly demonstrate awareness of and sensitivity toward the trends, technologies, constraints, and priorities regarding current and projected strategies. Experience in leadership
positions, such as direction of significant research and development efforts, or managing programs requiring comprehensive and innovative technical solutions; and a proven record of having successfully effected applicable technology transfer is
imperative 
 Functional Responsibility: The Expert will have primary responsibilities for the configuration,
selection, acquisition, installation, and integration of hardware, system software, communications components, middleware, and development tools to support both

  

  

					
	 The Analysis Corporation
	  		  	Page 50 of 90  

 GSA Schedule GS-35F-0344L, effective October 3, 2006 
  
  

 
the future business processes and the systems development environment. Candidate will also coordinate the activities of both technology product and service vendors and lead technical
infrastructure design activities. Candidates will also be responsible for coordinating activities of other architects and the Configuration Manager. 
 The candidate must be able to evaluate technologies in order to help establish use in the architecture solution set and marshal the resources of cross-functional technical teams to design and implement
effective architecture solutions. Must be capable of providing support, guidance, and training to less senior personnel/other groups as to the capabilities and usage of equipment and technology evaluated. 
 The candidate should have a general understanding of methodology in use, a thorough understanding of the application framework in use, and a
thorough understanding of the technologies in use, to include: 
  

			
	 •   Enterprise Application Integration Engines
	 	 •   Transaction monitors

		
	 •   Web servers and browsers
	 	 •   Reliable messaging systems

		
	 •   Application servers
	 	 •   Object request brokers

		
	 •   Network protocols
	 	 •   Related middleware

		
	 •   Repository and database management systems
	 	 •   Operating systems

 Minimum Education: Bachelor’s Degree with seven years experience.

  

	 	78.	Systems Architect III 

 Minimum/General Experience: Experience will include supervision of system architects, use of structured analysis, design methodologies, and design tools (such as IDEF 1x, entity relationship diagrams, and other design techniques),
object oriented principles, and experience with the logical and physical functional, operational, and technical architecture of large and complex information systems. 
 Functional Responsibility: Directs establishment of system requirements (software, hardware, communications) in the development of enterprise-wide or large-scale information systems. Designs
architecture to meet requirements and provide for future expansion. Ensures system compatibility and compliance with standards for open systems architectures. Applies systems analysis disciplines to work flows, organization, and planning problems
and develops appropriate corrective action for customers. 
 Minimum Education: Degree in Computer Science, Information
Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related scientific or technical discipline. A Bachelor's Degree with 12 years experience or a Master's Degree with 10 years experience. 
  

	 	79.	Systems Architect IV 

 Minimum/General Experience: Eighteen years experience will include supervision of system architects, use of structured analysis, design methodologies, and design tools (such as IDEF 1x, entity relationship diagrams, and other design
techniques), object oriented principles, and experience with the logical and physical functional, operational, and technical architecture of large and complex information systems. 
 Functional Responsibility: Recognized for business and/or architectural expertise with regard to effectively adapting functional
business requirements and processes to technical solutions based upon comprehensive enterprise application solution sets. Work with senior managers and executives to provide vision and strategic direction for those functional areas that support the
defined business disciplines within the enterprise, and to provide insight into selecting the enterprise applications (such as ERP products) that set the direction and establish an approach for a technical solution. 
  

  

					
	 The Analysis Corporation
	  		  	Page 51 of 90  

 GSA Schedule GS-35F-0344L, effective October 3, 2006 
  
  

 Analyzes ERP gap analysis and architecture for full-scale implementation. Designs ERP
application interfaces and the solution infrastructure baseline across the functional areas of interest. Manages ERP development, implementation, integration, testing and follow on support. While considering the needs of specific business areas, as
well as those of the enterprise, provide expertise on technology and industry trends that will affect enterprise solution sets, including technical platforms and network architectures. Lead technical design reviews, validate enterprise approaches,
define application systems that support redesigned or improved business processes, recommend technical architectures that lead to comprehensive business solutions, and assess work products. Updates and debugs system problems to ensure functionality.
Also responsible for developing and educating others with regard to the solution set for business and/or architecture-specific best practices. Provides guidance and direction to other professionals, acts in a consulting and/or advisory capacity;
coordinates resolution of highly complex problems and tasks, possesses ability to meet and operate under deadlines. 
 Minimum Education: A Master’s degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related scientific or technical discipline. 
  

	 	80.	Systems Architect V 

 Minimum/General Experience: Twenty years experience will include supervision of system architects, use of structured analysis, design methodologies, and design tools (such as IDEF 1x, entity relationship diagrams, and other design
techniques), object oriented principles, and experience with the logical and physical functional, operational, and technical architecture of large and complex information systems. 
 Functional Responsibility: Directs establishment of system requirements (software, hardware, communications) in the development of
enterprise-wide or large-scale information systems. Designs architecture to meet requirements and provide for future expansion. Ensures system compatibility and compliance with standards for open systems architectures. Applies systems analysis
disciplines to work flows, organization, and planning problems and develops appropriate corrective action for customers. 
 Minimum Education: A Master’s degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related scientific or technical discipline. 
  

	 	81.	Systems Engineer I 

 Minimum/General Experience: A minimum of two years experience. 
 Functional Responsibility: Analyze and
establish system-engineering requirements. Design architecture to include software/hardware and communications to support cross-functional requirements and system interfaces. 
 Minimum Education: Bachelor of Science Degree is required with two years experience. 
  

	 	82.	Systems Engineer II 

 Minimum/General Experience: Experience should include analysis, design, and development of large scale LAN based business systems utilizing PCs, and/or medium to large main frame computers, operating systems concepts and facilities
applicable to the site supported, implementation using applicable structured programming languages and data base software. 
 Functional Responsibility: Provides technical solutions for routine to complex engineering studies, and applications. Responsible for analyzing, evaluating and making

  

  

					
	 The Analysis Corporation
	  		  	Page 52 of 90  

 GSA Schedule GS-35F-0344L, effective October 3, 2006 
  
  

 
recommendations on current and proposed systems and architecting cost effective solutions. Develops solutions that optimize resources and technology available to meet established requirements.
Conducts problem definition and resolution, and documents requirements and recommended solutions. 
 Minimum Education:
Bachelor’s Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, Accounting, or other related scientific or technical discipline with six years experience. 
  

	 	83.	Systems Engineer III 

 Minimum/General Experience: Experience should include work with logical, physical, functional, operational, and technical architectures of large and complex information systems. Experience should include project management/
implementation. 
 Functional Responsibility: Coordinates and manages project engineering tasks. Generates comprehensive
definition of all aspects of systems development from analysis of mission needs to verification of system performance. Performs evaluation of alternatives and assessment of risks and costs. Analyzes system requirements and develops design
alternatives. Provides technical leadership developing solutions for engineering studies and applications. Applies software, hardware, and standards information technology skills in the analysis, specification, development, integration, and
acquisition of systems for information management applications. Ensures the systems and applications are compliant with standards for open systems architectures, reference models, and profiles of standards. Evaluates and recommends COTS applications
and methodologies that can be acquired to provide interoperable, portable, and scalable information technology solutions. Performs analysis and validation of reusable software/hardware components to ensure the integration of these components into
interoperable information management designs. Interfaces and coordinates efforts of technical and non-technical personnel involved in developing system architecture solutions to satisfy business information systems needs. 
 Minimum Education: Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related scientific or technical
discipline. A Bachelor’s Degree with 10 years experience or a Master’s Degree with 8 years experience. 
  

	 	84.	Systems Engineer IV 

 Minimum/General Experience: Shall have twelve years’ work experience as a multi-disciplined Systems Engineer in the design and development of C3I systems. 
 Functional Responsibility: Coordinates and manages project engineering tasks. Generates comprehensive definition of all aspects of
systems development from analysis of mission needs to verification of system performance. Performs evaluation of alternatives and assessment of risks and costs. Analyzes system requirements and develops design alternatives. Provides technical
leadership developing solutions for engineering studies and applications. Applies software, hardware, and standards information technology skills in the analysis, specification, development, integration, and acquisition of systems for information
management applications. Ensures the systems and applications are compliant with standards for open systems architectures, reference models, and profiles of standards. Evaluates and recommends COTS applications and methodologies that can be acquired
to provide interoperable, portable, and scalable information technology solutions. Performs analysis and validation of reusable software/hardware components to ensure the integration of these components into interoperable information management
designs. Interfaces and coordinates efforts of technical and non-technical personnel involved in developing system architecture solutions to satisfy business information systems needs. 
  

  

					
	 The Analysis Corporation
	  		  	Page 53 of 90  

 GSA Schedule GS-35F-0344L, effective October 3, 2006 
  
  

 Minimum Education: Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering,
Business, or other related scientific or technical discipline. 
  

	 	85.	Systems Engineer VI 

 Minimum/General Experience: Shall have fourteen years’ work experience as a multi-disciplined Systems Engineer in the design and development of information systems. Experience should include work with logical, physical,
functional, operational, and technical architectures of large and complex information systems. Experience should include project management/ implementation. 
 Functional Responsibility: Coordinates and manages project engineering tasks. Generates comprehensive definition of all aspects of systems development from analysis of mission needs to verification
of system performance. Performs evaluation of alternatives and assessment of risks and costs. Analyzes system requirements and develops design alternatives. Provides technical leadership developing solutions for engineering studies and applications.
Applies software, hardware, and standards information technology skills in the analysis, specification, development, integration, and acquisition of systems for information management applications. Ensures the systems and applications are compliant
with standards for open systems architectures, reference models, and profiles of standards. Evaluates and recommends COTS applications and methodologies that can be acquired to provide interoperable, portable, and scalable information technology
solutions. Performs analysis and validation of reusable software/hardware components to ensure the integration of these components into interoperable information management designs. Interfaces and coordinates efforts of technical and non-technical
personnel involved in developing system architecture solutions to satisfy business information systems needs. 
 Minimum
Education: Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related scientific or technical discipline. 
  

	 	86.	Systems Environment/Tools Expert I 

 Minimum/General Experience: Shall have five years’ work experience as an Engineer in the field of ADP Security. 
 Functional Responsibility: Shall have a working knowledge of current information technology security policies and requirements. Shall be a specialist in Computer Security (COMPUSEC) issue.  

 Minimum Education: Bachelor degree in Engineering or equivalent technical discipline with systems engineering
specialization 
  

	 	87.	Systems Environment/Tools Expert II 

 Minimum/General Experience: Shall have seven years’ work experience as an Engineer in the field of ADP Security. 
 Functional Responsibility: Support the development of the enabling infrastructure to perform the technical tasks of the project. This infrastructure includes environments needed for the planning,
design, development, test, deployment, and maintenance of large-scale automated information systems. Responsible for the selection, implementation, integration, and use of business and process reengineering and software engineering tools and
methods, including BPR/change management tools, simulation tools, work flow analysis tools, activity-based costing tools, CASE tools, object-oriented design/development tools and libraries, model encyclopedias, model management tools, RDMS logical
and physical database development tools, and information engineering repositories. Support the project in the selection, procurement, materials preparation, product installation and integration, training, product consulting, and use assessment of
these tools and related methodologies in the customer environment 
  

  

					
	 The Analysis Corporation
	  		  	Page 54 of 90  

 GSA Schedule GS-35F-0344L, effective October 3, 2006 
  
  

 Minimum Education: Master of Science degree 
  

	 	88.	Systems Environment/Tools Expert III 

 Minimum/General Experience: Shall have ten years’ work experience as an Engineer in the field of ADP Security. 
 Functional Responsibility: Support development of the enabling infrastructure to perform the project’s technical tasks. This infrastructure includes environments needed for the planning,
design, development, test, deployment, and maintenance of large-scale automated information systems. Responsible for the selection, implementation, integration, and use of a variety of business process reengineering and information and software
engineering tools and methods, including BPR/change management tools, simulation tools, work-flow analysis tools, activity-based costing tools, CASE tools, object-oriented design/development tools and libraries, model encyclopedias, model management
tools, RDMS logical and physical database development tools, information engineering repositories, etc. Support the project in the selection, procurement, materials preparation, product installation and integration, training, product consulting, and
use assessment of these tools and related methodologies in the customer environment. 
 Minimum Education: Master of
Science degree 
  

	 	89.	Technical Writer I 

 Minimum/General Experience: One-year experience working with office automation applications. 
 Functional
Responsibility: Prepare, disseminate, and ensure orderly safeguard of technical documents. Support the writing of technical documents and proposals. Provide technical editing by reviewing grammar, writing styles, and syntax to produce quality
materials. Support rewrite to ensure quality deliverables and technical reports, as required. 
 Minimum Education:
Associate’s Degree and one-year experience working with office automation applications. 
  

	 	90.	Technical Writer II 

 Minimum General Experience: Experience working with office automation application documentation including the system requirements/performance specifications, functional descriptions, and user documentation. 
 Functional Responsibility: Under limited supervision, prepare system documentation and users manuals in accordance with government
documentation development standards. HTML coding for on-line interactive documentation may be required. 
 Minimum Education:
Bachelor’s Degree or four years equivalent work experience. 
  

	 	91.	Technical Writer III 

 Minimum General Experience: Six years experience working with office automation application documentation including the system requirements/performance specifications, functional descriptions, and user documentation. Requires
knowledge and experience writing to U.S. Government and military documentation standards such as IEEE, and MIL- STD-498. Experienced using authoring software in the creation of interactive Documentation systems. Capable of resolving issues with HTML
coding and providing supervisory guidance related to the technologies employed in interactive documentation systems. 
  

  

					
	 The Analysis Corporation
	  		  	Page 55 of 90  

 GSA Schedule GS-35F-0344L, effective October 3, 2006 
  
  

 Functional Responsibility: Capable of working independently to prepare system
documentation and users manuals in accordance with government documentation development standards. 
 Minimum Education:
Bachelor’s Degree and six years experience. 
  

	 	92.	Technical Writer V 

 Minimum General Experience: Ten years experience working with office automation application documentation including the system requirements/performance specifications, functional descriptions, and user documentation. Requires
knowledge and experience writing to U.S. Government and military documentation standards such as IEEE, and MIL-STD-498. Experienced using authoring software in the creation of interactive Documentation systems. Capable of resolving issues with HTML
coding and providing supervisory guidance related to the technologies employed in interactive documentation systems. 
 Functional Responsibility: Capable of working independently to prepare system documentation and users manuals in accordance with government documentation development standards. 
 Collects and organizes information required for preparation of user’s manuals, training materials, installation guides, proposals, and
reports. Edits functional descriptions, system specifications, user’s manuals, special reports, or any other customer deliverables and documents. Prepares final documents for client acceptance. Plans, develops, maintains, rewrites, and produces
documents as required by the client, regulations and/or specifications. 
 Minimum Education: Bachelor’s degree.

  

	 	93.	Test Engineer I 

 Minimum/General Experience: Entry-level position. 
 Functional Responsibility: Perform as a test
engineer on an automated information system development project. Analyze and study requirements to ensure overall testability. Produce pass/fail criteria to support testing of system, component, and units. Develop test plans and procedures. Schedule
tests based on software release plans. Support the completion of test metrics. Establish test data for procedure. Execute test in accordance with test procedures, document error on appropriate tracking mechanisms, and document test resorts.

 Minimum Education: Bachelor’s Degree. 
  

	 	94.	Test Engineer II 

 Minimum/General Experience: See Education. 
 Functional Responsibility: Perform as a recognized
test engineer expert on a major automated information system development project. Analyze and study requirements to ensure overall testability. Produce pass/fail criteria to support testing of system, component, and units. Coordinate use of test
baseline and transition into Configuration Management Libraries. Develop test plans and procedures. Schedule tests based on software release plans. Develop and maintain test metrics. May represent organization at customer interface meetings.

 Minimum Education: Bachelor’s Degree and three years experience. 
  

  

					
	 The Analysis Corporation
	  		  	Page 56 of 90  

 GSA Schedule GS-35F-0344L, effective October 3, 2006 
  
  

	 	95.	Test Engineer III 

 Minimum/General Experience: Minimum of two years experience. 
 Functional Responsibility: Perform as the
primary test engineer expert on a major automated information system development project. Analyze and study requirements to ensure overall testability. Produce pass/fail criteria to support testing of system, component, and units. Coordinate use of
test baseline and transition into Configuration Management Libraries. Develop test plans and procedures. Schedule tests based on software release plans. Develop and maintain test metrics. Represent organization at customer interface meetings.

 Minimum Education: Master’s of Science Degree and 2 years experience. 
  

	 	96.	Training Specialist I 

 Minimum/General Experience: Experienced in information systems development as well as developing and providing technical and end- user training on computer hardware and application software. Demonstrated ability to communicate orally
and in writing. 
 Functional Responsibility: Conducts the research necessary to develop and revise training courses.
Develops and revises these courses and prepares appropriate training catalogs. Prepares instructor materials (course outlines, background material, and training aids). Prepares student materials (course manuals, workbooks, handouts, completion
certificates and course critique forms). Trains personnel by conducting formal classroom courses, workshops, and seminars. 
 Minimum Education: Bachelor’s Degree in any field and two years experience. 
  

	 	97.	Training Specialist II 

 Minimum/General Experience: Four Years experience in information systems development as well as developing and providing technical and end-user training on computer hardware and application software. Demonstrated ability to
communicate orally and in writing. 
 Functional Responsibility: Conducts the research necessary to develop and revise
training courses. Develops and revises these courses and prepares appropriate training catalogs. Prepares instructor materials (course outline, background material, and training aids). Prepares student materials (course manuals, workbooks, handouts,
completion certificates, and course critique forms). Trains personnel by conducting formal classroom courses, workshops and seminars. 
 Minimum Education: Bachelor’s degree. 
  

	 	98.	Training Specialist III 

 Minimum/General Experience: Five or more years of experience. Develops and prepares training materials (course manuals, workbooks, handouts, completion certificates, and course critique forms). Performs and provides training for
personnel by conducting formal classroom courses, workshops, and seminars. Must have the ability to effectively communicate, professionally interface with students, and provide clear, concise, hands-on training. 
 Functional Responsibility: Provides instruction and training on applicable equipment and systems. 
 Minimum Education: Bachelor’s Degree in relevant area and five years experience. 
  

  

					
	 The Analysis Corporation
	  		  	Page 57 of 90  

 GSA Schedule GS-35F-0344L, effective October 3, 2006 
  
  

	 	99.	Training Specialist IV 

 Minimum/General Experience: Seven years of experience. Develops and prepares training materials (course manuals, workbooks, handouts, completion certificates, and course critique forms). Performs and provides training for personnel
by conducting formal classroom courses, workshops, and seminars. Must have the ability to effectively communicate, professionally interface with students, and provide clear, concise, hands-on training. 
 Functional Responsibility: Conducts the research necessary to develop and revise training courses and prepares appropriate training
catalogs. Develops all instructor materials (course outline, background material, and training aids). Develops all student materials (course manuals, workbooks, handouts, completion certificates, and course critique forms). Trains personnel by
conducting formal classroom courses, workshops, seminars, and/or computer based/computer aided training. Provides daily supervision and direction to staff. 
 Minimum Education: Bachelor’s degree in relevant area. 
 Note: All
professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately. 
  

  

					
	 The Analysis Corporation
	  		  	Page 58 of 90  

 GSA Schedule GS-35F-0344L, effective October 3, 2006 
  
  

 ALLOWABLE SUBSTITUTIONS OF
EDUCATION & EXPERIENCE 
 When determining the qualifications of an individual to fill
one of the positions offered, substitutions for the education and experience requirements may be made as shown in Table 1: Allowable Education Substitutions for Experience. Additional educational achievements in excess of requirements can be
substituted for experience requirements as follows: 
  

					
	Required Education	  	Actual Education Obtained	  	 Years of Experience Credited to the
 TAC Employee

	 M.A. / M.S.
	  	Ph.D.	  	4
	 B.A. / B.S.
	  	Ph.D.	  	6
	 B.A. / B.S.
	  	M.A. / M.S.	  	2
	 A.A. / A.S.
	  	B.A. / B.S.	  	2
	 H.S. / GED
	  	B.A. / B.S.	  	4

   Table 1: Allowable Education Substitutions for
Experience 
 Use Table 2: Allowable Experience Substitutions for Education to convert additional
experience in excess of requirements into equivalent educational requirements. 
  

					
	Actual Education	  	Required Education	  	Years of Experience Needed to meet
Educational
Requirements
	 None
	  	H.S. / GED	  	2
	 H.S. / GED
	  	Technical Institute / Military Training	  	2
	 Relevant Technical or Other Professional
Certifications*
	  	B.A. / B.S.	  	2
	 H.S. / GED
	  	A.A. / A.S.	  	2
	 H.S. / GED
	  	B.A. / B.S.	  	4
	 H.S. / GED
	  	M.A. / M.S.	  	6
	 A.A. / A.S.
	  	Technical Institute / Military Training	  	None needed. Consider
equal.
	 A.A. / A.S.
	  	B.A. / B.S.	  	2
	 A.A. / A.S.
	  	M.A. / M.S.	  	4
	 B.A. / B.S.
	  	M.A. / M.S.	  	2
	 * Certifications
include, but are not limited to,
 Microsoft, CICSO, Oracle, Project Management Institute (PMI)
 and / or other organizations considered relevant to the Labor Category.

   Table 2: Allowable Experience Substitutions for
Education 
 A related certification equals two years of experience. 
 The minimum education and experience will be met for all positions when the educational equivalencies in the tables above are considered.

  

  

					
	 The Analysis Corporation
	  		  	Page 59 of 90  

 GSA Schedule GS-35F-0344L, effective October 3, 2006 
  
  

 PROJECT MANAGEMENT INSTITUTE (PMI)
CERTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS 
  

					
	PMP
Requirements	  	Project Management Professional (PMP) Category 1	  	Project Management Professional (PMP) Category 2

	Education:	  	Holds a baccalaureate or global equivalent university degree, as defined by
Project Management Institute (PMI).	  	Does not hold a baccalaureate or global equivalent
university degree, but holds a high school diploma or equivalent secondary school credential
	Project Management Hours	  	Minimum of 4,500 hours of project management experience within the five
project management process groups.	  	Minimum of 7,500 hours of project management experience
within the five project management process groups.
	Project Management Dates:	  	Project dates must represent has at least three years of non-overlapping
project management experience within the six year period prior to the application	  	Project dates must represent at least five years of
non-overlapping project management experience within the eight- year period prior to the application.
	Project Management Education:	  	35 contact hours of project management education across the areas of project
quality, scope, time, cost, human resources, communications, risk, procurement and integration management	  	35 contact hours of project management education across
the areas of project quality, scope, time, cost, human resources, communications, risk, procurement and integration management.
	Examination:	  	Successful completion of PMI Certification Examination.	  	Successful completion of PMI Certification Examination.

	CAPM
Requirements	  	  
 Certified Associate in Project Management (CAPM)
Category 1
	  	Certified Associate in Project Management
(CAPM)
Category 2
	Education:	  	Holds a baccalaureate or global equivalent university degree, as defined by
Project Management Institute (PMI).	  	Does not hold a baccalaureate or global equivalent
university degree, but holds a high school diploma or equivalent secondary school credential
	Project Management Hours	  	Minimum of 1,500 hours of project management experience within the five
project management process groups.	  	Minimum of 2,500 hours of project management experience
within the five project management process groups.
	Project Management Dates:	  	Project dates must represent has at least two years of non-overlapping
project management experience within the three- year period prior to the application	  	Project dates must represent at least two years of
non-overlapping project management experience within the three- year period prior to the application.
	Project Management Education:	  	23 contact hours of project management education across the areas of project
quality, scope, time, cost, human resources, communications, risk, procurement and integration management	  	23 contact hours of project management education across
the areas of project quality, scope, time, cost, human resources, communications, risk, procurement and integration management.
	Examination:	  	Successful completion of CAPM Certification Examination.	  	Successful completion of CAPM Certification Examination.

   Table 3: Project Management Institute (PMI) Certification
Requirements 
  

  

					
	 The Analysis Corporation
	  		  	Page 60 of 90  

 GSA Schedule GS-35F-0344L, effective October 3, 2006 
  
  

			
	V.	 	    GSA SCHEDULE
PRICE LISTS

 TAC LABOR PRICELISTS 
         GSA Schedule GS-35F-0344L 
         Option Period 1 Year 1 
  
  

									
		  	10/03/06 - 10/02/07
				
	 	  	 	  	Customer
Site	  	 TAC
 Site

	1	  	Administrative Staff II	  	$	33.82	  	$	42.27
	2	  	Administrative Staff III	  	$	60.73	  	$	75.91
	3	  	Administrative Staff IV	  	$	77.07	  	$	96.34
				
	4	  	Applications Programmer I	  	$	35.83	  	$	44.78
	5	  	Applications Programmer III	  	$	49.01	  	$	61.26
				
	6	  	Analyst I	  	$	76.79	  	$	95.99
	7	  	Analyst II	  	$	85.83	  	$	107.29
	8	  	Analyst III	  	$	91.96	  	$	114.95
	9	  	Analyst IV	  	$	100.72	  	$	125.90
	10	  	Analyst V	  	$	106.02	  	$	132.53
				
	11	  	Business Architect II	  	$	155.20	  	$	194.00
	12	  	Business Architect III	  	$	194.00	  	$	229.74
	13	  	Business Architect IV	  	$	262.58	  	$	309.99
				
	14	  	Configuration Management Specialist II	  	$	76.30	  	$	95.38
				
	15	  	Consultant	  	$	124.74	  	$	155.92
				
	16	  	Data Entry Clerk I	  	$	19.92	  	$	24.90
				
	17	  	Data Handler I	  	$	41.65	  	$	52.07
	18	  	Data Handler II	  	$	49.54	  	$	61.93
				
	19	  	Database Administrator I	  	$	37.82	  	$	47.27
	20	  	Database Management Specialist II	  	$	63.43	  	$	79.29
	21	  	Database Management Specialist III	  	$	77.71	  	$	97.13

  

  

					
	 The Analysis Corporation
	  		  	Page 61 of 90  

 GSA Schedule GS-35F-0344L, effective October 3, 2006 
  
  

									
	22	  	Database Manager IV	  	$	95.74	  	$	119.68
	23	  	Database Manager V	  	$	125.13	  	$	156.41
				
	24	  	Enterprise Architect I	  	$	118.23	  	$	147.79
	25	  	Enterprise Architect II	  	$	159.86	  	$	189.31
	26	  	Enterprise Architect III	  	$	169.02	  	$	200.16
	27	  	Enterprise Architect IV	  	$	204.30	  	$	255.38
				
	28	  	Facility Security Officer	  	$	117.92	  	$	147.39
				
	29	  	Graphics Specialist I	  	$	26.52	  	$	33.14
	30	  	Graphics Specialist II	  	$	35.22	  	$	44.02
	31	  	Graphics Specialist III	  	$	52.17	  	$	65.21
	32	  	Graphics Specialist IV	  	$	74.73	  	$	93.42
	33	  	Graphics Specialist V	  	$	91.28	  	$	110.61
				
	34	  	Information Engineer I	  	$	61.37	  	$	76.71
	35	  	Information Engineer II	  	$	66.64	  	$	83.30
	36	  	Information Engineer III	  	$	78.71	  	$	98.39
				
	37	  	Network Administrator/Technician I	  	$	57.53	  	$	71.91
				
	38	  	Program Manager I	  	$	98.97	  	$	123.71
	39	  	Program Manager II	  	$	102.26	  	$	127.83
	40	  	Program Manager III	  	$	124.82	  	$	156.03
	41	  	Program Manager IV	  	$	156.09	  	$	195.11
				
	42	  	Programmer/Analyst II	  	$	50.70	  	$	63.37
	43	  	Programmer/Analyst III	  	$	62.89	  	$	78.61
				
	44	  	Project Control Specialist II	  	$	51.84	  	$	64.80
	45	  	Project Control Specialist III	  	$	61.63	  	$	77.04
				
	46	  	Project Manager I	  	$	75.30	  	$	94.13
	47	  	Project Manager II	  	$	96.50	  	$	120.63
	48	  	Project Manager III	  	$	116.47	  	$	145.59
	49	  	Project Manager IV	  	$	134.94	  	$	168.67
				
	50	  	Quality Assurance Analyst I	  	$	44.13	  	$	55.17
	51	  	Quality Assurance Manager II	  	$	59.06	  	$	73.83
	52	  	Quality Assurance Manager III	  	$	72.27	  	$	90.34
	53	  	Quality Assurance Manager IV	  	$	89.32	  	$	111.66
	54	  	Quality Assurance Manager V	  	$	130.05	  	$	162.56

  

  

					
	 The Analysis Corporation
	  		  	Page 62 of 90  

 GSA Schedule GS-35F-0344L, effective October 3, 2006 
  
  

									
				
	55	  	Software Engineer I	  	$	44.44	  	$	55.56
	56	  	Software Engineer II	  	$	54.49	  	$	68.12
	57	  	Software Engineer III	  	$	65.72	  	$	82.15
	58	  	Software Engineer V	  	$	105.07	  	$	131.33
	59	  	Software Engineer VI	  	$	125.01	  	$	156.26
				
	60	  	Subject Matter Expert (SME) I	  	$	107.85	  	$	134.81
	61	  	Subject Matter Expert (SME) II	  	$	146.00	  	$	182.50
	62	  	Subject Matter Expert (SME) III	  	$	194.25	  	$	251.06
	63	  	Subject Matter Expert (SME) IV	  	$	210.06	  	$	262.57
	64	  	Subject Matter Expert (SME) V	  	$	234.21	  	$	276.50
				
	65	  	System Security Engineer I	  	$	90.74	  	$	109.96
	66	  	System Security Engineer II	  	$	110.86	  	$	138.58
	67	  	System Security Engineer III	  	$	125.13	  	$	156.41
	68	  	System Security Engineer IV	  	$	166.29	  	$	196.93
	69	  	System Security Engineer V	  	$	194.00	  	$	229.74
	70	  	System Security Engineer VI	  	$	210.06	  	$	262.57
				
	71	  	Systems Administrator I	  	$	43.04	  	$	53.81
	72	  	Systems Administrator II	  	$	54.89	  	$	68.61
	73	  	Systems Administrator III	  	$	67.41	  	$	84.26
				
	74	  	Systems Analyst I	  	$	35.27	  	$	44.09
	75	  	Systems Analyst II	  	$	58.44	  	$	73.05
	76	  	Systems Analyst III	  	$	68.32	  	$	85.40
				
	77	  	Systems Architect II	  	$	153.12	  	$	191.41
	78	  	Systems Architect III	  	$	159.04	  	$	198.80
	79	  	Systems Architect IV	  	$	194.00	  	$	229.74
	80	  	Systems Architect V	  	$	196.46	  	$	232.65
				
	81	  	Systems Engineer I	  	$	68.54	  	$	85.68
	82	  	Systems Engineer II	  	$	76.32	  	$	95.40
	83	  	Systems Engineer III	  	$	84.69	  	$	105.86
	84	  	Systems Engineer IV	  	$	100.62	  	$	125.78
	85	  	Systems Engineer VI	  	$	137.52	  	$	171.90
				
	86	  	Systems Environment/Tools Expert I	  	$	98.52	  	$	123.16
	87	  	Systems Environment/Tools Expert II	  	$	147.88	  	$	184.84
	88	  	Systems Environment/Tools Expert III	  	$	176.73	  	$	209.28

  

  

					
	 The Analysis Corporation
	  		  	Page 63 of 90  

 GSA Schedule GS-35F-0344L, effective October 3, 2006 
  
  

									
				
	89	  	Technical Writer I	  	$	37.32	  	$	46.66
	90	  	Technical Writer II	  	$	41.08	  	$	51.35
	91	  	Technical Writer III	  	$	57.04	  	$	71.30
	92	  	Technical Writer V	  	$	103.07	  	$	128.84
				
	93	  	Test Engineer I	  	$	66.16	  	$	82.70
	94	  	Test Engineer II	  	$	74.74	  	$	93.43
	95	  	Test Engineer III	  	$	95.74	  	$	119.68
				
	96	  	Training Specialist I	  	$	32.63	  	$	40.79
	97	  	Training Specialist II	  	$	54.67	  	$	68.34
	98	  	Training Specialist III	  	$	70.41	  	$	88.02
	99	  	Training Specialist IV	  	$	79.60	  	$	99.50

 ** If a Top Secret clearance is required, add 10% to the hourly rate, if a Top
Secret/SCI clearance is required, add 20% to the hourly rate. ** 
 Note: All professional labor categories must be
incidental to and used solely to support software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately. 
  

  

					
	 The Analysis Corporation
	  		  	Page 64 of 90  

 GSA Schedule GS-35F-0344L, effective October 3, 2006 
  
  

         GSA Schedule GS-35F-0344L

         Option Period 1 Year 2 

					
	 	  	    3 % Escalation	  	10/03/07 - 10/02/08

									
				
	 	  	 	  	Customer	  	TAC
				
	 	  	 	  	Site	  	Site
	1	  	Administrative Staff II	  	$	34.83	  	$	43.54
	2	  	Administrative Staff III	  	$	62.55	  	$	78.18
	3	  	Administrative Staff IV	  	$	79.39	  	$	99.23
				
	4	  	Applications Programmer I	  	$	35.69	  	$	44.61
	5	  	Applications Programmer III	  	$	50.48	  	$	63.10
				
	6	  	Analyst I	  	$	79.09	  	$	98.87
	7	  	Analyst II	  	$	88.40	  	$	110.51
	8	  	Analyst III	  	$	94.72	  	$	118.40
	9	  	Analyst IV	  	$	103.74	  	$	129.68
	10	  	Analyst V	  	$	109.20	  	$	136.51
				
	11	  	Business Architect II	  	$	159.86	  	$	199.82
	12	  	Business Architect III	  	$	199.82	  	$	236.63
	13	  	Business Architect IV	  	$	270.46	  	$	319.29
				
	14	  	Configuration Management Specialist II	  	$	76.77	  	$	95.96
				
	15	  	Consultant	  	$	128.48	  	$	160.60
				
	16	  	Data Entry Clerk I	  	$	20.52	  	$	25.64
				
	17	  	Data Handler I	  	$	42.90	  	$	53.63
	18	  	Data Handler II	  	$	51.03	  	$	63.79
				
	19	  	Database Administrator I	  	$	38.95	  	$	48.69
	20	  	Database Management Specialist II	  	$	65.34	  	$	81.67
	21	  	Database Management Specialist III	  	$	80.04	  	$	100.05
	22	  	Database Manager IV	  	$	98.62	  	$	123.27

  

  

					
	 The Analysis Corporation
	  		  	Page 65 of 90  

 GSA Schedule GS-35F-0344L, effective October 3, 2006 
  
  

									
	23	  	Database Manager V	  	$	128.88	  	$	161.10
				
	24	  	Enterprise Architect I	  	$	121.78	  	$	152.22
	25	  	Enterprise Architect II	  	$	164.66	  	$	194.99
	26	  	Enterprise Architect III	  	$	174.10	  	$	206.17
	27	  	Enterprise Architect IV	  	$	210.43	  	$	263.04
				
	28	  	Facility Security Officer	  	$	121.45	  	$	151.82
				
	29	  	Graphics Specialist I	  	$	27.31	  	$	34.14
	30	  	Graphics Specialist II	  	$	36.27	  	$	45.34
	31	  	Graphics Specialist III	  	$	51.96	  	$	64.95
	32	  	Graphics Specialist IV	  	$	76.97	  	$	96.22
	33	  	Graphics Specialist V	  	$	90.93	  	$	110.18
				
	34	  	Information Engineer I	  	$	63.21	  	$	79.01
	35	  	Information Engineer II	  	$	68.64	  	$	85.80
	36	  	Information Engineer III	  	$	81.07	  	$	101.34
				
	37	  	Network Administrator/Technician I	  	$	59.26	  	$	74.07
				
	38	  	Program Manager I	  	$	101.94	  	$	127.43
	39	  	Program Manager II	  	$	105.33	  	$	131.67
	40	  	Program Manager III	  	$	128.57	  	$	160.71
	41	  	Program Manager IV	  	$	160.77	  	$	200.96
				
	42	  	Programmer/Analyst II	  	$	52.22	  	$	65.28
	43	  	Programmer/Analyst III	  	$	64.77	  	$	80.97
				
	44	  	Project Control Specialist II	  	$	53.40	  	$	66.75
	45	  	Project Control Specialist III	  	$	63.48	  	$	79.35
				
	46	  	Project Manager I	  	$	76.13	  	$	94.70
	47	  	Project Manager II	  	$	98.05	  	$	122.56
	48	  	Project Manager III	  	$	119.97	  	$	149.96
	49	  	Project Manager IV	  	$	138.99	  	$	173.73
				
	50	  	Quality Assurance Analyst I	  	$	45.46	  	$	56.82
	51	  	Quality Assurance Manager II	  	$	60.83	  	$	76.04
	52	  	Quality Assurance Manager III	  	$	74.44	  	$	93.05
	53	  	Quality Assurance Manager IV	  	$	90.79	  	$	113.45
	54	  	Quality Assurance Manager V	  	$	133.95	  	$	167.44

  

  

					
	 The Analysis Corporation
	  		  	Page 66 of 90  

 GSA Schedule GS-35F-0344L, effective October 3, 2006 
  
  

									
	55	  	Software Engineer I	  	$	44.27	  	$	55.34
	56	  	Software Engineer II	  	$	53.63	  	$	67.86
	57	  	Software Engineer III	  	$	65.47	  	$	81.83
	58	  	Software Engineer V	  	$	108.22	  	$	135.27
	59	  	Software Engineer VI	  	$	128.76	  	$	160.95
				
	60	  	Subject Matter Expert (SME) I	  	$	111.08	  	$	138.85
	61	  	Subject Matter Expert (SME) II	  	$	150.38	  	$	187.97
	62	  	Subject Matter Expert (SME) III	  	$	200.07	  	$	258.60
	63	  	Subject Matter Expert (SME) IV	  	$	216.36	  	$	270.45
	64	  	Subject Matter Expert (SME) V	  	$	241.24	  	$	284.80
				
	65	  	System Security Engineer I	  	$	93.47	  	$	113.25
	66	  	System Security Engineer II	  	$	114.19	  	$	142.74
	67	  	System Security Engineer III	  	$	128.88	  	$	161.10
	68	  	System Security Engineer IV	  	$	171.28	  	$	202.83
	69	  	System Security Engineer V	  	$	199.82	  	$	236.63
	70	  	System Security Engineer VI	  	$	216.36	  	$	270.45
				
	71	  	Systems Administrator I	  	$	44.34	  	$	55.42
	72	  	Systems Administrator II	  	$	56.54	  	$	70.67
	73	  	Systems Administrator III	  	$	69.43	  	$	86.79
				
	74	  	Systems Analyst I	  	$	36.33	  	$	45.41
	75	  	Systems Analyst II	  	$	60.19	  	$	75.24
	76	  	Systems Analyst III	  	$	70.37	  	$	87.96
				
	77	  	Systems Architect II	  	$	157.72	  	$	197.15
	78	  	Systems Architect III	  	$	163.81	  	$	204.76
	79	  	Systems Architect IV	  	$	199.82	  	$	236.63
	80	  	Systems Architect V	  	$	202.35	  	$	239.63
				
	81	  	Systems Engineer I	  	$	70.60	  	$	88.25
	82	  	Systems Engineer II	  	$	78.61	  	$	98.26
	83	  	Systems Engineer III	  	$	87.23	  	$	109.04
	84	  	Systems Engineer IV	  	$	103.64	  	$	129.55
	85	  	Systems Engineer VI	  	$	141.65	  	$	177.06
				
	86	  	Systems Environment/Tools Expert I	  	$	101.48	  	$	126.85
	87	  	Systems Environment/Tools Expert II	  	$	152.31	  	$	190.39
	88	  	Systems Environment/Tools Expert III	  	$	182.03	  	$	215.56

  

  

					
	 The Analysis Corporation
	  		  	Page 67 of 90  

 GSA Schedule GS-35F-0344L, effective October 3, 2006 
  
  

									
	89	  	Technical Writer I	  	$	38.44	  	$	48.05
	90	  	Technical Writer II	  	$	40.92	  	$	51.15
	91	  	Technical Writer III	  	$	56.81	  	$	71.02
	92	  	Technical Writer V	  	$	106.16	  	$	132.71
				
	93	  	Test Engineer I	  	$	68.14	  	$	85.18
	94	  	Test Engineer II	  	$	76.99	  	$	96.23
	95	  	Test Engineer III	  	$	98.62	  	$	123.27
				
	96	  	Training Specialist I	  	$	32.51	  	$	40.63
	97	  	Training Specialist II	  	$	56.31	  	$	70.39
	98	  	Training Specialist III	  	$	72.53	  	$	90.66
	99	  	Training Specialist IV	  	$	81.98	  	$	102.48

 ** If a Top Secret clearance is required, add 10% to the hourly rate, if a Top
Secret/SCI clearance is required, add 20% to the hourly rate. ** 
 Note: All professional labor categories must be
incidental to and used solely to support software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately. 
  

  

					
	 The Analysis Corporation
	  		  	Page 68 of 90  

 GSA Schedule GS-35F-0344L, effective October 3, 2006 
  
  

           GSA Schedule GS-35F-0344L

           Option Period 1 Year 3 

							
		  	      3 % Escalation	  	10/03/08 - 10/02/09

									
				
	 	  	 	  	Customer	  	TAC
	 	  	 	  	Site	  	Site
	 1
	  	Administrative Staff II	  	$	35.88	  	$	44.85
	 2
	  	Administrative Staff III	  	$	64.43	  	$	80.53
	 3
	  	Administrative Staff IV	  	$	81.77	  	$	102.20
				
	 4
	  	Applications Programmer I	  	$	36.76	  	$	45.95
	 5
	  	Applications Programmer III	  	$	51.99	  	$	64.99
				
	 6
	  	Analyst I	  	$	81.47	  	$	101.84
	 7
	  	Analyst II	  	$	91.06	  	$	113.82
	 8
	  	Analyst III	  	$	97.56	  	$	121.95
	 9
	  	Analyst IV	  	$	106.85	  	$	133.57
	 10
	  	Analyst V	  	$	112.48	  	$	140.60
				
	 11
	  	Business Architect II	  	$	164.66	  	$	205.82
	 12
	  	Business Architect III	  	$	205.82	  	$	243.73
	 13
	  	Business Architect IV	  	$	278.57	  	$	328.87
				
	 14
	  	Configuration Management Specialist II	  	$	79.07	  	$	98.84
				
	 15
	  	Consultant	  	$	132.34	  	$	165.42
				
	 16
	  	Data Entry Clerk I	  	$	21.13	  	$	26.41
				
	 17
	  	Data Handler I	  	$	44.19	  	$	55.24
	 18
	  	Data Handler II	  	$	52.56	  	$	65.70
				
	 19
	  	Database Administrator I	  	$	40.12	  	$	50.15
	 20
	  	Database Management Specialist II	  	$	67.30	  	$	84.12
	 21
	  	Database Management Specialist III	  	$	82.44	  	$	103.05
	 22
	  	Database Manager IV	  	$	101.57	  	$	126.97
	 23
	  	Database Manager V	  	$	132.75	  	$	165.93

  

  

					
	 The Analysis Corporation
	  		  	Page 69 of 90  

 GSA Schedule GS-35F-0344L, effective October 3, 2006 
  
  

									
				
	 24
	  	Enterprise Architect I	  	$	125.43	  	$	156.79
	 25
	  	Enterprise Architect II	  	$	169.59	  	$	200.84
	 26
	  	Enterprise Architect III	  	$	179.32	  	$	212.35
	 27
	  	Enterprise Architect IV	  	$	216.75	  	$	270.93
				
	 28
	  	Facility Security Officer	  	$	125.10	  	$	156.37
				
	 29
	  	Graphics Specialist I	  	$	28.13	  	$	35.16
	 30
	  	Graphics Specialist II	  	$	37.36	  	$	46.70
	 31
	  	Graphics Specialist III	  	$	53.52	  	$	66.90
	 32
	  	Graphics Specialist IV	  	$	79.28	  	$	99.10
	 33
	  	Graphics Specialist V	  	$	93.66	  	$	113.48
				
	 34
	  	Information Engineer I	  	$	65.11	  	$	81.38
	 35
	  	Information Engineer II	  	$	70.70	  	$	88.37
	 36
	  	Information Engineer III	  	$	83.50	  	$	104.38
				
	 37
	  	Network Administrator/Technician I	  	$	61.03	  	$	76.29
				
	 38
	  	Program Manager I	  	$	105.00	  	$	131.25
	 39
	  	Program Manager II	  	$	108.49	  	$	135.62
	 40
	  	Program Manager III	  	$	132.43	  	$	165.53
	 41
	  	Program Manager IV	  	$	165.59	  	$	206.99
				
	 42
	  	Programmer/Analyst II	  	$	53.79	  	$	67.23
	 43
	  	Programmer/Analyst III	  	$	66.72	  	$	83.40
				
	 44
	  	Project Control Specialist II	  	$	55.00	  	$	68.75
	 45
	  	Project Control Specialist III	  	$	65.38	  	$	81.73
				
	 46
	  	Project Manager I	  	$	78.41	  	$	97.54
	 47
	  	Project Manager II	  	$	100.99	  	$	126.24
	 48
	  	Project Manager III	  	$	123.56	  	$	154.46
	 49
	  	Project Manager IV	  	$	143.16	  	$	178.95
				
	 50
	  	Quality Assurance Analyst I	  	$	46.82	  	$	58.53
	 51
	  	Quality Assurance Manager II	  	$	62.66	  	$	78.32
	 52
	  	Quality Assurance Manager III	  	$	76.68	  	$	95.85
	 53
	  	Quality Assurance Manager IV	  	$	93.52	  	$	116.85
	 54
	  	Quality Assurance Manager V	  	$	137.97	  	$	172.46
				
	 55
	  	Software Engineer I	  	$	45.60	  	$	57.00

  

  

					
	 The Analysis Corporation
	  		  	Page 70 of 90  

 GSA Schedule GS-35F-0344L, effective October 3, 2006 
  
  

									
	 56
	  	Software Engineer II	  	$	55.24	  	$	69.89
	 57
	  	Software Engineer III	  	$	67.43	  	$	84.29
	 58
	  	Software Engineer V	  	$	111.47	  	$	139.33
	 59
	  	Software Engineer VI	  	$	132.62	  	$	165.78
				
	 60
	  	Subject Matter Expert (SME) I	  	$	114.41	  	$	143.02
	 61
	  	Subject Matter Expert (SME) II	  	$	154.89	  	$	193.61
	 62
	  	Subject Matter Expert (SME) III	  	$	206.08	  	$	266.35
	 63
	  	Subject Matter Expert (SME) IV	  	$	222.85	  	$	278.56
	 64
	  	Subject Matter Expert (SME) V	  	$	248.48	  	$	293.34
				
	 65
	  	System Security Engineer I	  	$	96.27	  	$	116.65
	 66
	  	System Security Engineer II	  	$	117.61	  	$	147.02
	 67
	  	System Security Engineer III	  	$	132.75	  	$	165.93
	 68
	  	System Security Engineer IV	  	$	176.42	  	$	208.92
	 69
	  	System Security Engineer V	  	$	205.82	  	$	243.73
	 70
	  	System Security Engineer VI	  	$	222.85	  	$	278.56
				
	 71
	  	Systems Administrator I	  	$	45.67	  	$	57.08
	 72
	  	Systems Administrator II	  	$	58.23	  	$	72.79
	 73
	  	Systems Administrator III	  	$	71.52	  	$	89.39
				
	 74
	  	Systems Analyst I	  	$	37.42	  	$	46.77
	 75
	  	Systems Analyst II	  	$	62.00	  	$	77.50
	 76
	  	Systems Analyst III	  	$	72.48	  	$	90.60
				
	 77
	  	Systems Architect II	  	$	162.45	  	$	203.06
	 78
	  	Systems Architect III	  	$	168.72	  	$	210.90
	 79
	  	Systems Architect IV	  	$	205.82	  	$	243.73
	 80
	  	Systems Architect V	  	$	208.42	  	$	246.82
				
	 81
	  	Systems Engineer I	  	$	72.72	  	$	90.90
	 82
	  	Systems Engineer II	  	$	80.96	  	$	101.21
	 83
	  	Systems Engineer III	  	$	89.85	  	$	112.31
	 84
	  	Systems Engineer IV	  	$	106.75	  	$	133.44
	 85
	  	Systems Engineer VI	  	$	145.90	  	$	182.37
				
	 86
	  	Systems Environment/Tools Expert I	  	$	104.52	  	$	130.66
	 87
	  	Systems Environment/Tools Expert II	  	$	156.88	  	$	196.10
	 88
	  	Systems Environment/Tools Expert III	  	$	187.49	  	$	222.03
				
	 89
	  	Technical Writer I	  	$	39.60	  	$	49.50

  

  

					
	 The Analysis Corporation
	  		  	Page 71 of 90  

 GSA Schedule GS-35F-0344L, effective October 3, 2006 
  
  

									
	 90
	  	Technical Writer II	  	$	42.15	  	$	52.68
	 91
	  	Technical Writer III	  	$	58.52	  	$	73.15
	 92
	  	Technical Writer V	  	$	109.35	  	$	136.69
				
	 93
	  	Test Engineer I	  	$	70.19	  	$	87.74
	 94
	  	Test Engineer II	  	$	79.30	  	$	99.12
	 95
	  	Test Engineer III	  	$	101.57	  	$	126.97
				
	 96
	  	Training Specialist I	  	$	33.48	  	$	41.85
	 97
	  	Training Specialist II	  	$	58.00	  	$	72.50
	 98
	  	Training Specialist III	  	$	74.70	  	$	93.38
	 99
	  	Training Specialist IV	  	$	84.44	  	$	105.55

 ** If a Top Secret clearance is required, add 10% to the hourly rate, if a Top
Secret/SCI clearance is required, add 20% to the hourly rate. ** 
 Note: All professional labor categories must be
incidental to and used solely to support software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately. 
  

  

					
	 The Analysis Corporation
	  		  	Page 72 of 90  

 GSA Schedule GS-35F-0344L, effective October 3, 2006 
  
  

           GSA Schedule GS-35F-0344L

           Option Period 1 Year 4 

							
		  	      3 % Escalation	  	10/03/09 - 10/02/10

									
				
	 	  	 	  	Customer	  	TAC
	 	  	 	  	Site	  	Site
	 1
	  	Administrative Staff II	  	$	36.95	  	$	46.19
	 2
	  	Administrative Staff III	  	$	66.36	  	$	82.94
	 3
	  	Administrative Staff IV	  	$	84.22	  	$	105.27
				
	 4
	  	Applications Programmer I	  	$	37.86	  	$	47.33
	 5
	  	Applications Programmer III	  	$	53.55	  	$	66.94
				
	 6
	  	Analyst I	  	$	83.91	  	$	104.89
	 7
	  	Analyst II	  	$	93.79	  	$	117.24
	 8
	  	Analyst III	  	$	100.49	  	$	125.61
	 9
	  	Analyst IV	  	$	110.06	  	$	137.57
	 10
	  	Analyst V	  	$	115.85	  	$	144.82
				
	 11
	  	Business Architect II	  	$	169.59	  	$	211.99
	 12
	  	Business Architect III	  	$	211.99	  	$	251.05
	 13
	  	Business Architect IV	  	$	286.93	  	$	338.73
				
	 14
	  	Configuration Management Specialist II	  	$	81.44	  	$	101.80
				
	 15
	  	Consultant	  	$	136.31	  	$	170.38
				
	 16
	  	Data Entry Clerk I	  	$	21.77	  	$	27.21
				
	 17
	  	Data Handler I	  	$	45.52	  	$	56.90
	 18
	  	Data Handler II	  	$	54.14	  	$	67.67
				
	 19
	  	Database Administrator I	  	$	41.32	  	$	51.65
	 20
	  	Database Management Specialist II	  	$	69.31	  	$	86.64

  

  

					
	 The Analysis Corporation
	  		  	Page 73 of 90  

 GSA Schedule GS-35F-0344L, effective October 3, 2006 
  
  

									
	21	  	Database Management Specialist III	  	$	84.91	  	$	106.14
	22	  	Database Manager IV	  	$	104.62	  	$	130.78
	23	  	Database Manager V	  	$	136.73	  	$	170.91
				
	24	  	Enterprise Architect I	  	$	129.19	  	$	161.49
	25	  	Enterprise Architect II	  	$	174.68	  	$	206.86
	26	  	Enterprise Architect III	  	$	184.70	  	$	218.72
	27	  	Enterprise Architect IV	  	$	223.25	  	$	279.06
				
	28	  	Facility Security Officer	  	$	128.85	  	$	161.06
				
	29	  	Graphics Specialist I	  	$	28.97	  	$	36.22
	30	  	Graphics Specialist II	  	$	38.48	  	$	48.10
	31	  	Graphics Specialist III	  	$	55.13	  	$	68.91
	32	  	Graphics Specialist IV	  	$	81.66	  	$	102.08
	33	  	Graphics Specialist V	  	$	96.47	  	$	116.89
				
	34	  	Information Engineer I	  	$	67.06	  	$	83.83
	35	  	Information Engineer II	  	$	72.82	  	$	91.02
	36	  	Information Engineer III	  	$	86.01	  	$	107.51
				
	37	  	Network Administrator/Technician I	  	$	62.87	  	$	78.58
				
	38	  	Program Manager I	  	$	108.15	  	$	135.19
	39	  	Program Manager II	  	$	111.75	  	$	139.68
	40	  	Program Manager III	  	$	136.40	  	$	170.50
	41	  	Program Manager IV	  	$	170.56	  	$	213.20
				
	42	  	Programmer/Analyst II	  	$	55.40	  	$	69.25
	43	  	Programmer/Analyst III	  	$	68.72	  	$	85.90
				
	44	  	Project Control Specialist II	  	$	56.65	  	$	70.81
	45	  	Project Control Specialist III	  	$	67.34	  	$	84.18
				
	46	  	Project Manager I	  	$	80.76	  	$	100.47
	47	  	Project Manager II	  	$	104.02	  	$	130.03
	48	  	Project Manager III	  	$	127.27	  	$	159.09
	49	  	Project Manager IV	  	$	147.45	  	$	184.31
				
	50	  	Quality Assurance Analyst I	  	$	48.23	  	$	60.28
	51	  	Quality Assurance Manager II	  	$	64.54	  	$	80.67
	52	  	Quality Assurance Manager III	  	$	78.98	  	$	98.72
	53	  	Quality Assurance Manager IV	  	$	96.32	  	$	120.36

  

  

					
	 The Analysis Corporation
	  		  	Page 74 of 90  

 GSA Schedule GS-35F-0344L, effective October 3, 2006 
  
  

									
	54	  	Quality Assurance Manager V	  	$	142.11	  	$	177.63
				
	55	  	Software Engineer I	  	$	46.97	  	$	58.71
	56	  	Software Engineer II	  	$	56.90	  	$	71.99
	57	  	Software Engineer III	  	$	69.45	  	$	86.82
	58	  	Software Engineer V	  	$	114.81	  	$	143.51
	59	  	Software Engineer VI	  	$	136.60	  	$	170.75
				
	60	  	Subject Matter Expert (SME) I	  	$	117.85	  	$	147.31
	61	  	Subject Matter Expert (SME) II	  	$	159.54	  	$	199.42
	62	  	Subject Matter Expert (SME) III	  	$	212.26	  	$	274.35
	63	  	Subject Matter Expert (SME) IV	  	$	229.53	  	$	286.92
	64	  	Subject Matter Expert (SME) V	  	$	255.93	  	$	302.14
				
	65	  	System Security Engineer I	  	$	99.16	  	$	120.15
	66	  	System Security Engineer II	  	$	121.14	  	$	151.43
	67	  	System Security Engineer III	  	$	136.73	  	$	170.91
	68	  	System Security Engineer IV	  	$	181.71	  	$	215.19
	69	  	System Security Engineer V	  	$	211.99	  	$	251.05
	70	  	System Security Engineer VI	  	$	229.53	  	$	286.92
				
	71	  	Systems Administrator I	  	$	47.04	  	$	58.79
	72	  	Systems Administrator II	  	$	59.98	  	$	74.98
	73	  	Systems Administrator III	  	$	73.66	  	$	92.08
				
	74	  	Systems Analyst I	  	$	38.54	  	$	48.18
	75	  	Systems Analyst II	  	$	63.86	  	$	79.82
	76	  	Systems Analyst III	  	$	74.65	  	$	93.32
				
	77	  	Systems Architect II	  	$	167.32	  	$	209.15
	78	  	Systems Architect III	  	$	173.78	  	$	217.23
	79	  	Systems Architect IV	  	$	211.99	  	$	251.05
	80	  	Systems Architect V	  	$	214.68	  	$	254.22
				
	81	  	Systems Engineer I	  	$	74.90	  	$	93.62
	82	  	Systems Engineer II	  	$	83.39	  	$	104.24
	83	  	Systems Engineer III	  	$	92.54	  	$	115.68
	84	  	Systems Engineer IV	  	$	109.95	  	$	137.44
	85	  	Systems Engineer VI	  	$	150.27	  	$	187.84
				
	86	  	Systems Environment/Tools Expert I	  	$	107.66	  	$	134.58
	87	  	Systems Environment/Tools Expert II	  	$	161.59	  	$	201.98

  

  

					
	 The Analysis Corporation
	  		  	Page 75 of 90  

 GSA Schedule GS-35F-0344L, effective October 3, 2006 
  
  

									
	88	  	Systems Environment/Tools Expert III	  	$	193.11	  	$	228.69
				
	89	  	Technical Writer I	  	$	40.79	  	$	50.98
	90	  	Technical Writer II	  	$	43.41	  	$	54.26
	91	  	Technical Writer III	  	$	60.27	  	$	75.34
	92	  	Technical Writer V	  	$	112.63	  	$	140.79
				
	93	  	Test Engineer I	  	$	72.29	  	$	90.37
	94	  	Test Engineer II	  	$	81.68	  	$	102.09
	95	  	Test Engineer III	  	$	104.62	  	$	130.78
				
	96	  	Training Specialist I	  	$	34.49	  	$	43.11
	97	  	Training Specialist II	  	$	59.74	  	$	74.67
	98	  	Training Specialist III	  	$	76.94	  	$	96.18
	99	  	Training Specialist IV	  	$	86.98	  	$	108.72

 ** If a Top Secret clearance is required, add 10% to the hourly rate, if a Top
Secret/SCI clearance is required, add 20% to the hourly rate. ** 
 Note: All professional labor categories must be
incidental to and used solely to support software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately. 
  

  

					
	 The Analysis Corporation
	  		  	Page 76 of 90  

 GSA Schedule GS-35F-0344L, effective October 3, 2006 
  
  

  

									
	 	  	 GSA Schedule GS-35F-0344L
 Option Period 1 Year 5
 3 % Escalation
	  	10/03/10 - 10/02/11
				
	 	  	 	  	Customer
Site	  	 TAC
 Site

	1	  	Administrative Staff II	  	$	38.06	  	$	47.58
	2	  	Administrative Staff III	  	$	68.35	  	$	85.43
	3	  	Administrative Staff IV	  	$	86.75	  	$	108.43
				
	4	  	Applications Programmer I	  	$	39.00	  	$	48.75
	5	  	Applications Programmer III	  	$	55.16	  	$	68.95
				
	6	  	Analyst I	  	$	86.43	  	$	108.04
	7	  	Analyst II	  	$	96.60	  	$	120.76
	8	  	Analyst III	  	$	103.50	  	$	129.38
	9	  	Analyst IV	  	$	113.36	  	$	141.70
	10	  	Analyst V	  	$	119.33	  	$	149.16
				
	11	  	Business Architect II	  	$	174.68	  	$	218.35
	12	  	Business Architect III	  	$	218.35	  	$	258.58
	13	  	Business Architect IV	  	$	295.53	  	$	348.89
				
	14	  	Configuration Management Specialist II	  	$	83.88	  	$	104.86
				
	15	  	Consultant	  	$	140.39	  	$	175.49
				
	16	  	Data Entry Clerk I	  	$	22.42	  	$	28.02
				
	17	  	Data Handler I	  	$	46.88	  	$	58.60
	18	  	Data Handler II	  	$	55.76	  	$	69.70
				
	19	  	Database Administrator I	  	$	42.56	  	$	53.20
	20	  	Database Management Specialist II	  	$	71.39	  	$	89.24
	21	  	Database Management Specialist III	  	$	87.46	  	$	109.32

  

  

					
	 The Analysis Corporation
	  		  	Page 77 of 90  

 GSA Schedule GS-35F-0344L, effective October 3, 2006 
  
  

									
	22	  	Database Manager IV	  	$	107.76	  	$	134.70
	23	  	Database Manager V	  	$	140.83	  	$	176.04
				
	24	  	Enterprise Architect I	  	$	133.07	  	$	166.34
	25	  	Enterprise Architect II	  	$	179.92	  	$	213.07
	26	  	Enterprise Architect III	  	$	190.24	  	$	225.28
	27	  	Enterprise Architect IV	  	$	229.95	  	$	287.43
				
	28	  	Facility Security Officer	  	$	132.71	  	$	165.89
				
	29	  	Graphics Specialist I	  	$	29.84	  	$	37.30
	30	  	Graphics Specialist II	  	$	39.64	  	$	49.55
	31	  	Graphics Specialist III	  	$	56.78	  	$	70.97
	32	  	Graphics Specialist IV	  	$	84.11	  	$	105.14
	33	  	Graphics Specialist V	  	$	99.36	  	$	120.40
				
	34	  	Information Engineer I	  	$	69.07	  	$	86.34
	35	  	Information Engineer II	  	$	75.00	  	$	93.76
	36	  	Information Engineer III	  	$	88.59	  	$	110.74
				
	37	  	Network Administrator/Technician I	  	$	64.75	  	$	80.94
				
	38	  	Program Manager I	  	$	111.39	  	$	139.24
	39	  	Program Manager II	  	$	115.10	  	$	143.87
	40	  	Program Manager III	  	$	140.49	  	$	175.61
	41	  	Program Manager IV	  	$	175.68	  	$	219.60
				
	42	  	Programmer/Analyst II	  	$	57.06	  	$	71.33
	43	  	Programmer/Analyst III	  	$	70.78	  	$	88.48
				
	44	  	Project Control Specialist II	  	$	58.35	  	$	72.94
	45	  	Project Control Specialist III	  	$	69.37	  	$	86.71
				
	46	  	Project Manager I	  	$	83.19	  	$	103.48
	47	  	Project Manager II	  	$	107.14	  	$	133.93
	48	  	Project Manager III	  	$	131.09	  	$	163.86
	49	  	Project Manager IV	  	$	151.87	  	$	189.84
				
	50	  	Quality Assurance Analyst I	  	$	49.67	  	$	62.09
	51	  	Quality Assurance Manager II	  	$	66.47	  	$	83.09
	52	  	Quality Assurance Manager III	  	$	81.35	  	$	101.68
	53	  	Quality Assurance Manager IV	  	$	99.21	  	$	123.97
	54	  	Quality Assurance Manager V	  	$	146.37	  	$	182.96

  

  

					
	 The Analysis Corporation
	  		  	Page 78 of 90  

 GSA Schedule GS-35F-0344L, effective October 3, 2006 
  
  

									
				
	55	  	 Software Engineer I
	  	$	48.37	  	$	60.47
	56	  	 Software Engineer II
	  	$	58.61	  	$	74.15
	57	  	 Software Engineer III
	  	$	71.54	  	$	89.42
	58	  	 Software Engineer V
	  	$	118.25	  	$	147.82
	59	  	 Software Engineer VI
	  	$	140.70	  	$	175.87
				
	60	  	 Subject Matter Expert (SME) I
	  	$	121.38	  	$	151.73
	61	  	 Subject Matter Expert (SME) II
	  	$	164.32	  	$	205.40
	62	  	 Subject Matter Expert (SME) III
	  	$	218.63	  	$	282.58
	63	  	 Subject Matter Expert (SME) IV
	  	$	236.42	  	$	295.52
	64	  	 Subject Matter Expert (SME) V
	  	$	263.61	  	$	311.21
				
	65	  	 System Security Engineer I
	  	$	102.13	  	$	123.76
	66	  	 System Security Engineer II
	  	$	124.78	  	$	155.97
	67	  	 System Security Engineer III
	  	$	140.83	  	$	176.04
	68	  	 System Security Engineer IV
	  	$	187.16	  	$	221.64
	69	  	 System Security Engineer V
	  	$	218.35	  	$	258.58
	70	  	 System Security Engineer VI
	  	$	236.42	  	$	295.52
				
	71	  	 Systems Administrator I
	  	$	48.45	  	$	60.56
	72	  	 Systems Administrator II
	  	$	61.78	  	$	77.22
	73	  	 Systems Administrator III
	  	$	75.87	  	$	94.84
				
	74	  	 Systems Analyst I
	  	$	39.70	  	$	49.62
	75	  	 Systems Analyst II
	  	$	65.77	  	$	82.22
	76	  	 Systems Analyst III
	  	$	76.89	  	$	96.12
				
	77	  	 Systems Architect II
	  	$	172.34	  	$	215.43
	78	  	 Systems Architect III
	  	$	179.00	  	$	223.75
	79	  	 Systems Architect IV
	  	$	218.35	  	$	258.58
	80	  	 Systems Architect V
	  	$	221.12	  	$	261.85
				
	81	  	 Systems Engineer I
	  	$	77.15	  	$	96.43
	82	  	 Systems Engineer II
	  	$	85.89	  	$	107.37
	83	  	 Systems Engineer III
	  	$	95.32	  	$	119.15
	84	  	 Systems Engineer IV
	  	$	113.25	  	$	141.56
	85	  	 Systems Engineer VI
	  	$	154.78	  	$	193.48
				
	86	  	 Systems Environment/Tools Expert I
	  	$	110.89	  	$	138.61
	87	  	 Systems Environment/Tools Expert II
	  	$	166.44	  	$	208.04
	88	  	 Systems Environment/Tools Expert III
	  	$	198.91	  	$	235.55

  

  

					
	 The Analysis Corporation
	  		  	Page 79 of 90  

 GSA Schedule GS-35F-0344L, effective October 3, 2006 
  
  

									
				
	89	  	 Technical Writer I
	  	$	42.01	  	$	52.51
	90	  	 Technical Writer II
	  	$	44.72	  	$	55.89
	91	  	 Technical Writer III
	  	$	62.08	  	$	77.60
	92	  	 Technical Writer V
	  	$	116.01	  	$	145.01
				
	93	  	 Test Engineer I
	  	$	74.46	  	$	93.08
	94	  	 Test Engineer II
	  	$	84.13	  	$	105.16
	95	  	 Test Engineer III
	  	$	107.76	  	$	134.70
				
	96	  	 Training Specialist I
	  	$	35.52	  	$	44.40
	97	  	 Training Specialist II
	  	$	61.53	  	$	76.91
	98	  	 Training Specialist III
	  	$	79.25	  	$	99.07
	99	  	 Training Specialist IV
	  	$	89.59	  	$	111.98

 ** If a Top Secret clearance is required, add 10% to the hourly rate, if a Top
Secret/SCI clearance is required, add 20% to the hourly rate. ** 
 Note: All professional labor categories must be
incidental to and used solely to support software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately. 
  

  

					
	 The Analysis Corporation
	  		  	Page 80 of 90  

 GSA Schedule GS-35F-0344L, effective October 3, 2006 
  
  

			
	VI.	 	  TERM SOFTWARE
LICENSE - COGILITY

  

										
	Vendor Part #    	  	 Product Description @        
 Qty
1        
	  	 TAC Cost        
for GWAC’s,        
IDIQ’s,        
 BPA’s, etc        
	  	Warranty        
Period        
(DAYS)        	  	Product        
Country        
of Origin        
	Enterprise - T    	  	 Enterprise – T        

 
	  		 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 Production Server        
  
 Appliance and Storage        
  
	  	$	1,931,600        	  	365        	  	USA        
	 Enterprise - M    
	  	 Enterprise – M        

 
	  		 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 Production
Server        
  
 Appliance and Storage        
  
	  	$	1,755,600        	  	365        	  	USA        
	 Workgroup - T    
	  	 Workgroup – T        

 
	  		 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 Production
Server        
  
 Appliance        
  
	  	$	699,600        	  	365        	  	USA        
	 Workgroup - M    
	  	 Workgroup – M        

 
	  		 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 Production
Server        
  
 Appliance        
  
	  	$	682,000        	  	365        	  	USA        
	 Department - T    
	  	 Department – T        

 
	  		 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 Production
Server        
  
 Appliance        
  
	  	$	479,600        	  	365        	  	USA        
	 Department - M    
	  	 Enterprise – T        

 
	  		 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 Production
Server        
  
 Appliance        
  
	  	$	479,600        	  	365        	  	USA        
	 Development - Pilot    
	  	 Development -Pilot        
  
	  		 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 Server
Appliance        
  
	  	$  
	171,600          
	  	365          
	  	USA          

	 Single - Laptop    
	  	Single User - Laptop        	  	$	2,200        	  	365        	  	USA        
	 AE – Enterprise - T    
	  	 Annual Extension        
  
	  		 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 Enterprise –
T        
  
 Production Server        
  
 Appliance and Storage        
	  	$	386,620        	  	365        	  	USA        

  

  

					
	 The Analysis Corporation
	  		  	Page 81 of 90  

 GSA Schedule GS-35F-0344L, effective October 3, 2006 
  
  

										
	 AE – Enterprise - M    
	  	 Annual Extension        
  
 Enterprise – M        
  
	  	 	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 Production Server        
  
 Appliance and Storage        
  
	  	$	351,120        	  	365        	  	USA        
	 AE –Workgroup - T    
	  	 Annual Extension        
  
 Workgroup –
T        
  
	  		 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 Production
Server        
  
 Appliance        
  
	  	$	139,920        	  	365        	  	USA        
	 AE – Workgroup - M    
	  	 Annual Extension        
  
 Workgroup –
M        
  
	  		 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 Production
Server        
  
 Appliance        
  
	  	$	136,400        	  	365        	  	USA        
	 AE – Department - T    
	  	 Annual Extension        
  
 Department –
T        
  
	  		 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 Production
Server        
  
 Appliance        
  
	  	$	95,920        	  	365        	  	USA        
	 AE – Department - M    
	  	 Annual Extension        
  
 Enterprise –
T        
  
	  		 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 Production
Server        
  
 Appliance        
  
	  	$	95,920        	  	365        	  	USA        
	 AE – Development - Pilot    
	  	 Annual Extension        
  
	  		 	  	 	  	 
	  	 Development –
Pilot        
  
 Server Appliance        
  
	  	$	19,184        	  	365        	  	USA        
	 AE – Single - Laptop    
	  	 Annual Extension        
  
	  		 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 Single User –
Laptop        
  
	  	$	440        	  	365        	  	USA        

  

  

					
	 The Analysis Corporation
	  		  	Page 82 of 90  

 GSA Schedule GS-35F-0344L, effective October 3, 2006 
  
  

			
	VII.	 	COGILITY SOFTWARE
CORPORATION LICENSE AND SERVICES AGREEMENT

 Important - Read Carefully: This License and Services Agreement
(“Agreement”) is a legal contract between you and Cogility Software Corporation (“Cogility”). By clicking on the “I Accept” box below, you agree to accept and be bound by the terms of this Agreement regarding this
software (together with its user documentation, the “Software”) and the services provided in connection with the software (“Support”). If you are not willing to accept and be bound by the terms of this Agreement, click on the
“I Decline” box below and you will not be able to complete installation of the Software. If you click on the “I Decline” box please contact Cogility within ten (10) days of declining, and you will receive a full refund of
any license fees paid to Cogility for the Software and Support upon returning the Software to Cogility. This Agreement together with our invoices to you, control and state our agreement regarding the Software and Support. 
  

	 	1.	LICENSE. 

 Subject to the conditions of this Agreement, Cogility grants you a limited, non-transferable, non-exclusive license to use the Software. This Agreement applies to all of the license types that you have selected. You must specify your choice
of license type on the applicable sales or purchase order form, and our confirming invoice will set forth the applicable license fees due. You agree, upon reasonable notice, to grant Cogility access to your premises to audit the number and types of
servers on which the Software is being used. 
  

	 	2.	LICENSE FEES. 

 You shall pay the fees for the Software license and for the Support described in Section 8 below as stated in the Cogility invoices presented to you. 
  

	 	3.	RESTRICTIONS ON USE. 

 The Software may be used only by your employees and only in connection with the internal operations of your business. You may not transfer, sell, assign, or sublicense the Software to any person. You may
not disclose the Software or any part of the Software to any other person or use it for any other person’s benefit. You shall ensure that each of your employees who has access to the Software has entered into a confidentiality agreement with
you that protects confidential information including the Software. You may not copy the Software, except that you may make one (1) copy of the Software (but not the user documentation) for backup or archival purposes. You may not alter, obscure
or remove any Cogility or product identification, copyright, trademark, patent or other notices or proprietary restrictions from the Software or the backup copy. You may not modify, reverse-engineer or decompile the Software. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, subject to the terms of this Agreement, you may contract with Cogility or others to develop, or you may yourself develop, applications for the Software, to be used for your own internal business purposes only. All uses of the Software,
including use in connection with applications, must be in accordance with Cogility’s product documentation as may be provided from time to time. 
  

	 	4.	OWNERSHIP. 

 Cogility is and shall remain the sole owner of all right, title and interest in and to the Software and any related patents, copyrights, trademarks, service marks, and trade secrets. You have no rights of any kind in the Software other than
the license granted under this Agreement. You shall own applications developed on your behalf for the Software (but you shall not own any portion of the Software) and you may use such applications in conjunction

  

  

					
	 The Analysis Corporation
	  		  	Page 83 of 90  

 GSA Schedule GS-35F-0344L, effective October 3, 2006 
  
  

 
with the Software for your internal business purposes, but not for any other purpose, and you may not transfer, sell, assign or sublicense such applications to any other person without our prior
written consent. 
  

	 	5.	TERMINATION. 

 Cogility may terminate this Agreement if you: 
  

	 	(i)	are in default in any payment; 

	 	(ii)	violate any other material term or condition of this Agreement and fail to cure your violation within thirty (30) days of our written notice of violation;
or 

	 	(iii)	become insolvent. 

 Termination of this Agreement, or of Support pursuant to Section 8 below, shall not affect your obligation to pay any fees due to Cogility. Upon termination of this Agreement, you must cease using the Software and destroy or delete all
copies of the Software. 
  

	 	6.	INFRINGEMENT CLAIMS. 

 Cogility will, at its own expense, defend and hold you harmless from and against any action brought against you by a third party to the extent that such action is based on a claim that the Software, used
as authorized under this Agreement, infringes a United States patent, copyright, or other intellectual property right of a third party existing as of the date of this Agreement, provided that you promptly notify Cogility in writing of such claim and
provide all necessary and required information and reasonable assistance regarding such claim. Cogility will have sole authority to defend, negotiate or settle the claim. With regard to Software found to be infringing, Cogility may at its option
obtain for you the right to continue using the Software, replace or modify the Software so that it is no longer infringing, or if neither of the foregoing remedies is commercially feasible, terminate the license for the infringing Software and
refund the license fees you paid for that Software, prorated over a three year term from the date of the applicable order. Cogility will have no obligation under this Section 6 to the extent the alleged infringement arises from (i) the use
or combination of the Software with other products, devices or software not supplied by Cogility if such infringement would have been avoided by the use of the Software without such other products, devices or software; or (ii) the use of a
superseded or modified release of the Software (except for modifications made by Cogility or under Cogility’s direction) if such infringement would have been avoided by the use of a current unaltered release of the Software. THE FOREGOING
STATES OUR SOLE OBLIGATION FOR ANY THIRD PARTY INFRINGEMENT CLAIM UNDER THIS AGREEMENT. 
  

	 	7.	LIMITED WARRANTY. 

 Cogility warrants that the Software, when installed and used in accordance with the user documentation, will operate in all material respects in conformity with the specifications stated in the user
documentation for a period of one (1) year from the date of your receipt (the “Warranty Period”). If it does not, your sole remedy and Cogility’s total liability for such material nonconformity in the Software will be repair of
the Software or refund of the license fee paid, at our option. You must notify Cogility during the Warranty Period of any problems that you experience with the Software. Cogility will have no liability for any nonconformity of which you fail to
notify Cogility prior to the expiration of the Warranty Period. Cogility will have no liability for any nonconformity of which you fail to notify Cogility prior to the expiration of the Warranty Period. This warranty shall not apply to
(i) Software which has been used in a manner other than as authorized under this Agreement; (ii) Software that has been modified by you or any party other than Cogility or which has been improperly installed to the extent such modification
or improper installation caused the breach of warranty; (iii) failures caused by accident, neglect, failure to maintain a suitable operating environment, tampering, or any other event other than ordinary use. 
  

  

					
	 The Analysis Corporation
	  		  	Page 84 of 90  

 GSA Schedule GS-35F-0344L, effective October 3, 2006 
  
  

 COGILITY AND ANY THIRD PARTY FROM WHOM COGILITY HAS LICENSED SOFTWARE DISCLAIM ALL
OTHER WARRANTIES, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. 
  

	 	8.	SERVICES. 

 You are required to purchase annual maintenance and support services from Cogility for the Software, including telephonic and electronic support, debugging and updates (collectively referred to herein as “Support”), for the first
12-month period after your initial license of the Software at the annual Support fee specified by Cogility. Thereafter, you have the option to purchase annual Support from Cogility for consecutive 12-month terms (each such twelve month period a
“Support Contract Period”). The annual Support fee is subject to change by Cogility and you will be notified prior to each anniversary of the Warranty Period expiration date of any such change. If you choose to purchase annual Support
after the first year, Cogility will issue an invoice to you sixty (60) days prior to the beginning of each Support Contract Period and payment will be due as stated in this Agreement. Your agreement to purchase Support will renew automatically
each year unless you notify Cogility in writing to the contrary at least sixty (60) days prior to the end of the then-current Support Contract Period. Cogility is obligated to provide Support only to current versions of the Software. You may
also contract for additional professional services from Cogility relating to the Software on an additional fee basis, which shall be subject in each case to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and which shall be invoiced in accordance with
our standard terms. You agree to provide Cogility with any information reasonably required by Cogility to perform services, and Cogility may rely on the accuracy and completeness of such information. Cogility warrants that all services provided
under this Agreement will be performed in a professional manner conforming to generally accepted industry standards. This warranty shall be valid for thirty (30) days from delivery of the applicable service. For any breach of this warranty,
your exclusive remedy and Cogility’s entire liability shall be  
  

	 	(i)	re-performance of the services or  

	 	(ii)	if Cogility is unable to perform the services as warranted, recovery of the fees paid to Cogility for such deficient services. 

  

	 	9.	LIMITATION OF LIABILITY. 

 EXCEPT AS PROVIDED IN SECTION 6, COGILITY’S LIABILITY FOR DIRECT DAMAGES UNDER THIS AGREEMENT SHALL IN NO EVENT EXCEED THE AMOUNT PAID
BY LICENSEE TO COGILITY FOR THE SOFTWARE OR THE SERVICES AS TO WHICH THE CLAIM AROSE. IN NO EVENT SHALL COGILITY BE LIABLE FOR INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOST DATA OR LOST PROFITS, HOWEVER
ARISING, EVEN IF IT HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. 
  

	 	10.	GOVERNMENT END USERS. 

 The Software and documentation are provided with RESTRICTED RIGHTS. Use, duplication or disclosure by the Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subparagraph (c)(1)(ii) of the Rights in
Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252.227-7013 or subparagraphs (c)(1) and (2) of the Commercial Computer Software – Restricted Rights clause at 48 CFR 52.227.19, as applicable. Manufacturer is Cogility Technology, Inc.

  

  

					
	 The Analysis Corporation
	  		  	Page 85 of 90  

 GSA Schedule GS-35F-0344L, effective October 3, 2006 
  
  

	 	11.	GOVERNING LAW. 

 This License shall be governed by the laws of the United States of America. 
 Please indicate your acceptance of this Agreement by clicking as indicated below. If you choose not to accept this Agreement, please return the Software to Cogility immediately. (Please note that if you choose “I DECLINE,” you
will not be able to complete installation of the Software.) 
  

			
	 [    ]   I accept.
	  	[    ]   I decline.

  

  

					
	 The Analysis Corporation
	  		  	Page 86 of 90  

 GSA Schedule GS-35F-0344L, effective October 3, 2006 
  
  

			
	VIII.	 	USA COMMITMENT TO
PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 PREAMBLE 
 The Analysis Corporation provides commercial products and services to the Federal Government. We are committed to promoting participation of
small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-protégé programs, joint ventures, teaming
arrangements, and subcontracting. 
 COMMITMENT 
  

	 	•	 	 To actively seek and partner with small businesses. 

  

	 	•	 	 To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women- owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever
practical. 

  

	 	•	 	 To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

  

	 	•	 	 To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and
services to our company. 

  

	 	•	 	 To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small
businesses. 

  

	 	•	 	 To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase
small businesses with whom to partner. 

  

	 	•	 	 To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

 We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small
businesses to promote and increase their participation in Federal Government contracts. To accelerate potential opportunities please contact Mr. Jim Flynn, (703) 738-2876 (office), 703-883-4037 (fax), jflynn@the-analysis-corp.com.

  

  

					
	 The Analysis Corporation
	  		  	Page 87 of 90  

 GSA Schedule GS-35F-0344L, effective October 3, 2006 
  
  

			
	IX.	 	  BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 Federal Supply Schedule 
 (Insert Customer Name) 
 In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (Agency) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services
Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s)                             . 
 Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical
documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6. 
 This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the
schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the Government that works better and costs less.  
 Signatures: 
  

									
	  
	  		 		  	  
	  	
	Agency	  	Date	 		  	 Contractor
	  	Date

  

  

					
	 The Analysis Corporation
	  		  	Page 88 of 90  

 GSA Schedule GS-35F-0344L, effective October 3, 2006 
  
  

 BPA Number
                     
 (CUSTOMER NAME) BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT 
 Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)                    , Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the
following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (Ordering Agency):  
  

	 	(1)	The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted
below: 

  

					
	MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER	 		  	*SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE
	  
	 		  	  

	  
	 		  	  

	  
	 		  	  

	 	(2)	Delivery: 

							
				
	DESTINATION	 		 		  	DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES
	  
	 		 		  	  

	  
	 		 		  	  

  

	 	(3)	The Government estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be
                . 

	 	(4)	This BPA does not obligate any funds. 

	 	(5)	This BPA expires on                     or at the end of the
contract period, whichever is earlier. 

	 	(6)	The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA: 

  

					
	OFFICE	 		  	POINT OF CONTACT
	  
	 		  	  

	  
	 		  	  

	 	(7)	Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper. 

	 	(8)	Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a
minimum: 

 (a) Name of Contractor; 
 (b) Contract Number; 
 (c) BPA Number; 
 (d) Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN); 
 (e) Purchase Order Number; 
 (f) Date of Purchase; 
 (g) Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of
Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and 
 (h) Date of Shipment. 

	 	(9)	The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase
order transmission issued against this BPA. 

	 	(10)	The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and
the Contractor’s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence. 

  

  

					
	 The Analysis Corporation
	  		  	Page 89 of 90  

 GSA Schedule GS-35F-0344L, effective October 3, 2006 
  
  

			
	X.	 	   BASIC
GUIDELINES FOR USING “CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS”

 Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use “Contractor Team Arrangements”
(see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a customer agency requirements. 
 These Team Arrangements can be included
under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts. 
 Orders under a Team
Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract. 
 Participation in a Team Arrangement
is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors. 
 Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team
Arrangements. 
 Here is a general outline on how it works: 
  

	 	•	 	 The customer identifies their requirements. 

  

	 	•	 	 Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or - 

  

	 	•	 	 Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules “Team Solution” to meet the customer’s requirement.

  

	 	•	 	 Customers make a best value selection. 

  

  

					
	 The Analysis Corporation
	  		  	Page 90 of 90  

 12-201 (Rev. 9-6-2006) 

											
	

	  	 U.S. Department of Justice
 Federal Bureau of Investigation
	  	

  

																	
	Purchase Order for Supplies or Services
	IMPORTANT: Mark all
packages and papers with contract and/or order numbers
	1. Date of Order	  	2. Order No.	  	3. Mod. No.	  	4. Mod. Date	  	5. Page No.
	  
 08/20/2008  
	  	A8G806469  	  	 	  	 	  	1
	6. To Contractor (Name, Address and Zip Code):	  		  	7. Ship to (Consignee and address, Zip Code):
	  
     THE ANALYSIS CORPORATION (TAC)
     1501 FARM CREDIT DRIVE
     SUITE 2100
     MCLEAN VA 22102
  
	  		  	  
     FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION
     ATTN: PHYLLIS GIBBS
     2400 SCHUSTER DRIVE
     CHEVERLY, MD 20781-0001
  

	8. Issuing Office (Address correspondence to):	  	 	  	9. Send Invoice to: (Name, Address and Zip
Code):
	  
     FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION
     PROCUREMENT
SECTION
     ROOM 6823, JEH F.B.I. BLDG.
     WASHINGTON, D. C. 20535
  
	  	 	  	  
     FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION
     ATTN: PHYLLIS
GIBBS
     2400 SCHUSTER DRIVE
     CHEVERLY, MD 20781-0001

	10. Business Classification	  	11. F.O.B. Point	  	12. Discount Terms
	 	  	  
       DESTINATION
  
	  	         1% 15, NET 30
  

	13. Schedule	  	 

																	
	 Line No.
 (A)
	 	 Supplies or Services
 (B)
	  	 	  	 Quantity
 Ordered
 (C)
	  	 Unit
 (D)
	  	 Unit Price
 (E)
	  	 Amount

 (F)

	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 **************IMPORTANT INSTRUCTIONS******************
  
 FUNDING PROVIDED FOR CONTINUED SUPPORT SERVICES FOR THE TERRORIST SCREENING CENTER-OPT
YR 4
	  		  		  	 	  	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 ALL QUESTIONS AND CORRESPONDENCE SHOULD BE DIRECTED TO
  
 CONTRACTING OFFICER’S TECHNICAL REPRESENTATIVE (COTR) KERRY HADAWAY. COTR CAN BE
REACHED AT:
  
 CM 2
	  		  		  	 	  	 
	 	 	 ATTENTION: KERRY HADAWAY
 1801 SOUTH BELL STREET, SUITE 500
  
 ARLINGTON, VA 22202

 
 703-418-9146 FAX: 703-418-9563 KERRY.HADAWAY@TSC.GOV
	  		  		  	 	  	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	ALL INVOICES AND INQUIRIES REGARDING INVOICES SHOULD BE SENT TO THE FOLLOWING ADDRESS:	  		  		  	 	  	 
	14. Type of Order	  	15.	  	 	  	 
	  
  ̈  A. Purchase - Please furnish the following under the terms, and Conditions specified on both sides of this order, the above
quotation number if indicated, and the attached sheets, if any, including delivery as indicated.
	  	  
  ̈
  B. Delivery - This delivery order is subject to instructions contained on this side only of this form and is issued subject to the terms and conditions of the above-numbered contract.
	  	

	  		  	XXXXXXXXXXX
	  	  	  		  	 
	 	  		  		  	 See Instructions on
Reverse
  

																	
	 Point of Contact - Purchase
Order Information:
  
  
	  	 16. United States of America
      By (Signature)
  

	  
 Point of Contact - Invoice Payment Status:
 Commercial Payments Unit - (202) 324-5614
	  	 17. Name (Typed)
	  		  		  		  	XXXXXXXXXXX
	 	  	    Title: Contracting Officer
	
	ORIGINAL

 12-201 (Rev. 9-6-2006) 

											
	

	  	 U.S. Department of Justice
 Federal Bureau of Investigation
	  	

  

																	
	Purchase Order for Supplies or Services
	IMPORTANT: Mark all
packages and papers with contract and/or order numbers
	1. Date of Order	  	2. Order No.	  	3. Mod. No.	  	4. Mod. Date	  	5. Page No.
	  
 08/20/2008  
	  	A8G806469  	  	 	  	 	  	2
	6. To Contractor (Name, Address and Zip Code):	  		  	7. Ship to (Consignee and address, Zip Code):
	  
     THE ANALYSIS CORPORATION (TAC)
     1501 FARM CREDIT DRIVE
     SUITE 2100
     MCLEAN VA 22102
  
	  		  	  
     FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION
     ATTN: PHYLLIS GIBBS
     2400 SCHUSTER DRIVE
     CHEVERLY, MD 20781-0001
  

	8. Issuing Office (Address correspondence to):	  	 	  	9. Send Invoice to: (Name, Address and Zip
Code):
	  
     FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION
     PROCUREMENT
SECTION
     ROOM 6823, JEH F.B.I. BLDG.
     WASHINGTON, D. C. 20535
  
	  	 	  	  
     FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION
     ATTN: PHYLLIS
GIBBS
     2400 SCHUSTER DRIVE
     CHEVERLY, MD 20781-0001

	10. Business Classification	  	11. F.O.B. Point	  	12. Discount Terms
	 	  	  
       DESTINATION
  
	  	         1% 15, NET 30
  

	13. Schedule	  	 

																	
	 Line No.

 (A)
	 	 Supplies or Services
 (B)
	  	 	  	 Quantity Ordered
 (C)
	  	 Unit
 (D)
	  	 Unit Price
 (E)
	  	 Amount

 (F)

	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 FBI – ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICER
 CM2 SUITE 500
 1801 SOUTH BELL STREET
 ARLINGTON, VA 22202 PHONE 703-418-9291 OR 703-418-9254
	  		  		  	 	  	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	EXCEEDING THE FUNDED AMOUNT OF THIS ORDER WITHOUT WRITTEN APPROVAL FROM THE FBI’S CONTRACTING OFFICER IS AT THE CONTRACTOR’S OWN RISK. ALL CONTRACT RELATED
QUESTIONS/CATHERINE MARKARDT 703-814-4917	  		  		  	 	  	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	ALL QUESTIONS REGARDING FUNDING SHOULD BE DIRECTED TO THE CONTRACTING OFFICER: CATHERINE A. MARKARDT AT 703-814-4917, FAX AT 703-814-4787 OR E-MAIL CATHERINE.
MARKARDT@IC.FBI.GOV	  		  		  	 	  	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	ALL PAYMENTS BY THE GOVERNMENT UNDER THIS ORDER SHALL BE MADE BY ELECTRONIC FUNDS TRANSFER (EFT). THE VENDOR SHALL PROVIDE THIS INFORMATION ON EACH INVOICE OR SUBMIT
SF-3881 FORM TO: FBI, COMMERCIAL PAYMENTS UNIT RM. 1987, J. EDGAR HOOVER BLDG	  		  		  	 	  	 
	14. Type of Order	  	15.	  	 	  	 
	  
  ̈  A. Purchase - Please furnish the following under the terms, and Conditions specified on both sides of this order, the above
quotation number if indicated, and the attached sheets, if any, including delivery as indicated.
	  	  
  ̈
  B. Delivery - This delivery order is subject to instructions contained on this side only of this form and is issued subject to the terms and conditions of the above-numbered contract.
	  	

	  		  	XXXXXXXXXXX
	  	  	  		  	 
	 	  		  		  	 See Instructions on
Reverse
  

																	
	 Point of Contact - Purchase
Order Information:
  
  
	  	 16. United States of America
      By (Signature)
  

	  
 Point of Contact - Invoice Payment Status:
 Commercial Payments Unit - (202) 324-5614
	  	 17. Name (Typed)
	  		  		  		  	XXXXXXXXXXX
	 	  	    Title: Contracting Officer
	
	ORIGINAL

 12-201 (Rev. 9-6-2006) 

											
	

	  	 U.S. Department of Justice
 Federal Bureau of Investigation
	  	

  

																	
	Purchase Order for Supplies or Services
	IMPORTANT: Mark all
packages and papers with contract and/or order numbers
	1. Date of Order	  	2. Order No.	  	3. Mod. No.	  	4. Mod. Date	  	5. Page No.
	  
 08/20/2008  
	  	A8G806469  	  	 	  	 	  	3
	6. To Contractor (Name, Address and Zip Code):	  		  	7. Ship to (Consignee and address, Zip Code):
	  
     THE ANALYSIS CORPORATION (TAC)
     1501 FARM CREDIT DRIVE
     SUITE 2100
     MCLEAN VA 22102
  
	  		  	  
     FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION
     ATTN: PHYLLIS GIBBS
     2400 SCHUSTER DRIVE
     CHEVERLY, MD 20781-0001
  

	8. Issuing Office (Address correspondence to):	  	 	  	9. Send Invoice to: (Name, Address and Zip
Code):
	  
     FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION
     PROCUREMENT
SECTION
     ROOM 6823, JEH F.B.I. BLDG.
     WASHINGTON, D. C. 20535
  
	  	 	  	  
     FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION
     ATTN: PHYLLIS
GIBBS
     2400 SCHUSTER DRIVE
     CHEVERLY, MD 20781-0001

	10. Business Classification	  	11. F.O.B. Point	  	12. Discount Terms
	 	  	  
       DESTINATION
  
	  	         1% 15, NET 30
  

	13. Schedule	  	 

																	
	 Line No.

 (A)
	 	 Supplies or Services
 (B)
	  	 	  	 Quantity Ordered
 (C)
	  	 Unit
 (D)
	  	 Unit Price
 (E)
	  	 Amount

 (F)

	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 935 PENNSYLVANIA AVENUE, NW
  
 WASHINGTON, DC 20535
	  		  		  	 	  	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	IF THIS INFORMATION IS NOT AVAILABLE TO THE GOVERNMENT, THE INVOICE WILL BE CONSIDERED AN IMPROPER INVOICE AND SHALL BE RETURNED.	  		  		  	 	  	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	THE FBI CURRENTLY HAS YOUR FIRM’S EFT INFORMATION ON FILE. IF THIS INFORMATION CHANGES YOUR FIRM MUST NOTIFY THE FBI OTHERWISE PAYMENTS COULD BE DELAYED OR
MISDIRECTED.	  		  		  	 	  	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	EXCEEDING THE FUNDED AMOUNT OF THIS ACTION WITHOUT THE WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE FBI CONTRACTING OFFICER IS AT THE FIRM’S OWN RISK.	  		  		  	 	  	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	PERIOD OF PERFORMANCE: 09/01/2008 - 08/31/2009	  		  		  	 	  	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	REFER TO FBI PO A7G705253 FOR REVISED STATEMENT OF WORK	  		  		  	 	  	 
	14. Type of Order	  	15.	  	 	  	 
	  
  ̈  A. Purchase - Please furnish the following under the terms, and Conditions specified on both sides of this order, the above
quotation number if indicated, and the attached sheets, if any, including delivery as indicated.
	  	  
  ̈
  B. Delivery - This delivery order is subject to instructions contained on this side only of this form and is issued subject to the terms and conditions of the above-numbered contract.
	  	

	  		  	XXXXXXXXXXX
	  	  	  		  	 
	 	  		  		  	 See Instructions on
Reverse
  

																	
	 Point of Contact - Purchase
Order Information:
  
  
	  	 16. United States of America
      By (Signature)
  

	  
 Point of Contact - Invoice Payment Status:
 Commercial Payments Unit - (202) 324-5614
	  	 17. Name (Typed)
	  		  		  		  	XXXXXXXXXXX
	 	  	    Title: Contracting Officer
	
	ORIGINAL

 12-201 (Rev. 9-6-2006) 

											
	

	  	 U.S. Department of Justice
 Federal Bureau of Investigation
	  	

  

																	
	Purchase Order for Supplies or Services
	IMPORTANT: Mark
all packages and papers with contract and/or order numbers
	1. Date of Order	  	2. Order No.	  	3. Mod. No.	  	4. Mod. Date	  	5. Page No.
	  
 08/20/2008  
	  	A8G806469  	  	 	  	 	  	4  
	6. To Contractor (Name, Address and Zip Code):	  		  	7. Ship to (Consignee and address, Zip Code):
	  
     THE ANALYSIS CORPORATION (TAC)
     1501 FARM CREDIT DRIVE
     SUITE 2100
     MCLEAN VA 22102
  
	  		  	  
     FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION
     ATTN: PHYLLIS GIBBS
     2400 SCHUSTER DRIVE
     CHEVERLY, MD 20781-0001
  

	8. Issuing Office (Address correspondence to):	  	 	  	9. Send Invoice to: (Name, Address and Zip Code):
	  
     FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION
     PROCUREMENT
SECTION
     ROOM 6823, JEH F.B.I. BLDG.
     WASHINGTON, D. C. 20535
  
	  	 	  	  
     FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION
     ATTN: PHYLLIS
GIBBS
     2400 SCHUSTER DRIVE
     CHEVERLY, MD 20781-0001

	10. Business Classification	  	11. F.O.B. Point	  	12. Discount Terms
	 	  	  
       DESTINATION
  
	  	         1% 15, NET 30
  

	13. Schedule	  	 

																			
	 Line No.

 (A)
	 	 Supplies or Services
 (B)
	  	 	  	 Quantity Ordered
 (C)
	  	 Unit
 (D)
	  	 Unit Price
 (E)
	  	 Amount

 (F)

	 	 	 	 	 			 
	 	 	THIS PURCHASE ORDER REFLECTS PARTIAL FUNDING FOR OPTION YEAR 4.	  		  		  		  		  		  	 
	 	 		 	 	 	 
	 	 	 CONTRACT #: GS35F0344L
 0001 D302 00-FBI-0001
 CLIN # 1 TECH SUPPORT
	  	DUE DATE: 08/31/2009	  	1    	  	EA	  	847256.000    	  	9847256.00
	 	 		 	 	 	 
	 	 	 CONTRACT #: GS35F0344L
 0002 D302 00-FBI-0001
 CLIN # 2 OPERATIONAL AND MAINTENANCE SUPPORT
	  	DUE DATE: 08/31/2009	  	1    	  	EA	  	100000.000    	  	2100000.00
	 	 		 	 	 	 
	 	 	 CONTRACT #: GS35F0344L
 0003 D302 00-FBI-0001
 CLIN # 3 MISCELLANEOUS OTHER SERVICES
  
	  	DUE DATE: 08/31/2009	  	1    	  	EA	  	.000    	  	2000000.00
	14. Type of Order	  	15.	  	 	  	 	  	 
	  
  ̈  A. Purchase - Please furnish the following under the terms, and Conditions specified on both sides of this order, the above
quotation number if indicated, and the attached sheets, if any, including delivery as indicated.
	  	  
  ̈
  B. Delivery - This delivery order is subject to instructions contained on this side only of this form and is issued subject to the terms and conditions of the above-numbered contract.
	  	

	  		  		  	XXXXXXXXXXX
	  	  	  		  	 	  	 
	 	  		  		  	 See Instructions on
Reverse
  

																	
	 Point of Contact - Purchase Order
Information:
  
  
	  	 16. United States of America
       By (Signature)
  

	  
 Point of Contact - Invoice Payment Status:
 Commercial Payments Unit - (202) 324-5614
	  	17. Name (Typed)	  	XXXXXXXXXXX
	 	  	     Title: Contracting
Officer
	
	ORIGINAL

 12-201 (Rev. 9-6-2006) 

											
	

	  	 U.S. Department of Justice
 Federal Bureau of Investigation
	  	

  

																	
	Purchase Order for Supplies or Services
	IMPORTANT: Mark all
packages and papers with contract and/or order numbers
	1. Date of Order	  	2. Order No.	  	3. Mod. No.	  	4. Mod. Date	  	5. Page No.
	  
 08/20/2008  
	  	A8G806469  	  	 	  	 	  	5  
	6. To Contractor (Name, Address and Zip Code):	  		  	7. Ship to (Consignee and address, Zip Code):
	  
     THE ANALYSIS CORPORATION (TAC)
     1501 FARM CREDIT DRIVE
     SUITE 2100
     MCLEAN VA 22102
  
	  		  	  
     FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION
     ATTN: PHYLLIS GIBBS
     2400 SCHUSTER DRIVE
     CHEVERLY, MD 20781-0001
  

	8. Issuing Office (Address correspondence to):	  	 	  	9. Send Invoice to: (Name, Address and Zip Code):
	  
     FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION
     PROCUREMENT
SECTION
     ROOM 6823, JEH F.B.I. BLDG.
     WASHINGTON, D. C. 20535
  
	  	 	  	  
     FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION
     ATTN: PHYLLIS
GIBBS
     2400 SCHUSTER DRIVE
     CHEVERLY, MD 20781-0001

	10. Business Classification	  	11. F.O.B. Point	  	12. Discount Terms
	 	  	  
       DESTINATION
  
	  	         1% 15, NET 30
  

	13. Schedule	  	 

																			
	 Line No.

 (A)
	 	 Supplies or Services
 (B)
	  	 	  	 Quantity Ordered
 (C)
	  	 Unit
 (D)
	  	 Unit Price
 (E)
	  	 Amount

 (F)

	 	 		 	 	 	 
	 	 	 CONTRACT #: GS35F0344L
 0004 7010 00-FBI-0012
 CLIN # 4 EQUIPMENT TO INCLUDE SOFTWARE
	  	 DUE DATE: 08/31/2009
	  	1    	  	EA	  	400000.000    	  	400000.00
	 	 		 	 	 	 
	 	 	 CONTRACT #: GS35F0344L
 0005 V999 00-FBI-0001
 CLIN # 5 TRAVEL
	  	 DUE DATE: 08/31/2009
	  	1    	  	EA	  	30320.000    	  	30320.00
	 	 		 	 	 	 
	 	 	 CONTRACT #: GS35F0344L
 0006 J070 00-FBI-3008
 CLIN # 6 ADP SOFTWARE, COMMERCIAL ONLY
	  	 DUE DATE: 08/31/2009
	  	1    	  	EA	  	623624.000    	  	623624.00
	 	 		 	 	 	 
	 	 	 CONTRACT #: GS35F0344L
 0007 D302 00-FBI-0001
 CLIN # 7 TECH SUPPORT – RESERVED –
	  	 DUE DATE: 08/31/2009
	  	1    	  	EA	  	.000    	  	.00
	14. Type of Order	  	15.	  	 	  	 	  	 
	  
  ̈  A. Purchase - Please furnish the following under the terms, and Conditions specified on both sides of this order, the above
quotation number if indicated, and the attached sheets, if any, including delivery as indicated.
	  	  
  ̈
  B. Delivery - This delivery order is subject to instructions contained on this side only of this form and is issued subject to the terms and conditions of the above-numbered contract.
	  	

	  		  		  	 
	  	  	  		  	 	  	XXXXXXXXXXX
	 	  		  		  	 See Instructions on
Reverse
  

																	
	 Point of Contact - Purchase Order
Information:
  
  
	  	 16. United States of America
       By (Signature)
  

	  
 Point of Contact - Invoice Payment Status:
 Commercial Payments Unit - (202) 324-5614
	  	17. Name (Typed)	  		  	XXXXXXXXXXX
	 	  	     Title: Contracting
Officer
	
	ORIGINAL

 12-201 (Rev. 9-6-2006) 

											
	

	  	 U.S. Department of Justice
 Federal Bureau of Investigation
	  	

  

																	
	Purchase Order for Supplies or Services
	IMPORTANT: Mark all
packages and papers with contract and/or order numbers
	1. Date of Order	  	2. Order No.	  	3. Mod. No.	  	4. Mod. Date	  	5. Page No.
	  
 08/20/2008  
	  	A8G806469  	  	 	  	 	  	6  
	6. To Contractor (Name, Address and Zip Code):	  		  	7. Ship to (Consignee and address, Zip Code):
	  
     THE ANALYSIS CORPORATION (TAC)
     1501 FARM CREDIT DRIVE
     SUITE 2100
     MCLEAN VA 22102
  
	  		  	  
     FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION
     ATTN: PHYLLIS GIBBS
     2400 SCHUSTER DRIVE
     CHEVERLY, MD 20781-0001
  

	8. Issuing Office (Address correspondence to):	  	 	  	9. Send Invoice to: (Name, Address and Zip Code):
	  
     FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION
     PROCUREMENT
SECTION
     ROOM 6823, JEH F.B.I. BLDG.
     WASHINGTON, D. C. 20535
  
	  	 	  	  
     FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION
     ATTN: PHYLLIS
GIBBS
     2400 SCHUSTER DRIVE
     CHEVERLY, MD 20781-0001

	10. Business Classification	  	11. F.O.B. Point	  	12. Discount Terms
	 	  	  
       DESTINATION
  
	  	         1% 15, NET 30
  

	13. Schedule	  	 

																			
	 Line No.

 (A)
	 	 Supplies or Services
 (B)
	  	 	  	 Quantity Ordered
 (C)
	  	 Unit
 (D)
	  	 Unit Price
 (E)
	  	 Amount

 (F)

	 	 		 	 	 	 
	 	 	 CONTRACT #: GS35F0344L
 0008 U099 00-FBI-0010
 CLIN # 8 TRAINING
	  	 DUE DATE: 08/31/2009
	  	1    	  	EA	  	39495.000    	  	39495.00
	 	 		 	 	 	 
	 	 	 CONTRACT #: GS35F0344L
 0009 D302 00-FBI-0001
 CLIN # 9 OTHER ADP SERVICES – ODCS
	  	 DUE DATE: 08/31/2009
	  	1    	  	EA	  	150000.000    	  	150000.00
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 *************FOR FBI INFO ONLY***************
 1309/  0234670/  LINE # 1 552519PT  /  LINES 2 & 3 552580PT
 LINE 4 573180PT  /  LINE 5 522180PT  /  LINE 6 552520PT
 LINE 7
“RESERVED”  /  LINE 8 552580PT  /LINE 9 552519PT
	  		  		  		  	 
	14. Type of Order	  	15.	  	 	  	 	  	 
	  
  ̈  A. Purchase - Please furnish the following under the terms, and Conditions specified on both sides of this order, the above
quotation number if indicated, and the attached sheets, if any, including delivery as indicated.
	  	  
 x
  B. Delivery - This delivery order is subject to instructions contained on this side only of this form and is issued subject to the terms and conditions of the above-numbered contract.
	  	

	  		  		  	15,190,695.00
	  	  	  		  	 	  	 
	  
 CONTRACTOR NUMBER          ANA2210200
	  		  		  	 See Instructions on
Reverse
  

																	
	 Point of Contact - Purchase
Order Information:
  
  
 CATHERINE A. MARKARDT
 202-324-4528
	  	 16. United States of America
      By (Signature)
  
  
 /s/    Porter F. Dunn

	  
 Point of Contact - Invoice Payment Status:
 Commercial Payments Unit - (202) 324-5614
	  	 17. Name (Typed)
 CAM

	 	  	    Title: Contracting Officer
	
	ORIGINAL

 12-201 (Rev. 9-6-2006) 

											
	

	  	 U.S. Department of Justice
 Federal Bureau of Investigation
	  	

  

																	
	Purchase Order for Supplies or Services
	IMPORTANT: Mark all
packages and papers with contract and/or order numbers
	1. Date of Order	  	2. Order No.	  	3. Mod. No.	  	4. Mod. Date	  	5. Page No.
	  
 01/07/2009   
	  	A9G902836  	  	 	  	 	  	1  
	6. To Contractor (Name, Address and Zip Code):	  		  	7. Ship to (Consignee and address, Zip Code):
	  
     THE ANALYSIS CORPORATION (TAC)
     1501 FARM CREDIT DRIVE
     SUITE 2100
     MCLEAN VA 22102
  
	  		  	  
     FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION
     ATTN: KERRY HADAWAY/TSC
     2400 SCHUSTER DRIVE
     CHEVERLY, MD 20781
  

	8. Issuing Office (Address correspondence to):	  	 	  	9. Send Invoice to: (Name, Address and Zip Code):
	  
     FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION
     PROCUREMENT
SECTION
     ROOM 6823, JEH F.B.I. BLDG.
     WASHINGTON, D. C. 20535
  
	  	 	  	  
     FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION
     ATTN: KERRY
HADAWAY/TSC
     2400 SCHUSTER DRIVE
     CHEVERLY, MD 20781

	10. Business Classification	  	11. F.O.B. Point	  	12. Discount Terms
	 	  	  
       DESTINATION
  
	  	         PAY ON DEMAND
  

	13. Schedule	  	 

																			
	 Line No.

 (A)
	 	 Supplies or Services
 (B)
	  	 	  	 Quantity Ordered
 (C)
	  	 Unit
 (D)
	  	 Unit Price
 (E)
	  	 Amount

 (F)

	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 ************IMPORTANT INSTRUCTION************
  
 FUNDING PROVIDED FOR CONTINUED SUPPORT SERVICES FOR THE TERRORIST
 SCREENING CENTER-OPT YR 4
  
 ALL QUESTIONS AND CORRESPONDENCE SHOULD BE DIRECTED TO
  
 CONTRACTING OFFICER’S TECHNICAL REPRESENTATIVE (COTR) KERRY HADAWAY. COTR CAN BE REACHED AT:
  
 CM 2
 ATTENTION: KERRY HADAWAY
 1801 SOUTH BELL STREET, SUITE 500
  
 ARLINGTON, VA 22202
  
 703-418-9146 FAX: 703-418-9563 KERRY. HADAWAY@TSC.GOV
  
 ALL INVOICES AND INQUIRIES REGARDING INVOICES SHOULD BE SENT TO THE FOLLOWING ADDRESS:
  
	  		  		  		  	 
	14. Type of Order	  	15.	  	 	  	 	  	 
	  
  ̈  A. Purchase - Please furnish the following under the terms, and Conditions specified on both sides of this order, the above
quotation number if indicated, and the attached sheets, if any, including delivery as indicated.
	  	  
  ̈
  B. Delivery - This delivery order is subject to instructions contained on this side only of this form and is issued subject to the terms and conditions of the above-numbered contract.
	  	

	  		  		  	XXXXXXXXXX
	  	  	  		  	 	  	 
	 	  		  		  	  
 See Instructions on Reverse
  

																	
	 Point of Contact - Purchase Order
Information:
  
	  	 16. United States of America
      By (Signature)
  

	  
 Point of Contact - Invoice Payment Status:
 Commercial Payments Unit - (202) 324-5614
	  	 17. Name (Typed)
 XXXXXXXXXX

	 	  	    Title: Contracting Officer
	
	ORIGINAL

 12-201 (Rev. 9-6-2006) 

											
	

	  	 U.S. Department of Justice
 Federal Bureau of Investigation
	  	

  

																	
	Purchase Order for Supplies or Services
	IMPORTANT: Mark all
packages and papers with contract and/or order numbers
	1. Date of Order	  	2. Order No.	  	3. Mod. No.	  	4. Mod. Date	  	5. Page No.
	  
 01/07/2009  
	  	A9G902836  	  	 	  	 	  	2  
	6. To Contractor (Name, Address and Zip Code):	  		  	7. Ship to (Consignee and address, Zip Code):
	  
     THE ANALYSIS CORPORATION (TAC)
     1501 FARM CREDIT DRIVE
     SUITE 2100
     MCLEAN VA 22102
  
	  		  	  
     FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION
     ATTN: KERRY HADAWAY/TSC
     2400 SCHUSTER DRIVE
     CHEVERLY, MD 20781
  

	8. Issuing Office (Address correspondence to):	  	 	  	9. Send Invoice to: (Name, Address and Zip Code):
	  
     FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION
     PROCUREMENT
SECTION
     ROOM 6823, JEH F.B.I. BLDG.
     WASHINGTON, D. C. 20535
  
	  	 	  	  
     FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION
     ATTN: KERRY
HADAWAY/TSC
     2400 SCHUSTER DRIVE
     CHEVERLY, MD 20781

	10. Business Classification	  	11. F.O.B. Point	  	12. Discount Terms
	 	  	  
       DESTINATION
  
	  	         PAY ON DEMAND
  

	13. Schedule	  	 

																			
	 Line No.

 (A)
	 	 Supplies or Services
 (B)
	  	 	  	 Quantity Ordered
 (C)
	  	 Unit
 (D)
	  	 Unit Price
 (E)
	  	 Amount

 (F)

	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 FBI - ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICER
 CM2 SUITE 500
 1801 SOUTH BELL STREET
 ARLINGTON, VA 22202 PHONE 703-418- 9291 OR 703-418-9254
  
 EXCEEDING THE FUNDED AMOUNT OF THIS ORDER WITHOUT WRITTEN APPROVAL FROM THE FBI’S CONTRACTING OFFICER IS AT THE CONTRACTOR’S OWN RISK. ALL CONTRACT RELATED QUESTIONS/CATHERINE MARKARDT
703-814-4917
  
 ALL QUESTIONS REGARDING FUNDING SHOULD BE DIRECTED TO THE
CONTRACTING OFFICER: CATHERINE A. MARKARDT AT 703-814-4917, FAX AT 703-814-4787, OR E-MAIL CATHERINE. MARKARDT@IC.FBI.GOV
  
 ALL PAYMENTS BY THE GOVERNMENT UNDER THIS ORDER SHALL BE MADE BY ELECTRONIC FUNDS TRANSFER (EFT). THE VENDOR SHALL PROVIDE THIS INFORMATION ON EACH INVOICE
OR SUBMIT SF-3881 FORM TO: FBI, COMMERCIAL PAYMENTS UNIT RM. 1987, J. EDGAR HOOVER BLDG
	  		  		  		  	 
	14. Type of Order	  	15.	  	 	  	 	  	 
	  
  ̈  A. Purchase - Please furnish the following under the terms, and Conditions specified on both sides of this order, the above
quotation number if indicated, and the attached sheets, if any, including delivery as indicated.
	  	  
  ̈
  B. Delivery - This delivery order is subject to instructions contained on this side only of this form and is issued subject to the terms and conditions of the above-numbered contract.
	  	

	  		  		  	XXXXXXXXXXX
	  	  	  		  	 	  	 
	 	  		  	  
 See Instructions on Reverse
  

																	
	 Point of Contact - Purchase
Order Information:
  
  
	  	 16. United States of America
      By (Signature)
  

	  
 Point of Contact - Invoice Payment Status:
 Commercial Payments Unit - (202) 324-5614
	  	 17. Name (Typed)
 XXXXXXXXXXX

	 	  	    Title: Contracting Officer
	
	ORIGINAL

 12-201 (Rev. 9-6-2006) 

											
	

	  	 U.S. Department of Justice
 Federal Bureau of Investigation
	  	

  

																	
	Purchase Order for Supplies or Services
	IMPORTANT: Mark
all packages and papers with contract and/or order numbers

									
	1. Date of Order	  	2. Order No.	  	3. Mod. No.	  	4. Mod. Date	  	5. Page No.
	  
 01/07/2009    
	  	A9G902836        	  	 	  	 	  	3    

																	
	6. To Contractor (Name, Address and Zip Code):	  		  	7. Ship to (Consignee and address, Zip Code):
	 THE ANALYSIS CORPORATION (TAC)
 1501 FARM CREDIT DRIVE
 SUITE 2100
 MCLEAN VA 22102
  
	  		  	    FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION
    ATTN: KERRY HADAWAY/TSC
    2400 SCHUSTER DRIVE
    CHEVERLY, MD 20781
  

	8. Issuing Office (Address correspondence to):	  	 	  	9. Send Invoice to: (Name, Address and Zip Code):
	 FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION

 PROCUREMENT SECTION
 ROOM 6823, JEH
F.B.I. BLDG.
 WASHINGTON, D. C. 20535
  
	  	 	  	    FEDERAL BUREAU
OF INVESTIGATION
    ATTN: KERRY HADAWAY/TSC
    2400 SCHUSTER DRIVE
    CHEVERLY, MD 20781

	10. Business Classification	  	11. F.O.B. Point	  	12. Discount Terms
	 	  	 DESTINATION
  
	  	         PAY ON DEMAND
  

	13. Schedule	  	 

																	
	   Line No.
       (A)
	 	 Supplies or Services
 (B)
	  	 	  	 Quality Ordered
 (C)
	  	 Unit
 (D)
	  	 Unit Price
 (E)
	  	 	  	 Amount

 (F)

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	             935 PENNSYLVANIA AVENUE, NW
  
             WASHINGTON, DC
20535
	  		  		  		  	 	  	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	IF THIS INFORMATION IS NOT AVAILABLE TO THE GOVERNMENT THE INVOICE WILL BE CONSIDERED AN IMPROPER INVOICE AND SHALL BE RETURNED.	  		  		  		  	 	  	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	THE FBI CURRENTLY HAS YOUR FIRM’S EFT INFORMATION ON FILE. IF THIS INFORMATION CHANGES YOUR FIRM MUST NOTIFY THE FBI OTHERWISE PAYMENTS COULD BE DELAYED OR
MISDIRECTED.	  		  		  		  	 	  	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	EXCEEDING THE FUNDED AMOUNT OF THIS ACTION WITHOUT THE WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE FBI CONTRACTING OFFICER IS AT THE FIRM’S OWN RISK.	  		  		  		  	 	  	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	PERIOD OF PERFORMANCE: 12/01/2008 – 08/31/2009	  		  		  		  	 	  	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	REFER TO FBI PO A7G705253 FOR REVISED STATEMENT OF WORK	  		  		  		  	 	  	 
	14. Type of Order	  	15.	  	 	  	 
	  
  ̈  A. Purchase - Please furnish the following under the terms, and Conditions specified on both sides of this order, the above
quotation number if indicated, and the attached sheets, if any, including delivery as indicated.
	  	 ̈  B. Delivery - This delivery order is subject to instructions contained on this side only
of this form and is issued subject to the terms and conditions of the above-numbered contract.	  	

	  		  	XXXXXXXXXXX
	  	  	  	 	  	 
	 	  		  		  	  
 See Instructions on Reverse
  

																			
	Point of Contact - Purchase Order Information:	  	 16. United States of America
      By (Signature)
  
	  	 
	 Point of Contact - Invoice Payment Status:
 Commercial Payments Unit - (202) 324-5614
	  	 17. Name (Typed)
  
	  	XXXXXXXXXXX
	 	  	     Title: Contracting Officer	  	 
		  	ORIGINAL

 12-201 (Rev. 9-6-2006) 

											
	

	  	 U.S. Department of Justice
 Federal Bureau of Investigation
	  	

  

																	
	Purchase Order for Supplies or Services
	IMPORTANT: Mark
all packages and papers with contract and/or order numbers
	1. Date of Order	  	2. Order No.	  	3. Mod. No.	  	4. Mod. Date	  	5. Page No.
	01/07/2009	  	A9G902836	  	 	  	 	  	4
	6. To Contractor (Name, Address and Zip Code):	  		  	7. Ship to (Consignee and address, Zip Code):
	 THE ANALYSIS CORPORATION (TAC)
 1501 FARM CREDIT DRIVE
 SUITE 2100
 MCLEAN VA 22102
  
  
	  		  	     FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION

    ATTN: KERRY HADAWAY/TSC
     2400 SCHUSTER DRIVE
     CHEVERLY, MD 20781
  

	8. Issuing Office (Address correspondence to):	  	 	  	9. Send Invoice to: (Name, Address and Zip Code):
	 FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION

 PROCUREMENT SECTION
 ROOM 6823, JEH
F.B.I. BLDG.
 WASHINGTON, D. C. 20535
  
  
	  	 	  	     FEDERAL
BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION
     ATTN: KERRY HADAWAY/TSC
     2400 SCHUSTER DRIVE
     CHEVERLY, MD
20781

	10. Business Classification	  	11. F.O.B. Point	  	12. Discount Terms
	 	  	 DESTINATION
  
	  	         PAY ON DEMAND
  

	13. Schedule	  	 

																			
	 Line No.

 (A)
	 	 Supplies or Services
 (B)
	  	 	  	 Quality Ordered
 (C)
	  	 Unit
 (D)
	  	 Unit Price
 (E)
	  	 Amount

 (F)

	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	THIS PURCHASE ORDER REFLECTS ADDITIONAL FUNDING OPTION YEAR 4.	  		  		  		  	 
	 	 		 	 	 	 
	 	 	 CONTACT #: GS35F0344L
 0003 D302 00-FBI-0001
 CLIN # 3 - MISC. OTHER SERVICES
	  	 DUE DATE: 11/15/2009
	  	1    	  	EA	  	.000    	  	3000000.00
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 *************FOR FBI INFO ONLY***************
 4400/  0234441/  LINE  #3  552580PT
  
	  		  		  		  	 
	14. Type of Order	  	15.	  	 	  	 	  	 
	  
  ̈  A. Purchase - Please furnish the following under the terms, and Conditions specified on both sides of this order, the above
quotation number if indicated, and the attached sheets, if any, including delivery as indicated.
	  	  
 x
  B. Delivery - This delivery order is subject to instructions contained on this side only of this form and is issued subject to the terms and conditions of the above-numbered contract.
	  	

	  		  		  	 
	  	  	  		  	 	  	3,000,000.00
	  
 CONTRACTOR NUMBER                    ANA2210200
  
	  		  		  	  
 See Instructions on Reverse
  

																	
	 Point of Contact - Purchase
Order Information:
  
  
	  	 16. United States of America

      By (Signature)

	 CATHERINE A. MARKARDT
 202-324-4528
	  	    /s/    Porter F.
Dunn
	 Point of Contact - Invoice Payment Status:
 Commercial Payments Unit - (202) 324-5614
	  	 17. Name (Typed)
 CAM

	 	  	    Title: Contracting Officer
	
	ORIGINAL

 12-201 (Rev. 9-6-2006) 

											
	

	  	 U.S. Department of Justice
 Federal Bureau of Investigation
	  	

  

																	
	Purchase Order for Supplies or Services
	IMPORTANT: Mark all
packages and papers with contract and/or order numbers
	1. Date of Order	  	2. Order No.	  	3. Mod. No.	  	4. Mod. Date	  	5. Page No.
	  
 01/07/2009  
	  	A9G902836  	  	 1
	  	    03/11/2009	  	1  
	6. To Contractor (Name, Address and Zip Code):	  		  	7. Ship to (Consignee and address, Zip Code):
	  
     THE ANALYSIS CORPORATION (TAC)
     1501 FARM CREDIT
DRIVE
     SUITE 2100
     MCLEAN VA 22102
  
	  	 	  	  
     FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION
     ATTN: KERRY
HADAWAY/TSC
     2400 SCHUSTER DRIVE
     CHEVERLY, MD 20781
  

	8. Issuing Office (Address correspondence to):	  		  	9. Send Invoice to: (Name, Address and Zip Code):
	  
     FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION     PROCUREMENT SECTION
     ROOM 6823, JEH F.B.I. BLDG.
     WASHINGTON, D. C. 20535
  
	  	 	  	  
     FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION
     ATTN: KERRY
HADAWAY/TSC
     2400 SCHUSTER DRIVE
     CHEVERLY, MD 20781
  

	10. Business Classification	  	11. F.O.B. Point	  	12. Discount Terms
	 	  	  
       DESTINATION
  
	  	  
         PAY ON DEMAND
  

	13. Schedule	  	 

																	
	 Line No.

 (A)
	 	 Supplies or Services
 (B)
	  	 	  	 Quantity Ordered
 (C)
	  	 Unit
 (D)
	  	 Unit Price
 (E)
	  	 	  	 Amount

 (F)

	 	 	  
 **************IMPORTANT INSTRUCTIONS******************
	  		  		  		  		  	 
	 	 	 	 	 		 
	 	 	FUNDING PROVIDED FOR CONTINUED SUPPORT SERVICES FOR THE TERRORIST SCREENING CENTER-OPT YR 4	  		  		  		  		  	 
	 	 	 	 	 		 
	 	 	ALL QUESTIONS AND CORRESPONDENCE SHOULD BE DIRECTED TO	  		  		  		  		  	 
	 	 	 	 	 		 
	 	 	CONTRACTING OFFICER’S TECHNICAL REPRESENTATIVE (COTR) KERRY HADAWAY. COTR CAN BE REACHED AT:	  		  		  		  		  	 
	 	 	 	 	 		 
	 	 	 CM 2
 ATTENTION:
KERRY HADAWAY
 1801 SOUTH BELL STREET, SUITE 500
	  		  		  		  		  	 
	 	 	 	 	 		 
	 	 	ARLINGTON, VA 22202	  		  		  		  		  	 
	 	 	 	 	 		 
	 	 	703-418-9146    FAX: 703-418-9563 KERRY.HADAWAY@TSC.GOV	  		  		  		  		  	 
	 	 	 	 	 		 
	 	 	ALL INVOICES AND INQUIRIES REGARDING INVOICES SHOULD BE SENT TO THE FOLLOWING ADDRESS:	  		  		  		  		  	 

																			
	14. Type of Order	  	15.	  	 	  	 	  	 
	  
  ̈  A. Purchase - Please furnish the following under the terms, and Conditions specified on both sides of this order, the above
quotation number if indicated, and the attached sheets, if any, including delivery as indicated.
	  	  
  ̈
  B. Delivery - This delivery order is subject to instructions contained on this side only of this form and is issued subject to the terms and conditions of the above-numbered contract.
	  	

	  		  		  	 
	  	  	  		  	 	  	XXXXXXXXXXX
	 	  		  		  	 See Instructions on
Reverse
  

																	
	 Point of Contact - Purchase Order
Information:
  
  
	  	 16. United States of America
      By (Signature)
  
  

	  
 Point of Contact - Invoice Payment Status:
 Commercial Payments Unit - (202) 324-5614
	  	 17. Name (Typed)
 XXXXXXXXXXX

	 	  	    Title: Contracting Officer
	
	ORIGINAL

 12-201 (Rev. 9-6-2006) 

											
	

	  	 U.S. Department of Justice
 Federal Bureau of Investigation
	  	

  

																	
	Purchase Order for Supplies or Services
	IMPORTANT: Mark
all packages and papers with contract and/or order numbers
	1. Date of Order	  	2. Order No.	  	3. Mod. No.	  	4. Mod. Date	  	5. Page No.
	  
 01/07/2009  
	  	A9G902836  	  	 1
	  	    03/11/2009	  	2  
	6. To Contractor (Name, Address and Zip Code):	  		  	7. Ship to (Consignee and address, Zip Code):
	  
     THE ANALYSIS CORPORATION (TAC)
     1501 FARM CREDIT
DRIVE
     SUITE 2100
     MCLEAN VA 22102
  
	  	 	  	  
     FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION
     ATTN: KERRY
HADAWAY/TSC
     2400 SCHUSTER DRIVE
     CHEVERLY, MD 20781
  

	8. Issuing Office (Address correspondence to):	  		  	9. Send Invoice to: (Name, Address and Zip Code):
	  
     FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION     PROCUREMENT SECTION
     ROOM 6823, JEH F.B.I. BLDG.
     WASHINGTON, D. C. 20535
  
	  	 	  	  
     FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION
     ATTN: KERRY
HADAWAY/TSC
     2400 SCHUSTER DRIVE
     CHEVERLY, MD 20781
  

	10. Business Classification	  	11. F.O.B. Point	  	12. Discount Terms
	 	  	  
       DESTINATION
  
	  	         PAY ON DEMAND
  

	13. Schedule	  	 

																	
	 Line No.

 (A)
	 	 Supplies or Services
 (B)
	  	 	  	Quantity Ordered (C)	  	 Unit
 (D)
	 	 Unit Price
 (E)
	  	 	  	 Amount

 (F)

	 	 	 FBI – ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICER
 CM2 SUITE 500
 1801 SOUTH BELL STREET
 ARLINGTON, VA 22202 PHONE 703-418-9291 OR 703-418-9254
	  		  		 		  		  	 
	 	 	 	 	 		 
	 	 	EXCEEDING THE FUNDED AMOUNT OF THIS ORDER WITHOUT WRITTEN APPROVAL FROM THE FBI’S CONTRACTING OFFICER IS AT THE CONTRACTOR’S OWN RISK. ALL CONTRACT RELATED
QUESTIONS/CATHERINE MARKARDT 703-814-4917	  		  		 		  		  	 
	 	 	 	 	 		 
	 	 	 ALL QUESTIONS REGARDING FUNDING SHOULD BE DIRECTED TO THE CONTRACTING OFFICER: CATHERINE A. MARKARDT AT 703-814-4917. FAX AT
703-814-4787 OR
 E-MAIL CATHERINE.MARKARDT@IC.FBI.GOV
	  		  		 		  		  	 
	 	 	 	 	 		 
	 	 	ALL PAYMENTS BY THE GOVERNMENT UNDER THIS ORDER SHALL BE MADE BY ELECTRONIC FUNDS TRANSFER (EFT). THE VENDOR SHALL PROVIDE THIS INFORMATION ON EACH INVOICE OR SUBMIT
SF-3881 FORM TO: FBI, COMMERCIAL PAYMENTS UNIT RM. 1987, J. EDGAR HOOVER BLDG	  		  		 		  		  	 

																			
	14. Type of Order	  	15.	  	 	  	 	  	 
	  
  ̈  A. Purchase - Please furnish the following under the terms, and Conditions specified on both sides of this order, the above
quotation number if indicated, and the attached sheets, if any, including delivery as indicated.
	  	  
  ̈
  B. Delivery - This delivery order is subject to instructions contained on this side only of this form and is issued subject to the terms and conditions of the above-numbered contract.
	  	

	  		  		  	 
	  	  	  		  	 	  	XXXXXXXXXXX
	 	  		  		  	 See Instructions on
Reverse
  

																	
	 Point of Contact - Purchase Order
Information:
  
  
	  	 16. United States of America
      By (Signature)
  
  

	  
 Point of Contact - Invoice Payment Status:
 Commercial Payments Unit - (202) 324-5614
	  	 17. Name (Typed)
 XXXXXXXXXXX

	 	  	    Title: Contracting Officer
	
	ORIGINAL

 12-201 (Rev. 9-6-2006) 

											
	

	  	 U.S. Department of Justice
 Federal Bureau of Investigation
	  	

  

																	
	Purchase Order for Supplies or Services
	IMPORTANT: Mark all
packages and papers with contract and/or order numbers
	1. Date of Order	  	2. Order No.	  	3. Mod. No.	  	4. Mod. Date	  	5. Page No.
	  
 01/07/2009  
	  	A9G902836  	  	 1
	  	    03/11/2009	  	3  
	6. To Contractor (Name, Address and Zip Code):	  		  	7. Ship to (Consignee and address, Zip Code):
	  
     THE ANALYSIS CORPORATION (TAC)
     1501 FARM CREDIT DRIVE
     SUITE 2100
     MCLEAN VA 22102
  
	  		  	  
     FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION
     ATTN: KERRY HADAWAY/TSC
     2400 SCHUSTER DRIVE
     CHEVERLY, MD 20781
  

	8. Issuing Office (Address correspondence to):	  	 	  	9. Send Invoice to: (Name, Address and Zip Code):
	  
     FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION
     PROCUREMENT
SECTION
     ROOM 6823, JEH F.B.I. BLDG.
     WASHINGTON, D. C. 20535
  
	  	 	  	  
     FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION
     ATTN: KERRY
HADAWAY/TSC
     2400 SCHUSTER DRIVE
     CHEVERLY, MD 20781

	10. Business Classification	  	11. F.O.B. Point	  	12. Discount Terms
	 	  	  
       DESTINATION
  
	  	         PAY ON DEMAND
  

	13. Schedule	  	 

																			
	 Line No.

 (A)
	 	 Supplies or Services
 (B)
	  	 	  	 Quantity Ordered
 (C)
	  	 Unit
 (D)
	  	 Unit Price
 (E)
	  	 Amount

 (F)

	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 935 PENNSYLVANIA AVENUE, NW
  
 WASHINGTON, DC 20535
	  		  		  		  	 
	 	 	IF THIS INFORMATION IS NOT AVAILABLE TO THE GOVERNMENT, THE INVOICE WILL BE CONSIDERED AN IMPROPER INVOICE AND SHALL BE RETURNED.	  		  		  		  	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	THE FBI CURRENTLY HAS YOUR FIRM’S EFT INFORMATION ON FILE. IF THIS INFORMATION CHANGES YOUR FIRM MUST NOTIFY THE FBI OTHERWISE PAYMENTS COULD BE DELAYED OR
MISDIRECTED.	  		  		  		  	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	EXCEEDING THE FUNDED AMOUNT OF THIS ACTION WITHOUT THE WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE FBI CONTRACTING OFFICER IS AT THE FIRM’S OWN RISK.	  		  		  		  	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	PERIOD OF PERFORMANCE: 12/01/2008 - 08/31/2009	  		  		  		  	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	REFER TO FBI PO A7G705253 FOR REVISED STATEMENT OF WORK	  		  		  		  	 
	14. Type of Order	  	15.	  	 	  	 	  	 
	  
  ̈  A. Purchase - Please furnish the following under the terms, and Conditions specified on both sides of this order, the above
quotation number if indicated, and the attached sheets, if any, including delivery as indicated.
	  	  
  ̈
  B. Delivery - This delivery order is subject to instructions contained on this side only of this form and is issued subject to the terms and conditions of the above-numbered contract.
	  	

	  		  		  	 
	  	  	  		  	 	  	XXXXXXXXXXX
	 	  		  		  	 See Instructions on
Reverse
  

																	
	 Point of Contact - Purchase Order
Information:
  
	  	 16. United States of America
      By (Signature)
  

	 Point of Contact - Invoice Payment Status:
 Commercial Payments Unit - (202) 324-5614
	  	 17. Name (Typed)
 XXXXXXXXXXX

	 	  	    Title: Contracting Officer
	
	ORIGINAL

 12-201 (Rev. 9-6-2006) 

											
	

	  	 U.S. Department of Justice
 Federal Bureau of Investigation
	  	

  

																	
	Purchase Order for Supplies or Services
	IMPORTANT: Mark all
packages and papers with contract and/or order numbers
	1. Date of Order	  	2. Order No.	  	3. Mod. No.	  	4. Mod. Date	  	5. Page No.
	  
 01/07/2009  
	  	A9G902836  	  	 1
	  	    03/11/2009	  	4  
	6. To Contractor (Name, Address and Zip Code):	  		  	7. Ship to (Consignee and address, Zip Code):
	  
     THE ANALYSIS CORPORATION (TAC)
     1501 FARM CREDIT DRIVE
     SUITE 2100
     MCLEAN VA 22102
  
	  		  	  
     FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION
     ATTN: KERRY HADAWAY/TSC
     2400 SCHUSTER DRIVE
     CHEVERLY, MD 20781
  

	8. Issuing Office (Address correspondence to):	  	 	  	9. Send Invoice to: (Name, Address and Zip Code):
	  
     FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION
     PROCUREMENT
SECTION
     ROOM 6823, JEH F.B.I. BLDG.
     WASHINGTON, D. C. 20535
  
	  	 	  	  
     FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION
     ATTN: KERRY
HADAWAY/TSC
     2400 SCHUSTER DRIVE
     CHEVERLY, MD 20781

	10. Business Classification	  	11. F.O.B. Point	  	12. Discount Terms
	 	  	  
       DESTINATION
  
	  	         PAY ON DEMAND
  

	13. Schedule	  	 

																					
	 Line No.

 (A)
	 	 Supplies or Services
 (B)
	  	 	  	 	  	 Quantity Ordered
 (C)
	  	 Unit
 (D)
	  	 Unit Price
 (E)
	  	 Amount

 (F)

	 	 		 	 	 	 
	 	 	THIS PURCHASE ORDER REFLECTS ADDITIONAL FUNDING OPTION YEAR 4.	  		  		  		  		  	 
	 	 		 	 	 	 
	 	 	PURCHASE ORDER IS BEING MODIFIED TO ADD LINES 1, 2 AND	  		  		  		  		  	 
	 	 		 	 	 	 
	 	 	5 AND TO INCREASE THE OVERALL AMOUNT OF THE ORDER. ALL OTHER TERMS AND CONDITIONS REMAIN THE SAME FROM THE ORIGINAL ORDER.	  		  		  		  		  	 
	 	 		 	 	 	 
	 	 	CLIN LINES 4, 6-9 ARE UNFUNDED AT THIS TIME AND LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY.	  		  		  		  		  	 
	 	 	  
 CONTRACT #: GS35F0344L
 001 D302 00-FBI-0001
 ADP SYSTEMS DEVELOPMENT AND
SUPPORT SERVICES
	  	  
 DUE DATE:
 08/31/2009
	  	  
      1    

	  	  
 EA
	  	     675000.000    	  	  
 3675000.00

	 	 		 	 	 	 
	 	 	 CONTRACT #: GS35F0344L
 0002 D302 00-FBI-0001
 CLIN # 2
	  	 DUE DATE:
 08/31/2009
	  	1    	  	EA	  	75000.000    	  	75000.00
	14. Type of Order	  	15.	  	 	  	 	  	 
	  
  ̈  A. Purchase - Please furnish the following under the terms, and Conditions specified on both sides of this order, the above
quotation number if indicated, and the attached sheets, if any, including delivery as indicated.
	  	  
  ̈
  B. Delivery - This delivery order is subject to instructions contained on this side only of this form and is issued subject to the terms and conditions of the above-numbered contract.
	  	

	  		  		  	XXXXXXXXXXX
	  	  	  		  	 	  	 
	 	  		  		  		  	 See Instructions on
Reverse
  

																	
	 Point of Contact - Purchase Order
Information:
  
	  	 16. United States of America
      By (Signature)
  

	 Point of Contact - Invoice Payment Status:
 Commercial Payments Unit - (202) 324-5614
	  	 17. Name (Typed)
 XXXXXXXXXXX

	 	  	    Title: Contracting Officer
	
	ORIGINAL

 12-201 (Rev. 9-6-2006) 

											
	

	  	 U.S. Department of Justice
 Federal Bureau of Investigation
	  	

  

																	
	Purchase Order for Supplies or Services
	IMPORTANT: Mark all
packages and papers with contract and/or order numbers
	1. Date of Order	  	2. Order No.	  	3. Mod. No.	  	4. Mod. Date	  	5. Page No.
	  
 01/07/2009  
	  	A9G902836  	  	 1
	  	    03/11/2009	  	5  
	6. To Contractor (Name, Address and Zip Code):	  		  	7. Ship to (Consignee and address, Zip Code):
	  
     THE ANALYSIS CORPORATION (TAC)
     1501 FARM CREDIT DRIVE
     SUITE 2100
     MCLEAN VA 22102
  
	  		  	  
     FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION
     ATTN: KERRY HADAWAY/TSC
     2400 SCHUSTER DRIVE
     CHEVERLY, MD 20781
  

	8. Issuing Office (Address correspondence to):	  	 	  	9. Send Invoice to: (Name, Address and Zip Code):
	  
     FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION
     PROCUREMENT
SECTION
     ROOM 6823, JEH F.B.I. BLDG.
     WASHINGTON, D. C. 20535
  
	  	 	  	  
     FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION
     ATTN: KERRY
HADAWAY/TSC
     2400 SCHUSTER DRIVE
     CHEVERLY, MD 20781

	10. Business Classification	  	11. F.O.B. Point	  	12. Discount Terms
	 	  	  
       DESTINATION
  
	  	         PAY ON DEMAND
  

	13. Schedule	  	 

																			
	 Line No.

 (A)
	 	 Supplies or Services
 (B)
	  	 	  	 Quantity Ordered
 (C)
	  	 Unit
 (D)
	  	 Unit Price
 (E)
	  	 Amount

 (F)

	 	 		 	 	 	 
	 	 	 CONTACT #: GS35F0344L
 0003 D302 00-FBI-001
 CLIN # 3 – MISC. OTHER SERVICES
	  	 DUE DATE: 08/31/2009
	  	1    	  	EA	  	.000    	  	3000000.00
	 	 		 	 	 	 
	 	 	 CONTACT #: GS35F0344L
 0005 V999 00-FBI-0001
 TRAVEL EXPENSES, MISCELLANEOUS
	  	 DUE DATE: 08/31/2009
	  	1    	  	EA	  	90000.000    	  	90000.00
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 ************* FOR FBI INFO ONLY ***************
 4400/  0234441/  LINE  #3  552580PT
	  		  		  		  	 
	14. Type of Order	  	15.	  	 	  	 	  	 
	  
  ̈  A. Purchase - Please furnish the following under the terms, and Conditions specified on both sides of this order, the above
quotation number if indicated, and the attached sheets, if any, including delivery as indicated.
	  	x  B. Delivery - This delivery order is subject to instructions contained on this side only
of this form and is issued subject to the terms and conditions of the above-numbered contract.	  	

	  		  		  	 
	  	  	  		  	 	  	6,840,000.00
	  
 CONTRACTOR NUMBER          ANA2210200
	  		  		  	 See Instructions on
Reverse
  

																	
	 Point of Contact - Purchase
Order Information:
  
  
 CATHERINE A. MARKARDT
	  	 16. United States of America
      By (Signature)
  
 /s/    Porter F. Dunn

	  
 Point of Contact - Invoice Payment Status:
 Commercial Payments Unit - (202) 324-5614
	  	 17. Name (Typed)
 CAM

	 	  	    Title: Contracting Officer
	
	ORIGINAL

 12-201 (Rev. 9-6-2006) 

											
	

	  	 U.S. Department of Justice
 Federal Bureau of Investigation
	  	

  

																	
	Purchase Order for Supplies or Services
	IMPORTANT: Mark all
packages and papers with contract and/or order numbers
	1. Date of Order	  	2. Order No.	  	3. Mod. No.	  	4. Mod. Date	  	5. Page No.
	  
 01/07/2009  
	  	A9G902836  	  	 2
	  	    05/14/2009	  	1  
	6. To Contractor (Name, Address and Zip Code):	  		  	7. Ship to (Consignee and address, Zip Code):
	  
     THE ANALYSIS CORPORATION (TAC)
     1501 FARM CREDIT DRIVE
     SUITE 2100
     MCLEAN VA 22102
  
	  		  	  
     FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION
     ATTN: KERRY HADAWAY/TSC
     2400 SCHUSTER DRIVE
     CHEVERLY, MD 20781
  

	8. Issuing Office (Address correspondence to):	  	 	  	9. Send Invoice to: (Name, Address and Zip Code):
	  
     FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION
     PROCUREMENT
SECTION
     ROOM 6823, JEH F.B.I. BLDG.
     WASHINGTON, D. C. 20535
  
	  	 	  	  
     FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION
     ATTN: KERRY
HADAWAY/TSC
     2400 SCHUSTER DRIVE
     CHEVERLY, MD 20781

	10. Business Classification	  	11. F.O.B. Point	  	12. Discount Terms
	 	  	  
       DESTINATION
  
	  	         PAY ON DEMAND
  

	13. Schedule	  	 

																			
	 Line No.

 (A)
	 	 Supplies or Services
 (B)
	  	 	  	 Quantity Ordered
 (C)
	  	 Unit
 (D)
	  	 Unit Price
 (E)
	  	 Amount

 (F)

	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 ************** IMPORTANT INSTRUCTIONS ******************
  
 FUNDING PROVIDED FOR CONTINUED SUPPORT SERVICES FOR THE TERRORIST SCREENING CENTER-OPT
YR 4
  
 ALL QUESTIONS AND CORRESPONDENCE SHOULD BE DIRECTED TO CONTRACTING
OFFICER’S TECHNICAL REPRESENTATIVE (COTR) KERRY HADAWAY. COTR CAN BE REACHED AT:
  
 CM 2
 ATTENTION: KERRY HADAWAY
 1801 SOUTH BELL STREET, SUITE 500
  
 ARLINGTON, VA 22202
  
 703-418-9146    FAX:
703-418-9563 KERRY.HADWAY@TSC.GOV
  
 ALL INVOICES AND INQURIES REGARDING
INVOICES SHOULD BE SENT TO THE FOLLOWING ADDRESS:
	  		  		  		  	 
	14. Type of Order	  	15.	  	 	  	 	  	 
	  
  ̈  A. Purchase - Please furnish the following under the terms, and Conditions specified on both sides of this order, the above
quotation number if indicated, and the attached sheets, if any, including delivery as indicated.
	  	 ̈  B. Delivery - This delivery order is subject to instructions contained on this side only
of this form and is issued subject to the terms and conditions of the above-numbered contract.	  	

	  		  		  	 
	  	  	  		  	 	  	XXXXXXXXXXX
	 	  		  		  	 See Instructions on
Reverse
  

																	
	 Point of Contact - Purchase Order
Information:
  
  
	  	 16. United States of America
       By (Signature)
  

	  
 Point of Contact - Invoice Payment Status:
 Commercial Payments Unit - (202) 324-5614
	  	 17. Name (Typed)
 XXXXXXXXXXX

	 	  	    Title: Contracting Officer
	
	ORIGINAL

 12-201 (Rev. 9-6-2006) 

											
	

	  	 U.S. Department of Justice
 Federal Bureau of Investigation
	  	

  

																	
	Purchase Order for Supplies or Services
	IMPORTANT: Mark
all packages and papers with contract and/or order numbers
	1. Date of Order	  	2. Order No.	  	3. Mod. No.	  	4. Mod. Date	  	5. Page No.
	  
 01/07/2009  
	  	A9G902836  	  	 2
	  	    05/14/2009	  	2  
	6. To Contractor (Name, Address and Zip Code):	  		  	7. Ship to (Consignee and address, Zip Code):
	  
     THE ANALYSIS CORPORATION (TAC)
     1501 FARM CREDIT DRIVE
     SUITE 2100
     MCLEAN VA 22102
  
	  		  	  
     FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION
     ATTN: KERRY HADAWAY/TSC
     2400 SCHUSTER DRIVE
     CHEVERLY, MD 20781
  

	8. Issuing Office (Address correspondence to):	  	 	  	9. Send Invoice to: (Name, Address and Zip Code):
	  
     FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION
     PROCUREMENT
SECTION
     ROOM 6823, JEH F.B.I. BLDG.
     WASHINGTON, D. C. 20535
  
	  	 	  	  
     FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION
     ATTN: KERRY
HADAWAY/TSC
     2400 SCHUSTER DRIVE
     CHEVERLY, MD 20781

	10. Business Classification	  	11. F.O.B. Point	  	12. Discount Terms
	 	  	  
       DESTINATION
  
	  	         PAY ON DEMAND
  

	13. Schedule	  	 

																			
	 Line No.

 (A)
	 	 Supplies or Services
 (B)
	  	 	  	 Quantity Ordered
 (C)
	  	 Unit
 (D)
	  	 Unit Price
 (E)
	  	 Amount

 (F)

	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 FBI - ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICER
 CM2 SUITE 500
 1801 SOUTH BELL STREET
 ARLINGTON, VA 22202 PHONE 703-418-9291 OR 703-418-9254
	  		  		  	.	  	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	EXCEEDING THE FUNDED AMOUNT OF THIS ORDER WITHOUT WRITTEN APPROVAL FROM THE FBI’S CONTRACTING OFFICER IS AT THE CONTRACTOR’S OWN RISK. ALL CONTRACT RELATED
QUESTIONS/CATHERINE MARKARDT 703-814-4917	  		  		  		  	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	ALL QUESTIONS REGARDING FUNDING SHOULD BE DIRECTED TO THE CONTRACTING OFFICER: CATHERINE A. MARKARDT AT 703-814-4917, FAX AT 703-814-4787 OR E-MAIL CATHERINE,
MARKARDT@IC.FBI.GOV	  		  		  		  	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	EXCEEDING THE FUNDED AMOUNT OF THIS ACTION WITHOUT THE WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE FBI CONTRACTING OFFICER IS AT THE FIRM’S OWN RISK.	  		  		  		  	 
	14. Type of Order	  	15.	  	 	  	 	  	 
	  
  ̈  A. Purchase - Please furnish the following under the terms, and Conditions specified on both sides of this order, the above
quotation number if indicated, and the attached sheets, if any, including delivery as indicated.
	  	 ̈  B. Delivery - This delivery order is subject to instructions contained on this side only
of this form and is issued subject to the terms and conditions of the above-numbered contract.	  	

	  		  		  	 
	  	  	  		  	 	  	XXXXXXXXXXX
	 	  		  		  	 See Instructions on
Reverse
  

																	
	 Point of Contact - Purchase
Order Information:
  
  
	  	 16. United States of America
      By (Signature)
  

	  
 Point of Contact - Invoice Payment Status:
 Commercial Payments Unit - (202) 324-5614
	  	 17. Name (Typed)
 XXXXXXXXXXX

	 	  	    Title: Contracting Officer
	
	ORIGINAL

 12-201 (Rev. 9-6-2006) 

											
	

	  	 U.S. Department of Justice
 Federal Bureau of Investigation
	  	

  

																	
	Purchase Order for Supplies or Services
	IMPORTANT: Mark
all packages and papers with contract and/or order numbers
	1. Date of Order	  	2. Order No.	  	3. Mod. No.	  	4. Mod. Date	  	5. Page No.
	  
 01/07/2009  
	  	A9G902836  	  	 2
	  	    05/14/2009	  	3  
	6. To Contractor (Name, Address and Zip Code):	  		  	7. Ship to (Consignee and address, Zip Code):
	  
     THE ANALYSIS CORPORATION (TAC)
     1501 FARM CREDIT DRIVE
     SUITE 2100
     MCLEAN VA 22102
  
	  		  	  
     FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION
     ATTN: KERRY HADAWAY/TSC
     2400 SCHUSTER DRIVE
     CHEVERLY, MD 20781
  

	8. Issuing Office (Address correspondence to):	  	 	  	9. Send Invoice to: (Name, Address and Zip Code):
	  
     FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION
     PROCUREMENT
SECTION
     ROOM 6823, JEH F.B.I. BLDG.
     WASHINGTON, D. C. 20535
  
	  	 	  	  
     FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION
     ATTN: KERRY
HADAWAY/TSC
     2400 SCHUSTER DRIVE
     CHEVERLY, MD 20781

	10. Business Classification	  	11. F.O.B. Point	  	12. Discount Terms
	 	  	  
       DESTINATION
  
	  	         PAY ON DEMAND
  

	13. Schedule	  	 

																			
	 Line No.

 (A)
	 	 Supplies or Services
 (B)
	  	 	  	 Quantity Ordered
 (C)
	  	 Unit
 (D)
	  	 Unit Price
 (E)
	  	 Amount

 (F)

	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	PERIOD OF PERFORMANCE: 12/01/2008 - 08/31/2009	  		  		  		  	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	REFER TO FBI PO A7G705253 FOR REVISED STATEMENT OF WORK	  		  		  		  	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	THIS PURCHASE ORDER REFLECTS ADDITIONAL FUNDING OPTION YEAR 4.	  		  		  		  	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	2ND MODIFICATION IS TO INCREASE THE FUNDING OF LINES 1 AND 3, REDUCE LINE 2 TO “$0”, ADD LINES 8 AND 9 AND TO INCREASE THE OVERALL FUNDING LEVEL FOR THIS
EFFORT. ALL OTHER TERMS AND CONDITIONS REMAIN THE SAME FROM THE ORIGINAL ORDER.	  		  		  		  	 
	 	 		 	 	 	 
	 	 	 CLIN LINES 4, 6 & 7 REMAIN UNFUNDED AT THIS TIME.
 CONTACT #: GS35F0344L 0001 D302 00-FBI-0001
 ADP SYSTEMS DEVELOPMENT AND SUPPORT
SERVICES
	  	DUE DATE: 08/31/2009	  	1    	  	EA	  	706214.000    	  	6706214.00
	14. Type of Order	  	15.	  	 	  	 	  	 
	  
  ̈  A. Purchase - Please furnish the following under the terms, and Conditions specified on both sides of this order, the above
quotation number if indicated, and the attached sheets, if any, including delivery as indicated.
	  	 ̈  B. Delivery - This delivery order is subject to instructions contained on this side only
of this form and is issued subject to the terms and conditions of the above-numbered contract.	  	

	  		  		  	 
	  	  	  		  	 	  	XXXXXXXXXXX
	 	  		  		  	 See Instructions on
Reverse
  

																	
	 Point of Contact - Purchase
Order Information:
  
  
	  	 16. United States of America
      By (Signature)
  

	  
 Point of Contact - Invoice Payment Status:
 Commercial Payments Unit - (202)
324-5614
	  	 17. Name (Typed)
 XXXXXXXXXXX

	 	  	    Title: Contracting Officer
	
	ORIGINAL

 12-201 (Rev. 9-6-2006) 

											
	

	  	 U.S. Department of Justice
 Federal Bureau of Investigation
	  	

  

																	
	Purchase Order for Supplies or Services
	IMPORTANT: Mark all
packages and papers with contract and/or order numbers
	1. Date of Order	  	2. Order No.	  	3. Mod. No.	  	4. Mod. Date	  	5. Page No.
	  
 01/07/2009  
	  	A9G902836  	  	 2
	  	    05/14/2009	  	4  
	6. To Contractor (Name, Address and Zip Code):	  		  	7. Ship to (Consignee and address, Zip Code):
	  
     THE ANALYSIS CORPORATION (TAC)
     1501 FARM CREDIT DRIVE
     SUITE 2100
     MCLEAN VA 22102
  
	  		  	  
     FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION
     ATTN: KERRY HADAWAY/TSC
     2400 SCHUSTER DRIVE
     CHEVERLY, MD 20781
  

	8. Issuing Office (Address correspondence to):	  	 	  	9. Send Invoice to: (Name, Address and Zip Code):
	  
     FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION
     PROCUREMENT
SECTION
     ROOM 6823, JEH F.B.I. BLDG.
     WASHINGTON, D. C. 20535
  
	  	 	  	  
     FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION
     ATTN: KERRY
HADAWAY/TSC
     2400 SCHUSTER DRIVE
     CHEVERLY, MD 20781

	10. Business Classification	  	11. F.O.B. Point	  	12. Discount Terms
	 	  	  
       DESTINATION
  
	  	         PAY ON DEMAND
  

	13. Schedule	  	 

																			
	 Line No.

 (A)
	 	 Supplies or Services
 (B)
	  	 	  	 Quantity Ordered
 (C)
	  	 Unit
 (D)
	  	 Unit Price
 (E)
	  	 Amount

 (F)

	 	 		 	 	 	 
	 	 	ORIGINAL AMOUNT:	  	$ 3,675,000	  		  		  		  	 
	 	 	MOD 2 INCREASE:	  	$ 3,031,214	  		  		  		  	 
	 	 	NEW TOTAL:	  	$ 6,706,214	  		  		  		  	 
	 	 	CONTRACT #: GS35F0344L	  	DUE DATE: 08/31/2009	  		  		  		  	 
	 	 	0002 D302 00-FBI-0001	  		  	1    	  	EA	  	.000    	  	.00
	 	 	CLIN # 2	  		  		  		  		  	 
	 	 		 	 	 	 
	 	 	ORIGINAL AMOUNT:	  	$ 75,000	  		  		  		  	 
	 	 	MOD 2 INCREASE:	  	$ 75,000	  		  		  		  	 
	 	 	NEW TOTAL:	  	$ 0.00	  		  		  		  	 
	 	 	CONTRACT #: GS35F0344L	  	DUE DATE: 08/31/2009	  		  		  		  	 
	 	 	0003 D302 00-FBI-0001	  		  	1    	  	EA	  	397000.000    	  	6397000.00
	 	 	CLIN # 3 - MISC. OTHER SERVICES	  		  		  		  	 
	 	 		 	 	 	 
	 	 	ORIGINAL AMOUNT:	  	$ 3,000,000	  		  		  		  	 
	 	 	MOD 2 INCREASE:	  	   3,397,000	  		  		  		  	 
	 	 	NEW TOTAL:	  	$ 6,397,000	  		  		  		  	 
	 	 		  		  		  		  		  	 
	14. Type of Order	  	15.	  	 	  	 	  	 
	  
  ̈  A. Purchase - Please furnish the following under the terms, and Conditions specified on both sides of this order, the above
quotation number if indicated, and the attached sheets, if any, including delivery as indicated.
	  	 ̈  B. Delivery - This delivery order is subject to instructions contained on this side only
of this form and is issued subject to the terms and conditions of the above-numbered contract.	  	

	  		  		  	 
	  	  	  		  	 	  	XXXXXXXXXXX
	 	  		  		  	 See Instructions on
Reverse
  

																	
	 Point of Contact - Purchase
Order Information:
  
  
  
	  	 16. United States of America
      By (Signature)
  

	  
 Point of Contact - Invoice Payment Status:
 Commercial Payments Unit - (202) 324-5614
	  	 17. Name (Typed)
 XXXXXXXXXXX            

	 	  	    Title: Contracting Officer
	
	ORIGINAL

 12-201 (Rev. 9-6-2006) 

											
	

	  	 U.S. Department of Justice
 Federal Bureau of Investigation
	  	

  

																	
	Purchase Order for Supplies or Services
	IMPORTANT: Mark all
packages and papers with contract and/or order numbers
	1. Date of Order	  	2. Order No.	  	3. Mod. No.	  	4. Mod. Date	  	5. Page No.
	  
 01/07/2009  
	  	A9G902836  	  	 2
	  	    05/14/2009	  	5  
	6. To Contractor (Name, Address and Zip Code):	  		  	7. Ship to (Consignee and address, Zip Code):
	  
     THE ANALYSIS CORPORATION (TAC)
     1501 FARM CREDIT DRIVE
     SUITE 2100
     MCLEAN VA 22102
  
	  		  	  
     FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION
     ATTN: KERRY HADAWAY/TSC
     2400 SCHUSTER DRIVE
     CHEVERLY, MD 20781
  

	8. Issuing Office (Address correspondence to):	  	 	  	9. Send Invoice to: (Name, Address and Zip Code):
	  
     FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION
     PROCUREMENT
SECTION
     ROOM 6823, JEH F.B.I. BLDG.
     WASHINGTON, D. C. 20535
  
	  	 	  	  
     FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION
     ATTN: KERRY
HADAWAY/TSC
     2400 SCHUSTER DRIVE
     CHEVERLY, MD 20781

	10. Business Classification	  	11. F.O.B. Point	  	12. Discount Terms
	 	  	  
       DESTINATION
  
	  	         PAY ON DEMAND
  

	13. Schedule	  	 

																			
	 Line No.

 (A)
	 	 Supplies or Services
 (B)
	  	 	  	 Quantity Ordered
 (C)
	  	 Unit
 (D)
	  	 Unit Price
 (E)
	  	 Amount

 (F)

	 	 		 	 	 	 
	 	 	CONTRACT #: GS35F0344L	  	DUE DATE: 08/31/2009	  		  		  		  	 
	 	 	0005 V999 00-FBI-0001	  		  	1    	  	EA	  	90000.000    	  	90000.00
	 	 	TRAVEL EXPENSES, MISCELLANEOUS	  		  		  		  	 
	 	 		 	 	 	 
	 	 	CONTRACT #: GS35F0344L	  	DUE DATE: 08/31/2009	  		  		  		  	 
	 	 	0008 U099 00-FBI-0010	  		  	1    	  	EA	  	8000.000    	  	8000.00
	 	 	CLIN # 8 TRAINING	  		  		  		  	 
	 	 		 	 	 	 
	 	 	CONTRACT #: GS35F0344L	  	DUE DATE: 08/31/2009	  		  		  		  	 
	 	 	0009 D302 00-FBI-0001	  		  	1    	  	EA	  	125000.000    	  	125000.00
	 	 	CLIN # 9 OTHER ADP SERVICES - ODCS	  		  		  		  	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	*************FOR FBI INFO ONLY***************	  		  		  		  	 
	 	 		  		  		  		  	 
	14. Type of Order	  	15.	  	 	  	 	  	 
	  
  ̈  A. Purchase - Please furnish the following under the terms, and Conditions specified on both sides of this order, the above
quotation number if indicated, and the attached sheets, if any, including delivery as indicated.
	  	 ̈  B. Delivery - This delivery order is subject to instructions contained on this side only
of this form and is issued subject to the terms and conditions of the above-numbered contract.	  	

	  		  		  	 
	  	  	  		  	 	  	XXXXXXXXXXX
	 	  		  		  	 See Instructions on
Reverse
  

																	
	 Point of Contact - Purchase
Order Information:
  
  
  
	  	 16. United States of America
      By (Signature)
  

	  
 Point of Contact - Invoice Payment Status:
 Commercial Payments Unit - (202) 324-5614
	  	 17. Name (Typed)
 XXXXXXXXXXX            

	 	  	    Title: Contracting Officer
	
	ORIGINAL

 12-201 (Rev. 9-6-2006) 

											
	

	  	 U.S. Department of Justice
 Federal Bureau of Investigation
	  	

  

																	
	Purchase Order for Supplies or Services
	IMPORTANT: Mark
all packages and papers with contract and/or order numbers
	1. Date of Order	  	2. Order No.	  	3. Mod. No.	  	4. Mod. Date	  	5. Page No.
	  
 01/07/2009  
	  	A9G902836  	  	 2
	  	    05/14/2009	  	6  
	6. To Contractor (Name, Address and Zip Code):	  		  	7. Ship to (Consignee and address, Zip Code):
	  
     THE ANALYSIS CORPORATION (TAC)
     1501 FARM CREDIT DRIVE
     SUITE 2100
     MCLEAN VA 22102
  
	  		  	  
     FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION
     ATTN: KERRY HADAWAY/TSC
     2400 SCHUSTER DRIVE
     CHEVERLY, MD 20781
  

	8. Issuing Office (Address correspondence to):	  	 	  	9. Send Invoice to: (Name, Address and Zip Code):
	  
     FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION
     PROCUREMENT
SECTION
     ROOM 6823, JEH F.B.I. BLDG.
     WASHINGTON, D. C. 20535
  
	  	 	  	  
     FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION
     ATTN: KERRY
HADAWAY/TSC
     2400 SCHUSTER DRIVE
     CHEVERLY, MD 20781

	10. Business Classification	  	11. F.O.B. Point	  	12. Discount Terms
	 	  	  
       DESTINATION
  
	  	         PAY ON DEMAND
  

	13. Schedule	  	 

																			
	 Line No.

 (A)
	 	 Supplies or Services
 (B)
	  	 	  	 Quantity Ordered
 (C)
	  	 Unit
 (D)
	  	 Unit Price
 (E)
	  	 Amount

 (F)

	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 4400/ 0234441/ 552580PTLINE 3
 MOD 1 0234441A LINES 1, 2 & 5
 MOD 2 0234458 AND 0234474
	  		  		  		  	 
	 	 		 	 	 	 
	 	 		  		  		  		  		  	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 		  		  		  		  	 
	14. Type of Order	  	15.	  	 	  	 	  	 
	  
  ̈  A. Purchase - Please furnish the following under the terms, and Conditions specified on both sides of this order, the above
quotation number if indicated, and the attached sheets, if any, including delivery as indicated.
	  	x  B. Delivery - This delivery order is subject to instructions contained on this side only
of this form and is issued subject to the terms and conditions of the above-numbered contract.	  	

	  		  		  	 
	  	  	  		  	 	  	13,326,214.00
	  
 CONTRACTOR NUMBER          ANA2210200
	  		  		  	 See Instructions on
Reverse
  

																	
	 Point of Contact - Purchase
Order Information:
  
  
 CATHERINE A. MARKARDT
 202-324-4528
	  	 16. United States of America
      By (Signature)
  
 /s/    Porter F. Dunn

	  
 Point of Contact - Invoice Payment Status:
 Commercial Payments Unit - (202) 324-5614
	  	 17. Name (Typed)
 CAM

	 	  	    Title: Contracting Officer
	
	ORIGINAL

 12-201 (Rev. 9-6-2006) 

											
	

	  	 U.S. Department of Justice
 Federal Bureau of Investigation
	  	

  

																	
	Purchase Order for Supplies or Services
	IMPORTANT: Mark
all packages and papers with contract and/or order numbers
	1. Date of Order	  	2. Order No.	  	3. Mod. No.	  	4. Mod. Date	  	5. Page No.
	  
 09/02/2009  
	  	A9G0908300  	  	 	  	 	  	1  
	6. To Contractor (Name, Address and Zip Code):	  		  	7. Ship to (Consignee and address, Zip Code):
	  
     THE ANALYSIS CORPORATION (TAC)
     1501 FARM CREDIT DRIVE
     SUITE 2100
     MCLEAN VA 22102
  
	  		  	  
     FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION
     ATTN: KERRY HADAWAY/TSC
     2400 SCHUSTER DRIVE
     CHEVERLY, MD 20781
  

	8. Issuing Office (Address correspondence to):	  	 	  	9. Send Invoice to: (Name, Address and Zip Code):
	  
     FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION
     PROCUREMENT
SECTION
     ROOM 6823, JEH F.B.I. BLDG.
     WASHINGTON, D. C. 20535
  
	  	 	  	  
     FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION
     ATTN: KERRY
HADAWAY/TSC
     2400 SCHUSTER DRIVE
     CHEVERLY, MD 20781

	10. Business Classification	  	11. F.O.B. Point	  	12. Discount Terms
	 	  	  
       NOT APPLICABLE
  
	  	         1% 15, NET 30
  

	13. Schedule	  	 

																			
	 Line No.

 (A)
	 	 Supplies or Services
 (B)
	  	 	  	 Quantity Ordered
 (C)
	  	 Unit
 (D)
	  	 Unit Price
 (E)
	  	 Amount

 (F)

	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 ************** IMPORTANT INSTRUCTIONS ******************
  
 *************** CONFIRMING ORDER ************************
  
 PERIOD OF
PERFORMANCE:    09/09/2009  -  09/08/2010
  
 FUNDING PROVIDED FOR CONTINUED SUPPORT SERVICES FOR THE
  
 TERRORIST
SCREENING CENTER- BASE YEAR ONE
  
 FUNDING DOCUMENT ONLY - REFER TO
TAG’S RESPONSE TO
 FBI’S RFQ 2009/TSC0234473 DATED 8/28/09 AND 9/15/09.
  
 ALL QUESTIONS AND CORRESPONDENCE SHOULD BE DIRECTED TO
  
 CONTRACTING OFFICER’S TECHNICAL REPRESENTATIVE (COTR)
 KERRY HADAWAY COTR CAN BE REACHED AT:
  
 CM 2
 ATTENTION : KERRY HADAWAY
 1801 SOUTH BELL ST., SUITE 500
	  		  	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	 		  		  	 
	14. Type of Order	  	15.	  	 	  	 	  	 
	  
  ̈  A. Purchase - Please furnish the following under the terms, and Conditions specified on both sides of this order, the above
quotation number if indicated, and the attached sheets, if any, including delivery as indicated.
	  	 ̈  B. Delivery - This delivery order is subject to instructions contained on this side only
of this form and is issued subject to the terms and conditions of the above-numbered contract.	  	

	  		  		  	 
	  	  	  		  	 	  	XXXXXXXXXXX
	 	  		  		  	 See Instructions on
Reverse
  

																	
	 Point of Contact - Purchase
Order Information:
  
  
	  	 16. United States of America
      By (Signature)
  

	  
 Point of Contact - Invoice Payment Status:
 Commercial Payments Unit - (202) 324-5614
	  	 17. Name (Typed)
 XXXXXXXXXXX

	 	  	    Title: Contracting Officer
	
	ORIGINAL

 12-201 (Rev. 9-6-2006) 

											
	

	  	 U.S. Department of Justice
 Federal Bureau of Investigation
	  	

  

																	
	Purchase Order for Supplies or Services
	IMPORTANT: Mark all
packages and papers with contract and/or order numbers
	1. Date of Order	  	2. Order No.	  	3. Mod. No.	  	4. Mod. Date	  	5. Page No.
	  
 09/02/2009  
	  	A9G0908300  	  	 	  	 	  	2  
	6. To Contractor (Name, Address and Zip Code):	  		  	7. Ship to (Consignee and address, Zip Code):
	  
     THE ANALYSIS CORPORATION (TAC)
     1501 FARM CREDIT DRIVE
     SUITE 2100
     MCLEAN VA 22102
  
	  		  	  
     FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION
     ATTN: KERRY HADAWAY/TSC
     2400 SCHUSTER DRIVE
     CHEVERLY, MD 20781
  

	8. Issuing Office (Address correspondence to):	  	 	  	9. Send Invoice to: (Name, Address and Zip Code):
	  
     FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION
     PROCUREMENT
SECTION
     ROOM 6823, JEH F.B.I. BLDG.
     WASHINGTON, D. C. 20535
  
	  	 	  	  
     FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION
     ATTN: KERRY
HADAWAY/TSC
     2400 SCHUSTER DRIVE
     CHEVERLY, MD 20781

	10. Business Classification	  	11. F.O.B. Point	  	12. Discount Terms
	 	  	  
       NOT APPLICABLE
  
	  	         1%15, NET 30
  

	13. Schedule	  	 

																			
	 Line No.

 (A)
	 	 Supplies or Services
 (B)
	  	 	  	 Quantity Ordered
 (C)
	  	 Unit
 (D)
	  	 Unit Price
 (E)
	  	 Amount

 (F)

	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 ARLINGTON, VA 22202
  
 703-418-9146 FAX: 703-418-9563 KERRY. HADAWAY@TSC.GOV
  
 THE CONTRACTING OFFICER’S TECHNICAL REPRESENTATIVE (OR FBI POINT OF CONTACT) DOES NOT HAVE THE AUTHORITY UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCE TO: (1) AWARD, AGREE TO
AWARD, OR EXECUTE ANY CONTRACT, CONTRACT MODIFICATION, NOTICE OF INTENT, OR OTHER FORM OF BINDING AGREEMENT (2) OBLIGATE, IN ANY MANNER, THE PAYMENT OF MONEY BY THE GOVERNMENT (3) MAKE A FINAL DECISION ON ANY CONTRACT MATTER WHICH IS SUBJECT TO THE
CLAUSE AT FAR 52.233-1
  
 ALL INVOICES AND INQUIRIES REGARDING INVOICES
SHOULD BE SENT TO THE FOLLOWING ADDRESS:
 FBI - ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICER
 CM2 SUITE 500
 1801 SOUTH BELL STREET
	  		  		  		  	 
	14. Type of Order	  	15.	  	 	  	 	  	 
	  
  ̈  A. Purchase - Please furnish the following under the terms, and Conditions specified on both sides of this order, the above
quotation number if indicated, and the attached sheets, if any, including delivery as indicated.
	  	 ̈  B. Delivery - This delivery order is subject to instructions contained on this side only
of this form and is issued subject to the terms and conditions of the above-numbered contract.	  	

	  		  		  	 
	  	  	  		  	 	  	XXXXXXXXXXX
	 	  		  		  	 See Instructions on
Reverse
  

																	
	 Point of Contact - Purchase Order
Information:
  
  
	  	 16. United States of America
      By (Signature)
  

	  
 Point of Contact - Invoice Payment Status:
 Commercial Payments Unit - (202) 324-5614
	  	 17. Name (Typed)
 XXXXXXXXXXX

	 	  	    Title: Contracting Officer
	
	ORIGINAL

 12-201 (Rev. 9-6-2006) 

											
	

	  	 U.S. Department of Justice
 Federal Bureau of Investigation
	  	

  

																	
	Purchase Order for Supplies or Services
	IMPORTANT: Mark
all packages and papers with contract and/or order numbers
	1. Date of Order	  	2. Order No.	  	3. Mod. No.	  	4. Mod. Date	  	5. Page No.
	  
 09/02/2009  
	  	A9G0908300  	  	 	  	 	  	3  
	6. To Contractor (Name, Address and Zip Code):	  		  	7. Ship to (Consignee and address, Zip Code):
	  
     THE ANALYSIS CORPORATION (TAC)
     1501 FARM CREDIT DRIVE
     SUITE 2100
     MCLEAN VA 22102
  
	  		  	  
     FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION
     ATTN: KERRY HADAWAY/TSC
     2400 SCHUSTER DRIVE
     CHEVERLY, MD 20781
  

	8. Issuing Office (Address correspondence to):	  	 	  	9. Send Invoice to: (Name, Address and Zip Code):
	  
     FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION
     PROCUREMENT
SECTION
     ROOM 6823, JEH F.B.I. BLDG.
     WASHINGTON, D. C. 20535
  
	  	 	  	  
     FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION
     ATTN: KERRY
HADAWAY/TSC
     2400 SCHUSTER DRIVE
     CHEVERLY, MD 20781

	10. Business Classification	  	11. F.O.B. Point	  	12. Discount Terms
	 	  	  
       NOT APPLICABLE
  
	  	         1% 15, NET 30
  

	13. Schedule	  	 

																			
	 Line No.

 (A)
	 	 Supplies or Services
 (B)
	  	 	  	 Quantity Ordered
 (C)
	  	 Unit
 (D)
	  	 Unit Price
 (E)
	  	 Amount

 (F)

	 	 	ARLINGTON, VA 22202 PHONE 703-418-9291 OR 703-418-9254	  		  		  		  	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	EXCEEDING THE FUNDED AMOUNT OF THIS ORDER WITHOUT WRITTEN APPROVAL FROM THE FBI’S CONTRACTING OFFICER IS AT THE CONTRACTOR’S OWN RISK. ALL CONTRACT RELATED
QUESTIONS/CATHERINE MARKARDT 703-814-4917	  		  		  		  	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	ALL PAYMENTS BY THE GOVERNMENT UNDER THIS ORDER SHALL BE MADE BY ELECTRONIC FUNDS TRANSFER (EFT). THE VENDOR SHALL PROVIDE THIS INFORMATION ON EACH INVOICE OR SUBMIT
SF-3881 FORM TO: FBI, COMMERCIAL PAYMENTS UNIT RM. 1987, J. EDGAR HOOVER BLDG 935 PENNSYLVANIA AVENUE, NW WASHINGTON, DC 20535	  		  		  		  	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 IF THIS INFORMATION IS NOT AVAILABLE TO THE GOVERNMENT, THE INVOICE WILL BE CONSIDERED AN IMPROPER INVOICE AND SHALL BE
RETURNED
  
	  		  		  		  	 
	14. Type of Order	  	15.	  	 	  	 	  	 
	  
  ̈  A. Purchase - Please furnish the following under the terms, and Conditions specified on both sides of this order, the above
quotation number if indicated, and the attached sheets, if any, including delivery as indicated.
	  	 ̈  B. Delivery - This delivery order is subject to instructions contained on this side only
of this form and is issued subject to the terms and conditions of the above-numbered contract.	  	

	  		  		  	 
	  	  	  		  	 	  	XXXXXXXXXXX
	 	  		  		  	 See Instructions on
Reverse
  

																	
	 Point of Contact - Purchase
Order Information:
  
  
	  	 16. United States of America
       By (Signature)
  

	  
 Point of Contact - Invoice Payment Status:
 Commercial Payments Unit - (202) 324-5614
	  	 17. Name (Typed)
 XXXXXXXXXXX

	 	  	    Title: Contracting Officer
	
	ORIGINAL

 12-201 (Rev. 9-6-2006) 

											
	 

	  	 U.S. Department of Justice
 Federal Bureau of Investigation
	  	

  

																	
	Purchase Order for Supplies or Services
	IMPORTANT: Mark
all packages and papers with contract and/or order numbers
	1. Date of Order	  	2. Order No.	  	3. Mod. No.	  	4. Mod. Date	  	5. Page No.
	  
 09/02/2009  
	  	A9G0908300  	  	 	  	 	  	4  
	6. To Contractor (Name, Address and Zip Code):	  		  	7. Ship to (Consignee and address, Zip Code):
	  
     THE ANALYSIS CORPORATION (TAC)
     1501 FARM CREDIT DRIVE
     SUITE 2100
     MCLEAN VA 22102
  
	  		  	  
     FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION
     ATTN: KERRY HADAWAY/TSC
     2400 SCHUSTER DRIVE
     CHEVERLY, MD 20781
  

	8. Issuing Office (Address correspondence to):	  	 	  	9. Send Invoice to: (Name, Address and Zip Code):
	  
     FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION
     PROCUREMENT
SECTION
     ROOM 6823, JEH F.B.I. BLDG.
     WASHINGTON, D. C. 20535
  
	  	 	  	  
     FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION
     ATTN: KERRY
HADAWAY/TSC
     2400 SCHUSTER DRIVE
     CHEVERLY, MD 20781

	10. Business Classification	  	11. F.O.B. Point	  	12. Discount Terms
	 	  	  
       NOT APPLICABLE
  
	  	         1% 15, NET 30
  

	13. Schedule	  	 

																			
	 Line No.

 (A)
	 	 Supplies or Services
 (B)
	  	 	  	 Quantity Ordered
 (C)
	  	 Unit
 (D)
	  	 Unit Price
 (E)
	  	 Amount

 (F)

	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	THE FBI CURRENTLY HAS YOUR FIRM’S EFT INFORMATION ON FILE. IF THIS INFORMATION CHANGES YOUR FIRM MUST NOTIFY THE FBI OTHERWISE PAYMENTS COULD BE DELAYED OR
MIS-DIRECTED.	  		  		  		  	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	ALL QUESTIONS REGARDING FUNDING SHOULD BE DIRECTED TO THE CONTRACTING OFFICER: CATHERINE A. MARKARDT AT 703-814-4917, FAX AT 703-814-4787 OR EMAIL CATHERINE.
MARKARDT@IC.FBI.GOV	  		  		  		  	 
	 	 		 	 	 	 
	 	 	 CONTRACT #: GS35F0344L
 0001 D302 00-FBI-0001
 CLIN #1 - TECH SUPPORT - IT
	  	DUE DATE: 09/08/2010	  	1    	  	EA	  	341249.000    	  	5341249.00
	 	 		 	 	 	 
	 	 	 CONTRACT #: GS35F0344L
 0002 D302 00-FBI-0001
 CLINS 2 - 4 TSC OPS/ADMIN/OTHER SERVICES
	  	DUE DATE: 09/08/2010	  	1    	  	EA	  	563720.000    	  	1563720.00
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 		  		  		  		  	 
	14. Type of Order	  	15.	  	 	  	 	  	 
	  
  ̈  A. Purchase - Please furnish the following under the terms, and Conditions specified on both sides of this order, the above
quotation number if indicated, and the attached sheets, if any, including delivery as indicated.
	  	 ̈  B. Delivery - This delivery order is subject to instructions contained on this side only
of this form and is issued subject to the terms and conditions of the above-numbered contract.	  	

	  		  		  	 
	  	  	  		  	 	  	XXXXXXXXXXX
	 	  		  		  	 See Instructions on
Reverse
  

																	
	 Point of Contact - Purchase
Order Information:
  
  
	  	 16. United States of America
      By (Signature)
  

	  
 Point of Contact - Invoice Payment Status:
 Commercial Payments Unit - (202) 324-5614
	  	 17. Name (Typed)
 XXXXXXXXXXX

	 	  	    Title: Contracting Officer
	
	ORIGINAL

 12-201 (Rev. 9-6-2006) 

											
	

	  	 U.S. Department of Justice
 Federal Bureau of Investigation
	  	

  

																	
	Purchase Order for Supplies or Services
	IMPORTANT: Mark all
packages and papers with contract and/or order numbers
	1. Date of Order	  	2. Order No.	  	3. Mod. No.	  	4. Mod. Date	  	5. Page No.
	  
 09/02/2009  
	  	A9G0908300  	  	 	  	 	  	5  
	6. To Contractor (Name, Address and Zip Code):	  		  	7. Ship to (Consignee and address, Zip Code):
	  
     THE ANALYSIS CORPORATION (TAC)
     1501 FARM CREDIT DRIVE
     SUITE 2100
     MCLEAN VA 22102
  
	  		  	  
     FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION
     ATTN: KERRY HADAWAY/TSC
     2400 SCHUSTER DRIVE
     CHEVERLY, MD 20781
  

	8. Issuing Office (Address correspondence to):	  	 	  	9. Send Invoice to: (Name, Address and Zip Code):
	  
     FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION
     PROCUREMENT
SECTION
     ROOM 6823, JEH F.B.I. BLDG.
     WASHINGTON, D. C. 20535
  
	  	 	  	  
     FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION
     ATTN: KERRY
HADAWAY/TSC
     2400 SCHUSTER DRIVE
     CHEVERLY, MD 20781

	10. Business Classification	  	11. F.O.B. Point	  	12. Discount Terms
	 	  	  
       NOT APPLICABLE
  
	  	         1% 15, NET 30
  

	13. Schedule	  	 

																			
	 Line No.

 (A)
	 	 Supplies or Services
 (B)
	  	 	  	 Quantity Ordered
 (C)
	  	 Unit
 (D)
	  	 Unit Price
 (E)
	  	 Amount

 (F)

	 	 		 	 	 	 
	 	 	 CONTRACT #:GS35F0344L
 0003 D302 00-FBI-0001
 CLIN # 3 – RESERVED
	  	DUE DATE:09/08/2010	  	1    	  	EA	  	.000    	  	.00
	 	 		 	 	 	 
	 	 	 CONTRACT #:GS35F0344L
 0004 D302 00-FBI-0001
 CLIN # 4 – RESERVED
	  	DUE DATE:09/08/2010	  	1    	  	EA	  	.000    	  	.00
	 	 		 	 	 	 
	 	 	 CONTRACT #:GS35F0344L
 0005 V999 00-FBI-0001
 CLIN # 5 – TRAVEL EXPENSES
	  	DUE DATE:09/08/2010	  	1    	  	EA	  	4000.000    	  	4000.000
	 	 		 	 	 	 
	 	 	 CONTRACT #:GS35F0344L
 0006 U099 00-FBI-0010
 CLIN # 6 – TRAINING
	  	DUE DATE:09/08/2010	  	1    	  	EA	  	.000    	  	.00
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 		  		  		  		  	 
	14. Type of Order	  	15.	  	 	  	 	  	 
	  
  ̈  A. Purchase - Please furnish the following under the terms, and Conditions specified on both sides of this order, the above
quotation number if indicated, and the attached sheets, if any, including delivery as indicated.
	  	 ̈  B. Delivery - This delivery order is subject to instructions contained on this side only
of this form and is issued subject to the terms and conditions of the above-numbered contract.	  	

	  		  		  	 
	  	  	  		  	 	  	XXXXXXXXXXX
	 	  		  		  	 See Instructions on
Reverse
  

																	
	 Point of Contact - Purchase Order
Information:
  
  
	  	 16. United States of America
      By (Signature)
  

	  
 Point of Contact - Invoice Payment Status:
 Commercial Payments Unit - (202) 324-5614
	  	 17. Name (Typed)
 XXXXXXXXXXX

	 	  	    Title: Contracting Officer
	
	ORIGINAL

 12-201 (Rev. 9-6-2006) 

											
	

	  	 U.S. Department of Justice
 Federal Bureau of Investigation
	  	

  

																	
	Purchase Order for Supplies or Services
	IMPORTANT: Mark
all packages and papers with contract and/or order numbers
	1. Date of Order	  	2. Order No.	  	3. Mod. No.	  	4. Mod. Date	  	5. Page No.
	  
 09/02/2009  
	  	A9G0908300  	  	 	  	 	  	6  
	6. To Contractor (Name, Address and Zip Code):	  		  	7. Ship to (Consignee and address, Zip Code):
	  
     THE ANALYSIS CORPORATION (TAC)
     1501 FARM CREDIT DRIVE
     SUITE 2100
     MCLEAN VA 22102
  
	  		  	  
     FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION
     ATTN: KERRY HADAWAY/TSC
     2400 SCHUSTER DRIVE
     CHEVERLY, MD 20781
  

	8. Issuing Office (Address correspondence to):	  	 	  	9. Send Invoice to: (Name, Address and Zip Code):
	  
     FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION
     PROCUREMENT
SECTION
     ROOM 6823, JEH F.B.I. BLDG.
     WASHINGTON, D. C. 20535
  
	  	 	  	  
     FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION
     ATTN: KERRY
HADAWAY/TSC
     2400 SCHUSTER DRIVE
     CHEVERLY, MD 20781

	10. Business Classification	  	11. F.O.B. Point	  	12. Discount Terms
	 	  	  
       NOT APPLICABLE
  
	  	         1% 15, NET 30
  

	13. Schedule	  	 

																			
	 Line No.

 (A)
	 	 Supplies or Services
 (B)
	  	 	  	 Quantity Ordered
 (C)
	  	 Unit
 (D)
	  	 Unit Price
 (E)
	  	 Amount

 (F)

	 	 		 	 	 	 
	 	 	 CONTRACT #:GS35F0344L
 0007 J070 00-FBI-3008
 CLIN # 7 – FACILITY
	  	 DUE DATE:09/08/2010
	  	1    	  	EA	  	282000.000    	  	282000.00
	 	 		 	 	 	 
	 	 	 CONTRACT #:GS35F0344L
 0008 7010 00-FBI-0012
 CLIN # 8 - OTHER DIRECT
 COSTS - HARDWARE/SOFTWARE
	  	 DUE DATE:09/08/2010
	  	1    	  	EA	  	.000    	  	.00
	 	 		 	 	 	 
	 	 	 CONTRACT #:GS35F0344L
 0009 D302 00-FBI-0001
 CLIN # 9 – OTHER DIRECT
 COSTS - MISC SERVICES
	  	DUE DATE:09/30/2010	  	1    	  	EA	  	.000    	  	.00
	 	 		 	 	 	 
	 	 	 CONTRACT #:GS35F0344L
 0010 D302 00-FBI-0001
 ADDITIONAL FUNDING CLIN 2 **
	  	DUE DATE:09/08/2010	  	1    	  	EA	  	330000.000    	  	330000.00
	14. Type of Order	  	15.	  	 	  	 	  	 
	  
  ̈  A. Purchase - Please furnish the following under the terms, and Conditions specified on both sides of this order, the above
quotation number if indicated, and the attached sheets, if any, including delivery as indicated.
	  	 ̈  B. Delivery - This delivery order is subject to instructions contained on this side only
of this form and is issued subject to the terms and conditions of the above-numbered contract	  	

	  		  		  	 
	  	  	  		  	 	  	XXXXXXXXXXX
	 	  		  		  	 See Instructions on
Reverse
  

																	
	 Point of Contact - Purchase
Order Information:
  
  
	  	 16. United States of America
      By (Signature)
  

	  
 Point of Contact - Invoice Payment Status:
 Commercial Payments Unit - (202) 324-5614
	  	 17. Name (Typed)
 XXXXXXXXXXX

	 	  	    Title: Contracting Officer
	
	ORIGINAL

 12-201 (Rev. 9-6-2006) 

											
	

	  	 U.S. Department of Justice
 Federal Bureau of Investigation
	  	

  

																	
	Purchase Order for Supplies or Services
	IMPORTANT: Mark all
packages and papers with contract and/or order numbers
	1. Date of Order	  	2. Order No.	  	3. Mod. No.	  	4. Mod. Date	  	5. Page No.
	  
 09/02/2009  
	  	A9G0908300  	  	 	  	 	  	7  
	6. To Contractor (Name, Address and Zip Code):	  		  	7. Ship to (Consignee and address, Zip Code):
	  
     THE ANALYSIS CORPORATION (TAC)
     1501 FARM CREDIT DRIVE
     SUITE 2100
     MCLEAN VA 22102
  
	  		  	  
     FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION
     ATTN: KERRY HADAWAY/TSC
     2400 SCHUSTER DRIVE
     CHEVERLY, MD 20781
  

	8. Issuing Office (Address correspondence to):	  	 	  	9. Send Invoice to: (Name, Address and Zip Code):
	  
     FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION
     PROCUREMENT
SECTION
     ROOM 6823, JEH F.B.I. BLDG.
     WASHINGTON, D. C. 20535
  
	  	 	  	  
     FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION
     ATTN: KERRY
HADAWAY/TSC
     2400 SCHUSTER DRIVE
     CHEVERLY, MD 20781

	10. Business Classification	  	11. F.O.B. Point	  	12. Discount Terms
	 	  	  
       NOT APPLICABLE
  
	  	         1% 15, NET 30
  

	13. Schedule	  	 

																			
	 Line No.

 (A)
	 	 Supplies or Services
 (B)
	  	 	  	 Quantity Ordered
 (C)
	  	 Unit
 (D)
	  	 Unit Price
 (E)
	  	 Amount

 (F)

	 	 		 	 	 	 
	 	 	 CONTRACT #:GS35F0344L
 0011 D302 00-FBI-0001
 ADDITIONAL FUNDING FOR CLIN # 6
	  	DUE DATE:09/08/2010	  	1    	  	EA	  	41500.000    	  	41500.00
	14. Type of Order	  	15.	  	 	  	 	  	 
	  
  ̈  A. Purchase - Please furnish the following under the terms, and Conditions specified on both sides of this order, the above
quotation number if indicated, and the attached sheets, if any, including delivery as indicated.
	  	x  B. Delivery - This delivery order is subject to instructions contained on this side only
of this form and is issued subject to the terms and conditions of the above-numbered contract.	  	

	  		  		  	 
	  	  	  		  	 	  	7,562,469.00
	  
 CONTRACTOR NUMBER          ANA2210200
	  		  		  	 See Instructions on
Reverse
  

																	
	 Point of Contact - Purchase
Order Information:
  
  
 CATHERINE A. MARKARDT
 202-324-4528
	  	 16. United States of America
      By (Signature)
  
     /s/    Porter F. Dunn

	  
 Point of Contact - Invoice Payment Status:
 Commercial Payments Unit - (202) 324-5614
	  	 17. Name (Typed)
 CAM

	 	  	    Title: Contracting Officer
	
	ORIGINALExhibit 10.2

 Exhibit 10.2 
  

									
	AWARD/CONTRACT	  	 1. This Contract Is A Rated Order
     Under DPAS (15 CFR 700)
	 	 3⁄4 
	  	Rating  DOA4	  	Page 1 of 121
				
	 2. Contract (Proc. Inst. Ident) No.
  
   DAAE07-02-D-T001
	  	 3. Effective Date
	 		  	 4. Requisition/Purchase Request/Project No.
  
 SEE SCHEDULE

  

									
	 5. Issued By
  
 TACOM
 AMSTA-LC-CJEA
 MAJ KATHERINE THOMAS (586)574-3288
 WARREN, MICHIGAN 49397-5000
	 	Code    W56HZV	  	 6. Administered By (If Other Than Item 5)
 DCM BALTIMORE
 217 EAST RED WOOD ST
 SUITE 1800
 BALTIMORE, MD 11202-5299
	 	Code    S2101A
				
	HTTP:// CONTRACTING.TACOM.ARMY.MIL	 		  	SCD C        PAS NONE	 	ADP PT    HQ0338
	e-mail address:    THOMASK@TACOM.ARMY.MIL	 		  		 		 	

  

									
	 7. Name And Address Of Contractor (No. Street, City, County, State, And Zip
Code)
 SFA INC.
 20 S. WISNER STREET

 FREDERICK, MD 21701-0000
	  	 8. Delivery
      ̈ FOB Origin    x Other (See below) SEE SCHEDULE
  
 9. Discount For Prompt
Payment
	  		  	
	TYPE BUSINESS: Other small Business Performing in U.S.	  	 10.Submit Invoices
  
 (4 Copies Unless Otherwise Specified)
	  	3⁄4	  	Item 12
			
	Code    0U5N7	 	Facility Code	  	To The Address Shown in:
			
	 11. Ship To/Mark For
 SEE
SCHEDULE
	 	CODE            	  	 12. Payment Will Be Made By                    Code    HQ0338
       DFAS-COLUMBUS CENTER
       DFAS-CO/SOUTH ENTITLEMENT OPERATION
       P.O. BOX 192264

      COLUMBUS, OH 43218-2264
  

	 13. Authority For Using Other Than Full And Open Competition:
 x    10 U.S.C. 2304(c)(1        )       ̈    41 U.S.C. 253(c)(          )
	  	14. Accounting And Appropriation Data
	
	15A. Item No.                15B. Schedule Of
Supplies/Services            15C. Quantity            15D.
Unit            15E. Unit Price            15F. Amount
	 SEE SCHEDULE            CONTRACT
TYPE:                                        KIND
OF CONTRACT:
                                         
    Fira-Fixed-Price                                   
                     System Acquisition Contracts
                                         
                                         
                                         
    Service Contracts

	Contract Expiration Date:    2009JAN31	  	15G. Total Amount Of Contract      3⁄4    -    50.00

 16. Table Of Contents 
  

															
	 (X)
	  	 Section
	  	 Description
	  	 Pages(s)
	  	 (X)
	  	 Section
	  	 Description
	  	Pages(s)
		  		  	Part I - The Schedule	  		  		  	Part II – Contract Clauses	  	
	 X
	  	A	  	Solicitation/Contract Form	  	1  	  	X	  	I	  	Contract Clauses	  	76
	 X
	  	B	  	Supplies or Services and Prices/Costs	  	3  	  		  	Part III – List Of Documents, Exhibits, And Other Attachments
	 X
	  	C	  	Description/Specs./Work Statement	  	41	  	X	  	J	  	List of Attachments	  	91
	 X
	  	D	  	Packaging and Marking	  	58	  		  	Part IV – Representations And Instructions
	 X
	  	E	  	Inspection and Acceptance	  	60	  		  	K	  	 Representations, Certifications and
 Other Statements of Offerors
	  	
	 X
	  	F	  	Deliveries or Performance	  	65	  	  	  	  
	 X
	  	G	  	Contract Administration Data	  	69	  		  	L	  	Instrs., Conds., and Notices to Offerors	  	
	 X
	  	H	  	Special Contract Requirements	  	70	  		  	M	  	Evaluation Factors for Award	  	

 Contracting Officer Will Complete Item 17 Or 18 As Applicable 
  

							
	17.  ̈ Contractor’s Negotiated Agreement (Contractor is required to sign this document and return
             copies to issuing office.) Contractor agrees to furnish and deliver all items or perform all the services set forth or otherwise identified above and on any continuation
sheets for the consideration stated herein. The rights and obligations of the parties to this contract shall be subject to and governed by the following documents: (a) this award/contract, (b) the solicitation, if any, and (c) such provisions,
representations, certifications, and specifications, as are attached or incorporated by reference herein. (Attachments are listed herein.)	 	18. x Award (Contractor is not required to sign this document.) Your offer on Solicitation Number DAAE0701RT036 Including
the additions or changes made by you which additions or changes are set forth in full above, is hereby accepted as to the items listed above and on any continuation sheets. This award consummates the contract which consist of the following
documents: (a) the Government’s solicitation and your offer, and (b) this award/contract. No further contractual document is necessary.
		
	 19A. Name And Title Of Signer (Type Or Print)
 KEITH BUCHANAN, DIRECTOR OF CONTRACTS
	 	 20A. Name Of Contracting Officer
         MAJ KATHERINE THOMAS
         THOMASK@TACOM.ARMY.MIL    (586) 574-8388

				
	 19B. Name Of Contractor
  
 By /s/ Keith Buchanan                
       (Signature of person authorized to sign)
	 	 19C. Date Signed
  
 5 FEB 2002
	 	 20B. United States Of America
  
 By /s/ Katherine M. Thomas            
       (Signature of Contracting Officer)
	  	 20C. Date Signed
  
 2002 Feb 06

			
	 NSN 7540-01-152-8069
 PREVIOUS
EDITION UNUSABLE
	 	 25-106
 GPO: 1985 0 – 478-632
	 	         Standard Form 26 (Rev. 4-85)
         Prescribed By GSA-FAR (4.8 CFR) 53.214(a)

 The orders and modifications related to this contract have been omitted. 

Global Defense Technology & Systems Inc. agrees to furnish a copy of any omitted order 
 or modification to the Securities & Exchange Commission upon request. 

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 2
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

 SECTION A: SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION 
 For Local Clauses See: http://acquisition.army.mil 
  

							
	 	  	 Regulatory Cite
	  	 Title
	  	 Date

	 A-1
	  	 52.204-4006
 (TACOM)
	  	TACOM-WARREN ELECTRONIC CONTRACTING	  	MAR/2001

 (a) TACOM is now operating in an electronic contracting environment. All TACOM
solicitations and awards are now distributed on the TACOM Warren Business Opportunities web page (http://contracting.tacom.army.mil/opportunity.htm) and are no longer available in a copy. The TDPs and other documents, when available
electronically, will be an attachment or linked to the solicitation package on the web. Please see submission guidelines at http://contracting.tacom.army.mil/userguide.htm and http://contracting.tacom.army.mil/ebidnotice.htm for more
information. Any requirements included in the solicitation take precedence over guidance found on the TACOM contracting web page. 
 (b) You may need to use special software to view documents that we post on the home page. This viewing software is freeware available for download at no cost from commercial web sites like Microsoft and Adobe. In cases where such software
is required, we provide a link from our page to the commercial site where the software is available. Once you arrive at the software developer’s site, follow their instructions to download the free viewer. You then can return to the TACOM home
page. 
 (c) You are required to submit your offer, bid, or quote electronically. See the provision entitled “Electronic
offers (or ‘Quotes’ or ‘Bids’) Required in Response to This Solicitation (or ‘Request for Quotations’)” for more specific information. 
 (d) Any award issued as a result of this solicitation will be distributed electronically. Awards posted on the TACOM Warren Business Opportunities web page represent complete OFFICIAL copies of contract
awards. 
 (e) If you have questions or need help in using the Acquisition Center Home Page, call our Electronic Contracting
Help Desk at (810) 574-7059, or send an email message to: acqcenweb@tacom.army.mil 
 (f) If you have questions about the
content of any specific item posted on our home page, please call the buyer or point of contact listed for the item. Additional help is available to small businesses from Government - funded Electronic Commerce Regional Centers (ECRCs) to implement
EDI. Information on ECRC is available at http://www.ecrc.ctc.com 
 (End of Clause) 
  

							
	 A-2
	  	 52.242-4021
 (TACOM)
	  	NOTICE REGARDING PLACEMENT OF DELIVERY ORDERS AND CONTRACTUAL ADMINISTRATION	  	JUL/1999

 During the term of this contract, authority may be granted to agencies other than
TACOM including Defense Supply Center. Defense Logistics Agency (“DSC/DLA”). Richmond, VA for placement of delivery orders under this contract. Administration of this contract may also be transferred to such agencies, including DSC/DLA.

 (End of Clause) 

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 3
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

													
	 ITEM NO
	  	 SUPPLIES/SERVICES
	  	QUANTITY	  	UNIT	  	UNIT PRICE	  	AMOUNT
		  	 SECTION B - SUPPLIES OR SERVICES AND PRICES/COSTS FOR THE PURPOSE OF THIS CONTRACT THE ORDERING PERIOD/PROGRAM YEAR/OPTION
PERIOD/CONTRACT YEAR ARE SET FORTH BELOW:
  
 YEAR ONE - Day of contract
award through 31 Jan 2003
 YEAR TWO - 1 Feb 2003 - 31 Jan 2004
 YEAR THREE - 1 Feb 2004 - 31 Jan 2005
 YEAR FOUR - 1 Feb 2005 - 31 Jan 2006
 YEAR FIVE - 1 Feb 2006 - 31 Jan 2007
 YEAR SIX - 1
Feb 2007 - 31 Jan 2008
  
 FOR THE PURPOSE OF THE CDRLs, DAYS AFTER CONTRACT
AWARD (DACA) REFERS TO DAYS AFTER DELIVERY ORDER EXECUTION OR AWARD.
  
 (End of narrative A001)
	  		  		  			  		
						
	0001	  	Supplies or Services and Prices/Costs	  		  		  			  		
						
	0001AA	  	FIRST ARTICLE SAMPLES - A-TWPS	  	EST 1	  	EA	  	$	2,063,117.000	  	$	2,063,117.00
		  		  		  		  	 	 	  	 	 
		  	  
 NSN: 4610-01-488-6961
 SECURITY CLASS: Unclassified
  
 NOUN: Army Tactical Water Purification System
 (A-TWPS), FAT (LD) unit
  
 (End of narrative B001)

  
 Packaging and Marking
  
 Preservation, Packaging, Packing, and Marking shall be IAW Section C and Section D of
this contract. HAZMAT Components of End Items (COEI) are to be packed and shipped separately from the TWPS itself (IAW paragraph C.15.2.1 in the scope of work), but are to be included as part of the system price and not separately priced.

 
 (End of narrative D001)
  
 Inspection and Acceptance
  
 INSPECTION: Origin        ACCEPTANCE: Origin

 Government Approval/Disapproval Days: 420
  
 The delivery schedule for this unit shall be as shown in the FAT clause set forth in Section E.
  
 (End of narrative E001)
  
 FOB POINT: Destination
	  		  		  			  	 	ESTIMATED

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 4
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

													
	 ITEM NO
	  	 SUPPLIES/SERVICES
	  	QUANTITY	  	UNIT	  	UNIT PRICE	  	AMOUNT
	 0001AB
	  	FIRST ARTICLE SAMPLES A-TWPS	  	EST 4	  	EA	  	$	709,227.00000	  	$	2,836,908.00
		  		  		  		  	 	 	  	 	 
		  		  		  		  			  	 	ESTIMATED
		  	NSN: 4610-01-488-6961	  		  		  			  		
		  	SECURITY CLASS: Unclassified	  		  		  			  		
						
		  	 NOUN: Army Tactical Water Purification System
 (A-TWPS), First Article Test units for PVT and IOT&E.
	  		  		  			  		
						
		  	(End of narrative B001)	  		  		  			  		
						
		  	Packaging and Marking	  		  		  			  		
						
		  	Preservation, Packaging, Packing, and Marking shall be IAW Section C and Section D of the contract.	  		  		  			  		
						
		  	HAZMAT Components of End Item (COEI) are to be packed and shipped separately from the TWPS itself (IAW paragraph C.15.2.1 in the scope of work), but are to be included as part of
the system price and not separately priced.	  		  		  			  		
						
		  	(End of narrative D001)	  		  		  			  		
						
		  	Inspection and Acceptance	  		  		  			  		
						
		  	INSPECTION: Origin            ACCEPTANCE: Origin	  		  		  			  		
		  	Government Approval/Disapproval Days: 810	  		  		  			  		
						
		  	The delivery schedule for these units shall be as shown in the FAT clauses set forth in Section E.	  		  		  			  		
						
		  	(End of narrative E001)	  		  		  			  		
						
		  	FOB POINT: Destination	  		  		  			  		

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 5
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

												
	 ITEM NO
	  	 SUPPLIES/SERVICES
	  	QUANTITY	  	UNIT	  	UNIT PRICE	  	AMOUNT
	 0001AC
	  	SERVICES LINE ITEM	  		  		  		  	$	817,675.00
		  		  		  		  		  	 	 
		  		  		  		  		  	 	ESTIMATED
		  	SECURITY CLASS: Unclassified	  		  		  		  		
						
		  	NOUN: Contractor Support of First Article Test	  		  		  		  		
		  	(FAT) (Government Testing)	  		  		  		  		
						
		  	The amount set forth for this CLIN represents the amount to be paid by the US Army for contractor’s support of First Article Test (FAT) - Government Testing, IAW the
Government FAT clause in Section E and paragraph C.18 in the scope of work.	  		  		  		  		
						
		  	(End of narrative B001)	  		  		  		  		
						
		  	Inspection and Acceptance	  		  		  		  		
						
		  	INSPECTION: Origin        ACCEPTANCE: Origin	  		  		  		  		

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 6
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

													
	 ITEM NO
	  	 SUPPLIES/SERVICES
	  	QUANTITY	  	UNIT	  	UNIT PRICE	  	AMOUNT
	0002	  	Supplies or Services and Prices/Costs	  		  		  			  		
						
	 0002AA
	  	FIRST ARTICLE SAMPLES - MC TWPS	  	EST 2	  	EA	  	$	583,033.00000	  	$	1,166,066.00
		  		  		  		  	 	 	  	 	 
		  	 NSN: 4610-01-488-9656
 SECURITY
CLASS: Unclassified
  
 NOUN: Marine Corps Tactical Water Purification System
(MC -TWPS) First Article Test (FAT) - PVT & IOT&E.
  
 (End of narrative B001)
  
 Packaging and
Marking
  
 Preservation, Packaging, Packing, and Marking shall be IAW
Section C and Section D of the contract.
  
 HAZMAT Components of End Item
(COEI) are to be packed and shipped separately from the TWPS itself (IAW paragraph C.15.2.1 in the scope of work), but are to be included as part of the system price and not separately priced.
  
 (End of narrative D001)
 Preservation, Packaging, Packing, and Marking shall be IAW Section C and Section D of the contract.
  
 (End of narrative D002)
  
 Inspection and Acceptance
  
 INSPECTION: Origin          ACCEPTANCE: Origin

 Government Approval/Disapproval Days: 810
  
 The delivery schedule for these units shall be as shown in the FAT clause set forth in Section E.
  
 (End of narrative E001)
  
 FCB POINT: Destination
	  		  		  			  	 	ESTIMATED

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 7
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

											
	 ITEM NO
	  	 SUPPLIES/SERVICES
	  	QUANTITY	  	UNIT	  	UNIT PRICE	  	AMOUNT
	 0002AB
	  	SERVICES LINE ITEM	  		  		  		  	$1,075,414.00
		  		  		  		  		  	 
		  	  
 SECURITY CLASS: Unclassified
 NOUN: NonRecurring costs
  
 CLIN 0002AB is in support of CLIN 0001AA
 CLIN 0002AB represents the amount to be paid by the U.S.
Marine Corps in support of CLIN 0001AA.
  
 ACCEPTANCE OF ELIN 0001AA SHALL
CONSTITUTE
 ACCEPTANCE OF THE ABOVE ELIN FOR PAYMENT
 PURPOSES.
  
 (End of narrative B001)
  
 Inspection and
Acceptance
  
 INSPECTION:  Origin        ACCEPTANCE:  Origin
	  		  		  		  	ESTIMATED

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 8
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

												
	 ITEM NO
	  	 SUPPLIES/SERVICES
	  	QUANTITY	  	UNIT	  	UNIT PRICE	  	AMOUNT
	 0002AC
	  	SERVICES LINE ITEM	  		  		  		  	$	418,837.00
		  		  		  		  		  	 	 
		  		  		  		  		  	 	ESTIMATED
		  	SECURITY CLASS : Unclassified	  		  		  		  		
						
		  	 NOUN: Contractor Support of First Article Test
 (FAT) (Government Testing)
	  		  		  		  		
						
		  	CLIN 0002AC is in support of CLIN 0001AC. CLIN 0002AC represents the amount to be paid by the U.S. Marine Corps in support of CLIN 0001AC for the contractor’s support of First
Article Test (FAT) - Government Testing, IAW the Government FAT clause in Section E and paragraph C.15 in the scope of work.	  		  		  		  		
						
		  	ACCEPTANCE OF CLIN 0001AC SHALL CONSTITUTE ACCEPTANCE OF THE ABOVE CLIN FOR PAYMENT PURPOSES.	  		  		  		  		
						
		  	(End of narrative B001)	  		  		  		  		
						
		  	 Inspection and Acceptance
  
 INSPECTION : Origin         ACCEPTANCE: Origin
	  		  		  		  		

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 9
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

												
	 ITEM NO
	  	 SUPPLIES/SERVICES
	  	QUANTITY	  	UNIT	  	UNIT PRICE	  	AMOUNT
	 0002AD
	  	SERVICES LINE ITEM	  		  		  		  	$	203,084.00
		  		  		  		  		  	 	 
		  		  		  		  		  	 	ESTIMATED
		  	SECURITY CLASS: Unclassified	  		  		  		  		
						
		  	NOUN: Support of First Article Test Units	  		  		  		  		
						
		  	 CLIN 0002AD is in support of CLIN 0001AA.
 CLIN 0002AD represents the amount to be paid by the U.S. Marine Corps in support of CLIN 0001AA to include Not Seperately Priced CDRLs.
	  		  		  		  		
						
		  	ACCEPTANCE OF CLIN 0001AA SHALL CONSTITUTE ACCEPTANCE OF THE ABOVE CLIN FOR PAYMENT PURPOSES	  		  		  		  		
						
		  	(End of narrative B001)	  		  		  		  		
						
		  	Inspection and Acceptance	  		  		  		  		
						
		  	INSPECTION: Origin        ACCEPTANCE: Origin	  		  		  		  		

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 10
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

													
	 ITEM NO
	  	 SUPPLIES/SERVICES
	  	QUANTITY	  	UNIT	  	UNIT PRICE	  	AMOUNT
	 0003
	  	Supplies or Services and Prices/Costs	  		  		  			  		
						
	 0003AA
	  	FIRST ARTICLE SAMPLES - MC MODULES	  	EST 2	  	SE	  	$	51,702.00000	  	$	103,404.00
		  		  		  		  	 	 	  	 	 
		  		  		  		  			  	 	ESTIMATED
		  	SECURITY CLASS: Unclassified	  		  		  			  		
		  	NOUN: MARINE CORPS MODULES	  		  		  			  		
						
		  	For the First Article units the Marine Corps intends to purchase all five modules as one set that includes (cold weather, supplemental cleaning/waste/storage, ocean intake
structure, NBC treatment and survivability). Modules for the production units will be purchased individually using CLIN 0006.	  		  		  			  		
						
		  	(End of narrative B001)	  		  		  			  		
						
		  	Packaging and Marking	  		  		  			  		
						
		  	Preservation, Packaging, Packing, and Marking shall be IAW Section C and Section D of the contract.	  		  		  			  		
						
		  	(End of narrative D001)	  		  		  			  		
						
		  	Inspection and Acceptance	  		  		  			  		
						
		  	INSPECTION: Origin         ACCEPTANCE: Origin Government Approval/Disapproval Days: 810	  		  		  			  		
						
		  	FOB POINT: Destination	  		  		  			  		

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 11
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

													
	 ITEM NO
	  	 SUPPLIES/SERVICES
	  	QUANTITY	  	UNIT	  	UNIT PRICE	  	AMOUNT
	 0004
	  	Supplies or Services and Prices/Costs	  		  		  			  		
						
	 0004AA
	  	PRODUCTION QUANTITY	  	EST 11	  	EA	  	$	558,601.00000	  	$	6,144,611.00
		  		  		  		  	 	 	  	 	 
		  		  		  		  			  	 	ESTIMATED
		  	NSN: 4610-01-488-6961	  		  		  			  		
		  	SECURITY CLASS: Unclassified	  		  		  			  		
		  	PROGRAM YEAR: 1	  		  		  			  		
						
		  	NOUN: Army Tactical Water Purification System (A-TWPS)	  		  		  			  		
						
		  	LOW RATE INITIAL PRODUCTION (LRIP) QUANTITY	  		  		  			  		
						
		  	(End of narrative B001)	  		  		  			  		
						
		  	Packaging and Marking	  		  		  			  		
						
		  	Preservation, Packaging, Packing, and Marking shall be IAW Section C and Section D of the contract.	  		  		  			  		
						
		  	HAZMAT Components of End Item (COEI) are to be packed and shipped separately from the TWPS itself (IAW paragraph C.15.2.1 in the scope of work), but are to be included as part of
the system price and not separately priced.	  		  		  			  		
						
		  	(End of narrative D001)	  		  		  			  		
						
		  	Inspection and Acceptance	  		  		  			  		
						
		  	INSPECTION: Origin        ACCEPTANCE: Origin	  		  		  			  		
						
		  	FOB POINT: Origin	  		  		  			  		

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 12
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

													
	 ITEM NO
	  	 SUPPLIES/SERVICES
	  	QUANTITY	  	UNIT	  	UNIT PRICE	  	AMOUNT
	0004 AB	  	PRODUCTION QUANTITY	  	EST 78	  	EA	  	$	438,815.00000	  	$	 34,227,570.00
		  		  		  		  	 	 	  	 	 
		  	  
 NSN: 4610-01-488-6961
 SECURITY CLASS: Unclassified
 PROGRAM YEAR:
2
  
 NOUN: Army Tactical Water Purification System (A-TWPS)
  
 (End of narrative B001)
  
 Packaging and Marking
  
 Preservation, Packaging, Packing, and Marking shall be IAW Section C and Section D of
the contract.
  
 HAZMAT Components of End Items (COEI) are to be packed and
shipped separately from the TWPS itself (IAW paragraph C.15.2.1 in the scope of work), but are to be included as part of the system price and not separately priced.
  
 (End of narrative D001)
  
 Inspection and Acceptance
  
 INSPECTION: Origin        ACCEPTANCE: Origin
  
 FOB POINT: Origin
	  		  		  			  	 	ESTIMATED

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 13
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

													
	 ITEM NO
	  	 SUPPLIES/SERVICES
	  	QUANTITY	  	UNIT	  	UNIT PRICE	  	AMOUNT
	0004AC	  	PRODUCTION QUANTITY	  	EST 41	  	EA	  	$	423,195.00000	  	$	 17,350,995.00
		  		  		  		  	 	 	  	 	 
		  	  
 NSN: 4610-01-488-6961
 SECURITY CLASS: Unclassified
 PROGRAM YEAR:
3
	  		  		  			  	 	ESTIMATED
						
		  	NOUN: Army Tactical Water Purification System (A-TWPS)	  		  		  			  		
						
		  	(End of narrative B001)	  		  		  			  		
						
		  	 Packaging and Marking
  
 Preservation, Packaging, Packing, and Marking shall be IAW Section C and Section D of the contract.
	  		  		  			  		
						
		  	HAZMAT Components of End Item (COEI) are to be packed and shipped separately from the TWPS itself (IAW paragraph C.15.2.1 in the scope of work), but are to be included as part of
the system price and not separately priced.	  		  		  			  		
						
		  	(End of narrative D001)	  		  		  			  		
						
		  	 Inspection and Acceptance
  
 INSPECTION: Origin        ACCEPTANCE: Origin
	  		  		  			  		
						
		  	FOB POINT: Origin	  		  		  			  		

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 14
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

													
	 ITEM NO
	  	 SUPPLIES/SERVICES
	  	QUANTITY	  	UNIT	  	UNIT PRICE	  	AMOUNT
	0004AD	  	PRODUCTION QUANTITY	  	EST 42	  	EA	  	$	423,195.00000	  	$	 17,774,190.00
		  		  		  		  	 	 	  	 	 
		  	  
 NSN: 4610-01-488-6961
 SECURITY CLASS: Unclassified
 PROGRAM YEAR:
4
	  		  		  			  	 	ESTIMATED
						
		  	NOUN: Army Tactical Water Purification System (A-TWPS)	  		  		  			  		
						
		  	(End of narrative B001)	  		  		  			  		
						
		  	(End of narrative B002)	  		  		  			  		
						
		  	 Packaging and Marking
  
 Preservation, Packaging, Packing, and Marking shall be IAW Section C and Section D of the contract.
	  		  		  			  		
						
		  	HAZMAT Components of End Item (COEI) are to be packed and shipped separately from the TWPS itself (IAW paragraph C.15.2.1 in the scope of work), but are to be included as part of
the system price and not separately priced.	  		  		  			  		
						
		  	(End of narrative D001)	  		  		  			  		
						
		  	Inspection and Acceptance	  		  		  			  		
						
		  	INSPECTION: Origin        ACCEPTANCE: Origin	  		  		  			  		
						
		  	FOB POINT: Origin	  		  		  			  		

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 15
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

												
	 ITEM NO
	  	 SUPPLIES/SERVICES
	  	QUANTITY	  	UNIT	  	UNIT PRICE	  	AMOUNT
	 0004AE
	  	PRODUCTION QUANTITY	  	EST 0	  	EA	  	$	433,861.00000	  	
		  		  		  		  	 	 	  	
						
		  	 NSN: 4610-01-488-6961
 SECURITY CLASS: Unclassified
 PROGRAM YEAR: 5
  
 NOUN: Army Tactical Water Purification System (A-TWPS)
  
 (End of narrative B001)
  
 Packaging and Marking
  
 Preservation, Packaging, Packing, and Marking shall be IAW Section C and Section D of the contract.
  
 HAZMAT components of End Item (COEI) are to be packed and shipped separately from the
TWPS itself (IAW paragraph C.15.2.1 in the scope of work), but are to be included as part of the system price and not separately priced.
  
 (End of narrative D001)
  
 Inspection of Acceptance
  
 INSPECTION: Origin        ACCEPTANCE: Origin
  
 FOB POINT: Origin
	  		  		  			  	

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 16
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

												
	 ITEM NO
	  	 SUPPLIES/SERVICES
	  	QUANTITY	  	UNIT	  	UNIT PRICE	  	AMOUNT
	 0004AF
	  	PRODUCTION QUANTITY	  	EST 0	  	EA	  	$	437,428.00000	  	
		  		  		  		  	 	 	  	
						
		  	NSN: 4610-01-488-6961	  		  		  			  	
		  	SECURITY CLASS: Unclassified	  		  		  			  	
						
		  	NOUN: Army Tactical Water Purification System (A-TWPS)	  		  		  			  	
						
		  	PROGRAM YEAR 6	  		  		  			  	
						
		  	(End of narrative B001)	  		  		  			  	
						
		  	Packaging and Marking	  		  		  			  	
						
		  	Preservation, Packaging, Packing, and Marking shall be IAW Section C and Section D of the contract.	  		  		  			  	
						
		  	HAZMAT Components of End Item (COEI) are to be packed and shipped separately, from the TWPS itself (IAW paragraph C.15.2.1 in the scope of work), but are to be included as part
of the system price and not separately priced.	  		  		  			  	
						
		  	(End of narrative D001)	  		  		  			  	
						
		  	Inspection and Acceptance	  		  		  			  	
						
		  	INSPECTION: Origin        ACCEPTANCE: Origin	  		  		  			  	
						
		  	FOB POINT: Origin	  		  		  			  	

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 17
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

													
	 ITEM NO
	  	 SUPPLIES/SERVICES
	  	QUANTITY	  	UNIT	  	UNIT PRICE	  	AMOUNT
	0005	  	Supplies or Services and Prices/Costs	  		  		  			  		
						
	 0005AA
	  	PRODUCTION QUANTITY	  	EST 4	  	EA	  	$	415,779.00000	  	$	1,663,116.00
		  		  		  		  	 	 	  	 	 
		  		  		  		  			  	 	ESTIMATED
		  	NSN: 4610-01-488-9656	  		  		  			  		
		  	SECURITY CLASS: Unclassified	  		  		  			  		
		  	PROGRAM YEAR: 1	  		  		  			  		
						
		  	 NOUN: Marine Corps Tactical Water
 Purification System (MC-TWPS)
	  		  		  			  		
						
		  	LOW RATE INITIAL PRODUCTION (LRIP) QUANTITY	  		  		  			  		
						
		  	(End of narrative B001)	  		  		  			  		
						
		  	Packaging and Marking	  		  		  			  		
						
		  	Preservation, Packaging, Packing, and Marking shall be IAW Section C and Section D of the contract.	  		  		  			  		
						
		  	HAZMAT Components of End Item (COEI) are to be packed and shipped separately from the TWPS itself (IAW paragraph C.15.2.1 in the scope of work), but are to be included as part of
the system price and not separately priced.	  		  		  			  		
						
		  	(End of narrative D001)	  		  		  			  		
						
		  	Inspection and Acceptance	  		  		  			  		
						
		  	INSPECTION: Origin        ACCEPTANCE: Origin	  		  		  			  		
						
		  	FOB POINT: Origin	  		  		  			  		

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 18
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

													
	 ITEM NO
	  	 SUPPLIES/SERVICES
	  	QUANTITY	  	UNIT	  	UNIT PRICE	  	AMOUNT
	 0005AB
	  	PRODUCTION QUANTITY	  	EST 17	  	EA	  	$	415,779.00000	  	$	7,068,243.00
		  		  		  		  	 	 	  	 	 
		  		  		  		  			  	 	ESTIMATED
		  	NSN: 4610-01-488-9656	  		  		  			  		
		  	SECURITY CLASS: Unclassified	  		  		  			  		
		  	PROGRAM YEAR:  2	  		  		  			  		
						
		  	 NOUN: Marine Corps Tactical Water
 Purification System (MC-TWPS)
	  		  		  			  		
						
		  	LOW RATE INITIAL PRODUCTION (LRIP) QUANTITY	  		  		  			  		
						
		  	(End of narrative B001)	  		  		  			  		
						
		  	Packaging and Marking	  		  		  			  		
						
		  	Preservation, Packaging, Packing, and Marking shall be IAW Section C and Section D of the contract.	  		  		  			  		
						
		  	HAZMAT Components of End Item (COEI) are to be packed and shipped separately from the TWPS itself (IAW paragraph C.15.2.1 in the scope of work), but are to be included as part of
the system price and not separately priced.	  		  		  			  		
						
		  	(End of narrative D001)	  		  		  			  		
						
		  	Inspection and Acceptance	  		  		  			  		
						
		  	INSPECTION:  Origin        ACCEPTANCE:  Origin	  		  		  			  		
						
		  	FOB POINT:  Origin	  		  		  			  		

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 19
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

													
	 ITEM NO
	  	 SUPPLIES/SERVICES
	  	QUANTITY	  	UNIT	  	UNIT PRICE	  	AMOUNT
	 0005AC
	  	PRODUCTION QUANTITY	  	EST 75	  	EA	  	$	327,843.00000	  	$	24,568,225.00
		  		  		  		  	 	 	  	 	 
		  		  		  		  			  	 	ESTIMATED
		  	NSN:  4610-01-488-9656	  		  		  			  		
		  	SECURITY CLASS: Unclassified	  		  		  			  		
		  	PROGRAM YEAR: 3	  		  		  			  		
						
		  	 NOUN:  Marine Corps Tactical Water
 Purification System (MC-TWPS)
	  		  		  			  		
						
		  	(End of narrative B001)	  		  		  			  		
						
		  	Packaging and Marking	  		  		  			  		
						
		  	Preservation, Packaging, Packing, and Marking shall be IAW Section C and Section D of the contract.	  		  		  			  		
						
		  	HAZMAT Components of End Item (COEI) are to be packed and shipped separately, from the TWPS itself (IAW paragraph C.15.2.1 in the scope of work), but are to be included as part of
the system price and not separately priced.	  		  		  			  		
						
		  	(End of narrative D001)	  		  		  			  		
						
		  	Inspection and Acceptance	  		  		  			  		
						
		  	INSPECTION:  Origin        ACCEPTANCE:  Origin	  		  		  			  		
						
		  	FOB POINT:  Origin	  		  		  			  		

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 20
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

													
	 ITEM NO
	  	 SUPPLIES/SERVICES
	  	QUANTITY	  	UNIT	  	UNIT PRICE	  	AMOUNT
	 0005AD
	  	PRODUCTION QUANTITY	  	EST 60	  	EA	  	$	327,843.00000	  	$	19,670,580.00
		  		  		  		  	 	 	  	 	 
		  	  
  
 NSN: 4610-01-488-9656
 SECURITY CLASS: Unclassified
 PROGRAM YEAR: 4
  
 NOUN: Marine
Corps Tactical Water
 Purification System (MC-TWPS)
  
 (End of narrative B001)
  
 Packaging and Marking
  
 Preservation, Packaging, Packing, and Marking shall be IAW Section C and Section D of the contract.
  
 HAZMAT Components of End Item (COEI) are to be packed and shipped separately from the
TWPS itself (IAW paragraph C.15.2.1 in the scope of work), but are to be included as part of the system price and not separately priced.
  
 (End of narrative D001)
  
 Inspection and Acceptance
  
 INSPECTION:  Origin        ACCEPTANCE:  Origin
  
 FOB POINT:  Origin
	  		  		  			  	 	ESTIMATED

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 21
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

													
	 ITEM NO
	  	 SUPPLIES/SERVICES
	  	QUANTITY	  	UNIT	  	UNIT PRICE	  	AMOUNT
	 0005AE
	  	PRODUCTION QUANTITY	  	EST 60	  	EA	  	$	333,491.00000	  	$	20,009,460.00
		  		  		  		  	 	 	  	 	 
		  	  
 NSN: 4610-01-488-9656
 SECURITY CLASS: Unclassified
 PROGRAM YEAR:
5
  
 NOUN: Marine Corps Tactical Water
 Purification System (MC-TWPS)
  
 (End of narrative B001)
  
 Packaging and Marking
  
 Preservation, Packaging, Packing, and Marking shall be IAW Section C and Section D of the contract.
  
 HAZMAT Components of End Item (COEI) are to be packed and shipped separately from the TWPS itself (IAW paragraph C.15.2.1 in the scope of work), but are to be included as part of the system price and not
separately priced.
  
 (End of narrative D001)
  
 Inspection and Acceptance
  
 INSPECTION: Origin        ACCEPTANCE: Origin

  
 FOB POINT: Origin
	  		  		  			  	 	ESTIMATED

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 22
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

													
	 ITEM NO
	  	 SUPPLIES/SERVICES
	  	QUANTITY	  	UNIT	  	UNIT PRICE	  	AMOUNT
	 0005AF
	  	PRODUCTION QUANTITY	  	EST 25	  	EA	  	$	336,030.00000	  	$	8,400,750.00
		  		  		  		  	 	 	  	 	 
		  	  
 NSN: 4610-01-488-9656
 SECURITY CLASS: Unclassified
  
 NOUN: Marine Corps TACTICAL WATER
 PURIFICATION
SYSTEM (MC-TWPS)
  
 PROGRAM YEAR 6
  
 (End of narrative B001)
  
 Packaging and Marking
  
 Preservation, Packaging, Packing, and Marking shall be IAW Section C and Section D of
the contract.
  
 HAZMAT Components of End Item (COEI) are to be packed and
shipped separately from the TWPS itself (IAW paragraph C.15.2.1 in the scope of work), but are to be included as part of the system price and not separately priced.
  
 (End of narrative D001)
  
 Inspection and Acceptance
  
 INSPECTION: Origin        ACCEPTANCE: Origin
  
 FOB POINT: Origin
	  		  		  			  	 	ESTIMATED

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 23
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

												
	 ITEM NO
	  	 SUPPLIES/SERVICES
	  	QUANTITY	  	UNIT	  	UNIT PRICE	  	AMOUNT
	0006	  	Supplies or Services and Prices/Costs	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
						
	 0006AA
	  	PRODUCTION QUANTITY	  		  	EA	  	$	    UNDEFINITIZED	  	
		  		  		  		  	 	 	  	
		  	  
 SECURITY CLASS: Unclassified
  
 NOUN: MARINE CORPS (MC) MODULES
  
 The following modules will be purchased individually as specified in Section
B.1.2
  
 MODULES:
  
 1.    MC- TWPS COLD WEATHER MODULE
 2.    MC- TWPS SUPPLEMENTAL CLEANING & WASTE & STORAGE MODULE
 3.    MC- TWPS OCEAN INTAKE STRUCTURE SYSTEM (OISS) MODULE
 4.    MC- TWPS NBC TREATMENT MODULE
 5.    MC- TWPS SURVIVABILITY MODULE
  
 (End of narrative B001)
  
 Packaging and Marking
  
 Preservation, Packaging, Packing, and Marking shall be IAW Section C and Section D of
the contract.
  
 (End of narrative D001)
  
 Inspection and Acceptance
  
 INSPECTION: Origin        ACCEPTANCE: Origin

  
 FOB POINT: Origin
	  		  		  			  	

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 24
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

												
	 ITEM NO
	  	 SUPPLIES/SERVICES
	  	QUANTITY	  	UNIT	  	UNIT PRICE	  	AMOUNT
	0007	  	Supplies or Services and Prices/Costs	  		  		  		  		
						
		  	DATA ITEM	  		  		  		  		
						
		  	SECURITY CLASS: Unclassified	  		  		  		  		
						
	A001	  	DATA ITEM	  	1	  	LO	  	$ ** NSP **	  	$	 ** NSP **
		  		  		  		  	 	  	 	 
						
		  	 SECURITY CLASS: Unclassified
 NOUN: Meeting Minutes
	  		  		  		  		
						
		  	(End of narrative B001)	  		  		  		  		
						
		  	 Inspection and Acceptance
  
 INSPECTION: Destination         ACCEPTANCE: Destination
	  		  		  		  		
						
	A002	  	DATA ITEM	  	1	  	LO	  	$ ** N/A**	  	$	 51,798.50
		  		  		  		  	 	  	 	 
		  		  		  		  		  	 	ESTIMATED
						
		  	SECURITY CLASS: Unclassified	  		  		  		  		
						
		  	 NOUN: CONFIGURATION AUDIT SUMMARY REPORT
 (PHYSICAL) - PCA
	  		  		  		  		
						
		  	ELIN A002 represents the Army funding for the PCA. ELIN A014 represents the Marine Corps funding of the PCA.	  		  		  		  		
						
		  	(End of narrative B001)	  		  		  		  		
						
		  	Packaging and Marking	  		  		  		  		
						
		  	 Inspection and Acceptance
  
 INSPECTION: Destination         ACCEPTANCE: Destination
	  		  		  		  		
						
		  	FOB POINT: Destination	  		  		  		  		
						
		  	 SHIP TO: PARCEL POST ADDRESS
 (000015) SEE NARRATIVE ON DD 1423
	  		  		  		  		
						
	A003	  	DATA ITEM	  	1	  	LO	  	$ ** NSP **	  	$	 ** NSP **
		  		  		  		  	 	  	 	 
						
		  	 SECURITY CLASS: Unclassified
 NOUN: Engineering Change Proposal (ECP)
	  		  		  		  		
						
		  	(End of narrative B001)	  		  		  		  		
						
		  	 Inspection and Acceptance
  
 INSPECTION: Destination         ACCEPTANCE: Destination
	  		  		  		  		

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 25
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

											
	 ITEM NO
	  	 SUPPLIES/SERVICES
	  	QUANTITY	  	UNIT	  	UNIT PRICE	  	AMOUNT
	A004	  	DATA ITEM	  	1	  	LO	  	$ ** NSP **	  	$ ** NSP **
		  		  		  		  	 	  	 
						
		  	 SECURITY CLASS: Unclassified
 NOUN: Request for Deviation (RFD)
	  		  		  		  	
						
		  	(End of narrative B001)	  		  		  		  	
						
		  	 Inspection and Acceptance
  
 INSPECTION: Destination         ACCEPTANCE: Destination
	  		  		  		  	
						
	A005	  	DATA ITEM	  	1	  	LO	  	$ ** NSP **	  	$ ** NSP **
		  		  		  		  	 	  	 
						
		  	 SECURITY CLASS: Unclassified
 NOUN: Notice of Revision
	  		  		  		  	
						
		  	(End of narrative B001)	  		  		  		  	
						
		  	 Inspection and Acceptance
  
 INSPECTION: Destination         ACCEPTANCE: Destination
	  		  		  		  	
						
	A006	  	DATA ITEM	  	1	  	LO	  	$ ** NSP **	  	$ ** NSP **
		  		  		  		  	 	  	 
						
		  	 SECURITY CLASS: Unclassified
 NOUN: Configuration Status Accounting
	  		  		  		  	
						
		  	(End of narrative B001)	  		  		  		  	
						
		  	 Inspection and Acceptance
  
 INSPECTION: Destination         ACCEPTANCE: Destination
	  		  		  		  	
						
	A007	  	DATA ITEM	  	1	  	LO	  	$ ** NSP **	  	$ ** NSP **
		  		  		  		  	 	  	 
						
		  	 SECURITY CLASS: Unclassified
 NOUN: Produce Drawings and Associated Lists
	  		  		  		  	
						
		  	(End of narrative B001)	  		  		  		  	
						
		  	 Inspection and Acceptance
  
 INSPECTION: Destination         ACCEPTANCE: Destination
	  		  		  		  	
						
	A008	  	DATA ITEM	  	1	  	LO	  	$ ** NSP **	  	$ ** NSP **
		  		  		  		  	 	  	 
						
		  	 SECURITY CLASS: Unclassified
 NOUN: Functional Flow Diagram/Ladder Logic Output
	  		  		  		  	
						
		  	(End of narrative B001)	  		  		  		  	

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 26
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

												
	 ITEM NO
	  	 SUPPLIES/SERVICES
	  	QUANTITY	  	UNIT	  	UNIT PRICE	  	AMOUNT
		  	 Inspection and Acceptance
  
 INSPECTION: Destination         ACCEPTANCE: Destination
	  		  		  		  		
						
	A009	  	DATA ITEM	  	1	  	LO	  	$ ** N/A **	  	$	 451,738.50
		  		  		  		  	 	  	 	 
		  	  
 SECURITY CLASS: Unclassified
	  		  		  		  	 	ESTIMATED
		  	NOUN: TECHNICAL MANUALS	  		  		  		  		
						
		  	ELIN A009 represents the Army funding for the Technical manuals. ELIN A015 represents the Marine Corps funding of the Technical Manuals.	  		  		  		  		
						
		  	(End of narrative B001)	  		  		  		  		
						
		  	Packaging and Marking	  		  		  		  		
						
		  	 Inspection and Acceptance
  
 INSPECTION: Destination         ACCEPTANCE: Destination
	  		  		  		  		
						
		  	FOB POINT: Destination	  		  		  		  		
						
		  	SHIP TO: PARCEL POST ADDRESS	  		  		  		  		
		  	(000015) SEE NARRATIVE ON DD 1423	  		  		  		  		
						
	A00A	  	DATA ITEM	  	1	  	LO	  	$ ** NSP **	  	$	 ** NSP **
		  		  		  		  	 	  	 	 
						
		  	 SECURITY CLASS: Unclassified
 NOUN: Validation Certificate
	  		  		  		  		
						
		  	(End of narrative B001)	  		  		  		  		
						
		  	 Inspection and Acceptance
  
 INSPECTION: Destination         ACCEPTANCE: Destination
	  		  		  		  		
						
	A00B	  	DATA ITEM	  	1	  	LO	  	$ ** N/A **	  	$	 82,249.50
		  		  		  		  	 	  	 	 
		  		  		  		  		  	 	ESTIMATED
						
		  	SECURITY CLASS: Unclassified	  		  		  		  		
						
		  	NOUN: LOGISTICS MANAGEMENT INFORMATION (LMI)/ PROVISIONS PARTS LIST (PPL)	  		  		  		  		
						
		  	ELIN A00B represents the Army funding for the PPL. ELIN A016 represents the Marine Corps funding of the PPL.	  		  		  		  		
						
		  	(End of narrative B001)	  		  		  		  		

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 27
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

											
	 ITEM NO
	  	 SUPPLIES/SERVICES
	  	QUANTITY	  	UNIT	  	UNIT PRICE	  	AMOUNT
	 A00C
	  	 Packaging and Marking
  
 Inspection and Acceptance
  
 INSPECTION: Destination     ACCEPTANCE: Destination
  
 FOB POINT: Destination
  
 SHIP TO: PARCEL POST ADDRESS 
 (000015) SEE NARRATIVE ON DD 1423
  
 DATA ITEM
	  	1	  	LO	  	$ ** NSP **	  	$ ** NSP **
		  		  		  		  	 	  	 
						
	 A00D
	  	 SECURITY CLASS: Unclassified
 NOUN: PRE-PROCUREMENT SCREENING
  
 (End of narrative
B001)
  
 Inspection and Acceptance
  
 INSPECTION: Destination     ACCEPTANCE: Destination
  
 DATA ITEM
	  	1	  	LO	  	$ ** NSP **	  	$ ** NSP **
		  		  		  		  	 	  	 
						
	 A00E
	  	 SECURITY CLASS: Unclassified
 NOUN: Engineering Data For Provisioning
  
 (End of
narrative B001)
  
 Inspection and Acceptance

 
 INSPECTION: Destination     ACCEPTANCE: Destination
  
 DATA ITEM
	  	1	  	LO	  	$ ** NSP **	  	$ ** NSP **
		  		  		  		  	 	  	 
						
	 A00F
	  	 SECURITY CLASS: Unclassified
 NOUN: LONG LEAD TIME ITEMS LIST (LLTIL)
  
 (End of
narrative B001)
  
 Inspection and Acceptance

 
 INSPECTION: Destination     ACCEPTANCE: Destination
  
 DATA ITEM
	  	1	  	LO	  	$ ** NSP **	  	$ ** NSP **
		  		  		  		  	 	  	 
						
		  	 SECURITY CLASS: Unclassified
 NOUN: Recommended Spare Parts List
  
 (End of
narrative B001)
	  		  		  		  	

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 28
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

											
	 ITEM NO
	  	 SUPPLIES/SERVICES
	  	QUANTITY	  	UNIT	  	UNIT PRICE	  	AMOUNT
		  	Inspection and Acceptance	  		  		  		  	
						
		  	INSPECTION: Destination     ACCEPTANCE: Destination	  		  		  		  	
						
	 A00G
	  	DATA ITEM	  	1	  	LO	  	$** NSP **	  	$** NSP **
		  		  		  		  	 	  	 
						
		  	SECURITY CLASS: Unclassified	  		  		  		  	
		  	NOUN: Design Change Notice (DCN)	  		  		  		  	
						
		  	(End of narrative B001)	  		  		  		  	
						
		  	Inspection and Acceptance	  		  		  		  	
						
		  	INSPECTION: Destination     ACCEPTANCE: Destination	  		  		  		  	
						
	 A00H
	  	DATA ITEM	  	1	  	LO	  	$** NSP **	  	$** NSP **
		  		  		  		  	 	  	 
						
		  	SECURITY CLASS: Unclassified	  		  		  		  	
		  	NOUN: Maintenance Allocation Chart (MAC)	  		  		  		  	
						
		  	(End of narrative B001)	  		  		  		  	
						
		  	Inspection and Acceptance	  		  		  		  	
						
		  	INSPECTION: Destination     ACCEPTANCE: Destination	  		  		  		  	
						
	 A00J
	  	DATA ITEM	  	1	  	LO	  	$** NSP **	  	$** NSP **
		  		  		  		  	 	  	 
						
		  	SECURITY CLASS: Unclassified	  		  		  		  	
		  	NOUN: Special Equipment Tools and Test Equipment List	  		  		  		  	
						
		  	(End of narrative B001)	  		  		  		  	
						
		  	Inspection and Acceptance	  		  		  		  	
						
		  	INSPECTION: Destination     ACCEPTANCE: Destination	  		  		  		  	
						
	 A00K
	  	DATA ITEM	  	1	  	LO	  	$** NSP **	  	$** NSP **
		  		  		  		  	 	  	 
						
		  	SECURITY CLASS: Unclassified	  		  		  		  	
		  	NOUN: Safety Assessment Report (SAR)	  		  		  		  	
						
		  	(End of narrative B001)	  		  		  		  	
						
		  	Inspection and Acceptance	  		  		  		  	
						
		  	INSPECTION: Destination     ACCEPTANCE: Destination	  		  		  		  	
						
	 A00L
	  	DATA ITEM	  	1	  	LO	  	$** NSP **	  	$** NSP **
		  		  		  		  	 	  	 
						
		  	SECURITY CLASS: Unclassified	  		  		  		  	
		  	NOUN: Transportability Report	  		  		  		  	
						
		  	(End of narrative B001)	  		  		  		  	

							
	 CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 29
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

											
	 ITEM NO
	  	 SUPPLIES/SERVICES
	  	QUANTITY	  	UNIT	  	UNIT PRICE	  	AMOUNT
		  	Inspection and Acceptance	  		  		  		  	
						
		  	INSPECTION: Destination     ACCEPTANCE: Destination	  		  		  		  	
						
	 A00M
	  	DATA ITEM	  	1	  	LO	  	$** NSP **	  	$** NSP **
		  		  		  		  	 	  	 
						
		  	SECURITY CLASS: Unclassified	  		  		  		  	
		  	NOUN: Shipment and Storage Instructions (S&S)	  		  		  		  	
						
		  	(End of narrative B001)	  		  		  		  	
						
		  	Inspection and Acceptance	  		  		  		  	
						
		  	INSPECTION: Destination     ACCEPTANCE: Destination	  		  		  		  	
						
	 A00N
	  	DATA ITEM	  	1	  	LO	  	$** NSP **	  	$** NSP **
		  		  		  		  	 	  	 
						
		  	SECURITY CLASS: Unclassified	  		  		  		  	
		  	NOUN: Packaging Data Elements (coded data)	  		  		  		  	
						
		  	(End of narrative B001)	  		  		  		  	
						
		  	Inspection and Acceptance	  		  		  		  	
						
		  	INSPECTION: Destination     ACCEPTANCE: Destination	  		  		  		  	
						
	 A00P
	  	DATA ITEM	  	1	  	LO	  	$** NSP **	  	$** NSP **
		  		  		  		  	 	  	 
						
		  	SECURITY CLASS: Unclassified	  		  		  		  	
		  	NOUN: Special Packaging Instructions (SPI)	  		  		  		  	
						
		  	(End of narrative B001)	  		  		  		  	
						
		  	Inspection and Acceptance	  		  		  		  	
						
		  	INSPECTION: Destination     ACCEPTANCE: Destination	  		  		  		  	
						
	 A00Q
	  	DATA ITEM	  	1	  	LO	  	$** NSP **	  	$** NSP **
		  		  		  		  	 	  	 
						
		  	SECURITY CLASS: Unclassified	  		  		  		  	
		  	 NOUN: Contractor Responses to Test Incident Reports (TIR),
               Government conducted FAT/PVT Testing
	  		  		  		  	
						
		  	(End of narrative B001)	  		  		  		  	
						
		  	Inspection and Acceptance	  		  		  		  	
						
		  	INSPECTION: Destination     ACCEPTANCE: Destination	  		  		  		  	
						
	 A00R
	  	DATA ITEM	  	1	  	LO	  	$** NSP **	  	$** NSP **
		  		  		  		  	 	  	 

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 30
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

													
	 ITEM NO
	  	 SUPPLIES/SERVICES
	  	QUANTITY	  	UNIT	  	UNIT PRICE	  	AMOUNT
		  	SECURITY CLASS: Unclassified	  		  		  			  		
		  	NOUN: System Support Package Component List (SSPCL)	  		  		  			  		
						
		  	(End of narrative B001)	  		  		  			  		
						
		  	Inspection and Acceptance	  		  		  			  		
						
		  	INSPECTION: Destination        ACCEPTANCE: Destination	  		  		  			  		
						
	 A00S
	  	DATA ITEM	  	1	  	LO	  	$	** NSP **	  	$	** NSP **
		  		  		  		  	 	 	  	 	 
						
		  	SECURITY CLASS: Unclassified	  		  		  			  		
		  	NOUN: Quality Acceptance Inspection and Test	  		  		  			  		
						
		  	(End of narrative B001)	  		  		  			  		
						
		  	Inspection and Acceptance	  		  		  			  		
						
		  	INSPECTION: Destination        ACCEPTANCE: Destination	  		  		  			  		
						
	 A00T
	  	DATA ITEM	  	1	  	LO	  	$	** NSP **	  	$	** NSP **
		  		  		  		  	 	 	  	 	 
						
		  	SECURITY CLASS: Unclassified	  		  		  			  		
		  	NOUN: Quality Acceptance Inspection and Test	  		  		  			  		
						
		  	(End of narrative B001)	  		  		  			  		
						
		  	Inspection and Acceptance	  		  		  			  		
						
		  	INSPECTION: Destination        ACCEPTANCE: Destination	  		  		  			  		
						
	 A00U
	  	DATA ITEM	  	1	  	LO	  	$	** NSP **	  	$	** NSP **
		  		  		  		  	 	 	  	 	 
						
		  	SECURITY CLASS: Unclassified	  		  		  			  		
		  	NOUN: Quality Deficiency Report	  		  		  			  		
						
		  	(End of narrative B001)	  		  		  			  		
						
		  	Inspection and Acceptance	  		  		  			  		
						
		  	INSPECTION: Destination        ACCEPTANCE: Destination	  		  		  			  		
						
	 A00V
	  	DATA ITEM	  	1	  	LO	  	$	** NSP **	  	$	** NSP **
		  		  		  		  	 	 	  	 	 
						
		  	SECURITY CLASS: Unclassified	  		  		  			  		
		  	NOUN: Training Course Outline	  		  		  			  		
						
		  	(End of narrative B001)	  		  		  			  		
						
		  	Inspection and Acceptance	  		  		  			  		

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 31
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

													
	 ITEM NO
	  	 SUPPLIES/SERVICES
	  	QUANTITY	  	UNIT	  	UNIT PRICE	  	AMOUNT
		  	INSPECTION: Destination        ACCEPTANCE: Destination	  		  		  			  		
						
	 A00W
	  	DATA ITEM	  	1	  	LO	  	$	 ** N/A **	  	$	 5,213.00
		  		  		  		  	 	 	  	 	 
		  		  		  		  			  	 	ESTIMATED
						
		  	 SECURITY CLASS: Unclassified
  
 NOUN: INSTRUCTOR LESSON GUIDES - MARINE OPERATOR AND MAINTENANCE
  
 (End of narrative B001)
  
 Packaging and Marking
  
 Inspection and Acceptance
  
 INSPECTION: Destination        ACCEPTANCE: Destination
  
 FOB POINT: Destination
  
 SHIP TO: PARCEL POST ADDRESS
 (000015) SEE NARRATIVE ON DD 1423
	  		  		  			  		
						
	 A00X
	  	DATA ITEM	  	1	  	LO	  	$	 ** N/A **	  	$	5,213.00
		  		  		  		  	 	 	  	 	 
		  		  		  		  			  	 	ESTIMATED
						
		  	 SECURITY CLASS: Unclassified
  
 NOUN: STUDENT LESSON GUIDES - MARINE OPERATOR AND MAINTENANCE
  
 (End of narrative B001)
  
 Packaging and Marking
  
 Inspection and Acceptance
  
 INSPECTION: Destination        ACCEPTANCE: Destination
  
 FOB POINT: Destination
  
 SHIP TO: PARCEL POST ADDRESS
 (00015) SEE NARRATIVE ON DD 1423
	  		  		  			  		
						
	 A00Y
	  	DATA ITEM	  	1	  	LO	  	$	 ** N/A **	  	$	 5,213.00
		  		  		  		  	 	 	  	 	 
		  		  		  		  			  	 	ESTIMATED
						
		  	SECURITY CLASS: Unclassified	  		  		  			  		

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 32
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

													
	 ITEM NO
	  	 SUPPLIES/SERVICES
	  	QUANTITY	  	UNIT	  	UNIT PRICE	  	AMOUNT
						
		  	NOUN: INSTRUCTOR LESSON GUIDES - ARMY OPERATOR	  		  		  			  		
						
		  	(End of narrative B001)	  		  		  			  		
						
		  	 Packaging and Marking
  
 Inspection and Acceptance
  
 INSPECTION: Destination        ACCEPTANCE: Destination
  
 FOB POINT: Destination
  
 SHIP TO: PARCEL POST ADDRESS
 (000015) SEE NARRATIVE ON DD 1423
	  		  		  			  		
						
	 A00Z
	  	DATA ITEM	  	1	  	LO	  	$	** N/A **	  	$	5,213.00
		  		  		  		  	 	 	  	 	 
		  		  		  		  			  	 	ESTIMATED
						
		  	 SECURITY CLASS: Unclassified
  
 NOUN: STUDENT LESSON GUIDES - ARMY OPERATOR
  
 (End of narrative B001)
  
 Packaging and Marking
  
 Inspection and Acceptance
  
 INSPECTION: Destination        ACCEPTANCE: Destination
  
 FOB POINT: Destination
  
 SHIP TO: PARCEL POST ADDRESS
 (00015) SEE NARRATIVE ON DD 1423
	  		  		  			  		
						
	 A010
	  	DATA ITEM	  	1	  	LO	  	$	** N/A **	  	$	5,213.00
		  		  		  		  	 	 	  	 	 
		  		  		  		  			  	 	ESTIMATED
						
		  	 SECURITY CLASS: Unclassified
  
 NOUN: INSTRUCTOR LESSON GUIDES - ARMY MAINTENANCE
  
 (End of narrative B001)
  
 Packaging and Marking
	  		  		  			  		

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 33
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

												
	 ITEM NO
	  	 SUPPLIES/SERVICES
	  	QUANTITY	  	UNIT	  	UNIT PRICE	  	AMOUNT
		  	 Inspection and Acceptance
 INSPECTION : Destination         ACCEPTANCE: Destination
  
 FOB POINT : Destination
  
 SHIP
TO: PARCEL POST ADDRESS
 (000015) SEE NARRATIVE ON DD 1423
	  		  		  		  		
						
	 A011
	  	DATA ITEM	  	1	  	LO	  	$** N/A **	  	$	 5,213.00
		  		  		  		  	 	  	 	 
		  		  		  		  		  	 	ESTIMATED
						
		  	 SECURITY CLASS: Unclassified
  
 NOUN: STUDENT LESSON GUIDES - ARMY MAINTENANCE
  
 (End of narrative B001)
  
 Packaging and Marking
  
 Inspection and Acceptance
  
 INSPECTION: Destination        ACCEPTANCE: Destination
  
 FOB POINT: Destination
  
 SHIP TO: PARCEL POST ADDRESS
 (000015) SEE NARRATIVE ON DD 1423
	  		  		  		  		
						
	A012	  	DATA ITEM	  		  	LO	  	$** NSP **	  	$	**NSP**
		  		  		  		  	 	  	 	 
						
		  	 SECURITY CLASS : Unclassified
 NOUN: Training Course Completion Report
  
 (End of
narrative B001)
  
 Inspection and Acceptance

 
 INSPECTION: Destination        ACCEPTANCE:
Destination
	  		  		  		  		
						
	 A013
	  	DATA ITEM	  	2	  	LO	  	$** N/A **	  	$	16,155.50
		  		  		  		  	 	  	 	 
		  		  		  		  		  	 	ESTIMATED
		  	 SECURITY CLASS: Unclassified
  
 NOUN: VISUAL AIDS
  
 ELIN A013 represents the Army funding for the
	  		  		  		  		

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 34
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

												
	 ITEM NO
	  	 SUPPLIES/SERVICES
	  	QUANTITY	  	UNIT	  	UNIT PRICE	  	AMOUNT
		  	 Visual Aids. ELIN A017 represents the Marine Corps funding for the Visual Aids
  
 (End of narrative B001)
  
 Packaging and Marking
  
 Inspection and Acceptance
 INSPECTION: Destination        ACCEPTANCE: Destination
  
 FOB POINT: Destination
  
 SHIP TO: PARCEL POST ADDRESS
 (000015) SEE NARRATIVE ON DD 1423
	  		  		  		  		
						
	 A014
	  	DATA ITEM	  	1	  	LO	  	$** N/A **	  	$	51,798.50
		  		  		  		  	 	  	 	 
		  		  		  		  		  	 	ESTIMATED
						
		  	SECURITY CLASS : Unclassified	  		  		  		  		
						
		  	 NOUN: CONFIGURATION AUDIT SUMMARY REPORT
 (PHYSICAL): PCA
  
 ELIN A014 is
in support of ELIN A002.
 ELIN A014 represents the Marine Corps funding for the PCA.
  
 ACCEPTANCE OF ELIN A002 SHALL CONSTITUTE
 ACCEPTANCE OF THE ABOVE ELIN FOR PAYMENT PURPOSES.
  
 (End of narrative B001)
  
 Packaging and Marking
  
 Inspection and Acceptance
  
 INSPECTION: Destination        ACCEPTANCE: Destination
  
 FOB POINT: Destination
  
 SHIP TO: PARCEL POST ADDRESS
 (000015) SEE NARRATIVE ON DD 1423
	  		  		  		  		
						
	 A015
	  	DATA ITEM	  	1	  	LO	  	$** N/A **	  	$	451,738.50
		  		  		  		  	 	  	 	 
		  		  		  		  		  	 	ESTIMATED
						
		  	SECURITY CLASS: Unclassified	  		  		  		  		

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 35
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

												
	 ITEM NO
	  	 SUPPLIES/SERVICES
	  	QUANTITY	  	UNIT	  	UNIT PRICE	  	AMOUNT
						
		  	 NOUN: TECHNICAL MANUALS
  
 ELIN A015 is in support of ELIN A009 and represents the Marine Corps funding for the development of the Army & Marine Corps technical manual.

 
 ACCEPTANCE OF ELIN A009 SHALL CONSTITUTE ACCEPTANCE OF THE ABOVE ELIN FOR PAYMENT
PURPOSES.
  
 (End of narrative B001)
  
 Packaging and Marking
  
 Inspection and Acceptance
  
 INSPECTION: Destination        ACCEPTANCE:
Destination
  
 FOB POINT: Destination
  
 SHIP TO: PARCEL POST ADDRESS
 (000015) SEE NARRATIVE ON DD 1423
	  		  		  		  		
						
	 A016
	  	DATA ITEM	  	1	  	LO	  	$** N/A **	  	$	82,249.50
		  		  		  		  	 	  	 	 
		  		  		  		  		  	 	ESTIMATED
		  	 SECURITY CLASS: Unclassified
  
 NOUN: LOGISTICS MANAGEMENT INFORMATION (LMI) / PROVISIONING PARTS LIST (PPL)
  

ELIN A016 is in support of ELIN A00B
  
 ELIN A016 represents the Marine Corps funding for the PPL.
  
 ACCEPTANCE OF ELIN A00B SHALL CONSTITUTE ACCEPTANCE OF THE ABOVE ELIN FOR PAYMENT PURPOSES.
  
 (End of narrative B001)
  
 Packaging and Marking
  
 Inspection and Acceptance
  
 INSPECTION: Destination        ACCEPTANCE:
Destination
  
 FOB POINT: Destination
  
 SHIP TO: PARCEL POST ADDRESS
 (000015) SEE NARRATIVE ON DD 1423
	  		  		  		  		

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 36
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

												
	 ITEM NO
	  	 SUPPLIES/SERVICES
	  	QUANTITY	  	UNIT	  	UNIT PRICE	  	AMOUNT
						
	 A017
	  	DATA ITEM	  	1	  	LO	  	$ **  N/A **	  	$	16,155.50
		  		  		  		  	 	  	 	 
		  		  		  		  		  	 	ESTIMATED
						
		  	  
 SECURITY CLASS: Unclassified
  
 NOUN: VISUAL AIDS
  
 ELIN A017 is in support of ELIN A013.
 ELIN A017 represents the Marine Corps funding for the Visual Aids. ELIN A013 represents the Army funding for the Visual Aids
  
 ACCEPTANCE OF ELIN A013 SHALL CONSTITUTE ACCEPTANCE OF THE ABOVE ELIN FOR PAYMENT
PURPOSES.
  
 (End of narrative B001)
  
 Packaging and Marking
  
 Inspection and Acceptance
 INSPECTION: Destination         ACCEPTANCE: Destination
  
 FOB POINT: Destination
  
 SHIP TO: PARCEL POST ADDRESS
 (000015) SEE NARRATIVE ON DD 1423
	  		  		  		  		

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 37
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

 B.1 TACTICAL WATER PURIFICATION SYSTEM (TWPS) & MODULES PRICES 
 B.1.1 The FAT costs are: 
 ARMY: $5,738,023

 USMC $2,966,482 
 TOTAL $8,704,505

 B.1.2 Following are the per unit prices for the TWPS and TWPS modules (excluding the FAT units and FAT modules) by program year for SHORT
TERM storage. FOB point is origin. Modules shall be packaged in accordance with C.15.3 and C.15.3.1. 
  

																						
	 	  	A-TWPS	  	MC-TWPS	  	MC-TWPS
COLD
WEATHER
MODULE	  	MC-TWPS
SUPPLEMENTAL
CLEANING &
WASTE &
STORAGE
MODULE	  	MC-TWPS
OCEAN
INTAKE
STRUCTURE
SYSTEM
(OISS)
MODULE	  	MC-TWPS
NBC
TREATMENT
MODULE	  	MC-TWPS
SURVIVABILITY
MODULE
	 PROGRAM YEAR 1
	  	$	552,786	  	$	415,779	  	$	33,596	  	$	6,127	  	$	5,796	  	$	5,100	  	$	1,748
	 PROGRAM YEAR 2
	  	$	438,815	  	$	415,779	  	$	30,685	  	$	6,033	  	$	5,642	  	$	5,057	  	$	1,729
	 PROGRAM YEAR 3
	  	$	423,195	  	$	327,843	  	$	31,122	  	$	6,050	  	$	5,844	  	$	5,237	  	$	1,734
	 PROGRAM YEAR 4
	  	$	423,195	  	$	327,843	  	$	31,462	  	$	6,115	  	$	5,832	  	$	5,227	  	$	1,753
	 PROGRAM YEAR 5
	  	$	433,861	  	$	333,491	  	$	32,261	  	$	6,171	  	$	6,066	  	$	5,425	  	$	1,769
	 PROGRAM YEAR 6
	  	$	437,428	  	$	336,030	  	$	32,533	  	$	6,391	  	$	6,129	  	$	5,501	  	$	1,833

 B.1.3 Following are the per unit price ADJUSTMENTS for the ARMY TWPS for LONG TERM storage. All
MC-TWPS and MC modules shall be delivered with short term storage requirements. FOB point is origin. 
  

				
	 	  	A-TWPS
	 PROGRAM YR 1
	  	$	0.00
	 PROGRAM YR 2
	  	$	0.00
	 PROGRAM YR 3
	  	$	0.00
	 PROGRAM YR 4
	  	$	0.00
	 PROGRAM YR 5
	  	$	0.00
	 PROGRAM YR 6
	  	$	0.00

 B.1.4 Following are the per unit price ADJUSTMENTS for the TWPS and TWPS MC MODULES by program year
for CONTROLLED HUMIDITY STORAGE. FOB point is origin. 
  

																						
	 	  	A-TWPS	  	MC-TWPS	  	COLD
WEATHER
MODULE	  	SUPPLEMENTAL
CLEANING
&
WASTE &
STORAGE
MODULE	  	OCEAN
INTAKE
STRUCTURE
SYSTEM
(OISS)
MODULE	  	NBC
TREATMENT
MODULE	  	SURVIVABILITY
MODULE
	 PROGRAM YR 1
	  	$	0.00	  	$	0.00	  	$	0.00	  	$	0.00	  	$	0.00	  	$	0.00	  	$	0.00
	 PROGRAM YR 2
	  	$	0.00	  	$	0.00	  	$	0.00	  	$	0.00	  	$	0.00	  	$	0.00	  	$	0.00
	 PROGRAM YR 3
	  	$	0.00	  	$	0.00	  	$	0.00	  	$	0.00	  	$	0.00	  	$	0.00	  	$	0.00
	 PROGRAM YR 4
	  	$	0.00	  	$	0.00	  	$	0.00	  	$	0.00	  	$	0.00	  	$	0.00	  	$	0.00
	 PROGRAM YR 5
	  	$	0.00	  	$	0.00	  	$	0.00	  	$	0.00	  	$	0.00	  	$	0.00	  	$	0.00
	 PROGRAM YR 6
	  	$	0.00	  	$	0.00	  	$	0.00	  	$	0.00	  	$	0.00	  	$	0.00	  	$	0.00

 B.2 INSTALLATION OF GOVERNMENT FURNISHED MATERIEL AND/OR PROPERTY 
 B.2.1 The unit price of any TWPS acquired under this contract includes all charges for initial installation of government furnished items. 

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 38
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

 B.3 CONTRACT DATA REQUIREMENTS 
 B.3.1 The cost of the data requirements listed in the contract’s DD Form 1423s are included in CLIN 0001AA. TWPS first article unit (LD) price except for the following: 
 B.3.1(a) The following CDRLs are separately priced: 
  

			
	 A002/A014
	  	CONFIGURATION AUDIT SUMMARY REPORT (PHYSICAL). ELIN A014 is in support of A002
	 A009/A015
	  	TECHNICAL MANUALS. ELIN A015 is in support of A009
	 A00B/A016
	  	LOGISTICS MANAGEMENT INFORMATION (LMI)/PROVISIONING PARTS LIST (PPL). ELIN A016 is in support of A00B
	 AOOW
	  	INSTRUCTOR LESSON GUIDES - MARINE OPERATOR & MAINTENANCE
	 AOOX
	  	STUDENT LESSON GUIDES - MARINE OPERATOR & MAINTENANCE
	 AOOY
	  	INSTRUCTOR LESSON GUIDES - ARMY OPERATOR
	 A00Z
	  	STUDENT LESSON GUIDES - ARMY OPERATOR
	 AO10
	  	INSTRUCTOR LESSON GUIDES - ARMY MAINTENANCE
	 AO11
	  	STUDENT LESSON GUIDES - ARMY MAINTENANCE
	 A013/A017
	  	VISUAL AIDS - ARMY AND MARINES. ELIN A017 is in support of A013

 B.4 ENVIRONMENTAL, HEALTH AND SAFETY REQUIREMENTS 
 B.4.1 The Contract price(s) include costs for Contractor compliance with all Environmental, Health and Safety requirements. Requirements include all
applicable Federal, State, and Local Environmental, Health, and Safety laws, rules, regulations, guidelines, standards, limitations, conditions, orders, controls, prohibitions, and other requirements. Requirements hereinafter refer to the
aforementioned list. Requirements that affect the performance of this contract, as of award date, are in effect or scheduled to become effective during the contract term. The contract price does not include any amount for future additional or
changed requirements which are not currently established and which may become effective during the term of the contract. 
 B.4.2 In the event
any of the forgoing Contractor compliance requirements are changed (e.g. altered, rescinded, postponed, replaced, or supplemented by new or additional requirements) subsequent to the contract award date, and such changes cause an increase or
decrease in the cost of, or time required to perform this contract, such change in cost or time requirement shall constitute the basis for an adjustment of contract price or delivery schedule, as the case may be, provided the costs of compliance
with such changed requirements are allowable and allocable to this contract under the FAR. 
 B.5 NEW EQUIPMENT TRAINING (NET) OPTION

 B.5.1 The Government has the right to acquire up to 400 classes at the prices set forth below. 
  

					
	 	  	ARMY	  	USMC
	 Total option classes:
	  	200	  	200
	 Classes option to date:
	  	0	  	0
		  	 	  	 
	 Classes available for option:
	  	200	  	200

 B.5.2 Army NET. The following are the per class prices for US Army New Equipment Training (NET) by
ordering period. The prices below do not include transportation and per diem expenses. The CLIN will be established at time of option. Paragraphs C.24 and H-33 define all requirements for this option. 
  

	$	15,557.00 per class, if option exercised during the second year option period. 

  

	$	16,024.00 per class, if option exercised during the third year option period. 

  

	$	16,504.00 per class, if option exercised during the fourth year option period. 

  

	$	17,000.00 per class, if option exercised during the fifth year option period. 

  

	$	17,910.00 per class, if option exercised during the sixth year option period. 

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 39
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

 B.5.3 US MARINE CORPS NET. The following are the per class prices for US Marine Corps New Equipment
Training (NET) by ordering period. The prices below do not include transportation and per diem expenses. Clin will be established at time of option. Paragraphs H-33 and H-34 define all requirements for this option. 
  

	$	15,557.00 per class, if option exercised during the second year option period. 

  

	$	16,024.00 per class, if option exercised during the third year option period. 

  

	$	16,504.00 per class, if option exercised during the fourth year option period. 

  

	$	17,000.00 per class, if option exercised during the fifth year option period. 

  

	$	17,510.00 per class, if option exercised during the sixth year option period. 

 B.6. FIELD SERVICE REPRESENTATIVE. The following are the fixed price man-day rates for Contractor Technical Assistance/Field Service Representative to support total package fielding and/or handoff by
ordering period. The prices below do not include transportation and per diem expenses. The Government shall have the right to acquire up to 625 man-days of support. The transportation and per diem will be added as a cost only, no fee CLIN at the
time the option is exercised. 
  

			
	 Total option per man-days:
	  	625
	 Hours option to date:
	  	0
		  	 
	 Hours available for option:
	  	625

  

	$	497.00 per man-day, if option is exercised during the first year option period. 

  

	$	518.00 per man-day, if option is exercised during the second year option period. 

  

	$	539.00 per man-day, if option is exercised during the third year option period. 

  

	$	560.00 per man-day, if option is exercised during the fourth year option period. 

  

	$	583.00 per man-day, if option is exercised during the fifth year option period. 

  

	$	607.00 per man-day, if option is exercised during the sixth year option period. 

  

	B.7	Index of CLINs 

  

			
	CLIN 0001AA	  	Army First Article (Logistics Demonstration) unit
	CLIN 0001AB	  	Army First Article (PVT & IOT&E) units
	CLIN 0001AC	  	Contractor support of First Article Testing (Government Testing)
	CLIN 0002AA	  	Marine Corps (MC) First Articles (PVT & IOT&E) units
	CLIN 0002AB	  	Marine Corps (MC) support of CLIN 0001AA to include non-recurring costs
	CLIN 0002AC	  	Marine Corps (MC) in support of CLIN 0001AC
	CLIN 0002AD	  	Marine Corps (MC) support of First Article Test units
	CLIN 0003AA	  	Marine Corps (MC) module set consisting of all 5 modules
	CLIN 0004AA	  	Army Production Quantity - program year one
	CLIN 0004AB	  	Army Production Quantity - program year two
	CLIN 0004AC	  	Army Production Quantity - program year three
	CLIN 0004AD	  	Army Production Quantity - program year four
	CLIN 0004AE	  	Army Production Quantity - program year five
	CLIN 0004AF	  	Army Production Quantity - program year six
	CLIN 0005AA	  	Marine Corps (MC) Production Quantity - program year one
	CLIN 0005AB	  	Marine Corps (MC) Production Quantity - program year two
	CLIN 0005AC	  	Marine Corps (MC) Production Quantity - program year three
	CLIN 0005AD	  	Marine Corps (MC) Production Quantity - program year four
	CLIN 0005AE	  	Marine Corps (MC) Production Quantity - program year five
	CLIN 0005AF	  	Marine Corps (MC) Production Quantity - program year six
	CLIN 0006AA	  	Marine Corps (MC) Modules (individually priced as specified in B.1.2)
	CLIN C007	  	Contract Data Requirements List (CDRLs)
	ELIN A001	  	Meeting Minutes
	ELIN A002	  	Configuration Audit Summary Report (Physical)
	ELIN A003	  	Engineering Change Proposal
	ELIN A004	  	Request for Deviation
	ELIN A005	  	Notice of Revision

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 40
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

			
	ELIN A006	  	Configuration Status Accounting
	ELIN A007	  	Product Drawings and Associated List
	ELIN A008	  	Functional Flow Diagrams/Ladder Logic Output
	ELIN A009	  	Technical Manuals
	ELIN A00A	  	Validation Certificate
	ELIN A00B	  	Logistics Management Information (LMI)/Provisioning Parts List (PPL)
	ELIN A00C	  	Logistics Management Information (LMI)/Pre-Procurement Screening (PPS)
	ELIN A00D	  	Logistics Management Information (LMI)/Engineering Data for Provisioning (EDFP)
	ELIN A00E	  	Logistics Management Information (LMI)/Long Lead Time Items List (LLTIL)
	ELIN A00F	  	Logistics Management Information (LMI)/Recommended Spare Parts List
	ELIN A00G	  	Logistics Management Information (LMI)/Design Change Notice (DCN)
	ELIN A00H	  	Logistics Management Information (LMI) Data Products/Maintenance Allocation Chart (MAC)
	ELIN A00J	  	Special Equip Tools & Test Equip List/Special Tools and Test Equipment
	ELIN A00K	  	Safety Assessment Report (SAR)
	ELIN A00L	  	Transportability Report
	ELIN A00M	  	Special Packaging Instructions (SPI)/Shipment & Storage Instructions
	ELIN A00N	  	Logistics Management Information Data Products/Packaging Data Elements (Coded Data)
	ELIN A00P	  	Special Packaging Instruction (SPI)
	ELIN A00Q	  	Failure Analysis and Correction Action Report/Contractor Responses to Test Incident Reports, Government Conducted FAT/PVT Testing
	ELIN A00R	  	System Support Package Component Listing
	ELIN A00S	  	Test Procedure/Quality Acceptance Inspection and Test
	ELIN A00T	  	Test Inspection Report/Quality Acceptance Inspection and Test
	ELIN A00U	  	Quality Deficiency Report
	ELIN A00V	  	Training Materials/Training Course Outline
	ELIN A00W	  	Instructor Lesson Guides - Marine Operator and Maintenance
	ELIN A00X	  	Student Lesson Guides - Marine Operator and Maintenance
	ELIN A00Y	  	Instructor Lesson Guides - Army Operator
	ELIN A00Z	  	Student Lesson Guides - Army Operator
	ELIN A010	  	Instructor Lesson Guides - Army Maintenance
	ELIN A011	  	Student Lesson Guides - Army Maintenance
	ELIN A012	  	Training Course Completion Report
	ELIN A013	  	Visual Aids
	ELIN A014	  	Marine Corps funding for Configuration Audit Summary Report (Physical) in support of ELIN A002
	ELIN A015	  	Marine Corps funding for Technical Manuals in support of ELIN A009
	ELIN A016	  	Marine Corps funding for Provisioning Parts List in support of ELIN A00B
	ELIN A017	  	Marine Corps funding for Visual Aids in support of ELIN A013

 *** END OF NARRATIVE B 001 *** 

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 41
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

 SECTION C - DESCRIPTION/SPECIFICATIONS/WORK STATEMENT 
 C.1 TACTICAL WATER PURIFICATION SYSTEM 
 C.1.1.
The Tactical Water Purification System (TWPS) is a tactically transportable system capable of purifying, storing and dispensing potable water from fresh, brackish, sea, and nuclear, biological and chemical (NBC) contaminated water. The system shall
provide quality drinking water to US troops in peacetime and war, and to civilian agencies or host nations for emergencies, disaster relief, humanitarian efforts, or peacekeeping missions. 
 C.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 
 C.2.1 The Contractor
shall furnish all supplies and services that are necessary to accomplish this contract for the items set forth in Section B, or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall supply all design, hardware, and documentation necessary to satisfy the
requirements of this Scope of Work and Purchase Description (PD) ATPD 2219 for the 1,500 Gallons Per Hour Tactical Water Purification System (1,500 GPH TWPS) (See Section J, Attachment 1) hereinafter referred to as PD 2219. Subordinate
specifications are contained in PD 53048, Tank, Fabric, Collapsible; Self-Supporting, Open Top, Water Storage, 300 Gallons (See Section J, Attachment 2) and NBC Contamination Survivability Criteria for Army Materiel (See Section J, Attachment 3).
The Government, in support of the Contractor, will provide in a timely manner, the materials and/or property listed in Exhibit A, Government Furnished Material /Property. 
 C.2.2 There are two configurations of the TWPS required under this contract, an Army version and a Marine Corps version. The Army TWPS configuration is transportable by a Heavy Expanded Mobility Tactical
Truck with load handling system. The Marine Corps TWPS configuration is a skid-mounted configuration, and excludes all the modules listed below. The Marine Corps version may be ordered as a stand-alone system. If modules are required for MC-TWPS,
they shall be ordered as stand alone units. For contract purposes, the Army version shall be hereinafter referred to as the A-TWPS and the Marine Corps version as the MC-TWPS. The term TWPS when used without service (Army or Marine Corps) specific
identifiers shall refer to both TWPS configurations. 
 C.2.2.1 The Contractor shall deliver the Army TWPS (A-TWPS) with an integrated
Government furnished 60kw generator. The Marine Corps TWPS (MC-TWPS) delivery does not include the generator. The A-TWPS includes the Water Quality Analysis Set: Purification (WQAS-P) (commercial item description (CID) # A-A-59338 dated
14 April 1999. The Government will furnish as Government Furnished Equipment (GFE) the water testing kit, chemical agent to the contractor for each A-TWPS produced. The MC-TWPS does not include the WQAS-P nor will the water testing kit be
furnished as GFE. The MC-TWPS shall include only the pH/Temperature, chlorine and conductivity capabilities required in A-A-59338. The MC-TWPS requirements are in paragraphs 2.5.3, 2.5.3.1, 2.5.3.2, 2.5.4, 2.5.4.1, 2.5.4.2, 2.5.5, 2.5.5.1, and
2.5.5.2 of A-A-59338. Commercial instructions for each of these capabilities shall also be included for the MC-TWPS. 
 C.2.2.2 The Contractor
shall overpack one hard copy of the TWPS technical manual (see paragraph C.8.2.1 in the SOW) and the 60kw technical manual with each delivered system, unless otherwise directed by the Government. 
 C.2.2.3 Each TWPS configurations shall be delivered with Basic Issue Item (BII). 
 C.2.3 A-TWPS Configuration. The A-TWPS shall meet all the requirements detailed in PD 2219. The A-TWPS will be in a load handling system (LHS) compatible Flatrack configuration. It shall be capable of
being transported using the Heavy Expanded Mobility Tactical Truck with load handling system (HEMTT-LHS) (M1120), Palletized Load System (PLS) trucks (M1074 and M1075) and PLS trailer (M1076). The A-TWPS is a fully integrated system with all
equipment required to accomplish all of the performance requirements stored within the flatrack configuration. The A-TWPS shall have the capability to store 15,000 gallons of potable water and dispense 250 gallons of potable water per minute. The
A-TWPS includes a Government Furnished Equipment (GFE) 60kw Tactical Quiet Generator that the Contractor shall integrate into the flatrack configuration and supply as part of the delivered A-TWPS. (See Exhibit A) 
 C.2.4 MC-TWPS Configuration. The MC-TWPS shall meet all the requirements detailed in PD 2219. The MC-TWPS is a skid-mounted configuration. MC-TWPS specific
requirements include the capability to store 6,000 gallons of potable water and dispense 125 gallons per minute of potable water. It shall be capable of being transported on a Medium Tactical Vehicle Replacement (MTVR) Truck (MK23 or MK25). This
system will not come equipped with a power source but shall be capable of interfacing and utilizing the 60 kw Tactical Quiet Generator (TQG) as its power source. The MC-TWPS also has optional, separately priced modules that will add capability to
the MC-TWPS, as specified below. These modules will be transported separately from the skid-mounted configuration and must be capable or being transported on an MTVR (MK23 or MK25). 
 C.2.4.1 MC-TWPS Cold Weather Module. This module is employed during severe weather operations (temperatures below 32 F
 to -25 F) to prevent water in the TWPS subsystem from freezing. This module
consists of any equipment necessary for the TWPS to operate successfully in these conditions. The requirements for this module are described in PD 2219. 
 C.2.4.2 MC-TWPS Supplemental Cleaning, Waste & Storage Module. This module is used to temporarily store the three cleaning waste streams. The requirements for this module are described in PD
2215. 
 C.2.4.3 MC-TWPS Ocean Intake Structure System (OISS) Module. The OISS is deployed at beach locations exposed to wave action and ocean

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 42
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

 
locations with significant tidal variations. This module reduces the amount of operator intervention required for ocean beaches water purification. The OISS module allows for raw water extraction
without operator intervention in a 24-hour period. The requirements for this module are described in PD 2219. 
 C.2.4.4 MC-TWPS NBC Treatment
Module. This module is used as the final product water treatment step when operating on a raw water source contaminated with nuclear, biological or chemical warfare agents. The requirements for this module are described in PD 2219. 
 C.2.4.5 MC-TWPS NBC Survivability Module. This module is used when the system is deployed in NBC Survivability conditions. The requirements for this module
are described in PD 2219. 
 C.3 CONTRACT UNIQUE DEFINITIONS 
 C.3.1. First Production Unit. For purposes of this contract, the first production unit shall be the first unit built under this contract. 
 C.3.2 First Article Test. For purposes of this contract, the first article test shall consist of: 
  

	a.	The Logistics Demonstration (LD) 

  

	b.	Production Verification Test (PVT) 

  

	c.	Initial Operational Test and Evaluation (IOT&E) 

 C.4 DATA SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS 
 C.4.1 The Contractor shall deliver all data under this contract, in English, electronically (unless
otherwise specified) via Web site, electronic mail in MS Office (95 or higher) and Windows compatible format, Compact Disc, or diskette. The Government will provide electronic mail addresses during the Start of Work meeting. An electronic copy of
each Data Deliverable shall be submitted to the System Acquisition Manager (SAM) at AMSTA-DSA-FP-PW and Marine Corps Systems Command (MARCOP.SYSCOM (PM CSLE)), unless otherwise specified. A copy of the cover letter and/or electronic message
transmitting the data shall be copy furnished the buyer for this contract at the time the data is submitted. The required information shall be furnished to the Government in accordance with the requirements on the Contract Data Requirement List
(CDRL), see Section J, Exhibit B for details. 
 C.4.2. The Contractor shall prepare technical data and/or reports in the format and scope
specified in the applicable Data Item Description, DD Form 1664 (DID), or as described elsewhere in the contract. Tailored DID’s referenced in this contract are located in Section J as Attachments. Should the Contractor need to review copies of
DIDs that are not tailored but are referenced in the contract and/or delivery orders, refer to database at http://astimage.daps.dla.mil/online/. To obtain documents without a cost, click on “Quick • search”. 
 C.5 INTEGRATED PRODUCT TEAM 
 C.5.1 The Contractor
and the Government shall use an Integrated Product Team (IPT) approach as the primary management tool for monitoring the status of the work described in this contract. The team will be jointly chaired by both Government and Contractor. The IPT will
provide a means for coordinating and/or monitoring schedules, integrated logistics, and technical performance. The Government and Contractor shall also use teleconferencing, Internet Home Pages, and shared common databases to ease communication. IPT
members will include personnel designated by the Contractor, the Contracting Officer, DCM and other personnel designated by the Government, which may include Government support contractors. 
 C.6 CONFERENCES, MEETINGS, AND REVIEWS 
 C.6.1
(A001) The Contractor shall plan, host, attend, coordinate, support and conduct the meetings, formal reviews, conferences, and audits (hereinafter called “reviews”) required by this contract. The reviews shall be conducted at Contractor
facilities. Reviews requiring demonstration and/or examination of equipment shall be conducted at the Contractor’s facility. All such reviews shall be included in the program schedule and may be held concurrently with the Government’s
approval. The Government reserves the right to cancel any review or to require any review to be scheduled at critical points during the period of performance. The Contractor, in conjunction with the Government, shall prepare agendas and conference
presentation materials, and provide minutes and reports following each review. Contractor format is acceptable. Action item documentation, assignment of responsibility for completion and due dates shall be determined prior to adjournment of all
reviews. A summary of all action items, responsible parties, and estimated completion dates shall be included with the minutes. 
 C.6.2 This
contract requires the following reviews: 
 C.6.2.l Integrated Product Team (IPT) meeting. Within 30 days after the initial delivery order
award, the Government and the Contractor

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 43
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

 
will host a start of work meeting. The meeting shall be held at the Contractor’s facility, may last several days, and shall include approximately 20 Government personnel. The purpose of this
meeting is to review contract terms and conditions and review all data requirements, required specifications, test requirements, and logistics requirements. Also, the Contractor will demonstrate to the Government their management procedures, provide
progress assessments, review of technical and other specialty area status, and establish schedule dates for near term critical meetings/actions. 
 C.6.2.2 Program Status Reviews. Government-Contractor program status reviews shall be held quarterly for the first three years following contract award and then semi-annually thereafter. Initial program status review shall be conducted 90
days after the IPT meeting. Program status reviews shall be held at the Contractor’s facility, in Frederick, MD. The Contractor’s progress, management, technical support services, if any, integrated logistics support, systems engineering,
administrative, assurance of compliance with contract requirements, program status, funding, problem identification and resolutions shall be discussion items. Actual versus expected performance of each area shall be addressed. The Contractor shall
prepare presentation materials providing an overview of all discussion items. 
 C.6.2.3 Provisioning Guidance Conference. The Provisioning
Guidance Conference shall be held as part of the IPT meeting. The Contractor shall provide a provisioning performance schedule at the IPT meeting in accordance with the Provisioning Requirements Statement. (See Section J, Attachment 4). This
schedule shall provide an estimate of the number of items to be provisioned and the number of conferences that will be required. 
 C.6.2.3.1
Provisioning Conference. The Contractor shall host Provisioning Conference(s) at the Contractor’s facility, based on the provisioning performance schedule. The Contractor shall furnish provisioning data and clarification of any provisioning
issues to the Government. 
 C.6.2.4 Logistics and Engineering Working Group Meetings. Logistics and engineering working group meetings shall be
held concurrently with the program status reviews. Logistic and engineering meetings shall include development of technical manuals, training, provisioning, drawings, and any other logistics or engineering issues that need to be addressed.
Additional working group meetings shall be convened, as necessary, for each of the areas at the Contractor’s facility. 
 C.6.2.5
Production Readiness Review. The production Readiness Review (PRR) shall be performed to formally evaluate the Contractor’s production readiness and identify existing or projected manufacturing problems and areas of risk. The Contractor shall
demonstrate progress in the following areas: (1) attaining the program’s production goals, (2) resolving manufacturing problems (or that a plan for their resolution acceptable to the Government has been developed), and
(3) mitigating all production risks. The Contractor shall show that the system design has included those key production factors necessary to ensure the system can be acquired on schedule. 
 C.6.2.5.1 The initial production readiness review shall be conducted at the Contractor’s facility during the IPT meeting. At the Government’s
discretion, follow-on production program reviews may be held quarterly at the Contractor’s facility. 
 C.6.2.5.2 The review dates shall be
Contractor-proposed, Government-approved, and incorporated into the program schedule. The agenda of the PRR shall include, as applicable, at least the following considerations: 
  

	a.	A Manufacturing Program Status to include the overall manufacturing system and detailed factors such as: manufacturing organization, responsibilities, facilities and
equipment manufacturing methods, and production flow. 

  

	b.	A status review of all production efforts for schedule considerations. 

  

	c.	The identity of open production concerns which require additional direction/effort to minimize risk to the production program. 

  

	d.	A status review of production engineering efforts, tooling and test equipment demonstrations, and proofing of new materials, processes, methods, special tooling, and
test equipment. 

  

	e.	A status of the hazard list from Environmental, Safety and Health (ESH) analysis. 

  

	f.	The status of long lead items for production, if any. 

  

	g.	The status of quality assurance/control measures. 

 C.7 CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT REQUIREMENTS 
 C.7.1 The Contractor shall maintain a configuration management (CN) process for the
control of all hardware and software configuration documentation, media, and parts representing or comprising the TWFS. The principles contained in EIA-649 and MIL-HDBK-61A may be used for guidance. The Contractor’s CM process shall, as a
minimum, consist of configuration identification, configuration control, configuration status accounting, and configuration audits. The Contractor shall designate a CM representative to serve as a primary point of contact to the Government for all
CM matters. The CM process shall be documented in the program management process available for Government review. A Government CM plan will be provided to the Contractor, at the IPT meeting, for information regarding the configuration control board
process, to include ECP disposition times, primary points of contact, and other relevant CM information. 
 C.7.1.1 (A002/A014) Configuration
Audit Summary Report (Physical) (PCA). The functional baseline is established as the performance specification, PD 2219. A Configuration Audit Summary Report Physical (PCA) shall be performed to verify the TWPS and its Configuration Identification
(CI) are accurate, complete and compatible, and to identify discrepancies between the hardware and the product drawings. The Contractor shall conduct the PCA at the Contractor’s facility. The Government reserves the right to witness any

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 44
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

 
portion of the audit. The PCA shall verify the drawings reflect the “as-built, as-designed” configuration of all newly developed or modified portions of the system; insure accurate
form, fit, function and interface information is provided on control drawings for non-developmental/commercial off-the-shelf items; and confirm the drawings accurately represent the “as-built, as-designed” production configuration. The PCA
shall be conducted incrementally, concurrent with fabrication and hardware assembly of a TWPS unit, which includes all corrections resulting from Government testing. The Contractor’s plan that provides the system to be audited, facilities,
personnel, documentation, see paragraph C.7.4 on Product Drawings, and other support as may be required, shall be available to the Government on request. The Contractor shall document the results of the PCA after each audit and shall correct all
audit discrepancies documented in the Configuration Audit Reports. In the event the Government finds evidence the drawings and/or documents, see paragraph C.7.4 for drawing deliveries, do not adequately represent the equipment, production shall
cease until all discrepancies are corrected and the Government approves the Configuration Audit Report. The Product Baseline will be established upon completion of the Government testing, PCA, and resolution of audit discrepancies. The PCA shall be
formatted and delivered in accordance with: 
 DI-CMAN-81022C, Configuration Audit Summary Report Physical and CDRL A002/A014. 
 C.7.2 Configuration Control. The Contractor shall implement configuration control methods and procedures which maintain the integrity and traceability of
the established product baseline. The production baseline configuration shall be established after the approval of the FAT (consisting of a Logistic Demonstration (LD), a Production Verification Test (PVT) and an Initial Operational Test &
Evaluation (IOT&E). Changes to established baselines shall only be made after Government approval of Engineering Change Proposals (ECP) and Request for Deviation (RFD). Sufficient supporting data to evaluate the proposed change, such as
drawings, supplemental drawings, sketches, specifications, or manufacturer’s data sheets, as well as the impact to logistics, TM and spares, shall be submitted with ECP’s and RFD’s. Changes shall be identified to the affected assembly
serial number, or if not part of an assembly, to the affected equipment serial number. Prior to FAT, the Contractor may make changes to the TWPS provided all changes are submitted to the Government. No approval of these changes is required.
Following FAT approval, the Contractor shall submit proposed changes using ECPs and RFDs to the Government IAW the requirements listed in C.7.2.1, C.7.2.2 and C.7.2.3. 
 C.7.2.1 (A003) Engineering Change Proposal. Engineering Change Proposals (ECP) shall be submitted by the Contractor IAW Attachment 5 - (See Section J, Attachment 5 Data Delivery Description -Engineering
Change Proposal). All Class I ECPs shall require Government approval prior to implementation. All Class II ECPs do not require prior approval but the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer, by means of an ECP, not less than 60 days prior to
implementing any configuration changes. ECPs shall be formatted and delivered in accordance with: 
 DI-CMAN-B0639C. Engineering Change Proposal
(ECP) and CDRL A003 
 C.7.2.2 (A004) Request for Deviation. The Contractor shall submit Requests for Deviations (RFD) from current approved
configuration documentation IAW Attachment 6 (See Section J. Attachment 6, Data Delivery Description - Request for Deviation). Authorized deviations are a temporary departure from the requirements and do not constitute a change in an approved
baseline, where it is determined that a change should be permanent, the Contractor shall submit an ECP IAW C.7.2.1. The RFDs shall be formatted and delivered in accordance with: 
 DI-CMAN-80640C, Request for Deviation (RFD) and CDRL A004. 
 C.7.2.3 (A005) Notice of Revision.
The Contractor shall generate and submit Notice of Revision (NOR) concurrently with Engineering Change Proposal (ECPs) when technical documentation requires changes following approval of an ECP. The NOR shall be prepared IAW Attachment 7 (See
Section J. Attachment 7 Data Delivery Description - Notice of Revision (NOR)). The NORs shall be formatted and delivered in accordance with: 
 DI-CMAN-80642C, Notice of Revision (NOR) and CDRL A005 
 C.7.3 (A006) Configuration Status Accounting. The Contractor shall establish
and maintain a Configuration Status Accounting (CSA) program, which represents the configuration of the TWFS. The CSA system shall provide baseline documentation, delineate the status of changes to the baseline, record implementation of approved
changes, and provide an audit trail for engineering changes, drawings and associated lists, software, and other related technical documentation. All approved changes which have been installed in the TWFS shall be recorded. The CSA database shall be
electronically transferred to the Government at completion of contract. The CSRs shall be formatted and delivered in accordance with: 
 DI-CMAN-81253A Configuration Status Accounting and CDRL A006 
 C.7.3.1 Serialized Tracking. The Contractor shall record and provide to
the Government the serialized configuration of the TWPS and modules. The following information shall be part of the Configuration Status Accounting (CSA) Information and made available for Government review during scheduled meetings. As the CSA is
updated so shall this information. 
  

	a.	Contractor Serial Number (i.e.A-0001; MC-0001) 

  

	b.	System Designation/Model Number 

  

	c.	Contract Number 

  

	d.	Contractor 

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 45
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

	e.	Date of Manufacturing 

 C.7.4 (A007) Product
Drawings and Associated Lists. The Contractor shall develop product drawings and associated lists, which reflect the “as built, as tested” configuration of the TWPS (see Section J, Attachment B for Product Drawings). The drawings shall be
used for the manufacture, assembly and configuration management of the materials, parts, subassemblies and assemblies of the equipment covered under this contract. The drawings and associated lists shall provide the information necessary to enable
the procurement or manufacture of an interchangeable item duplicating the physical and performance characteristics of the original part or assembly without additional design effort on the part of the Government. Product Drawings shall be formatted
and delivered in accordance with: 
 DI-DRPR-61000A, Product Drawings and CDRL A007 
 C.7.4.1 Drawing Numbers. The Contractor shall use Government furnished drawing numbers on all product drawings. The Contractor shall obtain the Government
drawing numbers from the Contracting Officer. 
 C.7.4.2 Product Drawings Submittal. All new drawings and drawing revisions shall be delivered
as electronic data in accordance with the requirements listed below. 
 C.7.4.2.1 Delivery Format of Engineering Drawings. 
 C.7.4.2.1.1 Draft drawing submittals and the final PCA drawings shall be submitted in AutoCAD 2000 DWG or hardcopy format as specified in CDRL A007, Product
Drawings and Associated Lists. The final submittals of engineering drawings shall be delivered in the following format: 
 1. Native 2-D or 3-D
solid CAD model, AutoCAD 2000 or higher, DWG or format. 
 2. JEDMICS C4 raster image. (See Section J, Attachment 9 for a List of Commercial
Products That Support JEDMICS C4 format or contact the TACOM EDI Office at (586) 574-5305 for assistance. 
 C.7.4.2.1.2 The Contractor
shall contact the PCO for delivery of the actual files for the File Type Number and other technical and interface data. 
 C.7.4.2.1.3 Larger
drawings. (J-K sizes) shall not have multiple plot files or frames. 
 C.7.4.2.2 Indexing Information. All files shall have proper indexing
information. A DLF ASCII file shall accompany a set of engineering data files. The DLF ASCII file shall be formatted so that each record goes on a separate line and bars separate fields. See Section J, Attachment 10 for the JEDMICS Data File Index
Structure (DFIS) spreadsheet describing the fields (with accompanying notes), together with a sample of a DLF file. The DLF file can be created using IndexR software available on the web at http://itshelp.redstone.army.mil/. The
Contractor may contact the TACOM EDI Office at (586) 574-5305 with questions related to file types, index extensions, and similar matters. 
 C.7.4.2.3 Delivery Media Requirements. Electronic data can be delivered on CD-ROMs (ISO 9660) or through FTP (File Transfer Protocol). Because the Government wishes to take advantage of the latest digital media technology, the Contractor is
asked to coordinate its final media decisions with the Contracting Officer prior to delivery. 
 C.7.4.2.4 Physical Media. The CDROM physical
media shall be labeled with the following information: 
  

	a.	Contractor’s name/CAGE 

  

	b.	Contract Number 

  

	c.	System 

  

	d.	The appropriate CDROM number of the total, “CD 2 of 3” 

  

	e.	Range of document numbers included on the CD. 

  

	f.	Software version used for Computer-Aided Design (CAD) and International Graphics Exchange Specification (IGES). 

 C.7.4.2.5 File Naming Convention. Files shall be delivered in batches. No batch shall include more than 50 files. Batches shall be sequentially named as b1,
b2, b3, etc. Drawing files shall have names that correspond to the drawing number but not exceed 8 characters in length. File extensions can be obtained from TACOM EDI Office at (586) 574-5305. 
 C.7.4.2.6 Geometry Creation Guidelines for 2-D and 3-D Models. Guidelines are included at Section J, Attachment 11, Geometry Creation Guidelines for 2-D and
3-D Models. 
 C.7.4.2.7 Telephone Numbers and Web Sites cited in section C.7.4.2.1.1, 7.4.2.2 and 7.4.2.5 are provided solely for access to
interface data and the clarification of technical matters. 
 C.7.4.3 (A008) Functional Flow Diagrams/Ladder Logic Output. The PLC controls the
sequence of operation, output to displays, and relay logic. This data is contained on an Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory (EPROM). The Allan-Bradley version 4.0 program plus the SFA ladder logic is required to make future changes such as
Preplanned Product Improvement (PI) or engineering changes to the EPROM. The

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 46
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

 
Contractor shall maintain configuration control of the data for the PLC throughout the duration of the contract. The logic code shall be delivered to the Government on appropriate electronic
media, such as a floppy disk or CD-ROM in the format used for the TWPS at the time of delivery. The ladder logic deliveries shall reflect the ladder logic programming used for the TWPS at the time of delivery. Below is the most recent program
information. The Ladder Logic Output shall be formatted and delivered in accordance with CDRL A008. 
 Allen-Bradley 1747-Mll 
 1747 Mll Flash Memory, SLC 5/03 and 5/04 Processors (catalog number 1747-L541 or L542) 
 Program and data table storage, 26K instructions (4K-word data table) 
 Allen-Bradley
9324-RL0300ene 
 RSLogix 500, Version 3.01.09 
 Latest Version, 4.00.00 
 DI-GDRQ-81224(T), Ladder Logic Output/Functional Flow Diagrams and CDRL A008 
 C.8 LOGISTICS REQUIREMENTS 
 C.8.1 Integrated
Logistics Support. The Contractor shall plan and conduct an Integrated Logistics Support (ILS) program, which shall govern the management of the ILS effort. The ILS process shall ensure the TWPS, when fielded, will satisfy logistics elements and
supportability criteria defined herein. The logistics program shall be discussed during program reviews. 
 C.8.2. Publications. 
 C.8.2.1 (A009/A015) Technical Manuals. The Contractor shall develop operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance technical manual (TM
10-4610-309-14) and repair parts and special tools list (RPSTL) (TM 10-4610-309-24P), IAW MIL-STD-40051A, Department of Defense Standard Practice, Preparation of Digital Technical Information for Multi-Output Presentation of Technical Manuals, 15
Feb 2001. MIL-HDBK-1222, Department of Defense Handbook, Guide to the General Style and Format of US Army Work Package Technical Manuals, 15 Feb 2001 (for guidance only) IAW Attachment 12 (See Section J, Attachment 12 Additional Requirements for
Table A.1, TM Matrix of MIL-STD-40051A) . The manual shall be a system manual that covers all of the components of the TWPS system. The Technical Manuals shall be formatted and delivered in accordance with: 
 MIL-STD-40051A, Notice 1. Department of Defense Standard Practice, Preparation of Digital Technical Information for Multi-Output Presentation of Technical
Manuals and CDRL A009/A015 
 C.8.2.2 The Contractor shall produce an Acrobat electronic technical manual (ETM) file of the manual described
above. Acrobat files are portable document files (PDF) format files. They shall contain bookmarks for the table of contents page, the first page of alphabetical index, the first page of each work package, chapter and section. Bookmark each reference
in the manual. No linking is required beyond the bookmarks. 
 C.8.2.3 Validation. The Contractor shall validate the accuracy and usability of
the technical manual to be delivered. The Contractor shall have and use documented Quality Assurance (QA) processes and inspections. The Government has the right to review validation records and witness the validation process. The Government has the
right to verify all publication deliverables. 
 C.8.2.3.1 (A00A) Validation Certification. The Contractor shall, concurrently with the final
draft manual/Electronic Tech Manual (ETM), deliver a document of certification, attesting to the adequacy and accuracy of the technical manual and the satisfaction of the validation’s requirement for Government review and acceptance. An
authorized Contractor representative shall sign the certificate(s). A certificate shall be provided for each manual and ETM validated by the Contractor. The Validation Certification shall be formatted and delivered in accordance with: 
 DI-CMAN-80792A. Validation Certification and CDRL A00A 
 C.8.2.4 Verification. The Government will verify that the manual and ETM are accurate during the Logistics Demonstration (LD). Government reviews and verification may be done through sampling with a mix of desktop review and actual
performance of the procedures; but could include actual performance of all procedures and review of all pages, if deemed necessary by the Government. The Government does not intend to review and verify every page at every review, but relies on
complete, careful editing and review by the Contractor. If there are indications that the Contractor has performed incomplete or inadequate QA reviews, the Government may elect to perform additional reviews and return products for rework. The
Contractor shall provide technical and engineering support as required to aid the Government in the performance of the verification effort. The Contractor shall provide one set of technical manuals and an ETM CD/ROM to each verification participant
(a maximum of 15 participants) no less than 21 calendar days prior to the scheduled verification effort. The Contractor shall incorporate all Government comments from specification compliance reviews, technical accuracy reviews, and Government
verification reviews into the final submission of manuals. Unless otherwise advised by the Contracting Officer, verification by the Government will be held at the Contractor’s facility. The Government will provide target users; the Contractor
shall provide all necessary resources to support the Government verification to include the following: 
  

	a.	Production line end item. 

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 47
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

	b.	Adequate facilities and office space. 

  

	c.	Mandatory replacement parts needed for assembly and disassembly tasks. 

  

	d.	Paper copies of the manuals. 

  

	e.	Expendable supplies and materials. 

 C.9
COPYRIGHT REQUIREMENTS 
 C.9.1 The Contractor shall, if requested by the Government, identify copyrighted material, if any, and shall obtain
the written approval of the copyright owner for the Government purpose rights in Copyright, (for Government reproduction purposes only) to any and all data/products produced under this SOW. The Contractor shall furnish appropriate release giving the
Government permission to reproduce and use copyrighted information. When the manual covers a vendor’s component or portion thereof and the vendor’s manual contains copyrighted material, the Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining
copyright release from the vendor and providing the copyright release to the Government with the final manual. 
 C.10 PARTS DOCUMENTATION
PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS 
 C.10.1 Provisioning Program. The Contractor shall develop provisioning data for the TWPS in accordance with
MIL-PRF-49506 and guidelines of MIL-HDBK-502 and LMI data worksheet IAW Attachment 13 (See Section J, Attachment 13, LMI Requirements, MIL-PRF 45506: EDFP, DCN and PPL). The provisioning data shall contain all data for the assemblies,
sub-assemblies, spare parts and module to include Components of the End Item (COEI), Basic Issue Items (BII), Additional Authorized (Items) List (AAL) and Special Tools and Test Equipment (STTE) required to support the TWPS. Engineering Data for
Provisioning (EDFP) drawings are required to support each new item being provisioned. The Government will provide the Provisioning Contract Control Number (PCCN), Provisioning Control Code (PCC), and additional information or service unique codes
will be provided not later than the Provisioning Guidance Conference. 
 C.10.1.1 (A00B/AA016) Provisioning Parts List (PPL). The Provisioning
Parts List (PPL) shall contain the end item, component or assembly and all support items which can be disassembled, reassembled, or replaced, and which, when combined, constitute the end item, component or assembly and shall include items such as
parts, materials, connecting cabling, piping, and fittings required for the operation and maintenance of the end item, component, or assembly. The PPL shall be used to determine the range and quantity of support items required to maintain the end
item for an initial period of service. This includes all repairable Contractor Off-The-Shelf (COTS) items unless excluded by the provisioning requirements. It does not include a breakdown of Government furnished equipment. The PPL shall include
items such as parts, materials, connecting cabling, piping, and fittings required for the operation and maintenance of the end item/equipment. The PPL shall contain all tools, test equipment, repair kits and repair parts sets required to maintain
the end item, component, or assembly equipment unless excluded by the provisioning requirements. The PPL shall be formatted and delivered in accordance with: 
 DI-ALSS-81529, Logistics Management Information (LMI) Data Products - (PPL) and CDRL A00B/A016 
 C.10.1.1.1 The Contractor shall ensure that the submitted LMI Data products are compatible with the Army Commodity Command Standard System (CCSS) Provisioning On Line System (POLS), ADSM-18-LEA-JBE-ZZZ-UM-06 (User’s Manual). The data
shall be capable of being loaded into Government FMR without modification to the data. The Contractor shall correct CCSS/POLS rejects within 15 days after receipt of Government notification and resubmit electronically in ASCII text with accompanying
50/80 listing, or equivalent to 80 column card format. 
 C.10.1.1.2 The Contractor shall maintain and continuously update their data file with
the Provisioning Technical Documentation (PTD) Reports. These reports will contain Part Number changes, Source Maintenance and Recoverability (SMR) Code changes, failure factor changes and additions and/or deletions that occur throughout the
contract. The Contractor shall ensure that only those items which are repair parts or parts of the end item’s top down generation breakdown will be loaded in the PMR. All others will be rejected. 
 C.10.1.2 (A00C) Pre-Procurement Screening (PPS). Contractor shall conduct pre-procurement screening for all items to be provisioned. Drawings are not
required for items accompanied by a copy of pre-procurement screening (i.e., Haystack, Parts master, DLSC) which indicates this item has previously been assigned a valid National Stock Number (NSN). Provisioning and Other Pre-procurement Screening
Data are used to identify existing NSHs for an item, validate currency of an NSN, and aid in maximum use of known assets. The PPS shall be formatted and delivered in accordance with: 
 DI-ALSS-81529, Logistics Management Information (LMI) Data Products (PPS) and CDRL A00C 
 C.10.1.3
(A00D) Engineering Data for Provisioning (EDFP). Engineering Data For Provisioning (EDFP) is technical data used to describe parts/equipment and consists of data such as specifications, standards, drawings, photographs, sketches and descriptions,
and necessary assembly and general arrangement drawings, schematic drawings, schematic diagrams, and wiring and cable diagrams necessary to indicate the physical characteristics, location, and/or function of the item. The EDFP shall be formatted and
delivered IAW DID-ALSS-81529 as referenced below. At a minimum, EDFP must provide the following: 
  

	a.	Technical information of items for maintenance support considerations 

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 48
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

	b.	Item identification/descriptions necessary for: 

  

	(1)	Cataloging actions and assignment of a National Stock Number 

  

	(2)	Review for item entry control 

  

	(3)	Standardization to include standardization/interchangeability 

  

	(4)	Item management coding 

  

	(5)	Identification/procurement of initial spares 

  

	(6)	Preparation of allowance/issue lists 

  

	c.	The Contractor shall furnish EDFP in the following order of precedence: 

  

	(1)	Government or industry recognized specifications or standards 

  

	(2)	Engineering drawings 

  

	(3)	Commercial catalogs or catalog descriptions 

  

	(4)	Sketches or photographs with brief descriptions of dimensional, material, mechanical, electrical, or other descriptive characteristics. 

 DI-ALSS-81529, Logistics Management Information (LMI) Data Products (EDFP) and CDRL A00D 
 C.10.1.3.1 EDFP shall be marked in such a manner as to identify the proprietary rights (limited or unlimited). EDFP shall also be marked with the Provisioning Line Item Sequence Number (PLISN) in the
upper right hand corner. EDFP shall NOT be provided when the item is: 
 a. Identified as a Government specification or standard which completely
describes the item including its dimensional, mechanical, and electrical characteristics 
 b. Previously cataloged/assigned an active National
Stock Number with type 1 item identification 
 C.10.1.4 (A00E) Long Lead-Time Items List (LLTIL). The Contractor shall provide a Long Lead-Time
Items List. The LLTIL shall contain those items which, because at their complexity of design, complicated manufacturing process or limited production capacity, may cause production or procurement cycles which would preclude timely and adequate
delivery, if not ordered in advance of normal provisioning. The LLTIL shall be formatted and delivered in accordance with: 
 DI-ALSS-B1529.
Logistics Management Information Data Products (LLTIL) and CDRL A00E 
 C.10.1.5 (A00F) Recommended Spare Parts List. The Contractor shall
provide a proposed spare parts list within 120 days of issuance of the initial delivery order. The list shall be in contractor format. It shall include a listing of spare items the contractor feels will be required to support a TWPS systems for one
year following its initial fielding. The recommend spare parts list shall be formatted and delivered in accordance with DID-ALSS-81529 referenced below. The list shall contain, as a minimum, the following information: 
  

	a.	Unit Identifier (i.e. A-TWPS, MC-TWPS, Modules) 

  

	b.	Part 

  

	c.	Part Number 

  

	d.	NSN, if available 

  

	e.	Quantity required per year 

  

	f.	Estimate per unit cost (FOB point is origin, packaging per Section C) 

  

	g.	Vendor 

 DI-ALSS-81529, Logistics Management
Information Data Products and CDRL A00F 
 C.10.1.6 (A00G) Design Change Notice (DCN). The Contractor shall submit a DCN for those design or
part number changes which modify, add, delete or supersede any of the operating, maintenance or repair parts information that the Contractor provided previously under this contract. The DCNs shall be formatted and delivered in accordance with:

 DI-ALSS-81529, Logistics Management Information (LMI) Data Products and CDRL A00G 
 C.10.1.7 (A00H) Maintenance Allocation Chart (MAC) (MIL-STD-40051-5A). The Contractor shall prepare an initial MAC covering all maintenance tasks by
breaking down the TWPS in functional group code sequence. A Functional Group Code (FGC) listing will be provided by the Government at the IPT meeting. The contractor shall provide a preliminary MAC at the IPT meeting to be reviewed by the joint
Contractor-Government working group. The MAC is a living document that forms the basis for provisioning and technical manual development and is, therefore, subject to change until its final approval concurrent with final approval of the technical
manual. The MAC assigns all authorized maintenance functions and repair operations to be performed by the lowest maintenance level appropriate category, and delineates the tools and test equipment required to perform the operations. The first
functional group code shall be 00, the end item. The MAC shall include all maintenance significant components, assemblies, subassemblies, and modules. If the maintenance

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 49
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

 
for a repair part consists of replacement only, the part shall not be listed in the MAC, unless not listing the part would result in deletion of the group number; in this case, the part shall be
listed in order to retain the functional group number. Parts requiring a test procedure prior to replacement shall also be listed in the MAC. The Government will provide the Contractor, upon request, information pertaining to the maintenance and
fielding concepts. 
 DI-ALSS-81529, Maintenance Allocation Chart (MAC) and CDRL A00H 
 C.10.2 Support Equipment. The Contractor shall provide a listing of support equipment, which is defined as tools, test equipment, automatic test equipment
and Built-in test/built-in test equipment (BIT/BITE). The requirement for support equipment shall be satisfied by items currently in the Army and Marine Corps inventory to the maximum extent practical. Listings of support equipment resident in the
Army and Marine Corps inventory are available from the Government upon the Contractor’s request. If the Contractor has determined that support equipment is not required, then an explanation on how and for how long the system is going to be
maintained is required. The information shall be delivered as part of the CDRL A00J delivery. 
 C.10.2.1 (A00J) Special Equipment. Tools and
Test Equipment List (TTEL). The Contractor shall prepare and deliver a TTEL listing of those peculiar support items including any Test Measurement and Diagnostic Equipment (TMDE) for the TWPS that are not currently listed in the US Army Supply
Catalogs (SCs) and Marine Corps TM 10510 and TM 10200 IAW Attachment 14 (See Section J, Attachment 14, Data Item Description - Special Equipment Tools and Test Equipment List). Special tools are defined as tools not found in the Army’s General
Mechanics tool kit (NSN 5180-00-177-7033), Organizational Maintenance common # 1 tool kit (NSN 4910-00-754-0654), common #2 tool kit (NSN 4910-00-754-0650), and tool kit Supplement #1 (4910-00-754-0653), and US Army supply Catalogs identified in DA
PAM 25-30, Section 6, and Marine Corps TM 10510 and TM 10200. Listing of tools and test equipment resident in the Army and Marine Corps inventory are available from the Government upon the Contractor’s request. The Contractor shall
identify all special tools required to service or repair the TWPS assemblies and incorporate the special tools and test equipment lists into the maintenance manual. The TTEL list, with drawings shall be identified at the first Provisioning
Conference. The Contractor shall verify that any special tools listed are indeed not currently in the Government Supply system. After Government approval of the TTEL, the Contractor shall deliver the data concurrently with the MAC. 
 DI-ILSS-80868(T), Special Equipment Tools & Test Equipment List and CDRL A00J 
 C.11 SAFETY ENGINEERING AND HEALTH HAZARD REQUIREMENTS 
 C.l1.1 Safety Engineering Principles. The
Contractor shall follow good safety engineering practices in establishing the TWPS design and operational procedures to include modifications. MIL-STD-882C can be used as a guide in determining whether safety-engineering objectives are met. As a
minimum, the Contractor shall do the following: 
 C.11.1.1 Identify hazards associated with the system by conducting safety analyses and hazard
evaluations. Analyses shall include both operational and maintenance aspects of the system. 
 C.11.1.2 Eliminate or reduce significant hazards
by appropriate design or materiel selection. If hazards to personnel are not avoidable or eliminated, take steps to control or minimize those hazards. 
 C.11.2 (A00K) Safety Assessment Report (SAR). As a result of system safety analyses, hazard evaluations, and any independent testing, the Contractor shall perform and document a safety (and health hazard) assessment. The safety (and health
hazard) assessment shall identify all safety features of the hardware, system design and inherent hazards and shall establish special procedures and/or precautions to be observed by our test agencies and system users. The Contractor shall prepare
the Safety Assessment Report in accordance with DI-SAFT-B0102B. The Contractor shall identify and incorporate Health Hazards associated with the system into the SAR. MIL-STD-882C provides guidance in the preparation of the Safety Assessment Report
and Health Hazard Assessment. In preparing the health hazard portion of the Safety Assessment Report, the Contractor shall provide a description and discussion of each potential or actual health hazard issue of concern for each sub-system or
component. A health hazard is an existing or likely condition, inherent to the operation, maintenance, transport or use of material, that can cause death, injury, acute or chronic illness, disability, or reduced job performance of personnel by
exposure to physiological stresses. Include classification of severity and probability of occurrence. The Contractor will include when the hazards may be expected under normal or unusual operating or maintenance conditions. Examples of hazards to be
included in the report are fire prevention issues, electrical issues, and noise. 
 DI-SAFT-80102B, Safety Assessment Report (SAR) and CDRL A00K

 C.12 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS 
 C.12.1 The Contractor shall use non-hazardous material to the maximum extent practicable to manufacture the TWPS, and will ensure that the material will support the intended use of the product. Recycled material should be used to the
maximum extent possible provided that they do not impact the performance and safety of the final product. 

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 50
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

 C.12.2 The Contractor shall manage the efforts described by this contract to ensure that all aspects of
the contract execution to include, but not limited, to the following Contractor activities: design, manufacturing, testing, and storage activities are in compliance with Federal, State and Local environmental regulations and requirements. The
Contractor shall notify the PCO immediately, if the Government gives any direction that could result in permit violations. 
 C.13 POLLUTION
PREVENTION REQUIREMENTS 
 C.13.1 Hazardous Material Management Program (HMMP). The Contractor shall establish, implement and maintain a
Hazardous Materials Management Program using National Aerospace Standard (NAS) 411, “Hazardous Materials Management Program” as a guide. The purpose of this program is to eliminate or minimize (where elimination is not possible) hazardous
and environmentally unacceptable materials throughout the life cycle of the system to ensure protection of human health and the environment. The Contractor shall maintain a Hazardous Materials Management program which, at a minimum, shall identify
and describe the organizational relationships and responsibilities for eliminating hazardous materials. The Hazardous Materials Management program shall also define the process used to identify the hazardous materials utilized in the manufacturing
process, and establish prioritization criteria for ranking the relative risks of these hazardous materials. This program shall be discussed during program reviews. A copy of the program shall be made available to the Government upon request.

 C.13.2 Hazardous Material Management Report. The Contractor shall prepare Hazardous Material Management Reports which, at a minimum, shall
identify all hazardous materials required for system production, contain a listing of prioritized hazardous materials for minimization/elimination per the criteria established in the Hazardous Material Management Plan, and identify those hazardous
materials/processes for which non-hazardous substitute materials/technologies may be available for implementation. This report shall be made available for review upon request of the Government and shall he briefed as part of the program review
meetings conducted between the Contractor and the Government. 
 C.13.3 Contractor Support for Government Preparation of National Environmental
Policy Act (NEPA) Documentation. The Contractor shall support Government preparation of all necessary documents and analyses to ensure compliance with NEPA, DOD 5000.2-R and Army Regulation 200-2. The support, on an as-needed basis, shall include,
but not be limited to: submission of all Material Safety Data Sheets for all hazardous materials included in the system design or used during contemplated production processes; useage information for hazardous and environmentally unacceptable
materials; preliminary descriptions of the proposed production process; production-related permitting requirements filed with the local environmental enforcement agency. 
 C.14 TRANSPORTABILITY REQUIREMENTS 
 C.14.1 (A00L) Transportability Report. The Contractor shall
submit a transportability report for each TWPS configuration IAW DI-PACK-80880B. Updated reports shall be delivered if transportability characteristics of the TWPS change. 
 DI-PACK-80880B, Transportability Report and CDRL A00L 
 C.15 MILITARY PACKAGING DOCUMENTATION
REQUIREMENTS: 
 C.15.1 (A00M) Shipment and Storage (S&S) Instructions. The Contractor shall provide and update S&S instructions. When
preparing the shipment and storage instructions the Contractor shall ensure those instructions are consistent with the transportability report required elsewhere in this contract. The S&S instructions shall detail procedures required to prepare
the TWPS for storage after it has been in operation. S&S instructions shall be developed for A-TWPS and MC-TWPS, plus Marine Corps modules. The S&S Instructions shall be formatted and delivered in accordance with: 
 DI-PACK-80121B, Shipping and Storage Instructions and CDRL A00M 
 C.15.1.1 S&S processing instructions required: 
 a. Short term transport and/or Storage (180
days maximum in an unheated warehouse) for application when the TWPS is in transport. Short term S&S processing instructions shall be sufficient to protect the items when they are intended for immediate use. 
 b. Long term storage/OCONUS instructions. The Government will use these instructions to prepare a system for open storage for a period of up to 2 years or
for shipment OCONUS. The Contractor shall ensure these instructions include any cyclic maintenance/exercising requirements or any special hazardous material packaging necessary to prevent the system from deteriorating due to inactivity or OCONUS
shipment. 
 c. Controlled Humidity storage (30 months). The Contractor shall ensure these instructions include any cyclic
maintenance/exercising requirements or any special hazardous material packaging necessary to prevent the system from deteriorating due to inactivity. 
 C.15.1.2 Compliance with Federal Industry and International Transportation Requirements. The Government ships using truck, rail, plane, and ship. The Contractor shall develop shipping and storage instructions for these modes of
transportation and identify unique

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 51
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

 
requirements for each mode of transport. This will allow the Government to process for shipment based on the intended mode of transport. The Contractor shall comply with the applicable codes and
standards listed here: (1) Code of Federal Regulation. Titles 29, 40 and 49; (2) International Maritime Dangerous Goods Code, for vessel transport and; (3) AFJMAN 24-204, Preparing Hazardous Materials for Military Air Shipments. The
Contractor shall include disassembly procedures to meet the requirements of the codes and standards mentioned above. 
 C.15.2 Packaging
Instructions for Basic Issue Items. The Contractor shall ensure that the shipping and storage instructions include packaging instructions for the Basic Issue Items (BII) and Components of the End Item (COEI). The Contractor shall ensure the
instructions require that BII shall be packed separately from the COEI. 
 C.15.2.1 BII and COEI Packaging. The Contractor shall include the
shipping and storage instructions provisions for stowage location and security for the BII and COEI. HAZMAT COEI are to be packed and shipped separately from the system and shall comply with Federal and Industry Transportation Requirements
identified in Paragraph C.15.2 above. The Contractor shall ensure the stowage locations shall deter pilferage and shall not interfere with lifting, tie down or other transportation handling requirements. 
 C.15.3 Marine Corps Modules Reuseable Containers. Marine Corps modules as described in detail in paragraph 3.1 of ATPD 2219, shall be stowed, handled, and
transported in non-metallic reuseable containers and each of the modules shall have its own separate packaging. The 5 Modules with boxes shall be subjected to the repetitive transportation, storage, and setup, and tear down conditions required of
the TWPS. The non-metallic reusable containers shall have a minimum service life of 10 years. A plan indicating component placement within the container shall be provided for each container and secured to the inside of each container cover.
Containers shall have a method for the user to label the contents of the container with a label that can be replaced if user needs require a change in the content of the container. Each container shall be marked “Reuseable Container-Do Not
Destroy”. All components shall be capable of being loaded manually without the need for any overhead lifting devices. Container closure shall use hand operated self-contained latches. If the modules require desiccant to withstand storage
periods of 48 months in an unheated warehouse, desiccant holder and humidity indicator shall be included. Containers with a gross weight over 121 pounds shall be constructed to allow handling by forklift truck from all four sides. Containers with a
gross weight under 121 pounds shall be designed with handles for a three-person carry. 
 C.15.3.1 Each module and container combination shall
be tested IAW ASTM-D4169, Distribution Cycle 18, Assurance Level 1, Acceptance Criteria 3 and contents shall remain secured in position. Prepare a report detailing each step taken during testing and include this test report as part of the Special
Packaging Instruction/Shipping and Storage Instruction submission. Document fully the condition of the module container and contents prior to testing and again after testing. Documentation of the test shall include photographs showing the container
and contents before and after testing. 
 C.15.4 Updates and Changes to Shipping and Storage Instructions. The Contractor shall revise the
shipping and storage instructions to reflect design changes that affect the system’s shipping configuration, weight, or transportability. The Contractor shall also provide revisions to the shipping and storage instructions for each logistics
change affecting packaging instructions for BII or COEI. 
 C.15.5 Validation of Shipping and Storage Instructions. The Contractor shall
validate the shipping and storage instructions for Long Term Storage, Short Term and Controlled Humidity Storage Instructions will be validated at the same time by identifying steps that can be performed differently or omitted from the Long Term
Instructions. For example, the Long Term Instructions may require a preservative that would not be required for the Short Term Instructions. The purpose of validation, is to verify the adequacy of the preservation, packaging, packing and stowage of
BII/COEI, preservation procedures for shipment and storage, and the cyclic maintenance requirements for systems in long term storage. A Government representative will verify and witness validation procedures. 
 C.15.6 Packaging Requirements. The Contractor shall provide Logistics Management Information (LMI) Data Products for packaging data systems entry as
specified in MIL-PRF-49506, see DI-ALSS-81529 (see Section J, Attachment 15 LMI - Packaging Data Products and Attachment 16 LMI Packaging Data Format), to the Commodity Command Standards System (CCSS) for parts that are provisioned (P-source coded)
and field level kits (KF-source coded). 
 C.15.6.1 (A00N) Packaging Data Elements. The Government will provide the Contractor with periodic
reports showing status of the program. Data is critical to populating the NSNMDR and the FLIS Government data files and shall be 90% accurate. Submittal errors shall be reworked within 15 days after rejection by the Government. The Contractor shall
provide the necessary personnel, facilities, equipment, material, and the electronic data interface. The Contractor shall include information for each of the items so the Government can determine the adequacy of the packaging submittal. This
includes item drawings and data such as Source, Maintenance & Reliability codes, Unit of Issue codes, Unit of Measure, Measurement Quantity, and copies of applicable Material Safety Data Sheets. The Contractor shall furnish item drawings,
photo documentation and notes sufficient for reviewing the packaging designs. The Packaging Data Elements shall be formatted and delivered in accordance with: 
 DI-ALL-81529, Packaging Data Elements and CDRL A00N 
 C.15.6.2 (A00P) Special Packaging
Instructions (SPIs). The Contractor shall prepare SPIs for each reparable item, each hazardous material item, each fragile, sensitive, critical item, and any item that cannot be adequately packaged/defined as a select item following the guidance in
MIL-STD-2073-1D. All SPIs will meet the performance of ASTM D4169, Distribution Cycle 18 with the performance criterion of no product damage. The SPI shall be in a format that can be viewed, changed, and commented upon (e.g. Microsoft Word 6.0 or
7.0, see DI-PACK-80121B). The Contractor shall provide read/write access to SPI. Data is critical to populate the Government technical data file, both JEDMICS and ACMS, and all data submitted shall be contractor validated and 95% accurate. Submittal
errors shall be reworked within 15 days after rejection by the Government. 

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 52
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

 DI-PACK-80121B, Special Packaging Instructions and CDRL A00P 
 C.15.6.3 EXCLUDED Items. Excluded items are those items with packaging data already in the TACOM Packaging File “PACQ”, FEDLOG, FLIS, and those
assigned a contractor and Government Entity Code (CAGE) of: 1T416, 21450, 80204, 96906, 10060, 24617, 80205, 99237, 80244, 81343, 81346, 81348, 81349, 81352, 88044. Also EXCLUDED are items for not mission capable supply, depot operational
consumption and not-for-stock supply. 
 C.16 TOTAL PACKAGE FIELDING REQUIREMENTS. 
 C.16.1 Technical Support. The Contractor shall provide technically qualified personnel (Contractor Technical Assistance/Field Service Representative) to
provide support to the Total Packaging Fielding team (defined as representatives of the Government) during the handoff to the U.S. Army and Marine Corps receiving units. 
 C.16.2 Total Package Fielding/Handoff. The Contractor shall provide TPF and handoff, accomplishing deprocessing of the end item and its components; conduct a joint unit inventory; perform handoff of
equipment; and prepare and complete the shortage list, joint inventory form and the quality deficiency reports (QDR), SF 368. Completed documentation shall be given to the Government representative. 
 C.16.2.3 Deprocessing. The Contractor shall perform on-site preparation of equipment prior to fielding or hand-off, including complete operator and
maintainer preventive maintenance checks & services (PMCS). Upon completion of deprocessing, the equipment shall be 100% fully mission capable. 
 C.16.2.4 Shortage List. The Contractor shall prepare a shortage list (DA Fm 2062) of all missing items with a description of the item, nomenclature, NSN, part number, quantity and date of availability.
This list shall be attached to the joint inventory. 
 C.16.2.5 Joint Unit Inventory Form. The Government will provide the Contractor with the
joint inventory form (DA Form 5684-R) for their completion. The Contractor, along with the gaining representative, shall conduct a joint inventory of all components and major items. The Contractor shall prepare and sign the joint inventory form.

 C.17 LOGISTICS SUPPORT TESTING 
 C.17.1 Logistics Demonstration (LD) Plan. The Government and Contractor shall develop a LD plan. The LD Plan shall contain the Government and Contractor plans and procedures for demonstrating the logistic supportability of the system. The
plan shall contain a statement of demonstration objectives and the qualitative and quantitative requirements to be demonstrated. The contents of the plan shall contain a description of the demonstration conditions. The following areas shall be
addressed: 
  

	a.	A listing of tasks to be demonstrated. 

  

	b.	Demonstration conditions including the following: 

 (1) The principal operating modes, operating time and cycling conditions to be imposed. 
 (2) A description of the demonstration
facilities and instrumentation requirements, including location. 
 (3) The mode of operation during the demonstration considering configuration
and mission requirements. 
 (4) Demonstration constraints such as manpower (by number and skill level), test equipment and their relationship
to the eventual use of the items. 
  

	c.	The types and quantities of equipment and materials to be used including government furnished equipment. 

  

	d.	The maintenance concept (both Army and Marine Corps). 

  

	e.	Provisions for a pre-demonstration phase to prepare facilities, personnel and equipment for the formal demonstration. 

  

	f.	Expected results, including the following: 

 (1)
The method to be used to report test levels. 
 (2) The data expected from each test along with the recording methodology and definition of
provisioning data elements to be collected. 
 (3) Analytical methods and calculation procedures to be used to analyze demonstration data.

 (4) The criteria for classifying demonstration results as successes or failures. Definition of failure must relate to expected symptoms,
which will be observed by operators and maintenance personnel. 
  

	g.	The plan of action to be used when demonstration failures occur. 

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 53
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

	h.	The participating agencies including: 

 (1)
Organization. 
 (2) Degree of participation by each in terms of managerial, technical, maintenance and operating personnel. 
 (3) Assignment of specific responsibilities. 
 (4)
Qualifications, quantity, sources, training and indoctrination requirements needed for the personnel participating in the LD. 
 C.17.1.1
Logistics Demonstration. The Government shall conduct a Logistics Demonstration (LD) concurrently with the Technical Manual Validation/Verification (TM Val/Ver). Total duration of the Government LD is 60 days. A LD is a nondestructive disassembly
and reassembly of the TWPS. System peculiar TMDE and support equipment, as well as the system support package, are also tested to determine their logistic status. The LD will include performance of all the operational tasks and scheduled maintenance
tasks required for the TWPS. 
 C.17.1.2 The Contractor shall supply all technical manuals end expendable and durable items required to perform
the LD tasks. The Contractor shall provide technical and engineering support, as required to assist the Government in the performance of the LD/TM verification effort. The Contractor shall provide the facilities to support the LD. These facilities
shall include an operations site, a shop area equipped with lifting equipment and all the tools and diagnostic equipment required to perform all operations and maintenance tasks. 
 C.17.1.3 Objectives. The LD is purely a logistics test performed to evaluate: 
 a. The achievement
of maintainability goals. 
 b. The adequacy and suitability of tools, test equipment and technical publications. 
 c. Maintenance instructions and personnel skill requirements. 
 d. The selection and allocation of repair parts, other equipment, and tasks to appropriate maintenance levels; and the adequacy of maintenance time standards. 
 C.18 CONTRACTOR SUPPORT OF GOVERNMENT TESTING 
 C.18.1 Production Verification Test. The Government will conduct a Production Verification Test (PVT), at Aberdeen Proving Grounds, Aberdeen, MD and Camp Lejeune, NC/Ft story (to be determined), on two (2) A-TWPS, and one
(1) MC-TWPS produced with production tooling. One set of MC modules will also be required for the MC-TWPS. Total duration of Government PVT will be approximately 180 days of which approximately 30 days will be at Camp Lejeune, NC. The
Government will conduct the PVT in accordance with a Government Test Plan. The purpose of the PVT is to ensure that the TWPS system conforms to the requirements specified in Section 3 of the PD 2219. 
 C.18.1.2 (A00Q) Technical Support during PVT. The Contractor shall provide one on-site technical representative for the duration of PVT. In addition, the
Contractor shall supply any spare parts or consumable items that are required during PVT that were not included in the System Support Package. During the PVT, the Government test agency shall write Test Incident Reports (TIRs). Each TIR will be
“scored” per the Failure Definition/Scoring Criteria contained in Attachment 17, (See Section J, Attachment 17- Failure Definition Scoring Criteria). The contractor shall respond to each TIR assigned to them with a Failure Analysis and
Corrective Action Report (FACAR) in accordance with Attachment 18 (See Section J, Attachment 18 Failure Analysis and Corrective Action Report). A FACAR shall be submitted within the time limits listed below. Submittal requirements are based on the
TIR release dates. The Government before implementation will approve corrective actions. The Failure Analysis and Corrective Action Report shall be formatted and delivered in accordance with: 
 Incident Classification/FACAR Submitted Within 
 Critical-Interim, within 24 hours of incident, Final report within 7 days 
 Major-Interim, within 3 days of incident, Final report
within 15 days 
 Minor-Interim/Final within 30 calendar days, only if requested by Government 
 Information-Within 30 calendar days, only if requested by Government 
 DI-RELI-81315(T), Failure Analysis and Corrective Action Report and CDRL A00Q 
 C.18.1.3
Non-Conformance at PVT. In the event the TWPS fails to meet requirements as described in the PD 2219, the Contractor shall submit plans for the corrective action or disposition to the Government for approval. Minor failures may be corrected during
the testing, with Government approval. 
 C.18.2 Initial Operational Test and Evaluation (IOT&E). The Government will conduct Initial
Operational Test and Evaluation (IOT&E), for the two (2) Army units at Aberdeen Proving Grounds, Aberdeen, MD and/or Camp LeJeuene, NC (to be determined). The IOT&E on one (1) Marine Corps unit and MC modules will be conducted at
Camp Lejeune, NC. Total duration of Government IOT&E will be approximately 75 days. The Government will conduct IOT&E in accordance with the Government Test Plan. The purpose of the IOT&E is to determine operational suitability and
effectiveness. 

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 54
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

 C.18.3 (A00R)) System Support Package Components List (SSPCL). The Contractor shall develop and deliver
a System support Package Component Listing (SSPCL) for the LD, PVT and IOT&E. The SSPCL shall identify all spare and repair parts requirements to support each Government test. The SSP shall contain all items, to include sufficient quantities of
consumable supplies, required to support the TWPS for the duration of the PVT (approximately 2500 operational hours) and IOT&E (approximately 1200 operational hours). The SSPCL shall be delivered in accordance with DI-ILSS-80532. The SSPCL shall
be formatted and delivered in accordance with: 
 DI-ILSS-80532, System Support Package Components List and CDRL A00R 
 C.18.3.1 System Support Package (SSP). The Contractor shall deliver a SSP for the LD, PVT and IOT&E in accordance with the SSPCL. The Contractor shall
deliver the SSP with an inventory list to the government test site 20 days prior to the start of each Government test. At a minimum, the SSP should include, but is not limited to, repair parts, special tools, BII, expendable items, TMDE and draft
equipment publications and items from approved SSPCL. The Contractor will provide any additional parts required to support test (either parts not included in the SSP or parts included in insufficient quantity) within 48 hours of Contractor
notification by the Government at no additional cost to the Government. If any re-testing is necessary, the Contractor shall provide the necessary SSP items to support the retest. 
 C.19 MANUFACTURING STANDARD. 
 C.19.1 The LD unit shall remain at the manufacturing facility as
the manufacturing standard. The Contractor shall maintain the unit in a serviceable condition for the time it is used as the manufacturing standard. Upon contract completion, the LD unit shall be the last item shipped on the contract. Any
configuration change approved by the Contractor and/or Government shall be incorporated into the manufacturing standard unit at no additional cost to the Government within 30 days. During performance of this contract, the Government reserves the
right to select another production-representative unit to remain at the Contractor’s facility as the manufacturing standard. 
 C.20
PRODUCT ASSURANCE REQUIREMENTS 
 C.20.1 The Contractor shall implement and maintain a product assurance program that ensures compliance to the
contract requirements. 
 C.20.2 (A00S, A00T) The Contractor shall develop and implement a quality acceptance, inspection and test (AI&T)
plan for the TWPS production, test, and refurbishment units to include all models. This acceptance inspection and test (AT&T) plan shall demonstrate the adequacy and suitability of the Contractor’s production processes and procedures for
achieving the performance inherent in the product baseline. This acceptance inspection and test (AI&T) plan with sign off sheets (check-lists) shall be submitted to the Government for approval prior to any acceptance of the TWPS system either
for testing or production by Government QAR inspectors. The Contractor shall conduct testing which will ensure the manufacturing processes, equipment and procedures are effective, in accordance with ATPD 2219, paragraph 4.1.4 (AI&T) with a
Government QAR present. Simulator plugs used during the AI&T shall be packed with the TWPS and be retained by the receiving unit. Evidence of any failure during the acceptance inspection and test (AI&T) requirements in ATPD 2219, paragraph
4.1.4 shall constitute rejection of the unit by the Government QAR. The AI&T shall be formatted and delivered in accordance with: 
 DI-NDTI-80603, Test Procedure (AI&T) and CDRL A00S 
 DI-NDTI-80809B, Test/Inspection Report (AI&T) and CDRL A00T 

C.21 GOVERNMENT FURNISHED PROPERTY 
 C.21.1
GOVERNMENT MATERIAL. The Government will furnish to the Contractor the items identified in Section J, Exhibit A, Government Furnished Material and/or Property or Equipment. The Contractor, upon receipt of Government owned assets, will perform an
inventory (with DCM oversight/guidance) and inspection within ten working days. The inspection shall determine, as a minimum, if the items are in adequate condition and suitable for intended use. The Contractor shall provide notification of receipt
to the Government in Contractor format. As a guide the Contractor may follow the requirements of DI-MGMT-60369B. 
 C.21.2 (A00U) Upon discovery
of defective GFM the Contractor shall document the results of the inspection and shall furnish a Quality Deficiency Report Standard Form 36 (QDR). The report shall, at a minimum, include a description of the deficiency and/or defect, quantity of GFM
affected, recommended disposition or cost to repair the item. The Quality Deficiency Report shall be formatted and delivered in accordance with: 
 DI-QCIC-80736 Quality Deficiency Report and CDRL A00U 
 C.21.3 Handling, storage and accountability of GFM shall be in accordance with
the Contractor’s Quality Program. 

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 55
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

 C.22 TRAINING REQUIREMENTS 
 C.22.1 General. The Contractor shall develop training material (courseware) to cover operator and maintenance tasks for the TWPS. The Contractor shall be responsible for initial training and all
courseware to support it. Training and courseware shall be on the operation, maintenance, and repair of all components and ancillary equipment (if any) unique to the TWPS. Initial training shall be conducted at Government facilities. Trainees may
either be Government personnel or Government support contractors. The training shall include any necessary equipment to support operation, PMCS, and operator and unit maintenance of the TWPS. Instruction shall consist of approximately 40% classroom
and 60% practical exercise, and teach operation, setup and disassembly, preventive maintenance checks and service (PMCS), inspection, testing, troubleshooting, and safety procedures. Initial training shall be conducted to support the Government
testing (Production Verification Test and Initial Operational Test and Evaluation). No separate training is required to support the Logistics Demonstration. Army and US Marine Corps will use the same lesson guides for PVT and IOT&E. Separate
guides will be developed for I&KPT and NET for Army and Marine Corps use. 
 C.22.2 Production Verification Test (PVT) Training. Training to
support the PVT shall consist of an operator course and maintainer course. The Contractor shall conduct PVT training for a maximum of 30 students at Aberdeen, MD. The Government reserves the right to have additional participants present during
conduct of course. These courses shall be targeted to the personnel who will operate and maintain the system. The PVT courses shall be taught by the Contractor utilizing draft courseware. The operator course shall not be more than 80 hours in
length, the maintainer course shall be combined with or overlap the operator course and not be more than 80 hours in length. Total time of the PVT training shall not exceed 120 hours. 
 C.22.2.1 The Contractor shall deliver three TWPS and the associated support equipment to include technical manuals, all lesson materials, training literature, training aids, special tools & test
equipment, and all tools necessary to disassemble and assemble, to the training site not later than 7 days prior to the training. 
 C.22.3
Initial Operational Test and Evaluation Training. Training to support the Initial Operational Test and Evaluation (IOT&E) shall consist of an operator course and maintainer course. The Contractor shall conduct IOT&E training for a maximum of
30 students at Aberdeen, MD. The Government reserves the right to have additional participants present during conduct of course. These courses shall be targeted to the personnel who will operate and maintain the system. The IOT&E courses shall
be taught by the Contractor utilizing draft courseware. The operator course shall not be more than 80 hours in length; the maintainer course shall be combined with or overlap the operator course and not be more than 80 hours in length. Total time of
the IOT&E training shall not exceed 120 hours. 
 C.22.3.1 The Contractor shall deliver six (3 each PVT plus 3 each for IOT&E) TWPS and
the associated support equipment to include draft technical manuals, all lesson materials, training literature, training aids, special tools & test equipment, and all tools necessary to disassemble and assemble, to the training site not
later than 7 days prior to the training. 
 C.22.4 Instructor and Key Personnel Training (I&KP). The Contractor shall provide I&KP
training and shall utilize draft courseware. I&KP training shall consist of courses for operators and maintainers. The Contractor shall conduct a total of 3 classes consisting of one class for Army operators, one class for Army maintainers, and
one class for Marine Corps operator/maintainers for a maximum of 30 students. The Government-reserves the right to have additional participants present during conduct of course. Army training will be conducted at Ft. Lee, VA; Marine training will be
conducted at Camp Lejeune, NC. Each course shall not exceed 80 hours. These courses shall be targeted to instructor and key personnel who will operate and maintain the system. Following completion of I&KP training, approved Government comments
received from attendees shall be incorporated into the courseware to yield a final product. The Contractor shall maximize the use of distance learning to reduce platform instruction through videotape, Internet web based, computer based, CDROM, and
interactive CDROM training programs. 
 C.23 TRAINING MATERIALS 
 C.23.1 The Contractor shall deliver the associated support equipment to include Government approved technical manuals, all lesson materials, training literature, training aids, special tools &
test equipment, and all tools necessary to disassemble and assemble, to the training sites not later than 7 days prior to the training. 
 C.23.2 (A00V) Training Course Outline. The Contractor shall deliver a training course outline in accordance with DI-ILSS 80872 (T). The outline is a schedule of events and includes a breakdown of individual topics showing the time allotted,
materials required (TV, VCR, etc.), facility requirements, reference materials, type of instruction (practical exercise, lecture, demonstration, video, etc) and tools required for each topic. Commercial format is acceptable; a sample outline will be
provided to the contractor at the start of work meeting. (See Section J, Attachment 19 Data Item Description (DID): New Equipment Training). The Training Course Outline shall be formatted and delivered in accordance with: 
 DI-ILSS-80872(T), Training Course Outline and CDRL A00V 

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 56
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

 C.23.3 (A00W, A00X, A00Y, A00Z, A010, A011) Training Materials. The Contractor shall deliver an
Instructor Guide and a Student Training Guide. Training Materials shall contain equipment and component description, functional data, training handbooks that include, by sub-component for TWPS operation, setup and disassembly, inspection, testing,
troubleshooting, and safety procedures. Army and Marine guides will have branch specific information included about the TWPS. (See Section J, Attachment 19 Data Item Description (DID): New Equipment Training). All training materials shall be
formatted and delivered in accordance with: 
 DI-ILSS-80872(T), Instructor Lesson Guides: Marine Operators/Maintainers and CDRL A00W

 DI-ILSS-80872(T), Student Lesson Guides: Marine Operators/Maintainers and CDRL A00X 
 DI-ILSS-80872(T), Instructor Lesson Guides: Army Operators and CDRL A00Y 
 DI-ILSS-80872(T), Student Lesson Guides: Army Operators and CDRL A00Z 
 DI-ILSS-80872(T),
Instructor Lesson Guides: Army Maintainers and CDRL A010 
 DI-ILSS-80872(T), Student Lesson Guides: Army Maintainers and CDRL A011 

C.23.4 (A012) Training Course Completion Report. The Contractor shall deliver a Training Course Completion Report. The Contractor shall data fax or
e-mail to the Government a list of students in attendance on the first day of training. The Government will send completed Certificates of Training to the instructor after the Government receives the list of students in attendance, to be presented
at the end of the class. The Contractor may also provide corporate certificates if desired. The Government will provide the contractor with course critiques that the Contractor shall administer to each student at the end of each class conducted. For
each class the Government will provide a student attendance list, to be administered by the instructor. The Contractor shall submit the critiques and completed student attendance list NLT 10 days after completion of each class. (See Section J,
Attachment 19 Data Item Description (DID): New Equipment Training). Training Course Completion Report shall be formatted and delivered in accordance with: 
 DI-ILSS-80872(T), Training Course Completion Report and CDRL A012 
 C.23.5 (A013/A017) Visual
Aids. The Contractor shall provide visual aids, such as slides and transparencies converted to a PowerPoint presentation, to be used by the instructor in the conduct of classes. They shall enhance the learning process and be in accordance with
Government approved production standards. (See Section J, Attachment 19 (Data Item Description (DID): New Equipment Training)). Visual Aids shell be formatted and delivered in accordance with: 
 DI-ILSS-80872(T), Instructional Visual Aids and CDRL A013/A017 
 C.24 NEW EQUIPMENT TRAINING - OPTION. 
 C.24.1 The Government may require the Contractor to
conduct New Equipment Training (NET) to take place at Government sites at the using units’ locations. Trainees may either be Government personnel or Government support contractors. Course requirements and course content shall utilize Government
approved training materials. The Government will provide the Contractor 60 days notification to prepare for NET. Location and number of courses will be defined upon exercise of option/delivery order. 
 C.25 CONTRACTOR TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE/FIELD SERVICE REPRESENTATIVE REQUIREMENTS (CTA/FSS) - OPTION 
 C.25.1. The Contractor shall provide up to 625 man-days of Contractor Technical Assistance/Field Service Representative and shall be paid based on a man-day
basis. Travel expenses will be paid on cost reimbursable basis. Clin will be established at time of option. 
 C.25.1.2. The Contractor shall
provide a man-day of service rate per job classification, per ordering period for contractor technical assistance/field service representative. The man-day rate will be in support of Total Package Fielding (see paragraph C.16) or other technical
assistance that may be requested. The Contractor shall provide qualified contractor Technical Assistance/Field Service Representative(s) (FSR) who shall advise/make recommendations to orient and instruct key Government personnel regarding
operations, maintenance, repair, and supply of contractor parts for the TWPS, including all components. 
 C.25.1.3. The PCO shall designate the
times and locations of the service to be performed by work directive, but will not supervise or otherwise direct activities. Within a half working day of notification, if possible, the Contractor shall notify the TACOM Contract Specialist of the
transportation costs (best commercially available round trip airfare, if air transportation is necessary, and hours of travel required to and from the site) to be included in the order. 
 C.25.1.4 The Contractor will obtain specific requirements, if any, for access to Government facilities 30 days prior to each fielding. If a security clearance is needed at the site where the FSR will
perform his services, the Contractor shall be responsible for insuring all coordination is made with the appropriate personnel. The Contractor may be required to provide personal vital statistics related to the FSR, including documentary evidence,
such as a birth certificate and such other evidence to affect a security clearance. It is recommended though not a contract requirement, that the Contractor initiate clearances for potential CTAs/FSRs following award. 
 C.25.1.5 Upon completion of an assignment, the FSR shall submit to the TACOM Contract Specialist a letter or report, in contractor format, which synopsizes
his assignment. 
 C.25.2 Man-day of Service 

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 57
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

 C. 25.2.1. The FSR shall work no more than eight (8) hours per day, excluding travel time, unless
authorized by the PCO. A man-day of service includes any period during which the FSR is delayed or prevented from performing any task only if the delay or non-performance is solely the fault of the Government. 
 C. 25.2.2 Travel time for initial travel from the Contractor’s facility to the work site, for travel between work sites, and for travel back to the
contractor’s facility will be considered as part of a man-day of service and may exceed the eight hour man-day work day. 
 C.25.2.3. The
man-day rate is exclusive of subsistence, lodging, and incidental expense incurred by the FSR while performing the services. The Government will pay these expenses to the extent of the per diem rate listed in the Joint Travel Regulation for the job
site, with the exception that the Government will pay the FSR 75% of the listed meals and incidental expense rate for the first and last travel days. 
 C.25.2.4 The man-day rate of service is exclusive of all transportation costs, which includes airfare and local rental car in and around the job site. The Government will pay the contractor Government auto rental rates for the site of the
service and will pay for the best commercially available airfare, if air transportation is necessary, during performance of services under orders issued in accordance with this scope of work. 
 C.25.2.5. Man days. The man-day of service includes all Government delays, travel time (all-inclusive), and report preparation completed at the duty
location. In addition to payment for actual days worked, the Government will pay for official U.S. holidays if it is necessary for the representative to be present on those days to complete the technical assistance assignment that would be normal
workday (s) at the FSR’s facility. When the FSR is on site on a Saturday or Sunday but is not working, the Government will pay only the per diem and local transportation costs. The granting at vacation time off, holidays other than
official US holidays, sick and emergency leave is solely the responsibility of the Contractor and shall not be paid for by the Government under terms of this contract. It is immaterial whether the same representative completes an assignment, but the
Government will not pay additional travel costs or time if the Contractor decides to rotate personnel during the course of an assignment, unless authorized by the PCO. 
 C.26 TEST UNIT REFURBISHMENT-COST REIMBURSEMENT 
 C.26.1 Following completion of the Logistics
Demonstration, the PVT and the IOT&E, the Government in conjunction with the Contractor, shall examine the test units to determine if they are feasible to refurbish the test units. The Contractor shall submit a cost proposal for refurbishment
cost by unit. Final decision of refurbishment shall remain solely with the Government. Should the Government direct refurbishment of any or all units, the Contractor shall refurbish the units to the current (all approved corrective actions and
engineering changes) production baseline. Refurbishment shall be completed within 90 days of Government notice. Thirty days following completion at each unit, the contractor shall submit a proposal for equitable adjustment. All refurbishment costs
will include transportation costs from the test site to the contractor’s facility. 
 C.26.2 The effort shall include but is not limited to
the Contractor: 
  

	a.	Replacing all oils and lubricants 

  

	b.	Replacing all filters 

  

	c.	Repainting the exterior of the units 

 C.26.3 If
additional GFM (generator and manuals) is required, the Government will provide it. 
 C.26.4 Following refurbishment the Contractor shall
present the units to the Government for acceptance. 
 C.26.5 All effort under this paragraph shall be paid under a cost reimbursement CLIN of
the contract. 
 C.27 RETROFIT OF UNITS BUILT PRIOR TO FAT APPROVAL. 
 The Contractor shall at no additional cost to the Government retrofit all units built prior to FAT approval to the current production baseline. FAT units are excluded from this provision. 
 *** END OF NARRATIVE C 001 *** 

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 58
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

 SECTION D - PACKAGING AND MARKING 
 For Local Clauses See: http://acquisition.army.mil 
  

							
	 	  	 Regulatory Cite
	  	 Title
	  	Date
	D-l	  	 52.247-4016
 (TACOM)
	  	HEAT TREATMENT AND MARKING OF WOOD PACKAGING MATERIALS	  	SEP/2001

 All non-manufactured coniferous wood used in packaging, packing,
palletization/unitization, skids, or internal blocking/bracing shall be constructed from Heat Treated (HT) [so that the core temperature of each piece of treated wood will reach 56 degrees Centigrade for 30 minutes (56/30)] material and certified by
an accredited agency recognized by the American Lumber Standards Committee (ALSC) in accordance with Non-manufactured Wood Packing Policy and Non-manufactured Wood Packing Enforcement Regulations both dated May 30, 2001. The quality mark shall
be placed on both ends of the outer packaging (between the end cleats or battens if applicable). Quality marks for pallets shall be placed on two opposite end posts. Quality mark for wood unitization components shall be placed on two opposite sides.
Since Non-Manufactured Wood Packing (NMWP) made entirely of hardwoods are exempt from the EU emergency measure, no marking of this material is required. The National Wooden Pallet and Container Association (NWPCA), the largest organization of wooden
packaging professionals in North America, is developing an optional mark for “hardwood only” NMWP. When a mixture of coniferous and non-coniferous wood packing is used in a box or pallet, the complete assembly shall be heat treated.

 [End of Clause] 
 D-2 MARKING REQUIREMENTS FOR EXPORT SHIPMENT         52.247-4004                     JAN 1991

 Notwithstanding other requirements in this contract with respect to marking of shipments, all shipments moving through air or water terminals
to destinations outside this U.S.A. will be marked in accordance with the requirements of DOD 4500.32-R, Military Standard Transportation and Movement Procedures (MILSTAMP), and MIL-STD-129. Military Standard Marking for Shipment and Storage. The
Contractor agrees to use Government-supplied DD Forms 1387 (Military Shipment Labels) or DD Forms 1387-1 (Military Shipping Tags) for such shipments, as appropriate per the guidance in MIL-STD-129, and agrees to comply with shipping and marking
instructions issued by the Administrative Contracting Officer (ACO). The proper marking of export shipments as discussed herein must be accomplished in conjunction with the requirements of FAR 52.247-52, CLEARANCE AND DOCUMENTATION
REQUIREMENTS—SHIPMENTS TO DOD AIR OR WATER TERMINAL TRANSPORTATION POINTS, which is referenced in Section F of this contract. 
 D-3
THROUGH D-4 RESERVED 
 D.5 MARKING-CONUS. 
 Marking shall be in accordance with MIL-STD- 129N for all shipments entering the military distribution system. Bar coding in accordance with AIM BC 1 is required as specified in MIL-STD-129N for all stock entering the military distribution
system. 
 D.6 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: 
 D.6.1. All items shall be clean and dry, and preserved in accordance with preservation requirements developed under Section C of the contract and approved by the Government. 
 D.6.2 The TWPS and modules shall be prepared for shipment sufficient to protect the item IAW either short-term or long term transport or controlled humidity storage requirements developed in section C of
this contract and the instructions contained in the deliver order. 
 D.7 SPARE AND/OR REPAIR PARTS. 
 If the Government agrees to acquire spare parts, each secondary item entering the military distribution system for store, stock and issue shall be preserved
in accordance with MIL-STD-2073-1D. minimal packing IAW procedures developed and approved under section C of this contract. 
 D.8 AUTHORIZED
STOCKAGE LEVEL. 
 If Authorized Stockage Level (ASL) items are acquired under this contract, the ASL shall be packed for storage for not less
than 180 days. ASL parts shall be marked as such so they can be kept segregated from normal stock. As a minimum the parts shall be marked

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 59
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

 
identifying it as ASL stock (ASL for TWPS), part number, cage and nomenclature. Include a packaging list in each ASL shipping container. There are currently no ASL requirements under this
contract. 
 D.9 SOFTWARE AND/OR TECHNICAL DATA. 
 If software and/or technical data developed under this contract is delivered in hard copy, it shall arrival at destination without any damage. Software and technical data shall be marked with name and
address of consignee and consignor and shall include the contract number. 
 *** END OF NARRATIVE D 001 *** 

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 60
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

 SECTION E - INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE 
 For Local Clauses See: http://acquisition.army.mil 
  

							
	 	  	 Regulatory Cite
	  	 Title
	  	 Date

	E-l	  	52.246-2	  	INSPECTION OF SUPPLIES—FIXED-PRICE	  	AUG/1996
	E-2	  	52.246-4	  	INSPECTION OF SERVICES – FIXED-PRICE	  	AUG/1996
	E-3	  	52.246-16	  	RESPONSIBILITY FOR SUPPLIES	  	APR/1984
	E-4	  	52.209-4	  	FIRST ARTICLE APPROVAL—GOVERNMENT TESTING [ALTERNATE I (JAN 1997) AND ALTERNATE II (SEP 1989)]	  	SEP/1989

 (a) The Contractor shall deliver 7 first article units of Contract Line Item (CLIN)
0001AA the Logistics Demonstration unit 0001AB, 0002AA and 0003AA within (refer to Section F-18) calendar days from the date of this contract, or if the DESIRED DELIVERY SCHEDULE clause is in Section F, as specified in the clause, or otherwise
proposed by the contractor and accepted by the Government, at the following addresses: 
 6 Units (4 each A-TWPS,
2 each MC-TWPS) and 2 each sets of MC-MODULES) shall be shipped to: 
 Transportation Officer 
 Aberdeen Proving Ground 
 Building 3556 (ATTN: ATC, N. Castaldo) 
 Aberdeen Proving Ground,
MD 21005-5059 
 1 unit (Logistics Demonstration unit) shall stay at the contractor’s facility: 

SFA Inc. 
 20 S. Wisner Street 
 Frederick, MD 21701-0000 
 for first article tests. The shipping documentation shall contain this contract number and the Lot/Number identification. The characteristics that the first
article must meet are specified elsewhere in this contract. 
 (b) Within 810 calendar days after contract award, the
Contracting officer shall notify the Contractor, in writing, of the conditional approval, approval, or disapproval of the first article. The notice of conditional approval or approval shall not relieve the Contractor from complying with all
requirements of the specifications and all other terms and conditions of this contract. A notice of conditional approval shall state any further action required of the Contractor. A notice of disapproval shall cite reasons for the disapproval.

 (c) If the first article is disapproved, the Contractor, upon Government request, shall submit an additional first article
for testing. After each request, the Contractor shall make any necessary changes, modifications, or repairs to the first article or select another first article for testing. All costs related to these tests are to be borne by the Contractor,
including any and all costs for additional tests following a disapproval. The Contractor shall furnish any additional first article to the Government under the terms and conditions and within the time specified by the Government. The Government
shall act on this first article within the time specified in paragraph (b) above. The Government reserves the right to require an equitable adjustment of the contract price for any extension of the delivery schedule, or for any additional costs
to the Government related to these tests. 
 (d) If the contractor fails to deliver any first article on time, or the
Contracting Officer disapproves any first article, the Contractor shall be deemed to have failed to make delivery within the meaning of the DEFAULT clause of this contract. 
 (e) Unless otherwise provided in the contract, the contractor— 
 (1) May deliver the approved first article as a part of the contract quantity, provided it meets all contract requirements
for acceptance and was not consumed or destroyed in testing; and 
 (2) Shall remove and dispose at any first
article from the Government test facility at the Contractor’s expense. 
 (f) If the Government does not act within the
time specified in paragraph (b) or (c) above, the Contracting officer shall, upon timely written request from the Contractor, equitably adjust under the CHANGES clause of this contract the delivery or performance dates and/or the contract
price, and any other contractual term affected by the delay. 
 (g) The Contractor is responsible for providing operating and
maintenance instructions, spare parts support, and repair of the first article during any first article test. 

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 61
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

 (h) Before first article approval, the Contracting Officer may, by written
authorization, authorize the Contractor to acquire specific materials or components or to commence production to the extent essential to meet the delivery schedules. Until first article approval is granted, only costs for the first article and costs
incurred under this authorization are allocable to this contract for (1) progress payments, or (2) termination settlements if the contract is terminated for the convenience of the Government. If first article tests reveal deviations from
contract requirements, the Contractor shall, at the location designated by the Government, make the required changes or replace all items produced under this contract at no change in the contract price. 
 (i) The Government may waive the requirement for first article approval test where supplies identical or similar to those called for in the
schedule have been previously furnished by the Offeror/Contractor and have been accepted by the Government. The Offeror/Contractor may request a waiver. 
 (j) The Contractor shall produce both the first article and the production quantity at the same facility. 
 [End of Clause] 
 TACOM ADDENDUM: 
 For purposes of this contract, interpret Paragraph (h) above to mean that the PCO hereby authorizes you to purchase all material
and components necessary to produce the production quantity. 
 [End of Addendum] 
  

							
	E-5	  	52.246-11	  	HIGHER-LEVEL CONTRACT QUALITY REQUIREMENT	  	FEB/1999

 The Contractor shall comply with the higher-level quality standard selected below.

 ISO 9001 
 [End of Clause] 
  

							
	E-6	 	 52.209-4000
 (TACOM)

	  	NOTICE REGARDING FIRST ARTICLE TEST SAMPLE	  	MAR/2000

 (a) The approved first article items, as described elsewhere in this contract,
consist of a quantity of zero that will be consumed or destroyed in testing. Any items consumed or destroyed in testing shall not be delivered as part of the contractually required quantity as set forth in the schedule. The cost of any items that
are consumed or destroyed shall be included in the overall offer or contract price. One of the seven (7) first articles that successfully passes all specified tests, less the destructive tests, if any. I shall serve as a manufacturing standard
for the remainder of the contract. 
 (b) A manufacturing standard is an item which conforms to all technical performance
requirements. A manufacturing standard will serve as 1) an aid in identifying configuration changes not controlled by the contractual design. 2) as an aid in identifying any process changes, or 3) as the approved workmanship sample, when required,
unless alternate samples are submitted for specific characteristics by the Contractor and approved by the Government. 
 (c) The
manufacturing standard will only be used to supplement contractual acceptance/rejection criteria for those process characteristics that require approved workmanship samples. For other characteristics, if configuration or process changes are
identified in production units, the contractor will notify the contracting officer for disposition. Manufacturing items that serve as a manufacturing standard may be delivered as part of the contractual quantity with the last shipment made under
this contract provided they meet all contractual requirements existing at time of delivery. 
 [End of Clause] 
  

							
	E-7	 	 52.209-4012
 (TACOM)

	  	NOTICE REGARDING FIRST ARTICLE	  	APR/2000

 (a) Notwithstanding the provisions for waiver of first article, an additional first
article sample (or portion thereof) may be ordered by the Contracting Officer in writing when (i) a major change is made to the technical data, (ii) whenever there is a lapse in production for a period in excess of one year, or
(iii) whenever a change occurs in place of performance, manufacturing process, material used, drawing, specification or source of supply. 

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 62
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

 (b) When any of the conditions above occurs, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting
Officer so that a determination can be made concerning the need for the additional first article sample (or portion thereof), and instructions can be provided concerning the submission, inspection, and notification of results. 
 (c) Costs of any additional testing and inspection resulting from conditions specified above shall be borne by the Contractor, unless the
change was directed by the Government. Further, any production delays caused by additional testing and inspection will not be the basis for an excusable delay as defined in the default clause of this contract. Such delays shall not form the basis
for adjustment in contract price or delivery schedule. 
 [End of Clause] 
  

							
	E-8	  	 52.211-4029
 (TACOM)

	  	INTERCHANGEABILITY OF COMPONENTS	  	MAY/1994

 (a) DESIGN CHANGES TO ITEMS NOT UNDER GOV’T DESIGN CONTROL. Once the
Government accepts the first production test item, or accepts the first end item you deliver, (whichever comes first) you must not make design changes to any item or part that is not under Government design control. 
 (b) WHEN THE POLICY CAN BE WAIVED. The Procuring Contracting Officer (PCO) will consider waiving this policy at your request. If your
request reaches the CO after the first production item test has been performed, then we may conduct another first production test at your expense. 
 (c) PRODUCTION OR DELIVERY DELAYS. Any production or delivery delays caused by this retesting will not be the basis for: 
 (1) an “excusable delay” as defined in the DEFAULT clause of this contract. 
 (2) be the basis for an increase in contract price or delivery schedule extension. 
 [End of Clause] 
  

							
	E-9	  	 52.246-4025
 (TACOM)

	  	HIGHER-LEVEL CONTRACT QUALITY REQUIREMENT — TACOM QUALITY SYSTEM REQUIREMENT	  	OCT/1997

 (a) As the contractor, you shall implement and maintain a quality system that ensures
the functional and physical conformity of all products or services you furnish under this contract. Your quality system shall achieve (i) defect prevention and (ii) process control, providing adequate quality controls throughout all areas
of contract performance. 
 (b) Your quality system may be based on (i) international quality standards such as the ISO
9000 series, or (ii) military, or (iii) commercial, or (iv) national quality standards. You represent that your performance under this contract will be in accordance with your quality system, which is in compliance with: 

 

	 	[xx]	ISO 9001 

  

	 	[    ]	ISO 9002 

  

	 	[    ]	QS 9000 

  

	 	[    ]	ANSI/ASQ Q9001 

  

	 	[    ]	ANSI/ASQ Q9002 

  

	 	[    ]	Other,
specifically                                       
                            

 (Note: if you check the “Other” block because you intend to use an in-house quality system, or one based on a commercial, national, or international system net identified above, then in addition
to identifying your proposed system in the space above, to the right of the word “Other,” you must attach a description of this system to your offer in response to the solicitation, so that we can assess its suitability. If you receive a
contract award, your proposed system will be required by the contract.) 
 (c) Certification of compliance or registration of
the quality system you identify above, by an independent standards organization or auditor, does not need to be furnished to us under this contract. However, you may attach a copy of such certification with your offer in response to the
solicitation, as proof of system compliance. 
 (d) At any point during contract performance, we have the right to review your
quality system to assess its effectiveness in meeting contractual requirements. 
 [End of Clause] 

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 63
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

							
	E-10	  	        52.246-4028	 	        INSPECTION POINT: ORIGIN	  	FEB/1994
		  	        (TACOM)	 		  	

 We will inspect the supplies as described elsewhere in this solicitation/contract
before acceptance. Fill in the location, contractor’s or subcontractor’s plant, where origin inspection will occur. 
  

					
	CONTRACTOR’S PLANT:	  	SFA INC.	  	
		  	20 S. Wisner Street	  	
		  	Frederick, Maryland 21701-0000	  	

 [End of Clause] 
  

							
	E-11	  	        52.246-4029	 	        ACCEPTANCE POINT: ORIGIN	  	FEB/1998
		  	        (TACOM)	 		  	

 We will accept these supplies at the address or addresses designated in the Section E
clause entitled INSPECTION POINT. When F.O.B. is designation and once we accept title to the supplies, we’ll allow payment as long as you supply the proper evidence of shipment with the invoice. (See the Section F clause, FAR 52.247-4B - F.O.B.
DESTINATION - EVIDENCE OF SHIPMENT and the Section E clause, FAR 52.246-16 - RESPONSIBILITY FOR SUPPLIES.). 
 [End of Clause]

  

							
	E-12	  	        52.246-4048	 	        DRAWINGS FOR INSPECTION	  	NOV/1982
		  	        (TACOM)	 		  	

 The Contractor shall make available to the Government Inspector, at the time of
production inspection, legible drawings and printed specifications to which the product was manufactured. These drawings and specifications shall be annotated as to the latest revision incorporated therein. Upon completion of product inspection and
acceptance by the Government Inspector, all drawings and specifications will be returned to the Contractor. 
 [End of Clause]

 E-13. UNIT STORAGE/SHIPMENT PRIOR TO FAT 
 E.13.1 The Government may elect to issue delivery orders that have units delivered prior to First Article approval. Authorization has been granted under this contract for the Contractor to receive progress payments against other than the
FAT units. Additionally, the contract requires that the Contractor retrofit any units ordered prior to FAT approval, excluding the test units, to the approved configuration. 
 E.13.2 The Contractor shall store such units at their facility at no additional cost to the Government until 30 days following notification to the PCO and ACO that the Contractor has upgraded the units to
the current configuration including any issues that may have arisen out of FAT. 
 E.14 CONDITIONAL ACCEPTANCE 
 E.14.1 prior to successful completion of FAT, any units accepted by the Government shall be as a conditional acceptance. The Contractor may with conditional
acceptance bill for up to 95% of the per unit CLIN amount. Following successfully passing FAT and having retrofit any units produces prior to FAT approval the Contractor may submit the units for final approval. Retrofit effort, in any, is to be
completed within 60 days of FAT notification. 
 E.14.2 If the Government desires to ship units prior to FAT approval the Contractor shall still
be responsible for upgrade of the units to the configuration approved to at time of FAT approval. The Government, however, shall be responsible for any ground transportation, travel, per diem and parts shipping costs associated with the Contractor
upgrading the units in the field. 
 E-15. FOB POINTS 
 E-15.1 HARDWARE. The FOB point for all TWPS delivered under this contract is FOB origin, with the exception of the FAT units and MC Modules. 

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 64
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

 E-15.2 FIRST ARTICLE TEST UNITS. The FAT units shall be delivered FOB destination. The Contractor shall
ship FAT units to the initial test locations, addresses are identified in paragraph E-4. If FAT units are transported from one location to another during testing (i.e. from APG to Camp Lejeune, NC) the Government will assume all transportation
costs. Upon test completion the Contractor shall transport all FAT units back to its facility for refurbishment. 
 E-15.3 DATA. The FOB point
for all data delivered under this contract is destination. 
 E-16. INSPECTION RECORDS 
 Inspection records of the examination and tests (either in-process or of the end items) performed by the Contractor shall be kept complete and available to
the Government for a period of three years following completion of this contract. 
 E-17. INSPECTION NOTIFICATION. 
 The contractor shall provide advance notification to the cognizant DCM office at a minimum of seven (7) working days prior to submission of a unit for
inspection. 
 E-18 REPORT OF UNIQUE MANUFACTURER’S PART NUMBER DESIGNATION 
 When the Government quality assurance inspector conducts acceptance testing on the supplies finished under this contract he shall determine whether there is any reference number or part number stamped on
or permanently affixed to the items. If there is such a number, and it does not match the MSN or military part number set forth in Section B herein, a report shall be furnished to: Commander, US Army Tank-Automotive and Armaments Command, ATTN:
AMSTA-IN4-JA, Warren, MI 48397-5000 in all cases where the material passes inspection and is accepted by the Government. The report shall have the following format: 
 On (Date)                     , supplies furnished under contract DAAE07
                 for NSN                      were
inspected or permanently labeled with part number                      which is used: (Check one) 
  

	 	 ̈	as a part number for the company’s commercial sales; or 

  

	 	 ̈	as a reference number for purposes of internal identification or stock control 

 *** END OF NARRATIVE E 002 *** 

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 65
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

 SECTION F - DELIVERIES OR PERFORMANCE 
 For Local Clauses See: http://acquisition.army.mil 
  

							
	 	  	Regulatory Cite	 	 Title
	  	Date
	 F-l
	  	52.242-15	 	STOP-WORK ORDER	  	AUG/1989
	 F-2
	  	52.242-17	 	GOVERNMENT DELAY OF WORK	  	APR/1984
	 F-3
	  	52.247-29	 	F.O.B. ORIGIN	  	JUN/1988
	 F-4
	  	52.247-34	 	F.O.B. DESTINATION	  	NOV/1991
	 F-5
	  	52.247-46	 	F.O.B. DESTINATION—EVIDENCE OF SHIPMENT (DEVIATION)	  	FEB/1999
	 F-6
	  	52.247-52	 	CLEARANCE AND DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS—SHIPMENTS TO DOD AIR OR WATER TERMINAL TRANSSHIPMENT POINTS	  	APP/1984
	 F-7
	  	52.247-55	 	F.O.B. POINT FOR DELIVERY OF GOVERNMENT-FURNISHED PROPERTY	  	APR/1984
	 F-8
	  	52.247-58	 	LOADING, BLOCKING, AND BRACING OF FREIGHT CAR SHIPMENTS	  	APR/1984
	 F-9
	  	52.247-59	 	F.O.B. ORIGIN—CARLOAD AND TRUCKLOAD SHIPMENTS	  	APR/1984
	 F-10
	  	52.242-4457	 	DELIVERY SCHEDULE FOR DELIVERY ORDERS	  	MAR/2000
		  	(TACOM)	 		  	

 (a) Unless we specify a different delivery schedule in an individual delivery order,
the following delivery schedule applies to delivery orders under this contract: 
 (1) Start deliveries 180 days after the
delivery order award date; continue delivering every thirty days, if necessary, until all items are delivered. 
 (i) You’ll deliver a minimum of 2 units every 30 days for the LRIP quantities as well as for the production quantities 
 (ii) You can deliver more than the minimum number of units every thirty days only when authorized by the PCO. 
 (2) Delivery is defined as follows: 
 (i) FOB Origin - Contractor is
required to deliver its shipment as provided in FAR 52.247-29 (a) (1) - (4) by the time specified in the individual delivery order. 
 (ii) FOB Destination - Contractor is required to deliver its shipment as provided in FAR 52.247-34 (a) (1) - (2) by the time specified in the individual delivery order. The contractor must take
into consideration the length of time necessary to deliver its shipment to the destination designated in the delivery order, to ensure that the item reaches its destination by the time reflected in the delivery order. 
 (3) Proposing an accelerated delivery schedule will not prejudice your offer. However, if you propose a delivery schedule longer than the
schedule listed above, your offer may be determined unacceptable for award. 
 (b) CONTRACTOR’S PROPOSED SCHEDULE:

 (1) I WILL START DELIVERIES 180 DAYS AFTER THE AWARD DATE; OR, IF APPLICABLE, N/A DAYS AFTER AWARD IF FIRST ARTICLE TEST IS
WAIVED. DELIVERIES ON SUBSEQUENT DELIVERY ORDERS WILL START 180 DAYS AFTER DELIVERY ORDER AWARD DATE. 
 (2) I WILL DELIVER A
QUANTITY OF SIX (6) TO EIGHT (8) UNITS EVERY 30 DAYS, BUT I HAVE THE CAPABILITY TO DELIVER UP TO A MAXIMUM OF FOURTEEN (14) UNITS EVERY MONTH. IF THE GOVERNMENT CHOOSES TO DELIVER MORE THAN EIGHT UNITS PER MONTH, DELIVERIES SHALL BE INCREASED
AT AN INCREMENTAL RATE OF NO MORE THAN TWO ADDITIONAL UNITS PER MONTH, UP TO 14. AS EXAMPLE: 
  

			
	 MONTH 1
	  	8 UNITS
	 MONTH 2
	  	10 UNITS
	 MONTH 3
	  	12 UNITS
	 MONTH 4
	  	14 UNITS
	 MONTH 5
	  	14 UNITS

 (3) The first Delivery Order for full scale production issued by the Government will
adhere to the delivery requirements stated above in F-10 (b) (2) with the understanding that the initial deliveries will ramp up in accordance with the following schedule: 
  

			
	 180 days
	  	2 units
	 210 days
	  	3 units
	 240 days
	  	4 units
	 270 days
	  	6 units

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 66
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

					
	300 days	  	6 units	  	
	330 days	  	6-8 units	  	

 ATTENTION:  IF YOU DO NOT INSERT A MAXIMUM QUANTITY ABOVE, YOU MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER
UP TO A MAXIMUM QUANTITY OF 20 EVERY 30 DAYS. 
 [End of Clause] 
  

							
	 F-11
	  	52.211-16	  	VARIATION IN QUANTITY	  	APR/1984

 (a) A variation in the quantity of any item called for by this contract will not be
accepted unless the variation has been caused by conditions of loading, shipping, or packing, or allowances in manufacturing processes, and then only to the extent, if any, specified in paragraph (b) below. 
  

	 	(b)	The permissible variation shall be limited to: 

 ZERO percent increase; and 
 ZERO percent decrease. 
  

	 	(c)	This increase or decrease shall apply to THE TOTAL CONTRACTUAL QUANTITY. 

 [End of Clause] 
  

									
	F-12	  	52.247-65	  	F.O.B.	  	ORIGIN — PREPAID FREIGHT — SMALL PACKAGE SHIPMENTS	  	JAN/1991

 (a) When authorized by the Contracting Officer, f.o.b. origin freight shipments which
do not have a security classification shall move on prepaid commercial bills of lading or other shipping documents to domestic destinations, including air and water terminals. Weight of individual shipments shall be governed by carrier restrictions
but shall not exceed 150 pounds by any form of commercial air or 1,000 pounds by other commercial carriers. The Government will reimburse the Contractor for reasonable freight charges. 
 (b) The Contractor shall annotate the commercial bill of lading as required by the clause of this contract entitled Commercial Bill of
Lading Notations. 
 (c) The Contractor shall consolidate prepaid shipments in accordance with procedures established by the
cognizant transportation office. The Contractor is authorized to combine Government prepaid shipments with the Contractor’s commercial shipments for delivery to one or more consignees and the Government will reimburse its pro rata share of the
total freight costs. The Contractor shall provide a copy of the commercial bill of lading promptly to each consignee. Quantities shall not be divided into mailable lots for the purpose of avoiding movement by other modes of transportation.

 (d) Transportation charges will be billed as a separate item on the invoice for each shipment made. A copy of the pertinent
bill of lading, shipment receipt, or freight bill shall accompany the invoice unless otherwise specified in the contract. 
 (e)
Loss and damage claims will be processed by the Government. 
 [End of Clause] 
  

							
	F-13	  	52.247-4005	  	SHIPMENT OF SUPPLIES AND DETENTION OF CARRIERS EQUIPMENT	  	OCT/1994
		  	(TACOM)	  		  	

  

	(a)	Unless otherwise directed, shipment items under this contract in following order of priority: 

  

	 	(1)	Government Bill(s) of Lading or US Postal Services; 

  

	 	(2)	Commercial Bill(s) of Lading converted to Government Bill(s) of Lading at destination: 

  

	 	(3)	Prepaid Commercial Bill(s) of Lading with transportation charges entered as a separate item on the invoice; or 

  

	 	(4)	As otherwise instructed when the contract prohibits use of Government funds for transportation costs. 

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 67
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

	(b)	The Contractor will request: 

 (1) Government Bills of Lading and 
 (2) Routing and other instructions, including MILSTAMP (Military standard
Transportation and Movement Procedure), as to the methods of shipment to be followed by the Contractor, or 
 (3) Authorization
to ship Commercial Bills of Lading to be converted to Government Bills of Lading at destination from the transportation office, administering DCMC, ten days before the material is ready for shipment. The Contractor must prepare and address the forms
as directed by the Administrative Contracting Officer (ACO) or 
 (c) The Contractor and subcontractor(s) must allow prompt and
convenient access of carrier’s equipment to loading docks or platforms where the contract items supplies will be loaded. Any charges for detention of carrier’s equipment shall be for the account of the contractor, except when the detention
is required or caused by the Government. 
 [End of Clause] 
  

							
	F-14	  	52.247-4017	  	DEPOT ADDRESS FOR THE APPLICABLE MODE OF SHIPMENTS: IN-THE-CLEAR	  	JAN/2001
		  	(TACOM)	  	ADDRESSES	  	

  

									
	 Rail/ Motor SPLC*
	  	MILSTRIP
Address
Code	  	 Rail Ship To:
	  	 Motor Ship To:
	  	 Parcel Post Mail To:

					
	 206721/ 209405
	  	W25G1U	  	 Transportation Officer
 Defense
Dist Depot
 Susquehanna
 New
Cumberland, PA
	  	 Transportation Officer
 Defense
Dist Depot
 Susquehanna
 New
Cumberland, PA
	  	 Transportation Officer
 Defense
Dist Depot
 Susquehanna
 New
Cumberland, PA 17070-5001

					
	 B75670/ B75675
	  	W62G2T	  	 Transportation Officer
 XU Def
Dist Depot
 San Joaquin
 25600 S
Chrisman Rd
 Rec Whse 10
 Tracy, Ca
95376-5000
	  	 Transportation Officer
 XU Def
Dist Depot
 San Joaquin
 25600 S
Chrisman Rd
 Rec Whse 10
 Tracy, Ca
95376-5000
	  	 Transportation Officer
 Dist
Depot San Joaquin
 P O Box 96001
 Stockton, CA 95296-0130

					
	 471995/ 471996
	  	W31G1Z	  	 Transportation Officer
 Anniston Army Depot,
 Bynum, AL
	  	 Transportation Officer
 Anniston Army Depot,
 Bynum, AL
	  	 Transportation Officer
 Anniston Army Depot,
 Anniston, AL 36201-5021

					
	 209741/ 209770
	  	W25G1R	  	 Transportation Officer
 Letterkenny Army Depot,
 Culbertson, PA
	  	 Transportation Officer
 Letterkenny Army Depot,
 Chambersburg, PA
	  	 Transportation Officer
 Letterkenny Army Depot,
 Chambersburg, PA 17201-4150

					
	 661136/ 661157
	  	W45G19	  	 Transportation Officer
 Red
River Army Depot,
 Defense, TX
	  	 Transportation Officer
 Red
River Army Depot,
 Texarkana, TX
	  	 Transportation Officer
 Red
River Army Depot,
 Texarkana, TX 75507-5000

					
	 764538/ 764535
	  	W67G23	  	 Transportation Officer
 Tooele
Army Depot,
 Warner, UT
	  	 Transportation Officer
 Tooele
Army Depot,
 Tooele, UT
	  	 Transportation Officer
 Tooele
Army Depot,
 Tooele, UT 84074-5003

  

	***	SPLC indicates Standard Point Locator Code. 

 NOTE: The following is applicable only when so specified in an individual order or delivery increment: 
 This
requirement is a depot replenishment buy, a portion of which is or may be required to fill Direct Support System (DSS) requisitions shipment shall be made, as specified, to one or more of: 
 New Cumberland Army Depot 
 Red River Army Depot 
 Sharpe Army Depot 

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 68
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

 prior to shipments to any other depots as may be designated. When more than one depot is designated for
DSS shipments, priority shipments will be made equally to each of the designated destinations. 
 [End of Clause] 
 F.15 RESERVED 
 F.16 MATERIAL IMPORTANCE OF DATA.

 F.16.1 The Contractor shall deliver the data requirements identified in The Contract Data Requirements List (CDRL) within the schedule
specified. If the Contractor is delinquent in data deliveries, the Contracting Officer will have the option of refusing to inspect and accept any TWPS, at no increase in contract price, until the Contractor has delivered and the Government has
approved data. If inspection and acceptance are delayed due to deficient and/or late-delivered data, the Contractor shall store all produced TWPS, at no cost to the Government, for an amount of time equal to the length of the delay. The Contractor
shall maintain all systems while stored. to include, as a minimum, replacing any shelf-life items that expire. 
 F-17 VERIFICATION OF
DESTINATIONS. 
 The Contractor will verify destinations set forth in this contract at time Government Bills of Lading or Commercial Bills of
Lading are requested, or at the time that Commercial Bills of Lading are issued. Verification will be requested through the Administrative Contracting Officer (ACO) to TACOM, attention the buyer of record for this contract. 
 F-18 FIRST ARTICLE TEST (FAT) DELIVERY SCHEDULE 
 CLIN 0001AA, Logistics Demonstration (LD) unit (1 each) delivery: 270 days after award 
 CLIN 0001AB, Army PVT unit (2 each) delivery:
380 days after award 
 CLIN 0001AB, Army IOT&E unit (2 each) delivery: 450 days after award 
 CLIN 0002AA, Marine Corps (MC) PVT unit (1 each) delivery: 380 days after award 
 CLIN 0002AA, Marine Corps (MC) IOT&E unit (1 each) delivery: 450 days after award 
 CLIN
0003AA, Marine Corps (MC) Modules (1 set) for PVT unit delivery: 380 days after award 
 CLIN 0003AA, Marine Corps (MC) Modules (1 set) for
IOT&E unit delivery: 450 days after award 
 *** END OF NARRATIVE F 001 *** 

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 69
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

 SECTION G - CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION DATA 
 For Local Clauses See: http://acquisition.army.mil 
  

							
	 	  	Regulatory Cite	 	 Title
	  	Date
				
	 G-l
	  	52.209-4009
 (TACOM)
	 	AMOUNT AVAILABLE FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS BEFORE FIRST ARTICLE APPROVAL	  	SEP/1987

 Until the Government issues final approval of the results of first article testing, as required
elsewhere in this contract, the total cost pool against which progress payments may be calculated and invoiced shall consist of the amount, if any, indicated for 7 first articles in CLINs 0001AA, 0001AB, 0002AA and also CLINs 0001AC, 0002AB, 0002AC,
0002AD, 0003AA, 0004AA, 0005AA, 0005AB, and CDRLs A002, A009, A00B, A00W, A00X. A00Y, A00Z, A010, A011, A013, A014, A0l5, A016 and A017. 
 [End of Clause] 

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 70
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

 SECTION H - SPECIAL CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS 
 For Local Clauses See: http://acquisition.army.mil 
  

							
	 	  	Regulatory Site	  	 Title
	  	Date
				
	 H-l
	  	52.232-16	  	PROGRESS PAYMENTS (ALTERNATE I dated Mar 2000)	  	MAR/2000
				
	 H-2
	  	252.203-7002	  	DISPLAY OF DOD HOTLINE POSTER	  	DEC/1991
				
	 H-3
	  	252.204-7000	  	DISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION	  	DEC/1991
				
	 H-4
	  	252.205-7000	  	PROVISION OF INFORMATION TO COOPERATIVE AGREEMENT HOLDERS	  	DEC/1991
				
	 H-5
	  	252.211-7000	  	ACQUISITION STREAMLINING	  	DEC/1991
				
	 H-6
	  	252.223-7006	  	PROHIBITION ON STORAGE AND DISPOSAL OF TOXIC AND HAZARDOUS MATERIALS	  	APR/1993
				
	 H-7
	  	252.225-7001	  	BUY AMERICAN ACT AND BALANCE OF PAYMENTS PROGRAM	  	MAR/1998
				
	 H-8
	  	252.225-7002	  	QUALIFYING COUNTRY SOURCES AS SUBCONTRACTORS	  	DEC/1991
				
	 H-9
	  	252.225-7009	  	DUTY-FREE-ENTRY—QUALIFYING COUNTRY SUPPLIES (END PRODUCTS AND COMPONENTS)	  	AUG/2000
				
	 H-10
	  	252.225-7010	  	DUTY-FREE ENTRY—ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS	  	AUG/2000
				
	 H-1l
	  	252.227-7036	  	DECLARATION OF TECHNICAL DATA CONFORMITY	  	JAN/1997
				
	 H-12
	  	252.227-7037	  	VALIDATION OF RESTRICTIVE MARKINGS ON TECHNICAL DATA	  	SEP/1999
				
	 H-13
	  	252.231-7000	  	SUPPLEMENTAL COST PRINCIPLES	  	DEC/1991
				
	 H-14
	  	252.232-7004	  	DOD PROGRESS PAYMENT RATES	  	OCT/2001
				
	 H-15
	  	252.246-7000	  	MATERIAL INSPECTION AND RECEIVING REPORT	  	DEC/1991
				
	 H-16
	  	252.246-7001	  	WARRANTY OF DATA	  	DEC/1991
				
	 H-17
	  	52.216-18	  	ORDERING	  	OCT/1995

 (a) Any supplies and services to be furnished under this contract shall be ordered by
issuance of delivery orders or task orders by the individuals or activities designated in the Schedule. Such orders may be issued from date of contract award through the last ordering period. 
 (b) All delivery orders or task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of this contract. In the event of conflict between a delivery
order or task order and this contract, the contract shall control. 
 (c) If mailed, a delivery order or task order is
considered issued when the Government deposits the order in the mail. Orders may be issued orally, by facsimile, or by electronic commerce methods only if authorized in the Schedule. 
 [End of Clause] 
  

							
	 H-18
	  	52.216-19	  	ORDER LIMITATIONS	  	OCT/1995

 (a) Minimum order. When the Government requires supplies or services covered
by this contract in an amount of less than one, the Government is not obligated to purchase, nor is the Contractor obligated to furnish, those supplies or services under the contract. 
 (b) Maximum order. The Contractor is not obligated to honor— 
 (1) Any order for a single item in excess of 120. 
 (2) Any order for a combination of items in excess of 120. 
 (3) A series of
orders together from the same or different ordering office that call for quantities exceeding the limitation in subparagraph (1) or (2) above. 
 (c) If this is a requirements contract (i.e., includes the REQUIREMENTS clause at subsection 52.216-21 of the Federal Acquisition Regulation (FARI), the Government is not required to order a part of any
one requirement from the Contractor if that requirement exceeds the maximum-order limitations in paragraph (b) above. 
 (d)
Notwithstanding paragraphs (b) and (c) above, the Contractor shall honor any order exceeding the maximum order limitations in paragraph (b) , unless that order (or orders) is returned to the ordering office within 30 days after
issuance, with written notice stating the Contractor’s intent not to ship the item (or items) called for and the reasons. Upon receiving this notice, the Government may acquire the supplies or services from another source. 
 [End of Clause] 

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 71
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

							
	H-19	  	52.216-21	  	REQUIREMENTS	  	OCT/1995

 (a) This is a requirements contract for the supplies or services specified, and
effective for the period stated, in the Schedule. The quantities of supplies or services specified in the Schedule are estimates only and are not purchased by this contract. Except as this contract may otherwise provide, if the Government’s
requirements do not result in orders in the quantities described as estimated or maximum in the Schedule, that fact shall not constitute the basis for an equitable price adjustment. 
 (b) Delivery or performance shall be made only as authorized by orders issued in accordance with the ORDERING clause. Subject to any
limitations in the ORDER LIMITATIONS clause or elsewhere in this contract, the Contractor shall furnish to the Government all supplies or services specified in the Schedule and called for by orders issued in accordance with the ORDERING clause. The
Government may issue orders requiring delivery to multiple destinations or performance at multiple locations. 
 (c) Except as
this contract otherwise provides, the Government shall order from the Contractor all the supplies or services specified in the Schedule that are required to be purchased by the Government activity or activities specified in the Schedule. 

(d) The Government is not required to purchase from the Contractor requirements in excess of any limit on total orders under this
contract. 
 (e) If the Government urgently requires delivery of any quantity of an item before the earliest date that delivery
may be specified under this contract, and if the Contractor will not accept an order providing for the accelerated delivery, the Government may acquire the urgently required goods or services from another source. 
 (f) Any order issued during the effective period of this contract and not completed within that period shall be completed by the Contractor
within the time specified in the order. The contract shall govern the Contractor’s and the Government’s rights and obligations with respect to that order to the same extent as if the order were completed during the contract’s
effective period; provided, that the Contractor shall not be required to make any deliveries under this contract after the last ordering period. 
 (End of Clause) 
  

							
	H-20	  	252.225-7043	  	ANTITERRORISM/FORCE PROTECTION FOR DEFENSE CONTRACTORS OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES	  	JUN/1998

 (a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this clause, the Contractor and its
subcontractors, if performing or traveling outside the United States under this contract, shall- 
 (1) Affiliate with the
Overseas Security Advisory Council; if the Contractor or subcontractor is a U.S. entity; 
 (2) Ensure that Contractor and
subcontractor personnel who are U.S. nationals and are in-country on a non-transitory basis, register with the U.S. Embassy, and that Contractor and subcontractor personnel who are third country nationals comply with any security related
requirements of the Embassy of their nationality; 
 (3) Provide, to Contractor and subcontractor personnel, antiterrorism/force
protection awareness information commensurate with that which the Department of Defense (DoD) provides to its military and civilian personnel and their families, to the extent such information can be made available prior to travel outside the United
States; and 
 (4) Obtain and comply with the most current antiterrorism/force protection guidance for contractor and
subcontractor personnel. 
 (b) The requirements of this clause do not apply to any subcontractor that is- 
 (1) A foreign government; 
 (2) A representative of a foreign government; or 
 (3) A foreign corporation wholly owned by a foreign government.

 (c) Information and guidance pertaining to DoD antiterrorism/force protection can be obtained from (Contracting Officer to
insert applicable information cited in 225.7401). 
 (End of Clause) 

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 72
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

							
	H-21	  	52.204-4005	  	        REQUIRED USE OF ELECTRONIC COMMERCE	  	MAY/2000
		  	(TACOM)	  		  	

 (a) All contract awards, modifications and delivery orders issued by TACOM will be
issued electronically. The contractor has the option to receive these actions either via the Worldwide Web (WWW) or Electronic Data Interchange (EDI). Many provisions/clauses that appear “by reference”, meaning only clause titles and
regulation site are listed; their full texts can be found at the website http://farsite.hill.af.mil/ 
 (b) In order to be
eligible to receive an award under this solicitation, the successful offeror must be registered with the Department of Defense (DOD) Central Contractor Registration (CCR). The CCR registration process may be done electronically at the World Wide Web
(WWW) site: http://www.ccr2000.com. (In order to be registered to use EDI, you must use the long form for registration. Certification information, including information on the EDI 828 TPP, must be furnished to the Contracting Officer within 60
calendar days after contract award to complete networking requirements within the Government.) 
 (c) Worldwide Web
Distribution. The contractor will receive an electronic Notice of the Award, Modification, or Delivery Order via e-mail. If you choose the WWW option, you must download the file from the appropriate TACOM webpage: 
 Warren: http://contracting.tacom.army.mil/awards_official.htm 
 Rock Island: http://aais.ria.army.mil/AAIS/AWDINFO/index.htm 
 Picatinny:
http://procnet.pica.army.mil/Contracts/Index.htm 
 Red River Army Depot: http://www.redriver.army.mil/contracting/Awards

 Anniston Army Depot: http://www.anadprocnet.army.mil 
 (d) Electronic Data Interchange. If you choose to receive contract awards, modifications and delivery orders through EDI, they will be
delivered electronically via the Federal Acquisition Network (FACNET). Federal Standard Version 3050 of Standard X12 from the American National Standards Institute (ANSI) will be used as the format for these electronic transactions. 
 (1) You must complete the EDI 838 Trading Partner Profile, and must agree (i) to subcontract with a DoD certified VAN or Value Added
Service (VAS) provider, or (ii) to become DoD certified as a Value Added Network (VAN). The EDI 838 Training Partner Profile is contained in the basic CCR registration form and includes portions of the registration form which are titled
“Optional”. 
 (2) You must select a VAN from the official DoD approved list. DoD Certified VANs are listed at
http://www.acq.osd.mil/ec/ecip/index.htm. If your VAN is later removed from the official list, or if you voluntarily drop your initially selected VAN, then you must switch to a VAN that remains on the official DoD approved list. You must maintain an
active account on a DoD approved VAN for the entire duration of the contract, beginning no later than the 60th day after award. 
 (e) Additional information can be obtained by sending a message to: acqcenweb@tacom.army.mil or by calling (810) 574-7059. 
 [End of clause] 
  

							
	H-22	  	52.216-4008	  	        STATUS OF FUNDS ON COST REIMBURSEMENT CONTRACTS/CLINS	  	JUN/1989
		  	(TACOM)	  		  	

 (a) The Contractor shall review the funding as it relates to work performed on the
cost-reimbursement Contract Line Item Numbers (CLINs) under this contract and shall provide to the Procuring Contracting Officer (PCO) a written determination of what, if any, funds are excess to requirements (leaving a reasonable amount for final
overhead rate negotiations and other reasonably predicted requirements) and are available for deobligation. This review shall be coordinated with the Administrative Contracting Officer (ACO), and the written determination shall be accomplished
within 120 days of completion of performance under the CLIN. The report shall be prepared in terms of dollars available per Purchase Request Order Number (PRON), unless requested otherwise by the PCO. 
 (b) This report may be requested in writing by the PCO on additional occasions during the course of performance of work on cost-reimbursable
CLINs contained in this contract. On such occasions, the written report shall be provided to the PCO within 14 days of Contractor receipt of the written request. 
 (End of Clause) 
 H-23 Through H-24 Reserved 
 H-25 WARRANTY CLAUSE 
 STANDARD COMMERCIAL
WARRANTY. The Contractor shall provide the standard commercial warranty covering workmanship, materials, design, and essential performance characteristics on the TWPS. Unless further specified by the Contractor, and agreed to by the Government, the
warranty period shall be 12 months commencing the date of Government acceptance of the system. Acceptance for purpose of this contract shall be date of DD FM 250 signature. The commercial warranty shall include any flow down subcontractor/vendor
warranty and extensions that may apply. 

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 73
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

 H-26 REPRESENTATIONS, CERTIFICATIONS AND OTHER STATEMENTS OF OFFEROR 
 The Representations, Certifications and Other Statements of Offeror (Section K). submitted in response to solicitation DALE07-01-R-T036 is incorporated into
this contract by references. A copy of the Section K is in the possession of both parties. 
 H-27 NOTIFICATION OF INCONSISTENCIES 

Should the Contractor discover or suspect any inconsistencies among contract provisions, requirements, specifications, and/or documents, he shall
immediately notify the Procuring Contracting Officer in writing. 
 H-28 GOVERNMENT RIGHT TO FURNISH PROPERTY, MATERIAL and/or EQUIPMENT.

 The Government shall furnish in a timely manner the items listed in section J, Exhibit A of this contract to support the build of TWPS units.
The Government reserves the right to bulk deliver these items to the Contractor. In addition to the items listed in Exhibit A, the Government reserves the right to furnish the Contractor other items or to increase the quantities specified in the
Exhibit. The Contractor shall promptly take such action as the Contracting Officer may direct with respect to such additional property, material or equipment. In the event the Government exercises its right under this paragraph, the parties will
agree to equitably adjust the contract price and/or delivery schedule or performance dates in accordance with the procedures provided for in the “changes” clause of this contract. The Contractor shall submit either a proposal for equitable
adjustment or rationale for no equitable adjustment within thirty (30) days following the Contracting Officer’s notice of change. Failure to agree to an equitable adjustment shall be a dispute concerning a question of fact within the
meaning of the “Disputes” clause. All items furnished pursuant to this paragraph shall be subject to the provisions of the “Government Property” clause of the contract. 
 H-29 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITY FOR AR 700-142 MATERIEL RELEASE COMPLIANCE 
 H-29.1 Contractors need to be aware that TACOM must meet the requirements of AR 700-142 and obtain formal “Materiel Release” prior to introducing a new item for use by active Army units, and
that the end item required hereunder qualifies as a “new item”. In addition to the actual test items provided by contractors to demonstrate operational performance, there are significant information requirements as called out in this
contract that are needed to support the AR 700-142 Materiel Release. Contractors should familiarize themselves with the relationship between the information requirements of the contract and the requirements for a materiel release. A significant,
critical part of the support of the materiel release is based on data and information provided under this contract. 
 H-29.2 Contractors play a
crucial role in a successful materiel release by providing accurate and timely data and information allowing TACOM to prepare a materiel release package that will satisfy the detailed requirement of AR 700-142. The Government has allowed sufficient
time in the contract delivery schedule for the preparation and acceptance of the data and documents required to obtain a full materiel release prior to fielding of the equipment. 
 H-29.3 Failure to provide accurate and timely data as required by the contract causes the Army significant harm, both operationally and financially. Failure to provide the needed capability damages the
Army’s ability to perform its mission, and causes financial loss because of disrupted training schedules and storage costs due to inability to field. 
 H-29.4 The contractor is hereby advised that failure to provide timely, and accurate information and hardware as required by the contract which is necessary for the materiel release process may be cause
for refusal of acceptance of hardware end items required hereunder. The Government will assume no liability for any costs associated with such refusal. Acceptance of hardware end items may not proceed until the contractor complies with all data
requirements under the contract necessary to complete a full AR 700-142 Materiel Release. Furthermore, any contractually authorized or other delay in delivery of data and information will be accompanied by a corresponding delay, at the
Government’s option, in delivery of hardware items, such that the interval between the delivery of data and information and the hardware end item is maintained as originally written. 
 H-29.5 Finally, failure to deliver information and data as required hereunder will trigger withholding under the “Limitation on Withholding of
Payment’s” clause (FAR 32.232-9) in the amount of $ 5,000 for each deliverable not accepted per the contract. 
 H-30 ORDERING
PERIOD 

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 74
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

 H-30.1 For purpose of this contract the ordering period/program year/option period/contract year are set
forth below. 
  

											
	Year	  	One	  	- Day of contract award through 31 January 2003
	Year	  	Two	  	- 1	  	Feb  2003	  	- 31	  	Jan  2004
	Year	  	Three	  	- 1	  	Feb  2004	  	- 31	  	Jan  2005
	Year	  	Four	  	- 1	  	Feb  2005	  	- 31	  	Jan  2006
	Year	  	Five	  	- 1	  	Feb  2006	  	- 31	  	Jan  2007
	Year	  	Six	  	- 1	  	Feb  2007	  	- 31	  	Jan  2008

 H-31 ORDERING PRICE 
 The price applicable to an individual order is the price for the contract year in which the order is issued or H.30. The delivery date does not determine the contract price. 
 H-32 AUTHORIZED DEVIATIONS IN CLAUSES 
 (a) The use in this solicitation or contract of any Federal Acquisition Regulation (48 CFR Chapter 1) clause with an authorized deviation is indicated by the addition of (DEVIATION) after the date of the clause. 
 (b) The use in this solicitation or contract of any DOD FAR. Supplement (DFARS) (48 CFR 2) clause with an authorized deviation is indicated
by the addition of (DEVIATION) after the name of the regulation. 
 H.33 OPTION - ARMY - NEW EQUIPMENT TRAINING (NET) CLASSES. 
 H.33.1 The Government shall have the unilateral right to acquire up to 200 each New Equipment Training Classes for the Army as indicated in B.5.2 of this
contract at the prices set forth in section B. The Government may exercise this option by giving the Contractor written notice. The Government’s unilateral right to exercise this option shall commence 360 days after contract award and it shall
expire 31 Jan 2008. This option may be exercised in one or more increments, for a total of up to 200 classes for conducting an 80-hour class & associated material. Training date and location will be provided by the Government at the time
(s) the option is exercised, and not less than 60 days prior to the start of class. 
 H.33.2 Should the Government exercise the option, the
Contractor shall conduct the training course for personnel scheduled by the Government at fielding locations in accordance with provisions stated in Section C-24. 
 H.33.3 All classes must occur no later than 31 Jan 2008. 
 H.34 OPTION - USMC - NEW EQUIPMENT
TRAINING (NET) CLASSES. 
 H.34.1 The Government shall have the unilateral right to acquire up to 200 each New Equipment Training Classes for
the Marine Corps as indicated in B.5.3 of this contract at the prices set forth in section B. The Government may exercise this option by giving the Contractor written notice. The Government’s unilateral right to exercise this option shall
commence 360 days after contract award and it shall expire 31 Jan 2008. This option may be exercised in one or more increments, for a total of up to 200 classes for conducting an ao-hour class & associated material. Training date and
location will be provided by the Government at the time(s) the option is exercised, and not less than 60 days prior to the start of class. 
 H.34.2 Should the Government exercise the option, the Contractor shall conduct the training course for personnel scheduled by the Government at fielding locations in accordance with provisions stated in Section C-24 . 
 H-34.3 All classes must occur no later than 31 Jan 2006. 
 H-35 OPTION - FIELD SERVICE REPRESENTATIVE 
 The Government shall have the unilateral right to acquire up to 625 man-days of Field
Service Representatives as indicated in 3.6 of this contract, at the price(s) set forth in Section B. The Government may exercise all or any portion of this option by giving the Contractor written notice. The Government’s unilateral right to
exercise the option shall commence 270 days after award of this contract and shall expire 31 Jan 2003. If this option is exercised, the Contractor shall comply with the terms of paragraph C.24 of this contract. 

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 75
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

 H. 36 ESTIMATED QUANTITY AND DOLLAR VALUE OF CONTRACT 
 For informational purposes only, the Government estimates procuring 420 units at an estimated cost of $185,911,496.00 See Clause H-19, FAR 52.216-21 that
defines Requirements contracts. 
 *** END OF NARRATIVE H 001 *** 

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 76
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

 SECTION I - CONTRACT CLAUSES 
 For Local Clauses See: http://acquisition.army.mil 
 This contract incorporates
one or more clauses by reference, with the same force and effect as if they were given in full text. Upon request, the Contracting Officer will make their full text available. Also, the full text of a clause may be accessed electronically at this
address: http://farsite.hill.af.mil/ 
 [End of Clause] 
  

							
	 	  	 Regulatory Cite
	  	 Title
	  	 Date

	I-1	  	52.202-1	  	DEFINITIONS	  	MAY/2001
	I-2	  	52.203-3	  	GRATUITIES	  	APR/1984
	I-3	  	52.203-5	  	COVENANT AGAINST CONTINGENT FEES	  	APR/1984
	I-4	  	52.203-6	  	RESTRICTIONS ON SUBCONTRACTOR SALES TO THE GOVERNMENT	  	JUL/1995
	I-5	  	52.203-7	  	ANTI-KICKBACK PROCEDURES	  	JUL/1995
	I-6	  	52.203-8	  	CANCELLATION, RESCISSION AND RECOVERY OF FUNDS FOR ILLEGAL OR IMPROPER ACTIVITY	  	JAN/1997
	I-7	  	52.203-10	  	PRICE OR FEE ADJUSTMENT FOR ILLEGAL OR IMPROPER ACTIVITY	  	JAN/1997
	I-8	  	52.203-12	  	LIMITATION ON PAYMENTS TO INFLUENCE CERTAIN FEDERAL TRANSACTIONS	  	JUN/1997
	I-9	  	52.204-4	  	PRINTING/COPYING DOUBLE-SIDED ON RECYCLED PAPER	  	AUG/2000
	I-10	  	52.209-6	  	PROTECTING THE GOVERNMENT’S INTEREST WHEN SUBCONTRACTING WITH CONTRACTORS DEBARRED, SUSPENDED, OR PROPOSED FOR DEBARMENT	  	JUL/1995
	I-11	  	52.211-5	  	MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS	  	AUG/2000
	I-12	  	52.211-15	  	DEFENSE PRIORITY AND ALLOCATION REQUIREMENTS	  	SEP/1990
	I-13	  	52.215-2	  	AUDIT AND RECORDS—NEGOTIATIONS	  	JUN/1999
	I-14	  	52.215-8	  	ORDER OF PRECEDENCE—UNIFORM CONTRACT FORMAT	  	OCT/1997
	I-15	  	52.215-10	  	PRICE REDUCTION FOR DEFECTIVE COST OR PRICING DATA	  	OCT/1997
	I-16	  	52.215-12	  	SUBCONTRACTOR COST OR PRICING DATA*	  	OCT/1997
	I-17	  	52.215-14	  	INTEGRITY OF UNIT PRICES (ALTERNATE I, (OCT 1997))	  	OCT/1997
	I-18	  	52.215-15	  	PENSION ADJUSTMENTS AND ASSET REVERSIONS	  	DEC/1998
	I-19	  	52.215-18	  	REVERSION OR ADJUSTMENT OF PLANS FOR POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS (PRB) OTHER THAN PENSIONS	  	OCT/1997
	I-20	  	52.215-19	  	NOTIFICATION OF OWNERSHIP CHANGES	  	OCT/1997
	I-21	  	52.219-8	  	UTILIZATION OF SMALL BUSINESS CONCERNS	  	OCT/2000
	I-22	  	52.222-1	  	NOTICE TO THE GOVERNMENT OF LABOR DISPUTES	  	FEB/1997
	I-23	  	52.222-19	  	CHILD LABOR—COOPERATION WITH AUTHORITIES AND REMEDIES	  	FEB/2001
	I-24	  	52.222-20	  	WALSH-HEALEY PUBLIC CONTRACTS ACT	  	DEC/1996
	I-25	  	52.222-21	  	PROHIBITION OF SEGREGATED FACILITIES	  	FEB/1999
	I-26	  	52.222-26	  	EQUAL OPPORTUNITY	  	FEB/1999
	I-27	  	52.222-29	  	NOTIFICATION OF VISA DENIAL	  	FEB/1999
	I-28	  	52.222-35	  	AFFIRMATIVE ACTION FOR DISABLED VETERANS AND VETERANS OF THE VIETNAM ERA	  	DEC/2001
	I-29	  	52.222-36	  	AFFIRMATIVE ACTION FOR WORKERS WITH DISABILITIES	  	JUN/1998
	I-30	  	52.222-37	  	EMPLOYMENT REPORTS ON SPECIAL DISABLED VETERANS, VETERANS OF THE VIETNAM ERA, AND OTHER ELIGIBLE VETERANS	  	DEC/2001
	I-31	  	52.223-3	  	HAZARDOUS MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION AND MATERIAL SAFETY DATA	  	JAN/1997
	I-32	  	52.223-5	  	POLLUTION PREVENTION AND RIGHT-TO-KNOW INFORMATION	  	APR/1998
	I-33	  	52.223-6	  	DRUG FREE WORKPLACE	  	MAY/2001
	I-34	  	52.225-8	  	DUTY-FREE ENTRY	  	FEB/2000
	I-35	  	52.225-13	  	RESTRICTIONS ON CERTAIN FOREIGN PURCHASES	  	JUL/2000
	I-36	  	52.227-1	  	AUTHORIZATION AND CONSENT	  	JUL/1995
	I-37	  	52.227-2	  	NOTICE AND ASSISTANCE REGARDING PATENT AND COPYRIGHT INFRINGEMENT	  	AUG/1996
	I-38	  	52.229-4	  	FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL TAXES (NONCOMPETITIVE CONTRACT)	  	JAN/1991
	I-39	  	52.229-5	  	TAXES—CONTRACTS PERFORMED IN U.S. POSSESSIONS OR PUERTO RICO	  	APR/1984
	I-40	  	52.229-6	  	TAXES—FOREIGN FIXED-PRICE CONTRACTS	  	JAN/1991
	I-41	  	52.232-1	  	PAYMENTS	  	APR/1964
	I-42	  	52.232-8	  	DISCOUNTS FOR PROMPT PAYMENT	  	MAY/1997
	I-43	  	52.232-9	  	LIMITATION ON WITHHOLDING OF PAYMENTS	  	APR/1984
	I-44	  	52.232-11	  	EXTRAS	  	APR/1984
	I-45	  	52.232-17	  	INTEREST	  	JUN/1996
	I-46	  	52.232-23	  	ASSIGNMENT OF CLAIMS	  	JAN/1986
	I-47	  	52.232-25	  	PROMPT PAYMENT	  	MAY/2001

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 77
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

							
	 	  	 Regulatory Cite
	  	 Title
	  	 Date

	I-48	  	52.232-33	  	PAYMENT BY ELECTRONIC FUNDS TRANSFER—CENTRAL CONTRACTOR REGISTRATION	  	MAY/1999
	I-49	  	52.233-1	  	DISPUTES	  	DEC/1998
	I-50	  	52.233-3	  	PROTEST AFTER AWARD	  	AUG/1996
	I-51	  	52.242-4	  	CERTIFICATION OF INDIRECT COSTS	  	JAN/1997
	I-52	  	52.242-10	  	F.O.B. ORIGIN—GOVERNMENT BILLS OF LADING OR PREPAID POSTAGE	  	APR/1984
	I-53	  	52.242-12	  	REPORT OF SHIPMENT (REPSHIP)	  	JUL/1995
	I-54	  	52.242-13	  	BANKRUPTCY	  	JUL/1995
	I-55	  	52.243-1	  	CHANGES—FIXED-PRICE	  	AUG/1987
	I-56	  	52.243-2	  	CHANGES—COST-REIMBURSEMENT (ALTERNATE I (APR 1984))	  	AUG/1987
	I-57	  	52.243-7	  	NOTIFICATION OF CHANGES	  	APR/1984
	I-58	  	52.244-5	  	COMPETITION IN SUBCONTRACTING	  	DEC/1996
	I-59	  	52.245-2	  	GOVERNMENT PROPERTY (FIXED-PRICE CONTRACTS) (Alternate I dated April 1984)	  	DEC/1989
	I-60	  	52.245-18	  	SPECIAL TEST EQUIPMENT	  	FEB/1993
	I-6l	  	52.245-19	  	GOVERNMENT PROPERTY FURNISHED AS-IS	  	APR/1984
	I-62	  	52.246-24	  	LIMITATION OF LIABILITY—HIGH-VALUE ITEMS	  	FEB/1997
	I-63	  	52.247-1	  	COMMERCIAL BILL OF LADING NOTATIONS the notation set forth in paragraph (a) of the clause applies in this contract. The agency name in line one of the notation shall read: US ARMY
TANK-AUTOMOTIVE & ARMAMENTS COMMAND	  	APR/1984
	I-64	  	52.247-63	  	PREFERENCE FOR U.S.-FLAG AIR CARRIERS	  	JAN/1997
	I-65	  	52.249-2	  	TERMINATION FOR CONVENIENCE OF THE GOVERNMENT (FIXED-PRICE)	  	SEP/1996
	I-66	  	52.249-8	  	DEFAULT (FIXED-PRICE SUPPLY AND SERVICE)	  	APR/1984
	I-67	  	52.253-1	  	COMPUTER GENERATED FORMS	  	JAN/1991
	I-68	  	252.203-7001	  	PROHIBITION ON PERSONS CONVICTED OF FRAUD OR OTHER DEFENSE CONTRACT-RELATED FELONIES	  	MAR/1999
	I-69	  	252.204-7003	  	CONTROL OF GOVERNMENT PERSONNEL WORK PRODUCT	  	APR/1992
	I-70	  	252.209-7000	  	ACQUISITION FROM SUBCONTRACTORS SUBJECT TO ON-SITE INSPECTION UNDER THE INTERMEDIATE-RANGE NUCLEAR FORCES (INF) TREATY	  	NOV/1995
	I-71	  	252.209-7004	  	SUBCONTRACTING WITH FIRMS THAT ARE OWNED OR CONTROLLED BY THE GOVERNMENT OF A TERRORIST COUNTRY per DoD interim rule, Federal Register 27 Mar 98	  	MAR/1998
	I-72	  	252.211-7005	  	SUBSTITUTIONS FOR MILITARY OR FEDERAL SPECIFICATIONS AND STANDARDS	  	AUG/2000
	I-73	  	252.215-7000	  	PRICING ADJUSTMENTS	  	DEC/1991
	I-74	  	252.215-7002	  	COST ESTIMATING SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS	  	OCT/1998
	I-75	  	252.223-7004	  	DRUG-FREE WORK FORCE	  	SEP/1988
	I-76	  	252.225-7012	  	PREFERENCE FOR CERTAIN DOMESTIC COMMODITIES	  	AUG/2000
	I-77	  	252.225-7014	  	PREFERENCE FOR DOMESTIC SPECIALTY METALS	  	FEB/1997
	I-78	  	252.225-7016	  	RESTRICTION ON ACQUISITION OF BALL AND ROLLER BEARINGS	  	DEC/2000
	I-79	  	252.225-7025	  	RESTRICTION ON ACQUISITION OF FORGINGS	  	JUN/1997
	I-80	  	252.225-7026	  	REPORTING OF CONTRACT PERFORMANCE OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES	  	JUN/2000
	I-81	  	252.225-7031	  	SECONDARY ARAB BOYCOTT OF ISRAEL	  	JUN/1992
	I-82	  	252.225-7041	  	CORRESPONDENCE IN ENGLISH	  	JUN/1997
	I-83	  	252.225-7042	  	AUTHORIZATION TO PERFORM	  	JUN/1997
	I-84	  	252.227-7014	  	RIGHTS IN NONCOMMERCIAL COMPUTER SOFTWARE AND NONCOMMERCIAL COMPUTER SOFTWARE DOCUMENTATION	  	JUN/1995
	I-85	  	252.227-7015	  	TECHNICAL DATA - COMMERCIAL ITEMS	  	NOV/1995
	I-86	  	252.227-7016	  	RIGHTS IN BID OR PROPOSAL INFORMATION	  	JUN/1995
	I-87	  	252.227-7017	  	IDENTIFICATION AND ASSERTION OF USE, RELEASE, OR DISCLOSURE RESTRICTIONS	  	JUN/1995
	I-88	  	252.242-7000	  	POSTAWARD CONFERENCE	  	DEC/1991
	I-89	  	252.242-7003	  	APPLICATION FOR U.S. GOVERNMENT SHIPPING DOCUMENTATION/INSTRUCTIONS	  	DEC/1991
	I-90	  	252.243-7001	  	PRICING OF CONTRACT MODIFICATIONS	  	DEC/1991
	I-91	  	252.244-7000	  	SUBCONTRACTS FOR COMMERCIAL ITEMS AND COMMERCIAL COMPONENTS (DoD CONTRACTS)	  	MAR/2000
	1-92	  	252.245-7001	  	REPORTS OF GOVERNMENT PROPERTY	  	MAY/1994
	1-93	  	52.215-21	  	REQUIREMENTS FOR COST OR PRICING DATA OR INFORMATION OTHER THAN COST OR PRICING DATA—MODIFICATIONS... (ALTERNATE III (OCT 1997))	  	OCT/1997

  

	(a)	Exceptions from cost or pricing data. 

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 78
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

 (1) In lieu of submitting cost or pricing data for modifications under this contract,
for price adjustments expected to exceed the threshold set forth at FAR 15.403-4 on the date of the agreement on price or the date of the award, whichever is later, the Contractor may submit a written request for exception by submitting the
information described in the following subparagraphs. The Contracting Officer may require additional supporting information, but only to the extent necessary to determine whether an exception should be granted, and whether the price is fair and
reasonable— 
 (i) Identification of the law or regulation establishing the price offered. If the price is controlled under
law by periodic rulings, reviews, or similar actions of a governmental body, attach a copy of the controlling document, unless it was previously submitted to the contracting office. 
 (ii) Information on modifications of contracts of subcontracts for commercial items. 
  

	 	(A)	If— 

  

	 	(1)	the original contract or subcontract was granted an exception from cost or pricing data requirements because the price agreed upon was based on adequate price
competition, or prices set by law or regulation, or was a contract or subcontract for the acquisition of a commercial item, and 

  

	 	(2)	the modification (to the contract or subcontract) is not exempted based on one of these exceptions, then the Contractor may provide information to establish that the
modification would not change the contract or subcontract from a contract or subcontract for the acquisition of a commercial item to a contract or subcontract for the accquisition of an item other than a commercial item. 

  

	 	(B)	For a commercial item exception, the Contractor shall provide, at a minimum, information on prices at which the same item or similar items have previously been sold
that is adequate for evaluating the reasonableness of the price of the modification. Such information may include— 

  

	 	(1)	For catalog items, a copy of or identification of the catalog and its date, or the appropriate pages for the offered items, or a statement that the catalog is on file
in the buying office to which the proposal is being submitted. Provide a copy or describe current discount policies and price lists (published or unpublished), e.g., wholesale, original equipment manufacturer, or reseller. Also explain the basis of
each offered price and its relationship to the established catalog price, including how the proposed price relates to the price or recent sales in quantities similar to the proposed quantities. 

  

	 	(2)	For market-priced items, the source and date or period of the market quotation or other basis for market price, the base amount, and applicable discounts. In addition,
describe the nature of the market. 

  

	 	(3)	For items included on an active Federal Supply Service Multiple Award Schedule contract, proof that an exception has been granted for the schedule item.

  

	 	(4)	The Contractor grants the Contracting Officer or an authorized representative the right to examine, at any time before award, books, records, documents, or other
directly pertinent records to verify any request for an exception under this clause, and the reasonableness of price. For items priced using catalog or market prices, or law or regulation, access does not extend to cost or profit information or
other data relevant solely to the Contractor’s determination of the prices to be offered in the catalog or marketplace. 

 (b) Requirements for cost or pricing data. If the Contractor is not granted an exception from the requirement to submit cost or pricing data, the following applies: 
 (1) The Contractor shall submit cost or pricing data and supporting attachments in accordance with Table 15-2 of FAR 15.408. 
 (2) As soon as practicable after agreement on price, but before contract award (except for unpriced actions), the Contractor shall submit a
Certificate of Current Cost or Pricing Data, as prescribed by FAR 15.406-2. 
 (c) Submit the cost portion of the proposal via
the following electronic media: Compatible with Excel for DOS or Windows 95, version 5.0. 
 [End of Clause] 

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 79
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

							
	     I-94
	  	52.208-2	  	JEWEL BEARINGS AND RELATED ITEMS CERTIFICATE	  	APR/1984

  

	(a)	This is to certify that— 

 (1) Jewel bearings and/or related items, as defined in the REQUIRED SOURCES FOR JEWEL BEARINGS AND RELATED ITEMS clause. (check one) 
 ( ) will be incorporated into one or more items covered by this offer; 
 (xx) will not be incorporated into any item covered by this offer; 
 (2) Any jewel bearings required (or an equal
quantity of the same type, size, and tolerances) will he ordered from the William Langer Plant, Rolla, North Dakota 58367, as provided in the REQUIRED SOURCES FOR JEWEL BEARINGS AND RELATED ITEMS clause; and 
 (3) Any related items required (or an equal quantity of the same type, size, and tolerances) will be acquired from domestic manufacturers,
including the Plant, if the items can be obtained from those sources. 
 (b) Attached to this certificate are estimates of the
quantity, type, and size (including tolerances) of the jewel bearings and related items required, and identification of the components, subassemblies, or parts that require jewel bearings or related items. 
 DATE OF EXECUTION:
                                         
                                         
                                         
                  
 SOLICITATION NUMBER:
                                         
                                         
                                         
            
 NAME:
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                         
   
 TITLE:
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                         
   
 FIRM:
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                         
   
 ADDRESS:
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                    
 (End of provision) 
  

							
	     I-95
	  	52.223-11	  	OZONE-DEPLETING SUBSTANCES	  	MAY/2001

 (a) Definition. Ozone-depleting substance, as used in this clause, means any
substance the Environmental Protection Agency designates in 40 CFR part 82 as— 
 (1) Class I, including, but not limited
to, chlorofluorocarbons, halons, carbon tetrachloride, and methyl chloroform; or 
 (2) Class II, including but not limited to,
hydrochlorofluorocarbons. 
 (b) The Contractor shall label products which contain or are manufactured with ozone-depleting
substances in the manner and to the extent required by 42 U.S.C. 7671j(b), (c), and (d) and 40 CFR Part 82, Subpart E, as follows: 
  

			
	WARNING:	  	Contains (or manufactured with, if applicable)
                         *
                        , a substance (s) which harm(s) public health and environment by destroying ozone in the
upper atmosphere.

  

	*	The Contractor shall insert the name of the substance(s). 

 (End of Clause) 
  

							
	     I-96
	  	52.244-6	  	SUBCONTRACTS FOR COMMERCIAL ITEMS	  	DEC/2001

 (a) Definitions. As used in this clause–– 
 (1) “Commercial item,” as used in this clause, has the meaning contained in the clause at 52.202-1, Definitions. 
 (2) “Subcontract,” as used in this clause, includes a transfer of commercial items between divisions, subsidiaries, or affiliates
of the Contractor or subcontractor at any tier. 
 (b) To the maximum extent practicable, the Contractor shall incorporate, and
require its subcontractors at all tiers to incorporate, commercial items or nondevelopmental items as components of items to be supplied under this contract. 

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 80
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

 (c) 
 (1) The contractor shall insert the following clauses in subcontracts for commercial items: 
 (i) 52.219-8, Utilization of Small Business Concerns (OCT 2000) (15U.S.C. 637(d)(2) and (3)), in all subcontracts that offer subcontracting opportunities. If the subcontract (except subcontracts to small
business concerns) exceeds $500,000 ($l,000,000 for contruction of any public facility), the subcontractor must include 52.219-8 in lower tier subcontracts that offer subcontracting opportunities. 
 (ii) 52.222-26, Equal Opportunity (FEB 1999) (E.O. 11246); 
 (iii) 52.222-35, Equal Opportunity for Special Disabled Veterans, Veterans of the Vietnam Era, and other Eligible Veterans (Dec 2001) (38 U.S.C. 4212 (a)); 
 (iv) 52.222-36, Affirmative Action for Workers with Disabilities (JUN 1998) (29 U.S.C. 793); 
 (v) 52.247-64, Preference for Privately Owned U.S.-Flagged Commercial Vessels (JUN 2000) (46 U.S.C. 1241) (flow down not required for
subcontracts awarded beginning May 1, 1996). 
 (2) While not required, the Contractor may flow down to subcontracts for
commercial items a minimum number of additional clauses necessary to satisfy its contractual obligations. 
 (d) The Contractor
shall include the terms of this clause, including this paragraph (d), in subcontracts awarded under this contract. 
 [End of
Clause] 
  

							
	     I-97
	  	52.245-17	  	SPECIAL TOOLING (91-DEV-44)	  	DEC/1989

 (a) Definition. Special tooling means jigs, dies, fixtures, molds,
patterns, taps, gauges, other equipment and manufacturing aids, all components of these items, and replacement of these items that are of such a specialized nature that without substantial modification or alteration their use is limited to the
development or production of particular supplies or parts thereof or performing particular services. It does not include material, special test equipment, facilities (except foundations and similar improvements necessary for installing special
tooling), general or special machine tools, or similar capital items. Special tooling, for the purpose of this clause, does not include any item acquired by the Contractor before the effective date of this contract, or replacement of such items,
whether or not altered or adapted for use in performing this contract, or items specifically excluded by the Schedule of this contract. 
 (b) Use of special tooling. The Contractor agrees to use the special tooling only in performing this contract or as otherwise approved by the Contracting Officer. 
 (c) Initial list of special tooling. If the contracting Officer so requests, the Contractor shall furnish the Government an initial
list of all special tooling acquired or manufactured by the Contractor for performing this contract (but see paragraph (d) for tooling that has become obsolete). The list shall specify the nomenclature, tool number, related product part number
(or service performed), and unit or group cost of the special tooling. The list shall be furnished within 60 days after delivery of the first production end item under this contract unless a later date is prescribed. 
 (d) Changes in design. Changes in the design or specifications of the end items being produced under this contract may affect the
interchangeability of end item parts. In such an event, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contracting Officer, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer of any part not interchangeable with a new or superseding part. Pending disposition
instructions, such usable tooling shall be retained and maintained by the Contractor. 
 (e) Contractor’s offer to
retain special tooling. The Contractor may indicate a desire to retain certain items of special tooling at the time it furnishes a list or notification pursuant to paragraphs (c), (d), or (h) of this clause. The Contractor shall furnish a
written offer designating those items that it wishes to retain by specifically listing the items or by listing the particular products, parts, or services for which the items were used or designed. The offer shall be made on one of the following
bases: 
 (1) An amount shall be offered for retention of the items free of any Government interest. This amount should
ordinarily not be less than the current fair value of the items, considering, among other things, the value of the items to the Contractor for use in future work. 
 (2) Retention may be requested for a limited period of time and under terms as may be agreed to by the Government and the Contractor. This temporary retention is subject to final disposition pursuant to
paragraph (i) of this clause. 

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 81
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

 (f) Property control records. The Contractor shall maintain adequate property
control records of all special tooling in accordance with its normal industrial practice. The records shall be made available for Government inspection at all reasonable times. To the extent practicable, the Contractor shall identify all special
tooling subject to this clause with an appropriate stamp, tag, or other mark. 
 (g) Maintenance. The Contractor shall
take all reasonable steps necessary to maintain the identity and existing condition of usable items of special tooling from the date such items are no longer needed by the Contractor until final disposition under paragraph (i) of this clause.
These maintenance requirements do not apply to those items designated by the Contracting Officer for disposal as scrap or identified as of no further interest to the Government under subparagraph (i) (4) of this clause. The Contractor is
not required, to keep unneeded items of special tooling in place. 
 (h) Final list of special tooling. When all or a
substantial part at the work under this contract is completed or terminated, the Contractor shall furnish the Contracting officer a final list of special tooling with the same information as required for the initial list under paragraph (c) of
this clause. The final list shall include all items not previously reported under paragraph (c). The Contracting Officer may provide a written waiver of this requirement or grant an extension. The requirement may be extended until the completion of
this contract together with the completion of other contracts and subcontracts authorizing the use of the special tooling under paragraph (b) of this clause. Special tooling that has become obsolete as a result of changes in design or
specification need not be reported except as provided for in paragraph (d). 
 (i) Disposition instructions. The
Contracting Officer shall provide the Contractor with disposition instructions for special tooling identified in a list or notice submitted under paragraphs (c), (d), or (h) of this clause. The instructions shall be provided within 90 days of
receipt of the list or notice, unless the period is extended by mutual agreement. The Contracting Officer may direct disposition by any of the methods listed in subparagraphs (1) through (4) of this paragraph, or a combination of such
methods. Any failure of the Contracting Officer to provide specific instructions within the 90-day period shall be construed as direction under subparagraph (i)(3). 
 (1) The Contracting Officer shall give the contractor a list specifying the products, parts, or services for which the Government may require special tooling and request the Contractor to transfer title
(to the extent not previously transferred under any other clause of this contract) and deliver to the Government all usable items of special tooling that were designed for or used in the production or performance of such products, parts, or services
and that were on hand when such production or performance ceased. 
 (2) The Contracting Officer may accept or reject any offer
made by the Contractor under paragraph (e) of this clause to retain items of special tooling or may request further negotiation of the offer. The Contractor agrees to enter into the negotiations in good faith. The net proceeds from the
Contracting Officer’s acceptance of the Contractor’s retention offer shall either be deducted from amounts due the Contractor under this contract or shall be otherwise paid to the Government as directed by the Contracting Officer.

 (3) The Contracting Officer may direct the Contractor to sell, or dispose of as scrap, for the account of the Government, any
special tooling reported by the Contractor under this clause. The net proceeds of all sales shall either be deducted from amounts due the Contractor under this contract or shall be otherwise paid to the Government as directed by the Contracting
Officer. To the extent that the Contractor incurs any costs occasioned by compliance with such directions, for which it is not otherwise compensated, the contract price shall be equitably adjusted in accordance with the Changes clause of this
contract. 
 (4) The Contracting Officer may furnish the Contractor with a statement disclaiming further Government interest or
rights in any of the special tooling listed. 
 (j) Storage or shipment. The Contractor shall promptly transfer to the
Government title to the special tooling specified by the Contracting Officer and arrange for either the shipment or the storage of such tooling in accordance with the final disposition instructions in subparagraph (i)(1) of this clause. Tooling to
be shipped shall be properly packaged, packed, and marked in accordance with the directions of the Contracting Officer. Tooling to be stored shall be stored pursuant to a storage agreement between the Government and the Contractor, and as directed
by the Contracting Officer. Tooling shipped or stored shall be accompanied by operation sheets or other appropriate data necessary to show the manufacturing operations or processes for which the items were used or designed. To the extent that the
Contractor incurs costs for authorized storage or shipment under this paragraph and not otherwise compensated for, the contract price shall be equitably adjusted in accordance with the Changes clause of this contract. 
 (k) Subcontract provisions. In order to perform this contract, the Contractor may place subcontracts (including purchase orders)
involving the use of special tooling. If the full cost of the tooling is charged to those subcontracts, the Contractor agrees to include in the subcontracts appropriate provisions to obtain Government rights comparable to the rights of the
Government under this clause (unless the Contractor and the Contracting Officer agree that such rights are not of substantial interest to the Government). The Contractor agrees to exercise such rights for the benefit of the Government as directed by
the Contracting officer. 
 [End of Clause] 
  

							
	I-98	  	252.204-7004	  	REQUIRED CENTRAL CONTRACTOR REGISTRATION	  	MAR/2000

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 82
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

 (a) Definitions. As used in this clause— 
 (1) Central Contractor Registration (CCR) database means the primary DoD repository for contractor information required for the
conduct of business with DoD. 
 (2) Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) number means the 9-digit number assigned by
Dun and Bradstreet Information Services to identify unique business entities. 
 (3) Data Universal Numbering System +4
(DUNS+4) number means the DUNS number assigned by Dun and Bradstreet plus a 4-digit suffix that may be assigned by a parent (controlling) business concern. This 4-digit suffix may be assigned at the discretion of the parent business concern for
such purposes as identifying subunits or affiliates of the parent business concern. 
 (4) Registered in the CCR database
means that all mandatory information, including the DUNS number or the DUNS+4 number, if applicable, and the corresponding Commercial and Government Entity (CAGE) code, is in the CCR database; the DUNS number and the CAGE code have been validated;
and all edits have been successfully completed. 
 (b) 
 (1) By submission of an offer, the offeror acknowledges the requirement that a prospective awardee must be registered in the CCR database
prior to award, during performance, and through final payment of any contract resulting from this solicitation, except for awards to foreign vendors for work to be performed outside the United States. 
 (2) The offeror shall provide its DUNS or, if applicable, its DUNS+4 number with its offer, which will be used by the Contracting Officer to
verify that the offeror is registered in the CCR database. 
 (3) Lack of registration in the CCR database will make an offeror
ineligible for award. 
 (4) DoD has established a goal of registering an applicant in the CCR database within 48 hours after
receipt of a complete and accurate application via the Internet. However, registration of an applicant submitting an application through a method other than the Internet may take up to 30 days. Therefore, offerors that are not registered should
consider applying for registration immediately upon receipt of this solicitation. 
 (c) The Contractor is responsible for the
accuracy and completeness of the data within the CCR, and for any liability resulting from the Government’s reliance on inaccurate or incomplete data. To remain registered in the CCR database after the initial registration, the Contractor is
required to confirm on an annual basis that its information in the CCR database is accurate and complete. 
 (d) Offerors and
contractors may obtain information on registration and annual confirmation requirements by calling 1-888-227-2423, or via the Internet at http://www.ccr.gov. 
 [End of Clause] 
  

							
	I-99	  	252.247-7023	  	TRANSPORTATION OF SUPPLIES BY SEA	  	NOV/1995

 (a) Definitions. As used in this clause— 
 (1) Components means articles, materials, and supplies incorporated directly into end products at any level of manufacture,
fabrication, or assembly by the Contractor or any subcontractor. 
 (2) Department of Defense (DoD) means the Army, Navy,
Air Force, Marine Corps, and defense agencies. 
 (3) Foreign flag vessel means any vessel that is not a U.S.-flag
vessel. 
 (4) Ocean transportation means any transportation aboard a ship, vessel, boat, barge, or ferry through
international waters. 
 (5) Subcontractor means a supplier, materialman, distributor, or vendor at any level below the
prime contractor whose contractual obligation to perform results from, or is conditioned upon, award of the prime contract and who is performing any part of the work or other requirement of the prime contract. However, effective May 1, 1996,
the term does not include a supplier, materialman, distributor, or vendor of commercial items or commercial components. 
 (6)
Supplies means all property, except land and interests in land, that is clearly identifiable for eventual use by or owned by the DoD at the time of transportation by sea. 

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 83
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

 (i) An item is clearly identifiable for eventual use by the DoD if, for example, the
contract documentation contains a reference to a Dod contract number or a military destination. 
 (ii) Supplies
includes (but is not limited to) public works; buildings and facilities; ships; floating equipment and vessels of every character, type, and description, with parts, subassemblies, accessories, and equipment; machine tools; material; equipment;
stores of all kinds; end items; construction materials; and components of the foregoing. 
 (7) U.S.-flag vessel means a
vessel of the United States or belonging to the United States, including any vessel registered or having national status under the laws of the United States. 
 (b) The Contractor shall employ U.S.-flag vessels in the transportation by sea of any supplies to be furnished in the performance of this contract. The Contractor and its subcontractors may request that
the Contracting Officer authorize shipment in foreign-flag vessels, or designate available U.S.-flag vessels, if the Contractor or a subcontractor believes that— 
 (1) U.S.-flag vessels are not available for timely shipment; 
 (2) The freight
charges are inordinately excessive or unreasonable; or 
 (3) Freight charges are higher than charges to private persons for
transportation of like goods. 
 (c) The Contractor must submit any request for use of other than U.S.-flag vessels in writing
to the Contracting Officer at least 45 days prior to the sailing date necessary to meet its delivery schedules. The Contracting Officer will process requests submitted after such date(s) as expeditiously as possible, but the Contracting
Officer’s failure to grant approvals to meet the shipper’s sailing date will not of itself constitute a compensable delay under this or any other clause of this contract. Requests shall contain at a minimum— 
 (1) Type, weight, and cube of cargo; 
 (2) Required shipping date; 
 (3) Special handling and discharge requirements;

 (4) Loading and discharge points; 
 (5) Name of shipper and consignee; 
 (6) Prime contract number; and 
 (7) A documented description of efforts made to secure U.S.-flag vessels, including points of contact (with names and telephone numbers)
with at least two U.S.-flag carriers contacted. Copies of telephone notes, telegraphic and facsimile message or letters will be sufficient for this purpose. 
 (d) The Contractor shall, within 30 days after each shipment covered by this clause, provide the Contracting Officer and the Division of National Cargo, Office of Market Development. Maritime
Administration, U.S. Department of Transportation, Washington, DC 20590, one copy of the rated on board vessel operating carrier’s ocean bill of lading, which shall contain the following information— 
 (1) Prime contract number; 
 (2) Name of vessel; 
 (3) Vessel flag of registry; 
 (4) Date of loading; 
 (5) Port of loading; 
 (6) Port of final discharge; 
 (7) Description of commodity; 
 (8) Gross weight in pounds and cubic feet if available; 
 (9) Total ocean freight
in U.S. dollars; and 
 (10) Name of the steamship company. 

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 84
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

 (e) The Contractor agrees to provide with its final invoice under this contract a
representation that to the best of its knowledge and belief— 
 (1) No ocean transportation was used in the performance of
this contract; 
 (2) Ocean transportation was used and only U.S.-flag vessels were used for all ocean shipments under the
contract; 
 (3) Ocean transportation was used, and the Contractor had the written consent of the Contracting Officer for all
non-U.S.-flag ocean transportation; or 
 (4) Ocean transportation was used and some or all of the shipments were made on
non-U.S.-flag vessels without the written consent of the Contracting Officer. The Contractor shall describe these shipments in the following format: 
  

							
	 ITEM
 DESCRIPTION
	  	CONTRACT
LINE ITEMS	  	QUANTITY	  	TOTAL

 (f) If the final invoice does not include the required representation, the Government
will reject and return it to the Contractor as an improper invoice for the purposes of the Prompt Payment clause of this contract. In the event there has been unauthorized use of non-U.S.-flag vessels in the performance of this contract, the
Contracting Officer is entitled to equitably adjust the contract, based on the unauthorized use. 
 (g) The Contractor shall
include this clause, including this paragraph (g) in all subcontracts under this contract, which exceed the small purchase limitation of section 13.000 of the Federal Acquisition Regulation. 
 [End of Clause] 
  

							
	     I-100
	  	 52.204-4009
 (TACOM)
	  	MANDATORY USE OF CONTRACTOR TO GOVERNMENT ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATION	  	JUN/1999

 (a) All references in the contract to the submission of written documentation shall
mean electronic submission. All electronic submissions shall be in the formats and media described in the “Electronic Quotations/Offers/Bids Required in Response to this Request for Quotations/Proposals/Bids” clause elsewhere in this
document. (See Section K for commercial acquisitions, Section L for RFPs, and Section I for RFQs.) 
 (b) This shall include all
written unclassified communications between the Government and the Contractor except contract awards and contract modifications which shall be posted on the internet. Return receipt shall be used if a commercial application is available. Classified
information shall be handled in full accordance with the appropriate security requirements. 
 (c) In order to be contractually
binding, all Government communications requiring a Contracting Officer signature must be sent from the Contracting Officer’s e-mail address. The Contractor shall designate the personnel with signature authority who can contractually bind the
contractor. All binding contractor communication shall be sent from this contractor e-mail address(es). 
 (d) Upon award, the
Contractor shall provide the Contracting Officer with a list of e-mail addresses for all administrative and technical personnel assigned to this contract. 
 (e) Unless exempted by the Procuring Contracting Officer in writing, all unclassified written communication after contract award shall be transmitted electronically. 
 [End of Clause] 
  

							
	     I-101
	  	52.247-4458 (TACOM)	  	GUARANTEED SHIPPING CHARACTERISTICS––F.O.B. DESTINATION	  	SEP/2000

 (a) The offeror is required to complete subparagraph (b) (1), (2), and (3), of
this clause, for each part or component, including all of its packaging. This information will be used by the Government to perform logistics management functions such as providing item sustainment, planning (e.g. estimating storage costs), and
redistribution. You are not liable if you give us wrong information, however since the DOD uses this data in-house in existing data bases and because this information nay be used in contingency planning it, we request that the information provided
be as accurate as possible. 
 (b) Definitions of terms commonly used in the packaging and distribution environments are defined
in ASTM D996 and should be consulted if any term used herein is in question. 

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 85
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

 (1) Unit Package for TWPS: The Army TWPS will be shipped without additional external
packaging. The RO elements and the MF elements will be packaged and shipped separately. The hypochlorite will be packaged to allow separate shipment later. However, it will be shipped with the Army TWPS. The unit package of the RO elements is length
56" x width 48" x height 26" and weight is 475 lbs. The unit package of the MF elements is length 56" x width 36" x height 30 and weight is 300 lbs. For the HC-TWPS the RO elements and HF elements will be packaged and
shipped directly and are the same dimensions as for the Army TWPS. 
 (i) Specify the type of UNIT PACKAGE for each single unit
of issue: A container in direct contact with and enclosing the product along with any required protective materials(s) (e.g. item is wrapped in neutral paper, polyethylene foam cushion wrapped, sealed in a waterproof bag, and placed in a fiberboard
box). 
 (ii) Unit Package Exterior Size/Weight of Unit Package with contents: 
 Length 238.5" x Width 96"     x Depth _96"_/Weight 23,300 pounds 
 (2) Shipping Container: N/A 
  

	 	(i)	Exterior Size of SHIPPING CONTAINER AND CONTENTS THEREIN: 

  

	 	  	Length,              x Width,
             x Height,              (expressed in feet and inches) 

  

	 	(ii)	Number of unit packages per shipping container              each 

  

	 	(iii)	Gross weight of Shipping container and contents                  Lbs.

 (3) Unitized Loads: N/A 
  

	 	(i)	Is the Load palletized, skidded, or some other platform device used as a base for handling and transporting as a single entity. Yes  ̈ No  ̈; describe:
                                . 

  

	 	(ii)	Number of Shipping containers per pallet/skid              each. 

  

	 	(iii)	Weight of empty pallet, skid, platform, dolly, other device used as a base for handling and transporting materials
             Lbs 

  

	 	(iv)	Size of Unit Load (pallet/skid including shipping container(s) assembled for handling and transportation as a single entity: 

  

	 	  	Length,              x Width,
             x Height,              (expressed in feet and inches) 

  

	 	(v)	Gross Weight of Unit Load              Lbs; 

 (1) Unit package MC-TWPS: 
 (i) Specify the type of UNIT PACKAGE for each single unit of issue: A container in direct contact with and enclosing the product along with any required protective materials(s) (e.g. item is wrapped in
neutral paper, polyethylene foam cushion wrapped, sealed in a waterproof bag, and placed in a fiberboard box). 
 (ii) Unit
Package Exterior Size/Weight of Unit Package with contents; 
 Length 168" x Width 99" x Depth
80" /Weight 10,000 pounds 
 (2) Shipping Container: N/A 
  

	 	(i)	Exterior Size of SHIPPING CONTAINER AND CONTENTS THEREIN: 

  

	 	  	Length,              x Width,
             x Height,              (expressed in feet and inches) 

  

	 	(ii)	Number of unit packages per snipping container              each 

  

	 	(iii)	Gross weight of Shipping container and contents              Lbs. 

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 86
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

 (3) Unitized Loads: N/A 
  

	 	(i)	Is the Load palletized, skidded, or some other platform device used as a base for handling and transporting as a single entity.    Yes  
 ̈    No   ̈; describe:
                    . 

  

	 	(ii)	Number of Shipping containers per pallet/skid              each. 

  

	 	(iii)	Weight of empty pallet, skid, platform, dolly, other device used as a base for handling and transporting materials
             Lbs 

  

	 	(iv)	Size of Unit Load (pallet/skid including shipping container(s) assembled for handling and transportation as a single entity: 

  

	 	 	Length,              x Width,
             x Height,              (expressed in feet and inches) 

  

	 	(v)	Gross Weight of Unit Load              Lbs; 

 (1) Unit Package for Cold Weather Module: The module is contained in three boxes which serve as the unit packaging. 
 (i) Specify the type of UNIT PACKAGE for each single unit of issue: A container in direct contact with and enclosing the product along with
any required protective materials(s) (e.g. item is wrapped in neutral paper, polyethylene foam cushion wrapped, sealed in a waterproof bag, and placed in a fiberboard box). 
 (ii) Unit Package Exterior Size/Weight of Unit Package with contents: 
  

	 	  	Box 1: Length_60" x Width 48" x depth 50" /weight 200 lbs. 

  

	 	  	Box 2: Length 48" x width 20" x depth 32" / weight 125 lbs. 

  

	 	  	Box 3: Length 44" x width 34" x depth 48" /weight 225 lbs. 

 (2) Shipping Container: N/A 
  

	 	(i)	Exterior Size of SHIPPING CONTAINER AND CONTENTS THEREIN: 

  

	 	  	Length,              x Width,
             x Height,              (expressed in feet and inches) 

  

	 	(ii)	Number of unit packages per shipping container              each 

  

	 	(iii)	Gross weight of Shipping container and contents              Lbs. 

 (3) Unitized Loads: N/A 
  

	 	(i)	Is the Load palletized, skidded, or some other platform device used as a base for handling and transporting as a single
entity.    Yes   ̈    No   ̈; describe:
                    . 

  

	 	(ii)	Number of Shipping containers per pallet/skid              each. 

  

	 	(iii)	Weight of empty pallet, skid, platform, dolly, other device used as a base for handling and transporting materials
             Lbs 

  

	 	(iv)	Size of Unit Load (pallet/skid including shipping container(s) assembled for handling and transportation as a single entity: 

  

	 	  	Length,              x Width,
             x Height,              (expressed in feet and inches) 

  

	 	(v)	Gross Weight of Unit Load              Lbs; 

 (1) Unit Package for Supplemental Cleaning & Waste & Storage Module: 
  

	 	(i)	Specify the type of UNIT PACKAGE for each single unit of issue: A container in direct contact with and enclosing 

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 87
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

 the product along with any required protective materials(s) (e.g. item is wrapped in neutral paper,
polyethylene foam cushion wrapped, sealed in a waterproof bag, and placed in a fiberboard box). 
  

	 	(ii)	Unit Package Exterior Size/Weight of Unit Package with contents: 

 Length 48” x Width 34” x Depth 34” /Weight 240 pounds 
 (2)
Shipping Container: N/A 
  

	 	(i)	Exterior Size of SHIPPING CONTAINER AND CONTENTS THEREIN: 

 Length,              x Width,              x Height,
             (expressed in feet and inches) 
  

	 	(ii)	Number of unit packages per shipping container              each 

  

	 	(iii)	Gross weight of Shipping container and contents              Lbs. 

 (3) Unitized Loads: N/A 
  

	 	(i)	Is the Load palletized, skidded, or some other platform device used as a base for handling and transporting as a single entity. Yes  ̈ No  ̈; describe:            
                    . 

  

	 	(ii)	Number of Shipping containers per pallet/skid              each. 

  

	 	(iii)	Weight of empty pallet, skid, platform, dolly, other device used as a base for handling and transporting materials
             Lbs 

  

	 	(iv)	Size of Unit Load (pallet/skid including shipping container(s) assembled for handling and transportation as a single entity: 

 Length,              x Width,
             x Height,              (expressed in feet and inches) 
  

	 	(v)	Gross Weight of Unit Load              Lbs; 

 (1) Unit Package for Ocean Intake Structure System (OISS) Module 
  

	 	(i)	Specify the type of UNIT PACKAGE for each single unit of issue: A container in direct contact with and enclosing the product along with any required protective
materials(s) (e.g. item is wrapped in neutral paper, polyethylene foam cushion wrapped, sealed in a waterproof bag, and placed in a fiberboard box). 

  

	 	(ii)	Unit Package Exterior Size/Weight of Unit Package with contents: 

 Length 132” x Width 30” x Depth 30”/ Weight 450 pounds 
 (2)
Shipping Container: N/A 
  

	 	(i)	Exterior Size of SHIPPING CONTAINER AND CONTENTS THEREIN: 

 Length,              x Width,              x Height,
             (expressed in feet and inches) 
  

	 	(ii)	Number of unit packages per shipping container              each 

  

	 	(iii)	Gross weight of Shipping container and contents              Lbs. 

 (3) Unitized Loads: N/A 
  

	 	(i)	Is the Load palletized, skidded, or some other platform device used as a base for handling and transporting as a single entity. Yes  ̈ No  ̈; describe:            
                    . 

  

	 	(ii)	Number of Shipping containers per pallet/skid              each. 

  

	 	(iii)	Weight of empty pallet, skid, platform, dolly, other device used as a base for handling and transporting materials
             Lbs 

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 88
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

	 	(iv)	Size of Unit Load (pallet/skid including shipping container(s) assembled for handling and transportation as a single entity: 

 Length,              x Width,
             x Height,              (expressed in feet and inches) 
  

	 	(v)	Gross Weight of Unit Load              Lbs; 

  

	 	(i)	Is the Load palletized, skidded, or some other platform device used as a base for handling and transporting as a single entity. Yes  ̈ No  ̈; describe:            
                    . 

  

	 	(ii)	Number of Shipping containers per pallet/skid              each. 

  

	 	(iii)	Weight of empty pallet, skid, platform, dolly, other device used as a base for handling and transporting materials
             Lbs 

  

	 	(iv)	Size of Unit Load (pallet/skid including shipping container(s) assembled for handling and transportation as a single entity: 

 Length,              x Width,
             x Height,              (expressed in feet and inches) 
  

	 	(v)	Gross Weight of Unit Load              Lbs; 

 (1) Unit Package for NBC Treatment Module: Packaging in two boxes. 
  

	 	(i)	Specify the type of UNIT PACKAGE for each single unit of issue: A container in direct contact with and enclosing the product along with any required protective
materials(s) (e.g. item is wrapped in neutral paper, polyethylene foam cushion wrapped, sealed in a waterproof bag, and placed in a fiberboard box). 

  

	 	(ii)	Unit Package Exterior Size/Weight of Unit Package with contents: 

 Length 49” x Width 30” x Depth 18” /Weight 225 pounds 
 (2)
Shipping Container: NA/ 
  

	 	(i)	Exterior Size of SHIPPING CONTAINER AND CONTENTS THEREIN: 

 Length,              x Width,              x Height,
             (expressed in feet and inches) 
  

	 	(ii)	Number of unit packages per shipping container              each 

  

	 	(iii)	Gross weight of Shipping container and contents              Lbs. 

 (3) Unitized Loads: N/A 
  

	 	(i)	Is the Load palletized, skidded, or some other platform device used as a base for handling and transporting as a single entity. Yes  ̈ No  ̈; describe:            
                    . 

  

	 	(ii)	Number of shipping containers per pallet/skid              each. 

  

	 	(iii)	Weight of empty pallet, skid, platform, dolly, other device used as a base for handling and transporting materials
             Lbs 

  

	 	(iv)	Size of Unit Load (pallet/skid including shipping container(s) assembled for handling and transportation as a single entity: 

 Length,              x Width,
             x Height,              (expressed in feet and inches) 

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 89
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

	 	(v)	Gross Weight of Unit Load              Lbs; 

  

	 	(i)	Is the Load palletized, skidded, or some other platform device used as a base for handling and transporting as a single entity. Yes  ̈ No  ̈; describe:            
                    . 

  

	 	(ii)	Number of Shipping containers per pallet/skid              each. 

  

	 	(iii)	Weight of empty pallet, skid, platform, dolly, other device used as a base for handling and transporting materials
             Lbs 

  

	 	(iv)	Size of Unit Load (pallet/skid including shipping container(s) assembled for handling and transportation as a single entity: 

 Length,              x Width,
             x Height,              (expressed in feet and inches) 
  

	 	(v)	Gross Weight of Unit Load              Lbs; 

 (1) Unit Package for Survivability Module 
  

	 	(i)	Specify the type of UNIT PACKAGE for each single unit of issue: A container in direct contact with and enclosing the product along with any required protective
materials(s) (e.g. item is wrapped in neutral paper, polyethylene foam cushion wrapped, sealed in a waterproof bag, and placed in a fiberboard box). 

  

	 	(ii)	Unit Package Exterior Size/Weight of Unit Package with contents: 

  

	 	Length	             x Width             
x Depth              (expressed in inches) /Weight expressed in              pounds 

 (2) Shipping Container: 
  

	 	(i)	Exterior Size of SHIPPING CONTAINER AND CONTENTS THEREIN: 

 Length,              x Width,              x Height,
             (expressed in feet and inches) 
  

	 	(ii)	Number of unit packages per shipping container              each 

  

	 	(iii)	Gross weight of Shipping container and contents              Lbs. 

 (3) Unitized Loads: 
  

	 	(i)	Is the Load palletized, skidded, or some other platform device used as a base for handling and transporting as a single entity. Yes  ̈ No  ̈; describe:            
                    . 

  

	 	(ii)	Number of Shipping containers per pallet/skid              each. 

  

	 	(iii)	Weight of empty pallet, skid, platform, dolly, other device used as a base for handling and transporting materials
             Lbs 

  

	 	(iv)	Size of Unit Load (pallet/skid including shipping container(s) assembled for handling and transportation as a single entity: 

 Length,              x Width,
             x Height,              (expressed in feet and inches) 
  

	 	(v)	Gross Weight of Unit Load              Lbs; 

  

	 	(i)	Is the Load palletized, skidded, or some other platform device used as a base for handling and transporting as a single entity. Yes  ̈ No  ̈; describe:            
                    . 

  

	 	(ii)	Number of Shipping containers per pallet/skid              each. 

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 90
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

	 	(iii)	Weight of empty pallet, skid, platform, dolly, other device used as a base for handling and transporting materials
             Lbs 

  

	 	(iv)	Size of Unit Load (pallet/skid including shipping container (s) assembled for handling and transportation as a single entity: 

  

	 	  	Length,              x Width,
             x Height,              (expressed in feet and inches) 

  

	 	(v)	Gross Weight of Unit Load              Lbs; 

 (End of Clause) 

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 91
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

 SECTION J - LIST OF ATTACHMENTS 
  

									
	 List of Addenda
	  	 
Title
	  	 Date
	  	Number
of Pages	  	Transmitted By
	 Exhibit A
	  	GOVERNMENT FURNISHED EQUIPMENT	  		  	001	  	
	 Exhibit B
	  	CONTRACT DATA REQUIREMENTS LIST	  		  	030	  	
	 Attachment 001
	  	ATPD 2219 - 1.500 GPH TWPS	  	31-JAN-2002	  	043	  	ELECTRONIC
IMAGE
	 Attachment 002
	  	PO 53048 – TANK, FABRIC, COLLAPSIBLE; SELF-SUPPORTING, OPEN TOP, WATER STORAGE, 3000 GALLONS	  	16-JUN-1997	  	020	  	ELECTRONIC
IMAGE
	 Attachment 003
	  	NBC CONTAMINATION SURVIVABILITY CRITERIA FOR ARMY MATERIEL	  		  	010	  	ELECTRONIC
IMAGE
	 Attachment 004
	  	PROVISIONING REQUIREMENTS STATEMENT	  	14-JAN-2002	  	001	  	ELECTRONIC
IMAGE
	 Attachment 005
	  	DATA DELIVERY DESCRIPTION - ENGINEERING CHANGE PROPOSAL (ECP)	  	14-JAN-2002	  	010	  	ELECTRONIC
IMAGE
	 Attachment 006
	  	DATA DELIVERY DESCRIPTION - REQUEST FOR DEVIATION (RFD)	  	14-JAN-2002	  	004	  	ELECTRONIC
IMAGE
	 Attachment 007
	  	DATA DELIVERY DESCRIPTION - NOTICE OF REVISION (NOR)	  	14-JAN-2002	  	002	  	ELECTRONIC
IMAGE
	 Attachment 008
	  	PRODUCT DRAWINGS AND ASSOCIATED LISTS	  	14-JAN-2002	  	001	  	ELECTRONIC
IMAGE
	 Attachment 009
	  	LIST OF COMMERCIAL PRODUCTS THAT SUPPORTS JEDMICS	  	14-JAN-2002	  	007	  	ELECTRONIC
IMAGE
	 Attachment 010
	  	JEDMICS DATA FILE INDEX STRUCTURE (DFIS)	  	14-JAN-2002	  	005	  	ELECTRONIC
IMAGE
	 Attachment 011
	  	GEOMETRY CREATION GUIDELINES FOR 2D AND 3D MODELS	  	14-JAN-2002	  	002	  	ELECTRONIC
IMAGE
	 Attachment 012
	  	ADDITIONAL TECHNICAL MANUAL (TM) REQUIREMENTS	  	14-JAN-2002	  	001	  	ELECTRONIC
IMAGE
	 Attachment 013
	  	LOGISTICS MANAGEMENT INFO (LMI) REQUIREMENTS	  	14-JAN-2002	  	003	  	ELECTRONIC
IMAGE
	 Attachment 014
	  	DATA ITEM DESCRIPTION (DID) - SPECIAL EQUIPMENT TOOLS AND TEST EQUIPMENT	  	14-JAN-2002	  	002	  	ELECTRONIC
IMAGE
	 Attachment 015
	  	LMI - PACKAGING DATA PRODUCTS	  	14-JAN-2002	  	002	  	ELECTRONIC
IMAGE
	 Attachment 016
	  	LMI - PACKAGING DATA FORMAT	  	14-JAN-2002	  	002	  	ELECTRONIC
IMAGE
	 Attachment 017
	  	FAILURE DEFINITION/SCORING CRITERIA	  	14-JAN-2002	  	007	  	ELECTRONIC
IMAGE
	 Attachment 018
	  	DID - FAILURE ANALYSIS AND CORRECTIVE ACTION REPORT	  	14-JAN-2002	  	003	  	ELECTRONIC
IMAGE
	 Attachment 019
	  	DID - NEW EQUIPMENT TRAINING	  	14-JAN-2002	  	003	  	ELECTRONIC
IMAGE

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 92
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

 Section J 
 EXHIBIT A 
 GOVERNMENT FURNISHED MATERIEL AND PROPERTY 
  

	1.	60kw TACTICAL QUIET GENERATOR (TQG) 

 Model Number: 806a 
 NSN: 6115-01-274-7390 
 Nomenclature: 60kw Tactical Quiet Generator 
 LIN: G12034 
 SSN: M53400 
 Net Weight: 4063 1b. 
 Dimensions: B6.3 inches length x 35.3 inches width x 58.2 inches 
 Cubes: 103 
 Quantity: 1 each per system 
 Skid Mounted 
 1.1 The Government shall provide deliveries of the 60kw Tactical Quite Generator (TQG) to the contractor’s
facility for the A-TWPS as follows: 
 LD Unit:
               180 DACA 
 PVT Units:
            75 days before PVT Training 
 IOT&E Units:
       75 days before IOT&E Training 
 Production Units:  60 days prior to delivery

 2. The Government shall deliver the following GFM which is a component of the WQAS-P for each A-TWPS. Deliveries shall be made directly to
the sub-contractor’s address in accordance with the delivery date as follows: 
  

					
	a.	  	ITEM:	  	NSN
		  	WATER TESTING KIT, CHEMICAL AGENT (M272)	  	6665-01-134-0885
			
	b.	  	Ship To address:	  	
			
		  	 Integrated Information Technology Corporation
 ATTN: Mr. Steve Peck
 4725 South Monoco Street
 Denver, CO 90237
	  	
			
	c.	  	 LD unit:     180 DACA
 PVT Units:      75 days before PVT Training
 IOT&E Units: 75 days
before IOT&E Training
 Production Units: 60 days prior to delivery
	  	

 3. Technical Manuals 
 TWPS 
 60 KW Generator 
 3.1 Technical manuals will shipped to the Contractor 30 days prior to the scheduled delivery data of the TWPS. 
 EXHIBIT B 
 CONTRACT DATA REQUIREMENTS LIST

 A001 MEETING MINUTES 
 A002/A014
CONFIGURATION AUDIT SUMMARY REPORT (PHYSICAL) - (PCA) 
 A003 ENGINEERING CHANGE PROPOSAL (ECP) 
 A004 REQUEST FOR DEVIATION (RFD) 

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 93
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

			
	A005	  	NOTICE OF REVISION (NOR)
		
	A006	  	CONFIGURATION STATUS ACCOUNTING (CSA)
		
	A007	  	PRODUCT DRAWING AND ASSOCIATED LIST
		
	A008	  	FUNCTIONAL FLOW DIAGRAMS/LADDER LOGIC OUTPUT
	
	A009/A015     TECHNICAL MANUALS
		
	A00A	  	VALIDATION CERTIFICATE
	
	A00B/A016     LOGISTICS MANAGEMENT INFORMATION (LMI)/PROVISIONING PARTS LIST (PPL)
		
	A00C	  	LOGISTICS MANAGEMENT INFORMATION (LMI)/PRE-PROCUREMENT SCREENING (PPS)
		
	A00D	  	LOGISTICS MANAGEMENT INFORMATION (LMI) DATA PRODUCTS/ENGINEERING DATA FOR PROVISIONING (EDFP)
		
	A00E	  	LOGISTICS MANAGEMENT INFORMATION/LONG LEAD TIME ITEMS LIST (LLTIL)
		
	A00F	  	LOGISTICS MANAGEMENT INFORMATION (LMI)/RECOMMENDED SPARE PARTS LIST
		
	A00G	  	LOGISTICS MANAGEMENT INFORMATION (LMI)/DESIGN CHANGE NOTICE (DCN)
		
	A00H	  	LOGISTICS MANAGEMENT INFORMATION (LMI) DATA PRODUCTS/MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART (MAC)
		
	A00J	  	SPECIAL EQUIP TOOLS & TEST EQUIP LIST/SPECIAL TOOLS AND TEST EQUIPMENT (STTE)
		
	A00K	  	SAFETY ASSESSMENT REPORT (SAR)
		
	A00L	  	TRANSPORTABILITY REPORT
		
	A00M	  	SPECIAL PACKAGING INSTRUCTIONS (SPI)/SHIPMENT & STORAGE INSTRUCTIONS (S&S)
		
	A00N	  	LOGISTICS MANAGEMENT INFORMATION (LMI) DATA PRODUCTS (S)/PACKAGING DATA ELEMENTS (CODED DATA)
		
	A00P	  	SPECIAL PACKAGING INSTRUCTION (SPI)
		
	A00Q	  	FAILURE ANALYSIS AND CORRECTION ACTION REPORT/CONTRACTOR RESPONSES TO TEST INCIDENT REPORTS (TIR), GOVERNMENT-CONDUCTED FAT/PVT TESTING
		
	A00R	  	SYSTEM SUPPORT PACKAGE COMPONENT LIST (SSPCL)
		
	A00S	  	TEST PROCEDURE/QUALITY ACCEPTANCE INSPECTION AND TEST
		
	A00T	  	TEST INSPECTION REPORT/QUALITY ACCEPTANCE INSPECTION AND TEST
		
	A00U	  	QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT
		
	A00V	  	TRAINING MATERIALS/TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
		
	A00W	  	TRAINING MATERIALS/INSTRUCTOR LESSON GUIDES - MARINE OPERATOR & MAINTENANCE
		
	A00X	  	TRAINING MATERIALS/STUDENT LESSON GUIDES - MARINE OPERATOR & MAINTENANCE
		
	A00Y	  	TRAINING MATERIALS/INSTRUCTOR LESSON GUIDES - ARMY OPERATOR
		
	A00Z	  	TRAINING MATERIALS/STUDENT LESSON GUIDES - ARMY OPERATOR
		
	A010	  	TRAINING MATERIALS/INSTRUCTOR LESSON GUIDES - ARMY - MAINTENANCE
		
	A011	  	TRAINING MATERIALS/STUDENT LESSON GUIDES - ARMY MAINTENANCE
		
	A012	  	TRAINING MATERIALS/TRAINING COURSE COMPLETION REPORT
	
	A013/A017     TRAINING CONDUCT SUPPORT DOCUMENT/VISUAL AIDS

  
 *** END OF
NARRATIVE J 004 *** 
 Courier 10 
 ***************************************************************************************************** 
  

	(1)	MEETING MINUTES 

  

			
	CONTRACT DATA REQUIREMENTS LIST	  	Form Approval OMB No. 0704-0188

 Public reporting burden for this collection of information is estimated to average 440 hours per
response, including the time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and completing and reviewing the collection of information. Send comments regarding this burden estimate or any
other aspect of this collection of information, including suggestions for reducing this burden, to Department of Defense, Washington Headquarters Services, Directorate for Information Operations and Reports, 1215 Jefferson Davis Highway, Suite 1204,
Arlington, VA 22202-4302, and to the Office of Management and Budget, Paperwork Reduction Project (0704-0188), Washington, DC 20503. Please DO NOT RETURN your form to either these addresses. Send completed form to the Government Issuing Contracting
Officer for the Contract/PR No. listed in Block E. 
  

							
	A. CONTRACT LINE ITEM NO.: Administrative	  	B. EXHIBIT:	  	C. CATEGORY:	  	
	D. SYSTEM/ITEM: TWPS	  	E. CONTRACT/PR NO.:	  	F. CONTRACTOR:	  	
		  		  		  	

  

											
						
	1.	  	DATA ITEM NO.: A001	  		  		  		  	
					
	2.	  	TITLE OF DATA ITEM: Meeting Minutes	  		  		  	
						
	3.	  	SUBTITLE: DI-ADMN-61250A	  		  		  		  	
						
	4.	  	AUTHORITY:	  	5.	  	 CONTRACT REFERENCE:
 C.6.J
	  	6.	  	REQUIRING OFC: AMSTA-DSA-FP-PW
						
	7.	  	DD 250 REQ: LT	  	8.	  	APP CODE:	  	9.	  	DIST. STATEMENT REQUIRED: A
						
	10.	  	FREQUENCY: ASREQ	  	11.	  	AS OF DATE:	  		  	
						
	12.	  	 DATE OF FIRST SUBMISSION:
 SEE BLK 16
	  	13.	  	DATE OF SUB: SEE BLK 16	  		  	

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 94
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

											
						
	14.	  	DISTRIBUTION/ A. ADDRESSEES	  	B. COPIES	  	DRAFT /	  	FINAL	  	
						
		  	AMSTA-DSA-FP-PW (TWPS SAM)	  		  	1	  	1	  	
						
		  	MARCORSYSCOM (PM GTES)	  		  		  	1	  	
						
		  	PCO	  		  		  	1	  	
						
		  	ACO	  		  		  	1	  	
						
	15.	  	TOTAL:	  		  	1	  	4	  	
						
	16.	  	Remarks:	  		  		  		  	

 Draft minutes, with a list of attendees, shall be provided by e-mail to (AMSTA-DSA-FP-PW (TWPS-SAM)
within 10 days after the meeting. 
 The Government has 5 days to review and provide comments. Submit final within 5 days after receipt of
Government comments. 
  

							
	G. PREPARED BY: Karen Arnold	  	I. APPROVED BY:
	H. DATE:	  	J. DATE: 17 JAN 02

 DD FORM 1423-E MAY 99 
 ***************************************************************************************************** 
  

	(2)	CONFIGURATION AUDIT SUMMARY REPORT (PHYSICAL) 

  

			
	CONTRACT DATA REQUIREMENTS LIST	  	Form Approval OMB No. 0704-0188

 Public reporting burden for this collection of information is estimated to average 440 hours per
response, including the time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and completing and reviewing the collection of information. Send comments regarding this burden estimate or any
other aspect of this collection of information, including suggestions for reducing this burden, to Department of Defense. Washington Headquarters Services, Directorate for Information Operations and Reports, 1215 Jefferson Davis Highway, Suite 1204,
Arlington, VA 22202-4302, and to the Office of Management and Budget, Paperwork Reduction Project (0704-0188), Washington, DC 20503. Please DO NOT RETURN your form to either these addresses. Send completed form to the Government Issuing Contracting
Officer for the Contract/PR No. listed in Block E. 
  

							
	A. CONTRACT LINE ITEM NO.: 0007	  	B. EXHIBIT:	  	C. CATEGORY:	  	
	D. SYSTEM/ITEM: TWPS	  	E. CONTRACT/PR NO.:	  	F. CONTRACTOR:	  	

  

											
						
	1.	  	DATA ITEM NO.: A002/A014	  		  		  		  	
	2.	  	TITLE OF DATA ITEM: Configuration Audit Summary Report (Physical)
	3.	  	SUBTITLE:	  		  		  		  	
	4.	  	AUTHORITY: DI-CMAN-81022C	  	5.	  	CONTRACT REFERENCE: C.7.1.1	  	6.	  	REQUIRING OFC: AMSTA-TR-D/210
	7.	  	DD 250 REQ: DD250	  	8.	  	APP CODE:	  	9.	  	DIST. STATEMENT REQUIRED: A
	10.	  	FREQUENCY: ASREQ	  	11.	  	AS OF DATE:	  		  	
	12.	  	DATE OF FIRST SUBMISSION: SEE BLK 16	  	13.	  	DATE OF SUB: SEE BLK 16	  		  	

  

															
								
	14.	  	DISTRIBUTION/ A. ADDRESSEES	 	B. COPIES	 	DRAFT	 	/	 		 	FINAL	 	
		  	AMSTA-DSA-FP-PW	 		 	1    	 		 		 	  1	 	
		  	AMSTA-TR-D/210	 		 	1    	 		 		 	  1	 	
		  	MARCORSYSCOM (PM GTES)	 		 	1    	 		 		 	  1	 	
		  	 Albany, GA Code 583-1
 (MAR FOR
MCLBA LEM REVIEW)
	 		 	1    	 		 		 	  1	 	
								
	15.	  	TOTAL:	 		 	4    	 		 		 	  4	 	
								
	16.	  	Remarks:	 		 		 		 		 		 	

 Initial due 60 days after completion of Government testing. Government has 30 days to review and
provide comments. Submit final report 30 days after receipt of Government comments. 
 E-mail: Mbmatcomconfigmngmnt@matcom.usmc.mil 

E-mail: maguirep@tacom.army.mil 
  

			
	G. PREPARED BY: Karen Arnold	  	I. APPROVED BY:
	H. DATE:	  	J. DATE: 17 JAN 02

 DD FORM 1423-E MAY 99 
 ***************************************************************************************************** 
  

	(3)	ENGINEERING CHANGE PROPOSAL (ECP) 

  

			
	CONTRACT DATA REQUIREMENTS LIST	  	Form Approval OMB No. 0704-0188

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 95
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

 Public reporting burden for this collection of information is estimated to average 440 hours per
response, including the time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and completing and reviewing the collection of information. Send comments regarding this burden estimate or any
other aspect of this collection of information, including suggestions for reducing this burden, to Department of Defense, Washington Headquarters Services, Directorate for Information Operations and Reports, 1215 Jefferson Davis Highway, Suite 1204,
Arlington, VA 22202-4302, and to the Office of Management and Budget, Paperwork Reduction Project (0704-0188), Washington, DC 20503. Please DO NOT RETURN your form to either these addresses. Send completed form to the Government Issuing Contracting
Officer for the contract/PR No. listed in Block E. 
  

							
	A.  CONTRACT LINE ITEM NO.: N/A	  	B.  EXHIBIT:	  	C.  CATEGORY:	  	
	D.  SYSTEM/ITEM: TWPS	  	E.  CONTRACT/PR NO.:	  	F.  CONTRACTOR:	  	

 1.  DATA ITEM NO.: A003 
 2.  TITLE OF DATA ITEM: Engineering Change Proposal (ECP) 
 3.  SUBTITLE:

  

					
	 4.  AUTHORITY:DI-CMAN-80639C
	  	 5.  CONTRACTREFERENCE: C.7.2.1
	  	 6.  REQUIRINGOFC: AMSTA-TR-D/210

			
	 7.  DD250 REQ: LT
	  	 8.  APPCODE:
	  	 9.  DIST.STATEMENT REQUIRED: A

			
	 10. FREQUENCY:ASREQ
	  	 11. ASOF DATE:
	  	
			
	 12. DATEOF FIRST SUBMISSION: SEE BLK 16
	  	 13. DATEOF SUB: SEE BLK 16
	  	

  

											
						
	14. DISTRIBUTION/ A. ADDRESSEES	 	B. COPIES	 	DRAFT	 	/	 	FINAL	  	
	      AMSTA-DSA-FP-PW	 		 		 		 	1	  	
	      AMSTA-TR/210	 		 		 		 	1	  	
	      MARCORSYSCOM (PM GTES)	 		 		 		 	1	  	
						
	 15. TOTAL:
	 		 		 		 	3	  	
						
	 16. Remarks:
	 		 		 		 		  	

 Class I ECPs shall be submitted as required for Government review and approval. The Government has 45
days to provide approval/disapproval. 
 Class II ECPs shall be submitted as required NLT 60 days prior to planned implementation. 

E-mail: vegaM@mcsc.usmc.mil 
 E-mail:
maguirep@tacom.army.mil 
 See Attachment # 5 (Engineering Change Proposal) 
  

			
	G. PREPARED BY: Karen Arnold	  	I. APPROVED BY:
	H. DATE:	  	J. DATE: 17 Jan 02

 *****************************************************************************************************

  

	(4)	REQUEST FOR DEVIATION (RFD) 

  

			
	CONTRACT DATA REQUIREMENTS LIST	  	Form Approval OMB No. 0704-0188

 Public reporting burden for this collection of information is estimated to average 440 hours per
response, including the time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and completing and reviewing the collection of information. Send comments regarding this burden estimate or any
other aspect of this collection of information, including suggestions for reducing this burden, to Department of Defense, Washington Headquarters Services, Directorate for Information Operations and Reports, 1215 Jefferson Davis Highway, Suite 1204,
Arlington, VA 22202-4302, and to the Office of Management and Budget, Paperwork Reduction Project (0704-0188), Washington, DC 20503. Please DO NOT RETURN your form to either these addresses. Send completed form to the Government Issuing Contracting
officer for the Contract/PR No. listed in Block E. 
  

							
	A. CONTRACT LINE ITEM NO.: N/A	  	B. EXHIBIT:	  	C. CATEGORY:	  	
	D. SYSTEM/ITEM: TWPS	  	E. CONTRACT/PR NO.:	  	F. CONTRACTOR:	  	

 1.  DATA ITEM NO.: A004 
 2.  TITLE OF DATA ITEM: Request for Deviation (RFD) 
 3.  SUBTITLE: 

 

					
	 4.  AUTHORITY:DI-CMAN-60640C
	  	 5.  CONTRACTREFERENCE: C.7.2.2
	  	 6.  REQUIRINGOFC: AMSTA-TR-D/210

	 7.  DD250 REQ: LT
	  	 8.  APPCODE:
	  	 9.  DIST.STATEMENT REQUIRED: A

	 10. FREQUENCY:ASREQ
	  	 11. ASOF DATE:
	  	
	 12. DATEOF FIRST SUBMISSION: SEE BLK 16
	  	 13. DATEOF SUB: SEE BLK 16
	  	

  

											
						
	14. DISTRIBUTION/ A. ADDRESSEES	 	B. COPIES	 	DRAFT	 	/	 	FINAL	 	
	      AMSTA-LC-CJE	 		 		 		 	1	 	
	      AMSTA-TR-D/210	 		 		 		 	1	 	
	      MARCORSYSCOM (PM GTES)	 		 		 		 	1	 	
						
	15. TOTAL:	 		 		 		 	3	 	

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 96
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

         MARCORSYSCOM (PM
GTES)                                        1

 16.
Remarks:                                        
                                        3

 Submit RFDs as required for review and approval. The Government has 45 days to provide approval/disapproval. 
 See Attachment #6 (Request for Deviation) 
  

			
	G. PREPARED BY: Karen Arnold	 	I. APPROVED BY:
	H. DATE:	 	J. DATE: 17 JAN 02

 DD FORM 1423-E MAY 99 
 *********************************************************************************************************** 
  

	(5)	NOTICE OF REVISIONS 

  

			
	CONTRACT DATA REQUIREMENTS LIST	 	Form Approval OMB No. 0704-0188

 Public reporting burden for this collection of information is estimated to average 440 hours per
response, including the time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and completing and reviewing the collection of information. Send comments regarding this burden estimate or any
other aspect of this collection of information, including suggestions for reducing this burden, to Department of Defense, Washington Headquarters Services, Directorate for Information Operations and Reports, 1215 Jefferson Davis Highway, Suite 1204,
Arlington, VA 22202-4302, and to the Office of Management and Budget, Paperwork Reduction Project (0704-0188), Washington, DC 20503. Please DO NOT RETURN your form to either these addresses. Send completed form to the Government Issuing Contracting
Officer for the Contract/PR No. listed in Block E. 
  

					
	A. CONTRACT LINE ITEM NO.: N/A	 	B. EXHIBIT:	 	C. CATEGORY:
	D. SYSTEM/ITEM: TWPS	 	E. CONTRACT/PR NO.:	 	F. CONTRACTOR:

  

					
	1.  DATA ITEM NO.: A005	 		 	
	2.  TITLE OF DATA ITEM: Notice of Revision (NOR)	 	
	3.  SUBTITLE:	 		 	
	4.  AUTHORITY: DI-CMAN-80642C	 	5.   CONTRACT REFERENCE: C.7.2.3	 	6.  REQUIRING OFC: AMSTA-TR-D/210
	7.  DD 250 REQ: LT	 	8.   APP CODE:	 	9. DIST. STATEMENT REQUIRED: A
	10. FREQUENCY: ASREQ	 	11. AS OF DATE:	 	
	 12. DATE OF FIRST SUBMISSION:
       SEE BLK 16
	 	13. DATE OF SUB: SEE BLK 16	 	

  

											
	14. DISTRIBUTION/ A. ADDRESSEES	 	B. COPIES	 	DRAFT	 	/	 	FINAL	 	
	      AMSTA-LC-CJE	 		 		 		 	1	 	
	      AMSTA-TR-D/210	 		 		 		 	1	 	
	      MARCORSYSCOM (PM GTES)	 		 		 		 	1	 	
						
	15. TOTAL:	 		 		 		 	3	 	

 16. Remarks: 
 NORs associated with Class I ECPs shall be submitted concurrently with the ECPs for Government review and approval. The Government has 45 days for approval/disapproval. 
 NORs associated with Class II ECPs shall be submitted concurrently with the ECPs NLT 60 days prior to planned implementation. 
 See Attachment #7 (Notice of Revision) 
  

			
	G. PREPARED BY: Karen Arnold	 	I. APPROVED BY:
	H. DATE:	 	J. DATE: 17 Jan 02

 DD FORM 1423-E MAY 99 
 *********************************************************************************************************** 
  

	(6)	CONFIGURATION STATUS ACCOUNTING (CSA) 

  

			
	CONTRACT DATA REQUIREMENTS LIST	 	Form Approval OMB No. 0704-0188

 Public reporting burden for this collection of information is estimated to average 220 hours per
response, including the time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and completing and reviewing the collection of information. Send comments regarding this burden estimate or any
other aspect of this collection of information, including

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 97
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

 
suggestions for reducing this burden, to Department of Defense, Washington Headquarters Services, Directorate for Information Operations and Reports, 1215 Jefferson Davis Highway, Suite 1204,
Arlington, VA 22202-4302, and to the Office of Management and Budget, Paperwork Reduction Project (0704-0188), Washington, DC 20503. Please DO NOT RETURN your form to either these addresses. Send completed form to the Government Issuing Contracting
Officer for the Contract/PR No. listed in Block E. 
  

					
	A. CONTRACT LINE ITEM NO.: N/A	 	B. EXHIBIT:	 	C. CATEGORY:
	D. SYSTEM/ITEM: TWPS	 	E. CONTRACT/PR NO.:	 	F. CONTRACTOR:

  

					
	1.  DATA ITEM NO.: A006	 		 	
	2.  TITLE OF DATA ITEM: Configuration Status Accounting (CSA)	 	
	3.  SUBTITLE:	 		 	
	4.  AUTHORITY: DI-CMAN-81253A	 	5.  CONTRACT REFERENCE: C.7.3	 	6.  REQUIRING OFC: AMSTA-DSA-FP-PW
	7.  DD 250 REQ: LT	 	8.  APP CODE:	 	9.  DIST. STATEMENT REQUIRED: A
	10. FREQUENCY: ASREQ	 	11. AS OF DATE:	 	
	 12. DATE OF FIRST SUBMISSION:
       SEE BLK 16
	 	13. DATE OF SUB: SEE BLK 16	 	

  

											
	14. DISTRIBUTION/ A. ADDRESSEES	  	B. COPIES	  	DRAFT	  	/	  	FINAL	  	
	      AMSTA-TR-D/210	  		  		  		  	1	  	
	      MARCORSYSCOM (PM GTES)	  		  		  		  	1	  	
	      AMSTA-DSA-FP-PW (TWPS SAM)	  		  		  		  	1	  	
	      Albany, GA Code 563-1 (MCLBA LEM REVIEW)	  		  		  		  	1	  	
						
	15. TOTAL:	  		  		  		  	4	  	

 16. Remarks: 
 CSA database shall be electronically delivered to the Government at the completion of the contract. 
 E-mail: Mbmatcomconfigmngmnt@matcom.usmc.mil 
 E-mail: arnoldk@tacom.army.mil 
  

			
	G. PREPARED BY: Karen Arnold	 	I. APPROVED BY:
	H. DATE:	 	J. DATE: 17 JAN 02

 DD FORM 1423-E MAY 99 
 *********************************************************************************************************** 
  

	(7)	PRODUCT DRAWINGS AND ASSOCIATED LIST 

 CONTRACT
DATA REQUIREMENTS LIST
                                         
                       Form Approval OMB No. 0704-0188 
 Public reporting burden for this collection of information is estimated to average 440 hours per response, including the time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and
maintaining the data needed, and completing and reviewing the collection of information. Send comments regarding this burden estimate or any other aspect of this collection of information, including suggestions for reducing this burden, to
Department of Defense, Washington Headquarters Services. Directorate for Information Operations and Reports, 1215 Jefferson Davis Highway, Suite 1204, Arlington, VA 22202-4302, and to the Office of Management and Budget, Paperwork Reduction Project
(0704-0188), Washington, DC 20503. Please DO NOT RETURN your form to either these addresses. Send completed form to the Government Issuing Contracting Officer for the Contract/PR No. listed in Block E. 
  

					
	A. CONTRACT LINE ITEM NO.: N/A	 	B. EXHIBIT:	 	C. CATEGORY:
	D. SYSTEM/ITEM: TWPS	 	E. CONTRACT/PR NO.:	 	F. CONTRACTOR:

  

					
	1.  DATA ITEM NO.: A007	 		 	
	2.  TITLE OF DATA ITEM: Product Drawings and Associated List	 	
	3.  SUBTITLE:	 		 	
	4.  AUTHORITY: DI-DRPR-81000A	 	5.  CONTRACT REFERENCE: C.7.4	 	6.  REQUIRING OFC: AMSTA-TR-0/210
	7.  DD 250 REQ: LT	 	8.  APP CODE:	 	9.  DIST. STATEMENT REQUIRED: A
	10. FREQUENCY: ASREQ	 	11. AS OF DATE:	 	
	 12. DATE OF FIRST SUBMISSION:
       SEE BLK 16
	 	13. DATE OF SUB: SEE BLK 16	 	

  

											
	14. DISTRIBUTION/ A. ADDRESSEES	  	B. COPIES	  	DRAFT	  	/	  	FINAL	  	
	      AMSTA-TR-D/210	  		  	1	  		  	2	  	
	      MARCORSYSCOM (PM GTES)	  		  		  		  	1	  	
	      MARCORSYSCOM (PSE-A)	  		  		  		  		  	
	      814 Radford Blvd, Suite 20320	  		  		  		  		  	
	      Albany, GA 31704-1128	  		  		  		  	1	  	
						
	15. TOTAL:	  		  	1	  		  	4	  	

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 98
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

 16. Remarks: 
 Submit draft redline drawings (hardcopy) with the delivery of the Logistics Demonstration (LD) unit. Submit updated draft drawings electronically (DWG format) with the PCA draft report 60 days after the
completion of Government Testing. The Government has 30 days to review and provide comments. 
 Submit a final set of configuration drawings
that reflects the current production baseline (including all approved corrective actions and engineering changes) 30-50 days prior to the completion of this contract. 
 See Attachment # 8 (Product Drawing and Associated Lists) 
 E- mail: mooreGW@matcom.usmc.mil

 E- mail: maguirep@tacom.army.mil 
  

			
	G. PREPARED BY: Paul Maguire	 	I. APPROVED BY:
	H. DATE:	 	J. DATE: 17 JAN 02

 DD FORM 1423-E- MAY 99 
 *********************************************************************************************************** 
  

	(6)	FUNCTIONAL FLOW DIAGRAMS/LADDER LOGIC OUTPUT 

  

			
	CONTRACT DATA REQUIREMENTS LIST	 	Form Approval OMB No. 0704-0188

 Public reporting burden for this collection of information is estimated to average 440 hours per
response, including the time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and completing and reviewing the collection of information. Send comments regarding this burden estimate or any
other aspect of this collection of information, including suggestions for reducing this burden, to Department of Defense, Washington Headquarters Services, Directorate for Information Operations and Reports, 1215 Jefferson Davis Highway, Suite 1204,
Arlington, VA 22202-4302, and to the office of Management and Budget, Paperwork Reduction Project (0704-0188), Washington, DC 20503. Please DO NOT RETURN your form to either these addresses. Send completed form to the Government Issuing Contracting
Officer for the Contract/PR No. listed in Block E. 
  

					
	A. CONTRACT LINE ITEM NO.: N/A	 	B. EXHIBIT:	 	C. CATEGORY:
	D. SYSTEM/ITEM: TWPS	 	E. CONTRACT/PR NO.:	 	F. CONTRACTOR:

  

					
	1.  DATA ITEM NO.: A006	 		 	
	2.  TITLE OF DATA ITEM: Functional Flow Diagrams/Ladder Logic Output	 	
	3.  SUBTITLE:	 		 	
	4.  AUTHORITY: DI-MCCR-80491(T)	 	5.   CONTRACT REFERENCE: C.7.4.3	 	6.  REQUIRING OFC: AMSTA-TR-D/210
	7.  DD 250 REQ: LT	 	8.   APP CODE:	 	9.  DIST. STATEMENT REQUIRED: A
	10. FREQUENCY: ASREQ	 	11. AS OF DATE:	 	
	 12. DATE OF FIRST SUBMISSION:
       SEE BLK 16
	 	13. DATE OF SUB: SEE BLK 16	 	

  

									
	14. DISTRIBUTION/ A. ADDRESSEES	  	B. COPIES	  	DRAFT    /	  	FINAL	  	
	      AMSTA-LC-CJE	  		  		  	1	  	
	      AMSTA-TR-D/210	  		  		  	1	  	
	      MARCORSYSCOM (PM GTES)	  		  		  	1	  	
					
	15. TOTAL:	  		  		  	3	  	

 16. Remarks: 
 The data shall be delivered to the Government on appropriate electronic media, such as a floppy disk or CD-ROM in the format used for the TWPS EFROM at the time of delivery. The first complete delivery
shall be with the Physical Configuration Audit Summary Report (PCA). The second complete delivery shall be at the completion of the contract. 
  

			
	G. PREPARED BY: Paul Maguire	 	I. APPROVED BY:
	H. DATE:	 	J. DATE: 17 JAN 02

 DD FORM 1423-E MAY 99 
 *********************************************************************************************************** 

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 99
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

	(9)	TECHNICAL MANUALS 

 CONTRACT DATA REQUIREMENTS
LIST
                                         
       Form Approval OMB No. 0704-0188 
 Public reporting burden for this collection of information is
estimated to average 440 hours per response, including the time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and completing and reviewing the collection of information. Send comments
regarding this burden estimate or any other aspect of this collection of information, including suggestions for reducing this burden, to Department of Defense, Washington Headquarters Services, Directorate for Information Operations and Reports,
1215 Jefferson Davis Highway, Suite 1204, Arlington, VA 22202-4302, and to the Office of Management and Budget. Paperwork Reduction Project (0704-0188), Washington, DC 20503. Please DO NOT RETURN your form to either these addresses. Send completed
form to the Government Issuing Contracting Officer for the Contract/PR No. listed in Block E. 
  

					
	A. CONTRACT LINE ITEM NO.: 0007	 	B. EXHIBIT:	 	C. CATEGORY:
	D. SYSTEM/ITEM: TWPS	 	E. CONTRACT/PR NO.:	 	F. CONTRACTOR:

  

					
	1.   DATA ITEM NO.: A009/A015	 		 	
	2.   TITLE OF DATA ITEM: Technical Manuals	 	
	3.   SUBTITLE: SEE BLK 16	 		 	
	4.   AUTHORITY: MIL-STD-40051A	 	5.   CONTRACT REFERENCE: C.8.2.1	 	6. REQUIRING OFC: AMSTA-LC-CJA
	7.   DD 250 REQ: DD250	 	8.   APP CODE:	 	9. DIST. STATEMENT REQUIRED: A
	10. FREQUENCY: ASREQ	 	11. AS OF DATE:	 	
	 12. DATE OF FIRST SUBMISSION:
       SEE BLK 16
	 	13. DATE OF SUB: SEE BLK 16	 	

  

									
	14. DISTRIBUTION/ A. ADDRESSEES	  	B. COPIES	  	DRAFT    /	  	FINAL	  	
	      AMSTA-LC-CJA	  		  	1	  	1	  	
	      MARCORSYSCOM (PSD-M2)	  		  	1	  	1	  	
	      MARCORSYSCOM (PM GTES)	  		  	1	  	1	  	
	      Albany, GA code 577-1 (MARK FOR MCLBA       LEM REVIEW)	  		  	1	  	1	  	
					
	15. TOTAL:	  		  	4	  	4	  	

 16. Remarks: 
 BLK 3: 
 TM 10-4610-309-14 (Operator, Unit, Direct Support & General Support Maintenance
Manual). TM-10-4610-309-24P (Repair Parts and Special Tools List (RPSTL) 
 TM-10-4610-309-14&24P, Initial DEP due 260 days after contract
(DAC) and now Log Dem occurs 305 DAC. The Government has 30 days to review and provide comments. Logistics Demo/Verification will be held 15 days after Government review of initial DEP. Deliver Post LD draft DEP with LD comments incorporated 410 DAC
to support PVT. Final DEP (FDEP) and camera ready copy due 680 DAC with IOT&E comments and changes incorporated. 
 BLK 14*: 
 DEP delivery shall be made electronically. FDEP delivery shall consists of the following: 
 Postage prepaid to: TACOM, AMSTA-LC-CJA, Warren, MI 48397-5000 
  

	 	•	 	 One reproducible hardcopy with running sheets and folio markings. 

  

	 	•	 	 Word processing file (MS Word or equivalent) with illustrations. 

  

	 	•	 	 Acrobat PDF file- 

 Digital
files shall be delivered on ISO 9660 CD-ROM as follows: 
  

	 	•	 	 2 each CD-ROM containing PDF file. 

  

	 	•	 	 2 each CD-ROM containing word processing and illustration files. 

 E-mail: parsonsmb@matcom.usmc.mil 
 E-mail: dietzls@mcsc.usmc.mil 
 See Attachment #12, TM Matrix 
  

			
	G. PREPARED BY: Al Linton	 	I. APPROVED BY:
	H. DATE:	 	J. DATE: 17 JAN 02

 DD FORM 1423-E MAY 99 
 ************************************************************************************************* 
  

	(10)	VALIDATION CERTIFICATION 

  

			
	CONTRACT DATA REQUIREMENTS LIST	 	Form Approval OMB No. 0704-0188

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 100
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

 Public reporting burden for this collection of information is estimated to average 440 hours per
response, including the time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and completing and reviewing the collection of information. Send comments regarding this burden estimate or any
other aspect of this collection of information, including suggestions for reducing this burden, to Department of Defense, Washington Headquarters Services, Directorate for Information Operations and Reports, 1215 Jefferson Davis Highway, Suite 1204,
Arlington, VA 22202-4302, and to the Office of Management and Budget, Paperwork Reduction Project (0704-0188), Washington, DC 20503. Please DO NOT RETURN your form to either these addresses. Send completed form to the Government Issuing Contracting
Officer for the Contract/PR No. listed in Block E. 
  

					
	A. CONTRACT LINE ITEM NO.: N/A	  	B. EXHIBIT:	  	C. CATEGORY:
	D. SYSTEM/ITEM: TWPS	  	E. CONTRACT/PR NO.:	  	F. CONTRACTOR:

  

					
	1.  DATA ITEM NO.: A00A	  		  	
	2.  TITLE OF DATA ITEM: Validation Certification	  		  	
	3.  SUBTITLE:	  		  	
	4.  AUTHORITY: DI-CMAN-80792A	  	5.   CONTRACT REFERENCE: C.8.2.3.1	  	6.  REQUIRING OFC: AMSTA-LC-CJA
	7.  DD 250 REQ: LT	  	8.   APP CODE:	  	9.  DIST. STATEMENT REQUIRED: A
	10. FREQUENCY: ASREQ	  	11. AS OF DATE:	  	
	 12. DATE OF FIRST SUBMISSION:
       SEE BLK 16
	  	13. DATE OF SUB: SEE BLK16	  	

  

											
	14. DISTRIBUTION/ A. ADDRESSEES	  	B. COPIES	  	DRAFT	  	/	  	FINAL	  	
	      AMSTA-LC-CJA	  		  		  		  	1	  	
	      MARCORSYSCOM (PM GTES)	  		  		  		  	1	  	
						
	15. TOTAL:	  		  		  		  	2	  	

 16. Remarks: 
 Certification is due upon completion of validation. The Government will determine acceptance or rejection and notify contractor within 30 days. If rejected, contractor shall have 30 days for necessary
corrections and return to Government. 
  

			
	G. PREPARED BY: Al Linton	 	I. APPROVED BY:
	H. DATE:	 	J. DATE: 17 JAN 02

 DD FORM 1423-E MAY 99 
 ************************************************************************************************* 
  

	(11)	PROVISIONING PARTS LIST 

 CONTRACT DATA
REQUIREMENTS LIST
                                         
       Form Approval OMB No. 0704-0188 
 Public reporting burden for this collection of information is
estimated to average 440 hours per response, including the time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and completing and reviewing the collection of information. Send comments
regarding this burden estimate or any other aspect of this collection of information, including suggestions for reducing this burden, to Department of Defense, Washington Headquarters Services, Directorate for Information Operations and Reports,
1215 Jefferson Davis Highway, Suite 1204, Arlington, VA 22202-4302, and to the Office of Management and Budget. Paperwork Reduction Project (0704-0188), Washington, DC 20503. Please DO NOT RETURN your form to either these addresses. Send completed
form to the Government Issuing Contracting Officer for the Contract/PR No. listed in Block E. 
  

					
	A. CONTRACT LINE ITEM NO.: 0007	 	B. EXHIBIT:	 	C. CATEGORY:
	D. SYSTEM/ITEM: TWPS	 	E. CONTRACT/PR NO.:	 	F. CONTRACTOR:

  

					
	1.   DATA ITEM NO.: A005/A016	 		 	
	2.   TITLE OF DATA ITEM: Logistics Management Information (LMI)	 	
	3.   SUBTITLE: Provisioning Parts List (PPL)	 	
	4.   AUTHORITY: DI-ALSS-81529	 	5.  CONTRACT REFERENCE: C.10.1.1.	 	6.  REQUIRING OFC: AMSTA-LC-CJA
	7.   DD 250 REQ: DD250	 	8.  APP CODE:	 	9.  DIST. STATEMENT REQUIRED: A
	10. FREQUENCY: ASREQ	 	11. AS OF DATE: SEE BLK 16	 	
	 12. DATE OF FIRST SUBMISSION:
       SEE BLK 16
	 	13. DATE OF SUB: SEE BLK16	 	

  

											
	14. DISTRIBUTION/ A. ADDRESSEES	  	B. COPIES	  	DRAFT	  	/	  	FINAL	  	
	      AMSTA-LC-CJA	  		  	1	  		  	1	  	
	      Albany, GA code 577-1 (MARK FOR MCLBA LEM REVIEW)	  		  	1	  		  	1	  	
	      MARCORSYSCOM (PM GTES)	  		  	1	  		  	1	  	
						
	15. TOTAL:	  		  	3	  		  	3	  	

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 101
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

	16.	Remarks: 

 The Contractor shall have available
at each provisioning conference, two copies of the PPL (LSA036 Report acceptable). One for Government review and one for contractor use. Submit one corrected copy of the PPL (036 report) along with a disk, electronic submittal, tape in ASCII format
(contractor preference) 30 days after completion of each provisioning conference. Final PPL due 610 DAC. PPL shall include all elements specified in MIL-PRF-49506, Appendix xx, LMI Data Product Deliverable selection sheet attachment of the contract.
The Government reserves the right to add/adjust/delete the contractor’s recommendations of these data elements as required. 
 Each LMI
Data submittal must be compatible with the Government’s database: The Commodity Command Standard System (CCSS), Provisioning On Line System (POLS), ADSM-18-LEA-JBE-ZZZ-UM-06 (User’s manual). 
 LMI delivery shall be on disk in ASCII format, or Electronic delivery (e-mail) as an attachment in the same format. 
 E-Mail: arnoldk@tacom.army.mil 
 E-mail:
Vegam@mcsc.usmc.mil 
 E-Mail: parsonsmb@matcom.usmc.mil 
 See Attachment # 13 (LMI Requirements, MIL-PRF-49506) . 
  

			
	G. PREPARED BY: Al Linton	 	I. APPROVED BY:
	H. DATE:	 	J. DATE: 17 JAN 02

 DD FORM 1423-E MAY 99 
 ************************************************************************************************* 
  

	(12)	PRE-PROCUREMENT SCREENING 

  

			
	CONTRACT DATA REQUIREMENTS LIST	 	Form Approval OMB No. 0704-0188

 Public reporting burden for this collection of information is estimated to average 440 hours per
response, including the time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and completing and reviewing the collection of information. Send comments regarding this burden estimate or any
other aspect of this collection of information, including suggestions for reducing this burden, to Department of Defense, Washington Headquarters Services, Directorate for Information Operations and Reports, 1215 Jefferson Davis Highway, Suite 1204,
Arlington, VA 22202-4302, and to the Office of Management and Budget, Paperwork Reduction Project (0704-0188), Washington, DC 20503. Please DO NOT RETURN your form to either these addresses. Send completed form to the Government Issuing Contracting
Officer for the Contract/PR No. listed in Block E. 
  

					
	A. CONTRACT LINE ITEM NO.: N/A	 	B. EXHIBIT:	 	C. CATEGORY:
	D. SYSTEM/ITEM: TWPS	 	E. CONTRACT/PR NO.:	 	F. CONTRACTOR:

  

					
	1.  DATA ITEM NO.: A00C	  		  	
	2.  TITLE OF DATA ITEM: Logistics Management Information (LMI)	  	
	3.  SUBTITLE: Pre-procurement Screening	  		  	
	4.  AUTHORITY: DI-ILSS-81529	  	5.  CONTRACT REFERENCE: C.10.1.2	  	6.  REQUIRING OFC: AMSTA-LC-CJA
	7.  DD 250 REQ: LT	  	8.  APP CODE:	  	9.  DIST. STATEMENT REQUIRED: A
	10. FREQUENCY: ASREQ	  	11. AS OF DATE: SEE BLK 16	  	
	 12. DATE OF FIRST SUBMISSION:
       SEE BLK 16
	  	13. DATE OF SUB: SEE BLK 16	  	

  

									
	14. DISTRIBUTION/ A. ADDRESSEES	  	B. COPIES	  	DRAFT    /	  	FINAL	  	
	      AMSTA-LC-CJA	  		  	1	  	1	  	
	      Albany, GA Code 577-1 (MARK FOR MCLBA LEM REVIEW)	  		  	1	  	1	  	
					
	15. TOTAL:	  		  	2	  	2	  	
					
	16. Remarks:	  		  		  		  	

 BLK 3: 
 The Contractor shall make available at each provisioning conference his screening results (NSN hit/no hit) for each item listed on the LMI data reports. All screening results shall be no older than 30
days prior to each scheduled provisioning conference. 
 All identified NSNs shall be input as part of each LMI data product delivery.

 E-mail: arnoldk@tacom.army.mil 
 E-mail: parsonsmb@matcom.army.mil 
  

			
	G. PREPARED BY: Al Linton	 	I. APPROVED BY:
	H. DATE:	 	J. DATE: 17 Jan 02

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 102
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

 DD FORM 1423-E MAY 99 
 ************************************************************************************************************ 
  

	(13)	Engineering Data For Provisioning 

  

			
	CONTRACT DATA REQUIREMENTS LIST	 	Form Approval OMB No. 0704-0188

 Public reporting burden for this collection of information is estimated to average 440 hours per
response, including the time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and completing and reviewing the collection of information. Send comments regarding this burden estimate or any
other aspect of this collection of information, including suggestions for reducing this burden, to Department of Defense, Washington Headquarters Services, Directorate for Information Operations and Reports, 1215 Jefferson Davis Highway, Suite 1204,
Arlington, VA 22202-4302, and to the Office of Management and Budget, Paperwork Reduction Project (0704-0188), Washington, DC 20503. Please DO NOT RETURN your form to either these addresses. Send completed form to the Government Issuing Contracting
Officer for the Contract/PR No. listed in Block E. 
  

					
	A. CONTRACT LINE ITEM NO.: N/A	 	B. EXHIBIT:	 	C. CATEGORY:
	D. SYSTEM/ITEM: TWPS	 	E. CONTRACT/PR NO.:	 	F. CONTRACTOR:

  

					
	1.  DATA ITEM NO.: A00D	 		 	
	2.  TITLE OF DATA ITEM: Logistics Management Information (LMI) Data Products
	3.  SUBTITLE: EDFP	 		 	
	4.  AUTHORITY: DI-ALSS-81529	 	5.  CONTRACT REFERENCE: C.10.1.3	 	6.  REQUIRING OFC: AMSTA-LC-CJA
	7.  DD 250 REQ: LT	 	8.  APP CODE:	 	9.  DIST. STATEMENT REQUIRED: A
	10. FREQUENCY: ASREQ	 	11  AS OF DATE: SEE BLK 16	 	
	 12. DATE OF FIRST SUBMISSION: SEE
       BLK 16
	 	13. DATE OF SUB: SEE BLK 16	 	

  

											
	14. DISTRIBUTION/ A. ADDRESSEES	 	B. COPIES	 	DRAFT    	 	/	 	FINAL	 	
	      AMSTA-LC-CJA	 	—  	 	1	 		 	1	 	
	       Albany, GA Code 577-1 (MCLBA
       LEM REVIEW)
	 	—  	 	1	 		 	1	 	
						
	15. TOTAL:	 	—  	 	2	 		 	2	 	
						
	16. Remarks:	 		 		 		 		 	

 BLK 3: 
 EDFP (Engineering Data for Provisioning) 
 Contractor shall have available for Government review
and approval/disapproval a drawing for each item listed on the LMI/PPL Data list. Drawings are not required for items Contractor can show as having a current National Stock Number (NSN). 
 The Contractor shall submit a copy of approved drawings concurrently, with each submittal of LMI Data deliveries. 
 All drawings must be in the ENGLISH language for acceptability. 
 Delivery shall be in Adobe
Acrobat file format on CD, on disk in ASCII format, electronic delivery (e-mail) as an attachment or some other type of software agreed upon by the Government. (On hard copy at each conference). 
 E-mail: arnoldk@tacom.army.mil 
 E-mail:
parsonsmb@matcom.usmc.mil 
 See Attachment #13, LMI Requirements, MIL-PRF-49506. 
  

			
	G. PREPARED BY: Al Linton	 	I. APPROVED BY:
	H. DATE:	 	J. DATE: 17 JAN 02

 DD FORM 1423-E MAY 99 
 ************************************************************************************************************ 
  

	(14)	LONG LEAD TIME ITEM LIST 

  

			
	CONTRACT DATA REQUIREMENTS LIST	 	Form Approval OMB No. 0704-0188

 Public reporting burden for this collection of information is estimated to average 440 hours per
response, including the time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and completing and reviewing the collection of information. Send comments regarding this burden estimate or any
other aspect of this collection of information, including suggestions for reducing this burden, to Department of Defense, Washington Headquarters Services, Directorate for Information Operations

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 103
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

 
and Reports. 1215 Jefferson Davis Highway, Suite 1204, Arlington, VA 22202-4302, and to the Office of Management and Budget, Paperwork Reduction Project (0704-0188), Washington, DC 20503. Please
DO NOT RETURN your form to either these addresses. Send completed form to the Government Issuing Contracting Officer for the Contract/PR No. listed in Block E. 
  

					
	A. CONTRACT LINE ITEM NO.: N/A	 	B. EXHIBIT:	 	C. CATEGORY:
	D. SYSTEM/ITEM: TWPS	 	E. CONTRACT/PR NO.:	 	F. CONTRACTOR:

  

					
	1.  DATA ITEM NO.: A00E	 		 	
	2.  TITLE OF DATA ITEM: Logistics Management Information (LMI)
	3.  SUBTITLE: Long Lead Time Items List (LLTIL)
	4.  AUTHORITY: DI-ALSS-81529	 	5.  CONTRACT REFERENCE: C.10.1.4	 	6.  REQUIRING OFC: AMSTA-LC-CJA
	7.  DD 250 REQ: LT	 	8.  APP CODE:	 	9.  DIST. STATEMENT REQUIRED: A
	10. FREQUENCY: ASREQ	 	11. AS OF DATE:	 	
	 12. DATE OF FIRST SUBMISSION: SEE
       BLK 16
	 	13. DATE OF SUB: SEE BLK 16	 	

  

													
	14. DISTRIBUTION/ A. ADDRESSEES	 	B. COPIES	 	DRAFT  	 	/	 		 	FINAL	 	
	      AMSTA-LC-CJA	 		 		 		 		 	1	 	
	       Albany, GA Code 577-1 (MARK
       FOR MCLBA LEM REVIEW)
	 		 		 		 		 	1	 	
							
	15. TOTAL:	 		 		 		 		 	2	 	
							
	16. Remarks:	 		 		 		 		 		 	

 BLK 3: 
 Initial submittal shall be delivered 60 days after Guidance conference. Government has 30 days to approve/disapprove for content. Final submittal is 30 days after Government approval. 
 Media: Initial submittal electronic, contractor format. Final submittal electronic, contractor format. 
 E-mail: parsonsmb@matcom.usmc.mil 
 E-mail:
arnoldk@tacom.army.mil 
  

			
	G. PREPARED BY: Al Linton	 	I. APPROVED BY:
	H. DATE:	 	J. DATE: 17 JAN 02

 DD FORM 1423-E MAY 99 
 ******************************************************************************************************* 
  

	(15)	Recommended Spare Parts List 

  

			
	CONTRACT DATA REQUIREMENTS LIST	 	Form Approval OMB No. 0704-0188

 Public reporting burden for this collection of information is estimated to average 440 hours per
response, including the time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and completing and reviewing the collection of information. Send comments regarding this burden estimate or any
other aspect of this collection of information, including suggestions for reducing this burden, to Department of Defense, Washington Headquarters Services, Directorate for Information Operations and Reports, 1215 Jefferson Davis Highway, Suite 1204,
Arlington, VA 22202-4302, and to the Office of Management and Budget, Paperwork Reduction Project (0704-0188), Washington, DC 20503. Please DO NOT RETURN your form to either these addresses. Send completed form to the Government Issuing Contracting
Officer for the Contract/PR No. listed in Block E. 
  

					
	A. CONTRACT LINE ITEM NO.: N/A	 	B. EXHIBIT:	 	C. CATEGORY:
	D. SYSTEM/ITEM: TWPS	 	E. CONTRACT/PR NO.:	 	F. CONTRACTOR:

  

					
	1.  DATA ITEM NO.: A00F	 		 	
	2.  TITLE OF DATA ITEM: Logistics Management Information (LMI) Data Products
	3.  SUBTITLE: Recommended Spare Parts List	 	
	4.  AUTHORITY: DI-ALSS-81529	 	5.  CONTRACT REFERENCE: C.10.1.5	 	6.  REQUIRING OFC: AMSTA-LC-CJA
	7.  DD 250 REQ: LT	 	8.  APP CODE:	 	9.  DIST. STATEMENT REQUIRED: A
	10. FREQUENCY: ASREQ	 	11. AS OF DATE:	 	
	 12. DATE OF FIRST SUBMISSION: SEE
       BLK 16
	 	13. DATE OF SUB: SEE BLK16	 	

  

											
	14. DISTRIBUTION/ A. ADDRESSEES	 	B. COPIES	 	DRAFT	 	/	 	FINAL	 	
	      AMSTA-LC-CJA	 		 	1	 		 	1	 	
	      AMSTA-DSA-FP-PW (TWPS SAM)	 		 	1	 		 	1	 	
	      MARCORSYSCOM (PM GTES)	 		 	1	 		 	1	 	
	      Albany, GA Code 577-1 (MARK FOR MCLBA LEM REVIEW)	 		 	1	 		 	1	 	

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 104
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

							
	15. TOTAL:	  	4	  	4	  	
				
	16. Remarks:	  		  		  	

 BLK 3: 
 Initial submittal shall be delivered 120 days after initial deliver order award. Government has 30 days to approve/disapprove for content. Final submittal 30 days after Government approval. 
 Media: Initial submittal electronic, contractor format. Final submittal electronic, contractor format. 
 E-mail: parsonsmb@matcom.usmc.mil (MARK for MCLBA LEM review) 
 E-mail: arnoldk@tacom.army.mil 
  

			
	G. PREPARED BY: Al Linton	 	I. APPROVED BY:
	H. DATE:	 	J. DATE: 17 Jan 02

 DD FORM 1423-E MAY 99 
 ************************************************************************************************************ 
  

	(16)	Logistics Management Information (LMI) 

  

			
	CONTRACT DATA REQUIREMENTS LIST	  	Form Approval OMB No.    0704-0188

 Public reporting burden for this collection of information is estimated to average 440 hours per
response, including the time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and completing and reviewing the collection of information. Send comments regarding this burden estimate or any
other aspect of this collection of information, including suggestions for reducing this burden, to Department of Defense, Washington Headquarters Services. Directorate for Information Operations and Reports, 1215 Jefferson Davis Highway, Suite 1204,
Arlington, VA 22202-4302, and to the Office of Management and Budget, Paperwork Reduction Project (0704-0188), Washington, DC 20503. Please DO NOT RETURN your form to either these addresses. Send completed form to the Government Issuing Contracting
Officer for the Contract/PR No. listed in Block E. 
  

					
	A. CONTRACT LINE ITEM NO.:    N/A	 	B. EXHIBIT:	 	C. CATEGORY:
	D. SYSTEM/ITEM:    TWPS	 	E. CONTRACT/PR NO.:	 	F. CONTRACTOR:

  

					
	1.  DATA ITEM NO.:    A00G	 		 	
	2.  TITLE OF DATA ITEM:    Logistics Management Information (LMI)	 	
	3.  SUBTITLE:    Design Change Notice (DCN)	 	
	4.  AUTHORITY: DI-ALSS-81529	 	5.  CONTRACT REFERENCE: C.10.1.6	 	6.  REQUIRING OFC: AMSTA-LC-CJA
	7.  DD 250 REQ: LT	 	8.  APP CODE:	 	9.  DIST. STATEMENT REQUIRED: A
	10. FREQUENCY: ASREQ	 	11. AS OF DATE:	 	
	 12. DATE OF FIRST SUBMISSION: SEE
       BLK 16
	 	13. DATE OF SUB: SEE BLK 16	 	

  

											
	14. DISTRIBUTION/ A. ADDRESSEES	 	B. COPIES	 	DRAFT	 	/	 	FINAL	 	
	      AMSTA-LC-CJA	 		 	1	 		 	  1	 	
	      MARCORSYSCOM (PM GTES)	 		 	1	 		 	  1	 	
						
	15. TOTAL:	 		 	2	 		 	  2	 	
						
	16. Remarks:	 		 		 		 		 	

 BLK 3: 
 Design Change Notice (DCN) 
 Contractor shall deliver DCN data supporting all
changes/additions/deletions occurring during the production process. DCN shall be delivered 60 working days after production decision is made (implemented). Contractor shall process all required updates to the PMR data and drawings affected 30 days
after data is provided. 
 DCN delivery shall be electronic delivery (e-mail) as an attachment or CD-ROM. 
 E-mail: arnoldk@tacom.army.mil 
 E-mail:
vegaM@mcsc.usmc.mil 
 See Attachment #11, LMI Requirements, MIL-PRF-49506. 
  

			
	G. PREPARED BY: Al Linton	 	I. APPROVED BY:
	H. DATE:	 	J. DATE: 17 Jan 02

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 105
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

 DD FORM 1423-E MAY 99 
 ************************************************************************************************* 
  

	(17)	MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART 

  

			
	CONTRACT DATA REQUIREMENTS LIST	  	Form Approval OMB No. 0704-0188

 Public reporting burden for this collection of information is estimated to average 440 hours per
response, including the time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and completing and reviewing the collection of information. Send comments regarding this burden estimate or any
other aspect of this collection of information, including suggestions for reducing this burden, to Department of Defense, Washington Headquarters Services, Directorate for Information Operations and Reports, 1215 Jefferson Davis Highway, Suite 1204,
Arlington, VA 22202-4302, and to the Office of Management and Budget. Paperwork Reduction Project (0704-0188), Washington, DC 20503. Please DO NOT RETURN your form to either these addresses. Send completed form to the Government Issuing Contracting
Officer for the Contract/PR No. listed in Block E. 
  

					
	A. CONTRACT LINE ITEM NO.: N/A	  	B. EXHIBIT:	  	C. CATEGORY:
	D. SYSTEM/ITEM: TWPS	  	E. CONTRACT/PR NO.:	  	F. CONTRACTOR:

  

									
	1.  DATA ITEM NO.: A00H
	2.  TITLE OF DATA ITEM: Logistics Management Information (LMI) Data Products
	3.  SUBTITLE: Maintenance Allocation Chart (MAC)
	4.  AUTHORITY: DI-ALSS-81529	  	5.  CONTRACT REFERENCE: C.10.1 .7	  	6.  REQUIRING OFC: AMSTA-LC-CJA
	7.  DD 250 REQ: LT	  	8.  APP CODE:	  	9.  DIST. STATEMENT REQUIRED: A
	10. FREQUENCY: ASREQ	  	11. AS OF DATE:	  	
	 12. DATE OF FIRST SUBMISSION:
       SEE BLK 16
	  	13. DATE OF SUB: SEE BLK16	  	

  

													
	14. DISTRIBUTION/ A. ADDRESSEES	 		 	B.COPIES	 	DRAFT	 	/	 	FINAL	 	
	      AMSTA-LC-CJA	 		 		 	1    	 		 	  1	 	
							
	15. TOTAL:	 		 		 	1    	 		 	  1	 	
							
	16. Remarks:	 		 		 		 		 		 	

 BLK 3: 
 Maintenance Allocation Chart (MAC) 
 Initial due 30 days after contract award. Final is to be
incorporated in the FDEP - 14&P delivery as Appendix B. 
 Government to review and provide comments within 30 working days of receipt.
Contractor to respond within 30 working days after receipt of Government comments. 
 MAC delivery shall be electronic delivery (e-mail) as an
attachment. 
 E-mail: arnoldk@tacom.army.mil 
 Prepare IAW MIL-STD-40051-6A. 
  

									
	G. PREPARED BY:        Al  Linton	  	I. APPROVED BY:	  		  		  	
	H. DATE:	  	J. DATE: 17 Jan 02	  		  		  	

 DD FORM 1423-E MAY 99 
 ************************************************************************************************* 
  

	(18)	Special Equip Tools & Test Equip List 

  

			
	 CONTRACT DATA REQUIREMENTS LIST
	  	Form Approval OMB No. 0704-0188

 Public reporting burden for this collection of information is estimated to average 440 hours per
response, including the time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and completing and reviewing the collection of information. Send comments regarding this burden estimate or any
other aspect of this collection of information, including suggestions for reducing this burden, to Department of Defense, Washington Headquarters Services, Directorate for Information Operations and Reports, 1215 Jefferson Davis Highway, Suite 1204,
Arlington, VA 22202-4302, and to the Office of Management and Budget, Paperwork Reduction Project (0704-0188), Washington, DC 20503. Please DO NOT RETURN your form to either these addresses. Send completed form to the Government Issuing Contracting
Officer for the Contract/PR No. listed in Block E. 
  

					
	A. CONTRACT LINE ITEM NO.: N/A	  	B. EXHIBIT:	  	C. CATEGORY:
	D. SYSTEM/ITEM: TWPS	  	E. CONTRACT/PR NO.:	  	F. CONTRACTOR:

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 106
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

					
	 1.  DATA ITEM NO.: A00J
	  		  	
	 2.  TITLE OF DATA ITEM: Special Equip Tools & Test Equip List
	  	
	 3.  SUBTITLE: STTE
	  		  	
	 4.  AUTHORITY: DI-ILSS-80868(T)
	  	5.  CONTRACT REFERENCE: C.10.2.1	  	6.  REQUIRING OFC: AMSTA-LC-CJA
	 7.  DD 250 REQ: LT
	  	8.  APP CODE:	  	9.  DIST. STATEMENT REQUIRED: A
	 10. FREQUENCY: ASREQ
	  	11. AS OF DATE:	  	
	 12. DATE OF FIRST SUBMISSION: SEE BLK 16
	  	13. DATE OF SUB: SEE BLK16	  	

  

													
	 14. DISTRIBUTION /A. ADDRESSEES
	 	B. COPIES	 	DRAFT    	 	/	 		 	FINAL	 	
	      AMSTA-LC-CJA	 		 	1	 		 		 	1	 	
	      MARCORSYSCOM (PM GTES)	 		 	1	 		 		 	1	 	
	      Albany, GA Code 577-1 (MARK FOR MCLBA LEM REVIEW)	 		 	1	 		 		 	1	 	
							
	 15. TOTAL:
	 		 	3	 		 		 	3	 	

 16. Remarks: 
 BLK 3: 
 Special Tools and Equipment (STTE) 
 The Contractor shall identify STTE items not currently found in the Army’s General Mechanics tool kit, Common Tool kits and US Army Supply Catalogs and
Marine Corps TM specified in Contract Reference C.10.2.1 
 The approved list must be entered into PMR concurrently with first LMI submittal.

 The STTE List must contain data IAW DI-ILSS-80868 (T), Block 10.2; contractor format is acceptable 
 Initial submission 75 DACA and 15 days for Government approval. 
 TAILORING: Delete pages 3 and 4 of DI-ILSS-80868 (T). 
 See Attachment # 14, Special Equipment
Tools and Test Equipment List. 
 E-mail: arnoldk@tacom.army.mail 
 E-mail: parsonsmb@matcom.usmc.mil (MARK For MCLBA LEM review) 
  

			
	G. PREPARED BY: Al Linton	  	I. APPROVED BY:
	H. DATE:	  	J. DATE: 17 Jan 02

 DD FORM 1423-E MAY 99 
 *********************************************************************************************************** 
  

	(19)	Safety Assessment Report (SAR) 

  

			
	CONTRACT DATA REQUIREMENTS LIST	  	 Form Approval OMB No. 0704-0188

 Public reporting burden for this collection of information is estimated to average 440 hours per
response, including the time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and completing and reviewing the collection of information. Send comments regarding this burden estimate or any
other aspect of this collection of information, including suggestions for reducing this burden, to Department of Defense, Washington Headquarters Services, Directorate for Information Operations and Reports, 1215 Jefferson Davis Highway, Suite 1204,
Arlington, VA 22202-4302, and to the Office of Management and Budget, Paperwork Reduction Project (0704-0188), Washington, DC 20503. Please DO NOT RETURN your form to either these addresses. Send completed form to the Government Issuing Contracting
Officer for the Contract/PR No. listed in Block E. 
  

					
	A. CONTRACT LINE ITEM NO.: N/A	  	B. EXHIBIT:	  	C. CATEGORY:
	D. SYSTEM/ITEM: TWPS	  	E. CONTRACT/PR NO.:	  	F. CONTRACTOR:

  

					
	1.  DATA ITEM NO.: A00K	  		  	
	2.  TITLE OF DATA ITEM: Safety Assessment Report	  	
	3.  SUBTITLE:	  		  	
	4.  AUTHORITY: DI-SAFT-80102B	  	5.  CONTRACT REFERENCE: C.11.2	  	6.  REQUIRING OFFICE: AMSTA-CS-CZ
	7.  DD 250 REQ: LT	  	8.  APP CODE:	  	9.  DIST. STATEMENT REQUIRED: A
	10. FREQUENCY: ONE/R	  	11. AS OF DATE:	  	
	 12. DATE OF FIRST SUBMISSION: SEE
       BLK. 16
	  	13. DATE OF SUBS. SEE BLK 16	  	

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 107
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

											
	14. DISTRIBUTION/ A. ADDRESSEES	 	B. COPIES	 	DRAFT	 	/	 	FINAL	 	
	      AMSTA-CS-CZ	 		 	1	 		 	1	 	
	      MARCORSYSCOM (PM GTES)	 		 	1	 		 	1	 	
						
	 15. TOTAL:
	 		 	2	 		 	2	 	

  

	16.	REMARKS: 

 Draft delivered 130 days prior to
Government testing. 
 Government to review and provide comments 30 days after receipt of draft. 
 Final SAR delivered NLT 60 days prior to Government testing. 
 To be repro copy  *  electronic delivery by e-mail: 
 E-mail:
Adamsali@tacom.army.mil 
 E-mail: Arnoldk@tacom.army.mil 
 E-mail: odonnelljh@mcsc.usmc.mil 
  

			
	G. PREPARED BY: Alicia Adams-Craig	  	I. APPROVED BY:
	H. DATE:	  	J. DATE: 17 Jan 02

 DD FORM 1423-E, MAY 99 
 *********************************************************************************************************** 
  

	(20)	Transportability Report 

  

			
	CONTRACT DATA REQUIREMENTS LIST	  	Form Approval OMB No. 0704-0188

 Public reporting burden for this collection of information is estimated to average 440 hours per
response, including the time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and completing and reviewing the collection of information. Send comments regarding this burden estimate or any
other aspect of this collection of information, including suggestions for reducing this burdens to Department of Defense, Washington Headquarters Services, Directorate for Information Operations and Reports, 1215 Jefferson Davis Highway, Suite 1204,
Arlington, VA 22202-4302, and to the Office of Management and Budget. Paperwork Reduction Project (0704-0188), Washington, DC 20503. Please DO NOT RETURN your form to either these addresses. Send completed form to the Government Issuing Contracting
Officer for the Contract/PR No. listed in Block E. 
  

					
	A. CONTRACT LINE ITEM NO.: N/A	  	B. EXHIBIT:	  	C. CATEGORY:
	D. SYSTEM/ITEM: TWPS	  	E. CONTRACT/PR NO.:	  	F. CONTRACTOR:

  

					
	1.  DATA ITEM NO. A00L	  		  	
	2.  TITLE OF DATA ITEM: Transportability Report	  	
	3.  SUBTITLE:	  		  	
	4.  AUTHORITY: DI-PACK-80860	  	5.  CONTRACT REFERENCE: C.14.1	  	6.  REQUIRING OFFICE: AMSTA-DSA-FP-W
	7.  DD 250 REQ: LT	  	8.  APP CODE:	  	9.  DIST. STATEMENT REQUIRED: A
	10. FREQUENCY: ASREQ	  	11. AS OF DATE:	  	
	 12. DATE OF FIRST SUBMISSION: SEE
       BLK. 16
	  	13. DATE OF SUBS. SEE BLK 16	  	

  

											
	14. DISTRIBUTION/ A. ADDRESSEES	 	B.COPIES	 	DRAFT	 	/	 	FINAL	 	
	      AMSTA-DSA-FP-PW	 		 	1	 		 	1	 	
	      MCOTEA	 		 	1	 		 	1	 	
	      MARCORSYSCOM (PM GTES)	 		 	1	 		 	1	 	
						
	 15. TOTAL:
	 		 	3	 		 	3	 	

 16. REMARKS: 
 Draft delivered 130 days prior to Government testing. 
 Government to review and provide comments
30 days after receipt of draft. 
 Final delivered NLT 30 days after completion of Government Testing. If there are no changes to initial
report, letter stating there are no changes to the transportability characteristics. 
 To be repro copy  *  electronic
delivery 
 E-mail: Arnoldk@tacom.army.mil 

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 108
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

 E-mail: vegam@mcsc.usmc.mil 
  

			
	G. PREPARED BY:    Karen Arnold	 	I. APPROVED BY:
	H. DATE:	 	J. DATE:    17 Jan 02

 *********************************************************************************************************** 
 (21) Shipment &
Storage Instructions - Special Packaging Instructions (SPI) 
  

			
	CONTRACT DATA REQUIREMENTS LIST	  	Form Approval OMB No. 0704-0168

 Public reporting burden for this collection of information is estimated to average 440 hours per
response, including the time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and completing and reviewing the collection of information. Send comments regarding this burden estimate or any
other aspect of this collection of information, including suggestions for reducing this burden, to Department of Defense, Washington Headquarters Services, Directorate for Information Operations and Reports, 1215 Jefferson Davis Highway, Suite 1204,
Arlington, VA 22202-4302, and to the Office of Management and Budget, Paperwork Reduction Project (0704-0168), Washington, DC 20503. Please DO NOT RETURN your form to either these addresses. Send completed form to the Government Issuing Contracting
Officer for the Contract/PR No. listed in Block E. 
  

					
	A. CONTRACT LINE ITEM NO.:    N/A	 	B. EXHIBIT:	 	C. CATEGORY: Packaging
	D. SYSTEM/ITEM:    TWPS	 	E. CONTRACT/PR NO. :	 	F. CONTRACTOR:

 1.  DATA ITEM NO.    A00M 
 2.  TITLE OF DATA ITEM: Special Packaging Instructions (SPI) 
 3.  SUBTITLE: Shipping and Storage (S&S) Instructions 
 4.  AUTHORITY:
DI-PACK-80121B    5.  CONTRACT REFERENCE: C.15.1    6.  REQUIRING OFFICE: AMSTA-TR-E/MEPS 
 7.  DD 250 REQ: LT                                8.  APP
CODE:                                        
  9.  DIST. STATEMENT REQUIRED: A 
 10. FREQUENCY:
ASREQ                    11. AS OF DATE: 
 12. DATE OF FIRST SUBMISSION: SEE BLK. 16            13. DATE OF SUBS. SEE BLK 16 

											
	14. DISTRIBUTION/ A. ADDRESSEES	  	B.COPIES	  	DRAFT	  	/	  	FINAL	  	
	      AMSTA-TR-E/MEPS/270	  		  	1	  		  	1	  	
	       MCLBA(581) (MARK FOR MCLBA
       LEM REVIEW)
	  		  	1	  		  	1	  	
						
	15. TOTAL:	  		  	2	  		  	2	  	

 16. REMARKS: 
 TWPS S&S instructions. Draft will be submitted 30 days prior to validation. Final submittal 60 days prior to first production unit shipped. 
 TWPS S&S instructions. Government to review and provide comments within 15 days of receipt. Contractor to respond within 20 days after receipt of
Government comments. 
 TWPS S&S instructions must be submitted electronically in a format that is readable and editable by the Government.
(Currently MS Word Office 97). 
 Repro copy * electronic delivery 3-1/2 floppy, 100mb IOMEGA Zip Disk or 
 e-mail: wolackm@tacom.army.mil (preferred) 
 E-mail: parsonsmb@matcom.usmc.mil (Mark for HCLBA LEM review) 
  

			
	G. PREPARED BY:    Mark Wolack	 	I. APPROVED BY:
	H. DATE:	 	J. DATE:    17 Jan 02

 *********************************************************************************************************** 
 (22) Logistics
Management Information (LMI) Data Products/ Packaging Data Elements (coded data) 
  

			
	CONTRACT DATA REQUIREMENTS LIST	  	Form Approval OMB No.    0704-018B

 Public reporting burden for this collection of information is estimated to average 440 hours per
response, including the time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and completing and reviewing the collection of information. Send comments regarding this burden estimate or any
other aspect of this collection of information, including suggestions for reducing this burden, to Department of Defense, Washington Headquarters Services, Directorate for Information Operations and Reports, 1215 Jefferson Davis Highway, Suite 1204,
Arlington, VA 22202-4302. and to the Office of Management and Budget, Paperwork Reduction Project (0704-0188), Washington, DC 20503. Please DO NOT RETURN your form to either these addresses. Send completed form to the Government Issuing Contracting
Officer for the Contract/PR No. listed in Block E.

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 109
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

					
	A. CONTRACT LINE ITEM NO.: N/A	 	B. EXHIBIT:	 	C. CATEGORY: Packaging
	D. SYSTEM/ITEM: TWPS	 	E. CONTRACT/PR NO. :	 	F. CONTRACTOR:

 1.  DATA ITEM NO. A00N 
 2.  TITLE OF DATA ITEM: Logistics Management Information (LMI) Data Products(s) 
 3.  SUBTITLE: Packaging Data Elements (coded data) 
 4.  AUTHORITY: DI-ALSS-81529 5. CONTRACT
REFERENCE: C.15.6.1 6. REQUIRING OFFICE: AMSTA-TR-E/MEPS 
 7.  DD 250 REQ:
LT                            8.  APP
CODE:                                9.  DIST. STATEMENT REQUIRED: A

 10. FREQUENCY: ASREQ                11. AS OF DATE:

 12. DATE OF FIRST SUBMISSION: SEE BLK.
16.                13. DATE OF SUBS. SEE BLK 16 

											
	14. DISTRIBUTION/A.    ADDRESSEES	  	B.COPIES	  	DRAFT	  	/	  	FINAL	  	
	      AMSTA-TR-E/MEPS/270	  		  	1	  		  	1	  	
	       MCLBA (581) (MARK FOR MCLBA
       LEM REVIEW)
	  		  	1	  		  	1	  	
						
	15. TOTAL:	  		  	2	  		  	2	  	

  

	16. REMARKS:	

 TWPS Coded Data, First submittal due 30 days
after provisioning and subsequent submittals due by 25th of each month when data is completed, (no data, no submittal) 
 The following data
element positions as defined in Attachment #15, LMI Packaging Data Format, will be left blank: 7, 27-28, 38, 114, 158, 209, 215-336. 
 Government to review and provide comments within 15 days of receipt. Contractor to respond within 20 days after receipt of Government comments. 
 To be repro copy # electronic delivery 3-1/2 floppy, 100mb IOMEGA Zip Disk or 
 E-mail:
wolackm@tacom.army.mil 
 E-mail: parsonsmb@mat.com.usmc.mil 
  

			
	G. PREPARED BY: Mark Wolack	 	I. APPROVED BY:
	H. DATE:	 	J. DATE:    17 Jan 02

 *********************************************************************************************************** 
 (23) Special Packaging
Instructions 
  

			
	CONTRACT DATA REQUIREMENTS LIST	  	Form Approval OMB No.    0704-018B

 Public reporting burden for this collection of information is estimated to average 440 hours per
response, including the time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and completing and reviewing the collection of information. Send comments regarding this burden estimate or any
other aspect of this collection of information, including suggestions for reducing this burden, to Department of Defense, Washington Headquarters Services, Directorate for Information Operations and Reports, 1215 Jefferson Davis Highway, Suite 1204,
Arlington. VA 22202-4302, and to the Office of Management and Budget, Paperwork Reduction Project (0704-0168), Washington, DC 20503. Please DO NOT RETURN your form to either these addresses. Send completed form to the Government Issuing contracting
Officer for the Contract/PR No. listed in Block E. 
  

					
	A. CONTRACT LINE ITEM NO.:    N/A	 	B. EXHIBIT:	 	C. CATEGORY:    Packaging
	D. SYSTEM/ITEM:    TWPS	 	E. CONTRACT/PR NO. :	 	F. CONTRACTOR:

 1. DATA ITEM NO.    A00P 
 2. TITLE OF DATA ITEM: Special Packaging Instructions 
 3. SUBTITLE: 
 4. AUTHORITY: DI-PACK-80121B 5. CONTRACT REFERENCE: C.15.6.2 6. REQUIRING OFFICE: AMSTA-TR-E/MEPS

 7. DD 250 REQ:
LT                            8. AFP
CODE:                                9. DIST. STATEMENT REQUIRED: A 
 10.
FREQUENCY:    ASREQ                11.    AS OF DATE: 
 12. DATE OF FIRST SUBMISSION: SEE BLK. 16                    13. DATE OF SUBS. SEE BLK 16 

							
	14. DISTRIBUTION/ A.    ADDRESSEES        B.    COPIES	  	DRAFT /	  	FINAL	  	
	      AMSTA-TR-E/MEPS/270	  		  	1	  	
	      MCLBA (581) (MARK FOR MCLBA LEM REVIEW)	  		  	1	  	
				
	15. TOTAL:	  		  	2	  	

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 110
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

 16. REMARKS: 
 TWPS Packaging Instructions. First submittal due 30 days after provisioning and subsequent submittals due by 25th of each month when data is completed, (no data, no submittal) 
 Government to review and provide comments within 15 days of receipt, Contractor to respond within 20 days after receipt of Government comments. 

An electronic version of DD Form 2169 referenced in DI-PACK-80121B will be provided. 
 Repro copy # electronic delivery 3-1/2 floppy, 100mb IOMEGA Zip Disk or 
 E-mail:
wolackm@tacom.army.mil (preferred) 
 E-mail: parsonsmb@matcom.usmc.mil 
  

			
	G. PREPARED BY:    Mark Wolack	 	I. APPROVED BY:
	H. DATE:	 	J. DATE:    17 Jan 02

 *********************************************************************************************************** 
 (24) Failure Analysis
and Correction Action Report/Contractor Responses to Test Incident Reports (TIR), Government conducted FAT/PVT Testing 
  

			
	CONTRACT DATA REQUIREMENTS LIST	  	Form Approval OMB No.    0701-018B

 Public reporting burden for this collection of information is estimated to average 440 hours per
response, including the time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and completing and reviewing the collection of information. Send comments regarding this burden estimate or any
other aspect of this collection of information, including suggestions for reducing this burden, to Department of Defense, Washington Headquarters Services, Directorate for Information Operations and Reports, 1215 Jefferson Davis Highway, Suite 1204,
Arlington, VA 22202-4302, and to the Office of Management and Budget, Paperwork Reduction Project (0704-018B), Washington, DC 20503. Please DO NOT RETURN your form to either these addresses. Send completed form to the Government Issuing Contracting
Officer for the Contract/PR No. listed in Block E. 
  

					
	A. CONTRACT LINE ITEM NO.: N/A	 	B. EXHIBIT:	 	C. CATEGORY:
	D. SYSTEM/ITEM: TWPS	 	E. CONTRACT/PR NO. :	 	F. CONTRACTOR:

 1. DATA ITEM NO. A00Q 
 2. TITLE OF DATA ITEM: Failure Analysis and Correction Action Report 
 3. SUBTITLE: Contractor
Responses to Test Incident Reports (TIR), Government conducted FAT/FVT Testing 
 4. AUTHORITY: DI-RELI-81315(T)   5. CONTRACT
REFERENCE: C.18.1.2   6. REQUIRING OFFICE: AMSTA-DSA-FP-PW (QA) 
 7. DD 250 REQ:
LT                             8. APP
CODE:                                9. DIST. STATEMENT REQUIRED: A 
 10. FREQUENCY: ASREQ              11. AS OF DATE: 
 12. DATE OF FIRST SUBMISSION: SEE BLK. 16                13. DATE OF SUBS.
SEE BLK 16 
  

							
	14. DISTRIBUTION/     A. ADDRESSEES        B. COPIES	  	DRAFT    /	  	FINAL	  	
	      AMSTA-DSA-FP-PW (TWPS-SAM)	  		  	1	  	
	      MARCORSYSCOM (PM GTES)	  		  	1	  	
	      AMSTA-DSA-FP-PW (TWPS-QA)	  		  	1	  	
	      Government Test Site (APG)	  		  	1	  	
	      DCMA In-Plant Representative(QAR)	  		  	1	  	
				
	15. TOTAL:	  		  	5	  	

 16. REMARKS: 
 As required for “minor” and “observations” (only) 10.3 is Tailored so that “Preliminary .Reports” not required prior. 
 See Attachment # 18, Failure Analysis and Corrective Action Report, DI-RELI-81315(T). 
  

			
	G. PREPARED BY: Doley Nicholson	 	I. APPROVED BY:
	H. DATE:	 	J. DATE: 17 Jan 02

 *********************************************************************************************************** 
 (25) System Support
Package Component List (SSPCL) 

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 111
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

			
	CONTRACT DATA REQUIREMENTS LIST	 	Form Approval OMB No. 0704-0168

 Public reporting burden for this collection of information is estimated to average 440 hours per
response, including the time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and completing and reviewing the collection of information. Send comments regarding this burden estimate or any
other aspect of this collection of information, including suggestions for reducing this burden, to Department of Defense, Washington Headquarters Services, Directorate for Information Operations and Reports, 1215 Jefferson Davis Highway, Suite 1204,
Arlington, VA 22202-4302, and to the Office of Management and Budget, Paperwork Reduction Project (0704-0188), Washington, DC 20503. Please DO NOT RETURN your form to either these addresses. Send completed form to the Government Issuing Contracting
Officer for the Contract/PR No. listed in Block E. 
  

					
	A. CONTRACT LINE ITEM NO.: N/A	 	B. EXHIBIT:	 	C. CATEGORY:
	D. SYSTEM/ITEM: TWPS	 	E. CONTRACT/PR NO.:	 	F. CONTRACTOR:

 1.  DATA ITEM NO. A00R 
 2.  TITLE OF DATA ITEM: System Support Package Component List (SSPCL) 
 3.  SUBTITLE: 

					
	4.  AUTHORITY: DI-ILSS- 80532	  	5.  CONTRACT REFERENCE: C.18.3	  	6.  REQUIRING OFFICE: AMSTA-TR-0/210
	7.  DD 250 REQ: LT	  	8.  APP CODE:	  	9.  DIST. STATEMENT REQUIRED: A
	10. FREQUENCY: ASREQ	  	11. AS OF DATE:	  	

					
	12. DATE OF FIRST SUBMISSION: SEE BLK. 16	  	13. DATE OF SUBS. SEE BLK 16	  	

  

									
	14. DISTRIBUTION/ A. ADDRESSEES	  	 B.     COPIES    
	  	DRAFT    /	  	FINAL	  	
	      AMSTA-TR-R/210	  		  	1	  	1	  	
	      MARCORSYSCOM (PM GTES)	  		  	1	  	1	  	
	      Albany, GA Code 577-1 (MCLBA LEM REVIEW)	  	1	  	1	  	
					
	 15.    TOTAL:
	  		  	3	  	3	  	

  

	16.	REMARKS: 

 BLOCK 12: 
 Draft submitted-electronically to Government 90 days prior to Government Testing. SSBCL will be reviewed and comments returned within 30 days. Final
submitted within 60 days prior to Government testing. SSPCL will be updated as a result of all tests and provided at all future testing. 
 E-mail: maguirep@tacom.army.mil 
 E-mail: parsonsmb@matcom.usmc.mil (Mark for MCLBA LEM review) 
  

			
	G. PREPARED BY: Paul Maguire	 	I. APPROVED BY:
	H. DATE:	 	J. DATE: 17 Jan 02

  

	********************************************************************************************************	

 (26) Product Assurance (Test)/Inspection
Report 
  

			
	CONTRACT DATA REQUIREMENTS LIST	 	Form Approval OMB No. 0704-0188

 Public reporting burden for this collection of information is estimated to average 440 hours per
response, including the time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and completing and reviewing the collection of information. Send comments regarding this burden estimate or any
other aspect of this collection of information, including suggestions for reducing this burden, to Department of Defense, Washington Headquarters Services, Directorate for Information Operations and Reports, 1215 Jefferson Davis Highway, Suite 1204,
Arlington, VA 22202-4302, and to the Office of Management and Budget, Paperwork Reduction Project (0704-0188), Washington, DC 20503. Please DO NOT RETURN your form to either these addresses. Send completed form to the Government Issuing Contracting
Officer for the Contract/PR No. listed in Block E. 
  

					
	 A.     CONTRACT LINE ITEM NO.: N/A
	 	 B.     EXHIBIT:
	 	 C.     CATEGORY:

	 D.     SYSTEM/ITEM: TWPS
	 	 E.     CONTRACT/PR NO.:
	 	 F.      CONTRACTOR:

	1.	DATA ITEM NO. A00S 

	2.	TITLE OF DATA ITEM: Test Procedure 

	3.	SUBTITLE: Quality Acceptance Inspection and Test 

					
	 4.      AUTHORITY: DI-NDTI- 80603 (T)
	  	 5.      CONTRACT REFERENCE: C.20.2
	  	 6.      REQUIRING OFFICE:
          AMSTA-DSA-FP-PW (QA)

	 7.      DD 250 REQ: LT
	  	 8.      APP CODE:
	  	 9.      DIST. STATEMENT REQUIRED: A

	 10.    FREQUENCY: ASREQ
	  	 11.    AS OF DATE:
	  	

					
	 12.    DATE OF FIRST SUBMISSION: SEE BLK. 16
	  	 13.    DATE OF SUBS. SEE BLK 16
	  	

	14.	DISTRIBUTION/ A. ADDRESSEES 

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 112
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

											
		 		 	B.COPIES	 	DRAFT    /	  	FINAL	  	
		 	AMSTA-DSA-FP-PW (TWPS-SAH)	 		 		  	  1	  	
		 	MARCORSYSCOM (PM GTES)	 		 		  	  1	  	
		 	AMSTA-DSA-FP-PW (TWPS-QA)	 		 		  	  1	  	
		 	Government Test Site (AFG)	 		 		  	  1	  	
		 	DCMA In Plant Representative (QAR)	 		 		  	  1	  	
						
	15.	 	TOTAL:	 		 		  	  5	  	
						
	16.	 	REMARKS:	 		 		  		  	

 Submit within 30 days prior to acceptance of first manufactured unit. Government has 15 days to review
and either accept or reject. If rejected, contractor has 30 days to submit corrections. 
  

			
	G. PREPAID BY: Doley Nicholson	  	I. APPROVED BY:
	H. DATE:	  	J. DATE: 17 Jan 02

  

	(27)	Product Assurance (Test)/Inspection Report 

  

			
	CONTRACT DATA REQUIREMENTS LIST	  	Form Approval OMB No. 0704-0188                

 Public reporting burden for this collection of information is estimated to average 440 hours per
response, including the time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and completing and reviewing the collection of information. Send comments regarding this burden estimate or any
other aspect of this collection of information, including suggestions for reducing this burden, to Department of Defense, Washington Headquarters Services, Directorate for Information Operations and Reports, 1215 Jefferson Davis Highway, Suite 1204,
Arlington, VA 22202-4302, and to the Office of Management and Budget, Paperwork Reduction Project (0704-0188), Washington, DC 20503. Please DO NOT RETURN your form to either these addresses. Send completed form to the Government Issuing Contracting
Officer for the Contract/PR No. listed in Block E. 
  

					
	A. CONTRACT LINE ITEM NO.: N/A	  	B. EXHIBIT:	  	C. CATEGORY:
	D. SYSTEM/ITEM: TWPS	  	E. CONTRACT/PR NO.:	  	F. CONTRACTOR:

  

					
	1.  DATA ITEM NO. A00T	  		  	
	2.  TITLE OF DATA ITEM: Test Inspection/Report	  	
	3.  SUBTITLE: Quality Acceptance Inspection and Test	  	

  

					
	4.  AUTHORITY: DI-NDTI-80809B	  	5.  CONTRACT REFERENCE: C.20.2	  	6.  REQUIRING OFFICE:
AMSTA-DSA-FP-PW (QA)
	7.  DD 250 REQ: LT	  	8.  APP CODE:	  	9.  DIST. STATEMENT REQUIRED: A
	10. FREQUENCY: ASREQ	  	11. AS OF DATE:	  	

					
	 12.    DATE OF FIRST SUBMISSION: SEE BLK. 16
	  	13. DATE OF SUBS. SEE BLK 16

											
	 14.    
	 	DISTRIBUTION/ A. ADDRESSEES	 	B. COPIES	 	DRAFT    /	  	FINAL	  	
		 	AMSTA-DSA-FP-PW (TWPS-QA)	 		 		  	1	  	
		 	DCMA In Plant Representative (QAR)	 		 		  	1	  	
		 	MARCORSYSCOM (PM GTES)	 		 		  	1	  	
				
	15. TOTAL:	 		  	3	  	

 16. REMARKS: 
 
 Submit copy of AIT report to DCMA QAR after acceptance of each production unit.

  

			
	G. PREPARED BY: Doley Nicholson	  	I. APPROVED BY:
	H. DATE:	  	J. DATE: 17 Jan 02

  

	********************************************************************************************************	

  

	(28)	Quality Deficiency Report 

  

			
	CONTRACT DATA REQUIREMENTS LIST	  	Form Approval OMB No. 0704-0188                

 Public reporting burden for this collection of information is estimated to average 440 hours per
response, including the time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and completing and reviewing the collection of information. Send comments regarding this burden estimate or any
other aspect of this collection of information, including suggestions for reducing this burden, to Department of Defense, Washington Headquarters Services, Directorate for Information Operations and Reports, 1215 Jefferson Davis Highway, Suite 1204,
Arlington, VA 22202-4302, and to the Office of Management and Budget, Paperwork Reduction Project (0704-0188), Washington, DC 20503. Please DO NOT RETURN your form to either these addresses. Send completed form to the Government Issuing Contracting
Officer for the Contract/PR No. listed in Block E. 

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 113
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

					
	A. CONTRACT LINE ITEM NO.: N/A	  	B. EXHIBIT:	  	C. CATEGORY:
	D. SYSTEM/ITEM: TWPS	  	E. CONTRACT/PR NO.:	  	F. CONTRACTOR:

  

					
	1.  DATA ITEM NO. A00U	  		  	
	2.  TITLE OF DATA ITEM: Quality Deficiency Report	  	
	3.  SUBTITLE:	  	

  

					
	4.  AUTHORITY: DI-QCIC-80736	  	5.  CONTRACT REFERENCE: C.21.2	  	6.  REQUIRING OFFICE:
AMSTA-DSA-FP-PW (QA)
	7.  DD 250 REQ: LT	  	8.  APP CODE:	  	9.  DIST. STATEMENT REQUIRED: A
	10. FREQUENCY: ASREQ	  	11. AS OF DATE:	  	

					
	12. DATE OF FIRST SUBMISSION: SEE BLK. 16	  	13. DATE OF SUBS. SEE BLK 16

											
	14.	 	DISTRIBUTION/ A. ADDRESSEES	  	B. COPIES	 	DRAFT	 	/	  	FINAL
		 	AMSTA-DSA-FP-PW (TWPS SAM)	  		 		 		  	    1
		 	MARCORSYSCOM (PM GTES)	  		 		 		  	    1
		 	AMSTA-DSA-FP-PW (TWPS-QA)	  		 		 		  	    1
		 	AMSTA-TR-E-MPA	  		 		 		  	    1
						
	15.	 	TOTAL:	  		 		 		  	    4

  

	16.	REMARKS: 

 Submit to TACOM QDR office 

Fax or e-mail QDRs to tacomdrs@octagon.tacom.army.mil 
 Fax: (586) 574-6637 
  

			
	G. PREPARED BY: Doley Nicholson	  	I. APPROVED BY:
	H. DATE:	  	J. DATE: 17 Jan 02

  

	********************************************************************************************************	

  

	(29)	Training Materials/Training Course Outline 

  

			
	CONTRACT DATA REQUIREMENTS LIST	  	Form Approval OMB No. 0704-0188                 

 Public reporting burden for this collection of information is estimated to average 440 hours per
response, including the time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and completing and reviewing the collection of information. Send comments regarding this burden estimate or any
other aspect of this collection of information, including suggestions for reducing this burden, to Department of Defense, Washington Headquarters Services, Directorate for Information Operations and Reports, 1215 Jefferson Davis Highway, Suite 1204,
Arlington, VA 22202-4302, and to the Office of Management and Budget, Paperwork Reduction Project (0704-0188), Washington, DC 20503. Please DO NOT RETURN your form to either these addresses. Send completed form to the Government Issuing Contracting
Officer for the Contract/PR No. listed in Block E. 
  

					
	A. CONTRACT LINE ITEM NO.: N/A	  	B. EXHIBIT:	  	C. CATEGORY:
	D. SYSTEM/ITEM: TWPS	  	E. CONTRACT/PR NO.:	  	F. CONTRACTOR:

 1.  DATA ITEM NO. A00V 
 2.  TITLE OF DATA ITEM: Training Materials 
 3.  SUBTITLE: Training Course
Outline - Army & Marines 

							
	4.  AUTHORITY: DI-ILSS-80872 (T)	  	5.  CONTRACT REFERENCE: C.23.2	  	6.  REQUIRING OFFICE:
AMSTA-LC-CIFS
	7.  DD 250 REQ: LT	  	8.  APP CODE:	  	9.  DIST. STATEMENT REQUIRED:
	10. FREQUENCY: ASREQ	  	11. AS OF DATE:	  	

					
	12. DATE OF FIRST SUBMISSION: SEE BLK. 16	  	13. DATE OF SUBS. SEE BLK 16

  

													
	14.	 	DISTRIBUTION/ A. ADDRESSEES	  	B. COPIES	 	DRAFT	 	/	  	FINAL	  	
							
		 	AMSTA-LC-CIFS	  		 	*1	 		  		  	
		 		  		 	**1	 		  		  	
		 		  		 		 		  	***1	  	
		 		  		 		 		  	****1	  	
		 	 MARCORSYSCOM (PM GTES)
	  		 	*1	 		  		  	
		 		  		 	**1	 		  		  	
		 		  		 		 		  	***1	  	
		 		  		 		 		  	****1	  	
							
	15.	 	TOTAL:	  		 	4	 		  	4	  	

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 114
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

	16.	REMARKS: 

 The training outline will remain as a
draft until 15 days after Instructor and Key Personnel Training (I&KPT) has been completed. Changes to the training outline may occur due to the outcome of testing or the I&KPT. 
  

	*	Submit draft copies of the training course outline 60 days prior to the start of Government testing. The government will review and provide comments within 10 days
after receiving the draft outline. 

	**	Re-submit the revised draft outline within 15 days after completion of Government testing, with changes based on the results and other training input.

	***	Re-submit the revised outline within 15 days after receiving the Government comments. The outline will be the basis for NET. The Government will provide comments within
10 days. 

	****	Provide updates to the training materials as necessary due to changes in the course curriculum requirements, revision of the technical manuals, and modifications or
changes to the system configuration. 

 TAILORING: Para 10.1: Delete first sentence entirely. Second sentence delete “out a
need for” and “with a minimum requirement for”. Fourth sentence delete “and to insert training malfunctions into the equipments”. Para 10.1.1: Delete first sentence entirely. Para 10.2.1: Delete third sentence entirely. Para
10.2.1.2: Delete paragraph. Para 10.2.1.3: Delete third sentence entirely. Para 10.2.2: Delete last sentence in sub-para (3), and delete sub-para (3) a, b, c, d & e entirely. 
 See Attachment # 19, DID: New Equipment Training, DI-ILSS-80872 (T). 
  

			
	G. PREPARED BY: Ken Hare	  	I. APPROVED BY:
	H. DATE:	  	J. DATE: 17 Jan 02

 ************************************************************************************************************ 
  

	(30)	INSTRUCTOR LESSON GUIDES- MARINE (Operator & Maintenance) 

  

			
	CONTRACT DATA REQUIREMENTS LIST	  	Form Approval OMB No. 0704-0188

 Public reporting burden for this collection of information is estimated to average 440 hours per
response, including the time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and completing and reviewing the collection of information. Send comments regarding this burden estimate or any
other aspect of this collection of information, including suggestions for reducing this burden, to Department of Defense. Washington Headquarters Services, Directorate for Information Operations and Reports, 1215 Jefferson Davis Highway, Suite 1204,
Arlington, VA 22202-4302, and to the Office of Management and Budget, Paperwork Reduction Project (0704-0188), Washington, DC 20503. Please DO NOT RETURN your form to either these addresses. Send completed form to the Government Issuing Contracting
Officer for the Contract/PR No. listed in Block E. 
  

					
	A. CONTRACT LINE ITEM NO.: 0007	  	B. EXHIBIT:	  	C. CATEGORY:
	D. SYSTEM/ITEM: TWPS	  	E. CONTRACT/PR NO.:	  	F. CONTRACTOR:

  

									
	1.	  	DATA ITEM NO. A00W	 		  		  	
	2.	  	TITLE OF DATA ITEM: Training Materials	  		  	
	3.	  	SUBTITLE: Instructor Lesson Guides – Marine Operator & Maintenance	  		  	
	4.	  	AUTHORITY: DI-ILSS-80872 (T)	 	5.  CONTRACT REFERENCE: C.23.3	  	 6.  REQUIRING OFFICE:
 AMSTA-LC-CIFS

	7.	  	DD 250 REQ: DD250	 	8.  APP CODE:	  	9.  DIST. STATEMENT REQUIRED: A
	10.	  	FREQUENCY: ASREQ	 	11. AS OF DATE:	  		  	
	12.	  	DATE OF FIRST SUBMISSION: SEE BLK. 16	 	13. DATE OF SUBS. SEE BLK 16	  		  	

  

													
	14.	  	DISTRIBUTION/ A. ADDRESSEES	 		 	B.COPIES	  	DRAFT    /	  	FINAL	 	
		  	MARCORSYSCON (PHGRES)	 		 		  	*5	  	****4	 	
		  		 		 		  		  	  ***4	 	
		  	AMSTA-LC-CIFS	 		 		  	*1	  	  ***1	 	
		  		 		 		  	  6	  	        9	 	
							
	15.	  	TOTAL:	 		 		  		  		 	
							
	16.	  	REMARKS:	 		 		  		  		 	

 All lesson guides will remain as drafts until 15 days after Instructor and Key Personnel Training
(I&KPT) has been completed. Changes to the training lesson guides may occur due to the outcome of I&KPT. 
  

	*	Submit draft copies of the training materials 30 days prior to the start of I&KPT. The Government will review and provide comments within 10 days after receiving
the draft materials. 

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 115
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

	**	Re-submit the revised draft lesson guides within 15 days after receiving Government comments. These guides will be used for the I&KPT. The Government will provide
comments within 15 days after completion of I&KPT, with changes based on results of I&KPT and other training input. 

	***	Re-submit the revised draft guides within 15 days after the receiving the Government comments. These lesson guides will be the basis for NET. 

	****	Provide updates to the training materials as necessary due to changes in the course curriculum requirements, revision of the technical manuals, or modifications and
other changes to the system configuration. 

 TAILORING: Para 10.1: Delete first sentence entirely. Second sentence delete
“out a need for” and “with a minimum requirement for”. Fourth sentence delete “and to insert training malfunctions into the equipment”. Para 10.1.1: Delete first sentence entirely. Para 10.2.1: Delete third sentence
entirely. Para 10.2.1.2: Delete paragraph. Para 10.2.1.3: Delete third sentence entirely. Para 10.2.2: Delete last sentence in sub-para (3), and delete sub-para (3) a, b, c, d & e entirely. 
 See Attachment 19 - DID - New Equipment Training, DI-ILSS-80872 
 E-mail: Vegam@mcsc.usmc.mil 
  

			
	 G.     PREPARED BY: Ken Hare
	  	 I.       APPROVED BY:

	 H.     DATE:
	  	 J.      DATE: 17 Jan 02

 ************************************************************************************************************ 
  

	(31)	STUDENT LESSON GUIDES- MARINE (Operator & Maintenance) 

  

			
	CONTRACT DATA REQUIREMENTS LIST	  	Form Approval OMB No. 0704-0188

 Public reporting burden for this collection of information is estimated to average 440 hours per
response, including the time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and completing and reviewing the collection of information. Send comments regarding this burden estimate or any
other aspect of this collection of information, including suggestions for reducing this burden, to Department of Defense. Washington Headquarters Services, Directorate for Information Operations and Reports, 1215 Jefferson Davis Highway, Suite 1204,
Arlington, VA 22202-4302, and to the Office of Management and Budget, Paperwork Reduction Project (0704-0188), Washington, DC 20503. Please DO NOT RETURN your form to either these addresses. Send completed form to the Government Issuing Contracting
Officer for the Contract/PR No. listed in Block E. 
  

					
	 A.     CONTRACT LINE ITEM NO.: 0007
	  	 B.     EXHIBIT:
	  	 C.     CATEGORY:

	 D.     SYSTEM/ITEM: TWPS
	  	 E.     CONTRACT/PR NO.:
	  	 F.      CONTRACTOR:

  

									
	1.	  	DATA ITEM NO. A00X	  		  		  	
	2.	  	TITLE OF DATA ITEM: Training Materials	  		  	
	3.	  	SUBTITLE: Student Lesson Guides – Marine Operator & Maintenance	  		  	
	4.	  	AUTHORITY: DI-ILSS-80872 (T)	  	 5.      CONTRACT REFERENCE: C.23.3
	  	 6.      REQUIRING OFFICE:
 AMSTA-LC-CIFS

	7.	  	DD 250 REQ: DD250	  	 8.      APP CODE:
	  	 9.      DIST. STATEMENT REQUIRED: A

	10.	  	FREQUENCY: ASREQ	  	 11.    AS OF DATE:
	  		  	
	12.	  	DATE OF FIRST SUBMISSION: SEE BLK. 16	  	 13.    DATE OF SUBS. SEE BLK 16
	  		  	

  

											
	14.	  	DISTRIBUTION/ A. ADDRESSEES	  	B. COPIES	  	DRAFT    /	  	FINAL	 	
		  	MARCORSYSCON (PM GTES)	  		  	*5	  	****4	 	
		  		  		  		  	  ***4	 	
		  	AMSTA-LC-CIFS	  		  	*1	  	      *1	 	
						
	15.	  	TOTAL:	  		  	  6	  	        9	 	
						
	16.	  	REMARKS:	  		  		  		 	

 All lesson guides will remain as drafts until 15 days after Instructor and Key Personnel Training
(I&KPT) has been completed. Changes to the training lesson guides may occur due to the outcome of I&KPT. 
  

	*	Submit draft copies of the training materials 30 days prior to the start of I&KPT. The Government will review and provide comments within 10 days after receiving
the draft materials. 

	**	Re-submit the revised draft lesson guides within 15 days after receiving Government comments. These guides will be used for the I&KPT. The Government will provide
comments within 15 days after completion of I&KPT, with changes based on results of I&KPT and other training input. 

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 116
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

	***	Re-submit the revised draft guides within 15 days after receiving the Government comments. These lesson guides will be the basis for NET. 

	****	Provide updates to the training materials as necessary due to changes in the course curriculum requirements, revisions of the technical manuals, or modifications and
other changes to the system configuration. 

 TAILORING: Para 10.1: Delete first sentence entirely. Second sentence delete
“out a need for” and “with a minimum requirement for”. Fourth sentence delete “and to insert training malfunctions into the equipment”. Para 10.1.1: Delete first sentence entirely. Para 10.2.1: Delete third sentence
entirely. Para 10.2.1.2: Delete paragraph. Para 10.2.1.3: Delete third sentence entirely. Para 10.2.2: Delete last sentence in sub-para (3), and delete sub-para (3) a, b, c, d & e entirely. 
 See Attachment # 19, DID: New Equipment Training, DI-ILSS-80872 (T) 
 E-mail: Vegam@mcsc.usmc.mil 
  

			
	G. PREPARED BY: Ken Hare	  	I. APPROVED BY:
	H. DATE:	  	J. DATE: 17 Jan 02

 ************************************************************************************************************ 
  

	(32)	INSTRUCTOR LESSON GUIDES- Army Operator 

  

			
	CONTRACT DATA REQUIREMENTS LIST	  	Form Approval OMB No. 0704-0188

 Public reporting burden for this collection of information is estimated to average 440 hours per
response, including the time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and completing and reviewing the collection of information. Send comments regarding this burden estimate or any
other aspect of this collection of information, including suggestions for reducing this burden, to Department of Defense, Washington Headquarters Services, Directorate for Information Operations and Reports, 1215 Jefferson Davis Highway, Suite 1204,
Arlington, VA 22202-4302, and to the Office of Management and Budget, Paperwork Reduction Project (0704-0188), Washington, DC 20503. Please DO NOT RETURN your form to either these addresses. Send completed form to the Government Issuing Contracting
Officer for the Contract/PR No. listed in Block E. 
  

					
	A. CONTRACT LINE ITEM NO.: 0007	  	B. EXHIBIT:	  	C. CATEGORY:
	D. SYSTEM/ITEM: TWPS	  	E. CONTRACT/PR NO.:	  	F. CONTRACTOR:

  

									
	1.	  	DATA ITEM NO. A00Y	  		  		  	
	2.	  	TITLE OF DATA ITEM: Training Materials	  		  	
	3.	  	SUBTITLE: Instructor Lesson Guides - Army Operator	  		  	
	4.	  	AUTHORITY: DI-ILSS-80872 (T)	  	5.  CONTRACT REFERENCE: C.23.3	  	6.   REQUIRING OFFICE: AMSTA-LC-CIFS
	7.	  	DD 250 REQ: DD250	  	8.  APP CODE:	  	9.  DIST. STATEMENT REQUIRED: A
	10.	  	FREQUENCY: ASREQ	  	11.  AS OF DATE:	  		  	
	12.	  	DATE OF FIRST SUBMISSION: SEE BLK. 16	  	13.  DATE OF SUBS. SEE BLK 16	  		  	

  

											
	14.	  	DISTRIBUTION/ A. ADDRESSEES	  	B. COPIES	  	DRAFT    /	  	FINAL	 	
		  	AMSTA-LC-CIFS	  		  		  		 	
		  		  		  	  *2	  		 	
		  		  		  	**2	  		 	
		  		  		  		  	  ***2	 	
		  		  		  		  	****2	 	
						
	15.	  	TOTAL:	  		  	    4	  	        4	 	
						
	16.	  	REMARKS:	  		  		  		 	

 All lesson guides will remain as drafts until 15 days after Instructor and Key Personnel Training
(I&KPT) has been completed. Changes to the training lesson guides may occur due to the outcome of I&KPT. 
  

	*	Submit draft copies of the training materials 60 days prior to the start of Government testing. The Government will review and provide comments within 10 days after
receiving the draft materials. 

	**	Re-submit the revised draft lesson guides within 15 days after receiving Government comments. These guides will be used for Government testing. The Government will
provide comments within 15 days after completion of Government testing, with changes based on results and other training input. 

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 117
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

	***	Re-submit the revised draft guides within 15 days after receiving the Government comments. These lesson guides will be the basis for NET. 

  

	****	Provide updates to the training materials as necessary due to changes in the course curriculum requirements, revision of the technical manuals, or modifications and
other changes to the system configuration. 

 TAILORING: Para 10.1: Delete first sentence entirely. Second sentence delete
“out a need for” and “with a minimum requirement for”. Fourth sentence delete “and to insert training malfunctions into the equipment”. Para 10.1.1: Delete first sentence entirely. Para 10.2.1: Delete third sentence
entirely. Para 10.2.1.2: Delete paragraph. Para 10.2.1.3: Delete third sentence entirely. Para 10.2.2: Delete last sentence in sub-para (3), and delete sub-para (3) a, b, c, d & e entirely. 
 See Attachment # 19, DID: New Equipment Training, DI-ILSS-80872(T) 
  

			
	G. PREPARED BY: Ken Hare	  	I. APPROVED BY:
	H. DATE:	  	J. DATE: 17 Jan 02

 ************************************************************************************************************ 
  

	(33)	STUDENT LESSON GUIDES. Army Operator 

  

			
	CONTRACT DATA REQUIREMENTS LIST	  	Form Approval OMB No. 0704-0188

 Public reporting burden for this collection of information is estimated to average 440 hours per
response, including the time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and completing and reviewing the collection of information. Send comments regarding this burden estimate or any
other aspect of this collection of information, including suggestions for reducing this burden, to Department of Defense, Washington Headquarters Services, Directorate for Information Operations and Reports, 1215 Jefferson Davis Highway, Suite 1204,
Arlington, VA 22202-4302, and to the office of Management and Budget, Paperwork Reduction Project (0704-0188), Washington, DC 20503. Please DO NOT RETURN your form to either these addresses. Send completed form to the Government Issuing Contracting
Officer for the Contract/ PR No. listed in Block E. 
  

					
	A. CONTRACT LINE ITEM NO.: 0007	  	B. EXHIBIT:	  	C. CATEGORY:
	D. SYSTEM/ITEM: TWPS	  	E. CONTRACT/ PR NO.:	  	F. CONTRACTOR:

  

									
	1.  DATA ITEM NO. A00Z	  		  		  		  	
	2.  TITLE OF DATA ITEM: Training Materials	  	
	3.  SUBTITLE: Student Lesson Guides - Army Operator	  	
	4.  AUTHORITY: DI-ILSS-80872(T)	  		  	5.  CONTRACT REFERENCE: C.23.3	  	6.  REQUIRING OFFICE: AMSTA-LC-CIFS
	7.  DD 250 REQ: DD250	  		  	8.  APP CODE:	  	9.  DIST. STATEMENT REQUIRED:A
	10. FREQUENCY: ASREQ	  		  	11. AS OF DATE:
	12. DATE OF FIRST SUBMISSION: SEE BLK. 16	  		  	13. DATE OF SUBS. SEE BLK 16

  

									
	14. DISTRIBUTION/ A. ADDRESSES	  	B. COPIES	  	DRAFT    /	  	FINAL	  	
	      AMSTA-LC-CIFS	  		  		  		  	
		  		  	* 2	  		  	
		  		  	** 2	  		  	
		  		  		  	***2	  	
		  		  		  	****2	  	
	15. TOTAL:	  		  	4	  	4	  	
					
	16. REMARKS:	  		  		  		  	

 All lesson guides will remain as drafts until 15 days after Instructor and key Personnel Training
(I&KPT) has been completed. Changes to the training lesson guides may occur due to the outcome of I&KPT. 
  

	*	Submit draft copies of the training materials 60 days prior to the start of Government testing. The Government will review and provide comments within 10 days after
receiving the draft materials. 

	**	Re-submit the revised draft lesson guides within 15 days after receiving Government comments. These guides will be used for the Government testing. The Government will
provide comments within 15 days after completion of Government testing, with changes based on results of Government testing and other training input. 

	***	Re-submit the revised draft guides within 15 days after receiving the Government comments. These lesson guides will be the basis for NET. 

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 118
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

	****	Provide updates to the training materials as necessary due to changes in the course curriculum requirement, revision of the technical manuals, or modifications and
other changes to the system configuration. 

 TAILORING: Para 10.1: Delete first sentence entirely. Second sentence delete
“out a need for” and “with a minimum requirement for”. Fourth sentence delete “and to insert training malfunctions into the equipment”. Para 10.1.1: Delete first sentence entirely. Para 10.2.1: Delete third sentence
entirely. Para10.2.1.2: Delete paragraph. Para 10.2.1.3: Delete third sentence entirely. Para 10.2.2: 
 Delete last sentence in sub-para (3),
and delete sub-para (3) a,b,c,d & e entirely. 
 See Attachment # 19, DID: New Equipment Training, DI-ILSS-80872(T) 
  

			
	G. PREPARED BY: Ken Hare	 	I. APPROVED BY:
	H. DATE:	 	J. DATE: 17 Jan 02

 ************************************************************************************************************ 
 (34) INSTRUCTOR LESSON
GUIDES- Army Maintenance 
  

			
	CONTRACT DATA REQUIREMENTS LIST	 	Form Approval OMB No. 0704-0188

 Public reporting burden for this collection of information is estimated to average 440 hours per
response, including the time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data source, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and completing and reviewing the collection of information. Send comments regarding this burden estimate or any other
aspect of this collection of information, including suggestions for reducing this burden, to Department of Defense, Washington Headquarters Services, Directorate for Information Operations and Reports, 1215 Jefferson Davis Highway, Suite 1204,
Arlington, VA 22202-4302, and to the Office of Management and Budget, Paperwork Reduction Project (0704-0188), Washington, DC 20503. Please DO NOT RETURN your form to either these addresses. Send completed form to the Government Issuing Contracting
Officer for the Contract/PR No. listed in Block E. 
  

					
	A. CONTRACT LINE ITEM NO.: 0007	 	B. EXHIBIT:	 	C. CATEGORY:
	D. SYSTEM/ITEM: TWPS	 	E. CONTRACT/PR NO.:	 	F. CONTRACTOR:

  

					
	1.   DATA ITEM NO. A010	  		  	
	2.   TITLE OF DATA ITEM: Training Materials	  	
	3.   SUBTITLE: Instructor Lesson Guides - Army Maintenance	  	
	4.   AUTHORITY: DI-ILSS-80872(T)	  	5.   CONTRACT REFERENCE: C.23.3	  	6. REQUIRING OFFICE: AMSTA-LC-CIFS
	7.   DD 250 REQ: DD250	  	8.   APP CODE:	  	9. DIST. STATEMENT REQUIRED: A
	10. FREQUENCY: ASREQ	  	11. AS OF DATE:	  	
	 12 DATE OF FIRST SUBMISSION:
      SEE BLK. 16
	  	13. DATE OF SUBS. SEE BLK 16	  	

  

									
		  	B. COPIES	  	DRAFT    /	 	FINAL	 	
	14. DISTRIBUTION/ A. ADDRESSEES	  		  		 		 	
	      AMSTA-LC-CIFS	  		  		 		 	
					
		  		  	*2  	 		 	
		  		  	**2    	 		 	
		  		  		 	  ***2	 	
		  		  		 	****2	 	
					
	15. TOTAL:	  		  	4	 	        4	 	

 16. REMARKS: 
 All lesson guides will remain as drafts until 15 days after Instructor and Key Personnel Training (I&KPT) has been completed. Changes to the training lesson guides may occur due to the outcome of
I&KPT. 
  

	*	Submit draft copies of the training materials 60 days prior to the start of Government testing. The Government will review and provide comments within 10 days after
receiving the draft materials. 

  

	**	Re-submit the revised draft lesson guides within 15 days after receiving Government comments. These guides will be used for Government testing. The Government will
provide comments within 15 days after completion of Government testing, with changes based on results and other training input. 

  

	***	Re-submit the revised draft guides within 15 days after receiving the Government comments. These lesson guides will be the basis for IIET. 

  

	****	Provide updates to the training materials as necessary due to changes in the course curriculum requirements, revision of the technical manuals, or modifications and
other changes to the system configuration. 

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 119
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

 TAILORING: Para 10.1: Delete first sentence entirely. Second sentence delete “out a need for”
and “with a minimum requirement for”. Fourth sentence delete “and to insert training malfunctions into the equipment”. Para 10.1.1: Delete first sentence entirely. Para 10.2.2: Delete third sentence entirely. Para10.2.1.2: Delete
paragraph. Para 10.2.1.3: Delete third sentence entirely. Para 10.2.2: Delete last sentence in sub-para (3), and delete sub-para (3) a,b,c,d & e entirely. 
 See Attachment # 19, DID: New Equipment Training, DI-ILSS-80872 (T) 
  

			
	G. PREPARED BY: Ken Hare	  	I. APPROVED BY:
	H. DATE:	  	J. DATE: 17 Jan 02

 ************************************************************************************************************ 
 (35) STUDENT LESSON
GUIDES- Army Maintenance 
 CONTRACT DATA REQUIREMENTS LIST 
 Public reporting burden for this collection of information is estimated to average 440 hours per response, including the time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and
maintaining the data needed, and completing and reviewing the collection of information. Send comments regarding this burden estimate or any other aspect of this collection of information, including suggestions for reducing this burden, to
Department of Defense, Washington Headquarters Services, Directorate for Information Operations and Reports, 1215 Jefferson Davis Highway, Suite 1204, Arlington, VA 22202-4302, and to the Office of Management and Budget. Paperwork Reduction Project
(0704-0188), Washington, DC 20503. Please DO NOT RETURN your form to either these addresses. Send completed form to the Government Issuing Contracting Officer for the Contract/PR No. listed in Block E. 
  

					
	A. CONTRACT LINE ITEM NO.: 0007	 	B. EXHIBIT:	 	C. CATEGORY:
	D. SYSTEM/ITEM: TWPS	 	E. CONTRACT/PR NO.:	 	F. CONTRACTOR:

 1. DATA ITEM NO. A011 
 2. TITLE OF DATA ITEM: Training Materials 
 3. SUBTITLE: Student Lesson Guides - Army Maintenance

  

					
	4. AUTHORITY: DI-ILSS- 80872 (T)	  	5. CONTRACT REFERENCE: C.23.3	  	6. REQUIRING OFFICE: AMSTA-LC-CIFS
	7. DD 250 REQ: DD250	  	8. APP CODE:	  	9. DIST. STATEMENT REQUIRED: A
	10. FREQUENCY: ASREQ	  	11. AS OF DATE:	  	
	 12. DATE OF FIRST SUBMISSION:
       SEE BLK. 16
	  	13. DATE OF SUBS. SEE BLK 16	  	

  

									
					
	14. DISTRIBUTION/ A. ADDRESSEES     	  	B. COPIES	  	DRAFT     /	 	FINAL	 	
					
	 AMSTA-LC-CIFS
	  		  		 		 	
		  		  	* 2	 		 	
		  		  	** 2  	 		 	
		  		  		 	  ***2	 	
		  		  		 	****2	 	
					
	15. TOTAL:	  		  	    4	 	        4	 	

 16. REMARKS: 
 All lesson guides will remain as drafts until 15 days after Instructor and Key Personnel Training (I&KPT) has been completed. Changes to the training lesson guides may occur due to the outcome of
I&KPT. 
  

	*	Submit draft copies of the training materials 60 days prior to the start of Government testing. The Government will review and provide comments within 10 days after
receiving the draft materials. 

  

	**	Re-submit the revised draft lesson guides within 15 days after receiving Government comments. These guides will be used for the Government testing. The Government will
provide comments within 15 days after completion of Government testing, with changes based on results and other training input. 

  

	***	Re-submit the revised draft guides within 15 days after receiving the Government comments. These lesson guides will be the basis for NET. 

  

	****	Provide updates to the training materials as necessary due to changes in the course curriculum requirements, revisions of the technical manuals, or modifications and
other changes to the system configuration. 

 TAILORING: Para 10.1: Delete first sentence entirely. Second sentence delete
“out a need for” and “with a minimum requirement for”. Fourth sentence delete “and to insert training malfunctions into the equipment”. Para 10.1.1: Delete first sentence entirely. Para 

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 120
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

 10.2.1: Delete third sentence entirely. Para 10.2.1.2: Delete paragraph. Para 10.2.1.3: Delete third
sentence entirely. Para 10.2.2: Delete last sentence in sub-para(3), and delete sub-para (3) a,b,c,d & e entirely. 
 See Attachment # 19,
DID: New Equipment Training, DI-ILSS-80872(T) 
  

			
	 G. PREPARED BY: Ken Hare
	  	I. APPROVED BY:
	 H. DATE:
	  	J. DATE: 17 Jan 02

 ************************************************************************************************************ 
 (36) TRAINING
COURSE COMPLETION REPORT 
  

			
	CONTRACT DATA REQUIREMENTS LIST	  	Form Approval OMB No. 0704-0188

 Public reporting burden for this collection of information is estimated to average 440 hours per
response, including the time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data source, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and completing and reviewing the collection of information. Send comments regarding this burden estimate or any other
aspect of this collection of information, including suggestions for reducing this burden, to Department of Defense, Washington Headquarters Services, Directorate for Information Operations and Reports, 1215 Jefferson Davis Highway, Suite 1204,
Arlington, VA 22202-4302, and to the Office of Management and Budget, Paperwork Reduction Project (0704-0188), Washington DC 20503. Please DO NOT RETURN your form to either these addresses. Send completed form to the Government Issuing Contracting
Officer for the Contract/PR No. listed in Block E. 
  

					
	 A.     CONTRACT LINE ITEM NO.: N/A
	  	 B.     EXHIBIT:
	  	 C.     CATEGORY:

	 D.     SYSTEM ITEM: TWPS
	  	 E.     CONTRACT/PR NO.:
	  	 F.      CONTRACTOR:

  

					
	 1.      DATA ITEM NO. A012
	  		  	
	 2.      TITLE OF DATA ITEM: Training Materials
	  	
	 3.      SUBTITLE: Training Course Completion Report
	  	
	 4.      AUTHORITY: DI–ILSS-80872(T)
	  	 5.      CONTRACT REFERENCE: C.23.4
	  	 6.      REQUIRING OFFICE: AMSTA-LC-CIFS

	 7.      DD 250 REQ: LT
	  	 8.      APP CODE:
	  	 9.      DIST. STATEMENT REQUIRED: A

	 10.    FREQUENCY: ASREQ
	  	 11.    AS OF DATE:
	  	
	 12.    DATE OF FIRST SUBMISSION: SEE BLK. 16
	  	 13.    DATE OF SUBS. SEE BLK 16
	  	

  

											
	 14.    DISTRIBUTION/ A. ADDRESSEES
	 	B. COPIES	  	DRAFT	  	/	  	FINAL	  	
	 * AMSTA-LC-CIFS
	 		  		  		  		  	
		 		  		  		  	*1	  	
		 		  		  		  	**20	  	
		 		  		  		  	***1	  	
						
	 TOTAL:
	 		  		  		  	22	  	
						
	 *MARCORSYSCOM (PM GTES)
	 		  		  		  	*1	  	
		 		  		  		  	**20	  	
		 		  		  		  	***1	  	
	 TOTAL
	 		  		  		  	22	  	

  

	16.	REMARKS: 

  

	*	Submit by FAX or E-MAIL, a list of students in attendance on the first day of training. The Government will provide certificate of Training for your presentation to
each student at the end of class. The Government will provide course critiques for you to administer at the end each class, for each student in attendance of training. 

  

	**	Submit the completed course critiques within 10 days after each class is completed. The Government will provide a student roster for your administration.

  

	***	Submit the completed student roster within 10 days after each class is completed. 

 TAILORING: Para 10.1: Delete first sentence entirely. Second sentence delete “out a need for” and “with a minimum requirement for” Fourth sentence delete “and to insert training
malfunctions into the equipment”. Para 10.1.1: Delete first sentence entirely. Para 10.2.1: Delete third sentence entirely. Para 10.2.1.2: Delete paragraph. Para 10.2.1.3: Delete third sentence entirely. Para 10.2.2: 
 Delete last sentence in stub-para(3), and delete sub-para (3) a,b,c,d & e entirely. 
 E-mail: harok@tacom.army.mil 
 E-mail: vegam@mcsc.usmc.mil 
 See Attachment # 19. DID (New Equipment Training) DI-ILSS-80872(T) 

							
	CONTINUATION SHEET	  	Reference No. of Document Being Continued	  	Page
 121
 of 121
				
		  	PIIN/SIIN  DAAE07-02-D-T001	  	MOD/AMD	  	
				
	Name of Offeror or Contractor: SFA INC.	  		  		  	

  

			
	G. PREPARED BY: Ken Hare	  	I. APPROVED BY:
	H. DATE:	  	J. DATE: 17 Jan 02

 *********************************************************************************************************** 
 (37) TRAINING VISUAL
AIDS 
  

			
	CONTRACT DATA REQUIREMENTS LIST	  	Form Approval OMB No. 0704-0188

 Public reporting burden for this collection of information is estimated to average 440 hours per
response, including the time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and completing and reviewing the collection of information. Send comments regarding this burden estimate or any
other aspect of this collection of information, including suggestions for reducing this burden, to Department of Defense, Washington Headquarters Services, Directorate for Information Operations and Reports, 1215 Jefferson Davis Highway, Suite 1204,
Arlington, VA 22202-4302, and to the Office of Management and Budget, Paperwork Reduction Project (0704-0188), Washington, DC 20503. Please DO NOT RETURN your form to either these addresses. Send completed form to the Government Issuing Contracting
Officer for the Contract/PR No. listed in Block E. 
  

					
	A. CONTRACT LINE ITEM NO.: N/A	  	B. EXHIBIT:	  	C. CATEGORY:
	D. SYSTEM ITEM: TWPS	  	E. CONTRACT/PR NO.:	  	F. CONTRACTOR:

  

					
	 1.      DATA ITEM NO. A013/A017
	  		  	
	 2.      TITLE OF DATA ITEM: Training Conduct Support Document
	  	
	 3.      SUBTITLE: Visual Aids – Army and Marines
	  	
	 4.      AUTHORITY: DI–ILSS-80872(T)
	  	 5.      CONTRACT REFERENCE: C.23.5
	  	 6.      REQUIRING OFFICE: MARCORSYSTEM (SST-MT)

	 7.      DD 250 REQ: DD25
	  	 8.      APP CODE:
	  	 9.      DIST. STATEMENT REQUIRED: A

	 10.    FREQUENCY: ASREQ
	  	 11.    AS OF DATE:
	  	
	 12.    DATE OF FIRST SUBMISSION: SEE BLK. 16
	  	 13.    DATE OF SUBS. SEE BLK 16
	  	

  

											
	 14.    DISTRIBUTION/ A. ADDRESSEES
	 	B. COPIES	  	DRAFT	  	/	  	FINAL	  	
	 *       AMSTA-LC-CIFS
	 		  	****5	  		  	4  	  	
	 MARCORSYSTEM (PM GTES)
	 		  	        *5	  		  	4  	  	
						
	 15.    TOTAL:
	 		  	        10	  		  	8  	  	

  

	16.	REMARKS: 

 BLK 4 – Paragraph 10.1 and
10.2.5 shall apply. 
  

	*	Submit draft copies of the training material 45 days prior to the start of I&KPT. The Government will review and provide comments within 10 days after receiving the
draft outline. 

  

	**	Re-submit the revised draft within 15 days after completion of I&KPT, with changes based on results of I&KPT and other training input. 

 

	***	Re-submit the revised draft within 15 days after receiving the Government comments. This outline will be the basis for NET. The Government will provide comments within
10 days after completion of the I&KPT. 

  

	****	Provide updates to the training materials as necessary due to changes in the course curriculum requirements, revision of the technical manuals, and modifications or
changes to the system configuration. 

 TAILORING: Para 10.1: Delete first sentence entirely. Second sentence delete “out a
need for” and “with a minimum requirement for”. Fourth sentence delete “and to insert training malfunctions into the equipment”. Para 10.1.1: Delete first sentence entirely. Para 10.2.1: Delete third sentence entirely. Para
10.2.1.2: Delete paragraph. Para 10.2.1.3: Delete third sentence entirely. Para 10.2.3: Delete last sentence in sub-para(3), and delete sub-para (3) a,b,c,d & e entirely. 
 See Attachment # 19. DID (New Equipment Training) DI-ILSS-80872(T) 
  

					
	G. PREPARED BY: Ken Hare	  	I. APPROVED BY:	  	
	H. DATE:	  	J. DATE: 17 Jan 02	  	

 *** END OF NARRATIVE J 006*** 
 ***********************************************************************************************************

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00163-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00163-of-00352.parquet"}]]